oll aid PPS Pe ep or ee ped he . -) d SPI Bd ed Wa Fy .. oot be bt OO we Jt ond ae tt ~ oe be ee ee Se Me wl Ot et nd oh eh th ©: ee of ey OY oe ra
4s eemwe te oe ’ a gf a oe ot 9 , f
>. . ~ ¢.
j 24 g@ ~ 44, Swe ed ow Or > > 4,4, =)4.4 4 yea +0 see nd |
me
Sind ,
t+ + © © © 0% a eet 6.» & © sb a» & +». © + « * »” * @ os 0.2 6a 2 o 0 ee “-*
< .
, ‘ eet
fas :
{ ' ea Het
a ll end -_ ~~ a oe ~ & 4 @& 6, ¢ “eee + +“ * ~ ee 4 “-* . - i> .
*
7 eee
val |
~V~ ~*® se - #
-
"52%" “ 55%,
PPP TP ol ol 8
pe ss a's ; ; 2 {3-6-4 8.8 4, 46_4 464 4 56 a8 66 MSY AS
ae
4 Se P ’
&* 44 A 4 A 8 08 A NG ans 8-6 5 kOe M&M A BOOB 80M EO DO hb .
8 6 -* FPP ET a Te ee ee Pe a a EE ET 6 =~ #64. 823%
& A & ® : Ga 2 DA. 64.4 4.44, 4 DKA DK DEMS DMA HM Cw A Ne ja 5 ee ao a 4 “ “4
. ari
‘
*
: « £48, + & 44 -8S eS ee + 2 hh aG Ne al ale ee ee a i ee we ae ol re 54 48 8p Pei eee LAS a ee ered aes Pl eta PS oP ~ S > 7 ‘ : TT I Il el Par pl ad ere So pe gk a ee 5.6 4-4 AS S_6_ £46.08 4 44 5-4 A 28-8 4_€.4.4-8.94.4.4.4-4. 4 4 4 # @ we é pe: ee er oe pe a a a ~ 9 oP yw é 2; = so 6 > — Sst pe GAZ r - w? > ™ - ee a ee oe ee rot pe geo pel Pw Se aed * ee 6 _€ 48-4. af 8 _6_ 6S A 46 4 AR £4 §. 6. 64 6 6-8 6 & ¥L<~ eo Me , ee ee Pe ee ee Oe ee ie ee Pe a Oe ee * ee S : ’ _)* 4S 42.8 -8-4-@ @ @ ee ae ae ded at ek Fee ee ee Fd s&h = Be Shh 9) SD 4 4 44 A 64 4-664 SO EE H&S S 6. + Ss 4 44+ 4 6H GS. 34 eS Se He ee EK 7 ‘ - ‘ 2G 4 4 4 AB Oe BD Se &.42 4 4.44 4 4-4 A At 3 £4 6 4 hw 64 A AE A GS : 1 : - & 2 88.4 6 64 4 oD 24.64 8.6 4.2 4-4 4 “ 6&4 4 6-44 4 4 6% ae 44 2% 4S # F ‘ So 6b 26 + 6 SH 4-S or ee oe et ee ee a8 .@ A_ 6 44.4 44 4 A 4 6 EAA 64 +48 6. 64 - + eA HOA ESM _ ; . aS © 64.6.6. 4 28 E44 a. 6 6% S464. 4 4H AB 4 AAA” 4 i _s 86 64 68-46 44-8 4 84GB EL REESE EK ES EAA ALY ° Sas 6.8.6.8 6 8 EG CE BACKS AEH AE HE EE 7 . 3.48 64.36 6S te te ow we Gt 6 a ks A Sse eS 6 5.6.6.8 _8 4 86 8 4-6-8 4,848 B84 DOW 6 Se ‘34 60 48 8D 1b 6h 8b A a8 € 8 EMS EEE AS a 5 5° es 6 6.6 0 68 4 4 4 EKM FAC 4A A 4S E 44,246 SM rs Pa oh EB OE I ot oh ee PP a er a 3 4 64 £0 t SSA Ss ie a 8 6.8648 ES EK EE AA EKA CH A S £4 € 4 4 8 tt "6 8 6 6.4 6-4 6 BAG w« 6-4 U8 a ke s 6.4 & 4.4 Aw Ce eee 644.4444 4.4 4-4 84 4 G4 «8 * 6 +e w+ + 4 44 6.2.6.8 4.6 4.4% £ 4.¢ A +4_@-* é © 4.4.48 8-4-4 ADS 6% 648 @ MO 66.4% 6.84, 443A 64 *4 «se 4 _€ 6 6.69 -E 48 4 4 eS ‘a ee ee ie et 4 ig he 5 5 ot 446 46 6 G4 ES ERAGE 4 444 A6 OO & 4k 4A v4 « ¢ @4 -b_6_@¢4 4 4.4_4-@ #46 64 4-4 ee ee ae EE BS A 6 4 ee Oe «ows £.2-@ 4 €.4 3 SAA 2G ANS € 4_6-.4 684 SHA 4S 4 EH 7 + @ # A 4 ¢€ @&& Fs & i te ® 6 8 SS Pl OP Sol ee Oe oe Oe ee eee bh. 4-6 4S O- 2 -@ te +4 -@ aw SS 33 SOA 6 8 A EEK CHER ARAL SBE tna at De O ew OO + =A -@_é 5.4. 4.4-48-4_4.4.6-€4.4-81 -€-4-4-6-6-4 S 6.44.6 46.44 a a ee @ 4.44 Pate et OE IT TE SO ae er EE Pr ae ee a NA ACS 6 6 6 AE EA ETH GS 6 4 -E AM K-A-6 4-4 44-6 08 4 © @ wee <<» A 4 4 s 4 6 6 4_4 6.6.44 4.0 4-¢ f= 4-4 6 6% 6.2.44 4.2 4% 4 & 4 - '4-¢s 4 #44 64 * ews &4 7 _*- 6 .6-6-% 33 6.4645 64.6.4 U4 44 4-8 54 6 4-4 6 & 4S tH SE H-4-* 6 - a4 eer 66 6 448 WA EE EEA 4 GO WE G46 4.2.2 6 EAP ES © A aa 4 er é¢ 4-7 * £ 4 stetetete € 606.6 6-6 6 46 © 646 UD 686464 A EEA AAA A - * 6. ea ee Ee Oe ee Oe el a ee s+ * ¥_¢ ‘ ote e666 6 B86 STKE HAAS CRE DAF © EH SF sms . . 5 « & ©64 6-8 646.8 6H HC EEOC WEEK ESA 4-4 % 4 ioe ys b 66S 6 2 6.6.6.6 6 OF EEF 6 HE 04 EAE F 4 ES eee « . es € e &-4.0 © oe + *# @& #4 © = «4 « “« . « “+a * eo ee oe @€s«-e . i ee a eve © Sie +i 6 6G 646 See tee (ees 4 EEC 4 “oe a *i*s 34 3s 6 Sw O44 Bb 4-4 4.5 4 © Oo 4 5 6 4S 4S Se ¥ e + ¢-4 * + . . * #& © * . . ‘ G3 42-86% 4 - + ee oe @ * % + 6% s. @ ®.< - . *-. * #8 _* > 2 - . _—- a : . , - - oe Se Oe ee ee ee ee a ed a Ot ed ee eae ee — ° ’ eee ret rath ESS: bo PPA, FAB -S 8 SS 65 5.6. F a + 2:22 . € aio eae — yee wk eee Fa ee ee, eae Oe dae bags De ee ee ee ee A i Se I hel a ea ar ee at aoa nat ae Poot) - dna ee ee ‘ ‘ S te lane a os ° ar : on ae a =a + aera sn ete be eee °-t be-- BS BOP IOS IOLTOL OTE Pe a DEB BEET 6 YE GEL ep ag Casta ale pee wa Bae WOE ye IE NTN GE TO RIOR II IO CN FAR Me IE Pi af ns. SIA ce Saif BON Fas ane os 6 6 ¢ «ee oe a ge so : . De eee ee eee EG ME eh ie ee ae haat Mt ME LE EN GRA EBS PEN hie O ne nae ht ba
—— ens
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
VOL. XLVI.
PART II. (NATURAL History, &c.)
(Nos. I to IV.—1877.)
EDITED BY
JHE NaTuRAL ftIsTORY PECRETARY.
‘Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science in different parts of Asza, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.” SIR WM. JONES.
ON Nd NE ead al” el a tl Nc et
CALCUTTA : PRINTED By f, P, Lewis, Paprist Mission Press,
18/7.
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
———
AnpERson, J. ;—Description of some new and little known Asiatic Shrews in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, .........cccccececceececees BianrorpD, H. F. ;—Wote on the Variation of the Barometric Tides in connexion with Diurnal Land and Sea-breezes, ...... 00.00.04. ;—Cataloque of the recorded Cyclones in the Bay bp bengal up to the end of USTC, 10. cconso sue ceanenoresnasdsauvens BuanFrorp, W. T.;—On an apparently undescribed Weasel from Yarkand,
Ce ee ee ee rs
;—On the Metdd Rat (Golunda meltada, Gray), with a note on Golunda Ellioti, (Plate 1), ............. ccc ce secon ;—Description of Spiraculum Mastersi, ............ ;—Note on two species of Asiatic Bears, the “Mamh” of Balichistén and Ursus pruinosus, Blyth, of Tibet, and on an apparently undescribed Hox from Baluchistan, ;—On an apparently new hare and some other mam- BE I MOOI oi os hain ss 3 SL Od ashe Bai vo dec dt \eoatbh Viale CamMPBELL, J. F. ;—On Himalayan Glaciation, 00... ..cccccec cee eceues Doszson, G. E. ;—Notes on a collection of Chiroptera from India and Burma, with descriptions of New Species, .......ceceececcceeee Gopwin-AustEN, H. H. ;—Descriptions of three new species of Birds of the Genera Pellorneum, Actinura, and Pomatorhinus ; lately collected in the neighbourhood of Saddya, Assam, by Mr. J. OGux, of the Topographical Survey,...........ccceccecceeee Harpine, C. ;—Memorandum on the diurnal variation of Atmos- pheric Pressure at the Sandheads, with a prefatory note by Peper EAN WOMENS 0206 ath. ek cakes iglns deceseavgceceas Ulae ere ee
Hume, A. O. ;—On a supposed new Sheep from the Central Hills Life OCUIL F AT ete Reety eN wo arR es ca vcs oes anneal s teva
KEaATINGE, R. H., Cotonen ;—Record of the Occurrence of Earth- quakes in Anon during the years 1874-75-76,
Kurz, 8. ;—Oontributions towards a knowledge of the ees Meee ee eh Si sie us verien cc ie cba boven pret e eMR aT eRe Sa RNOL A Goan coat coe enna
ee
313
41
339
327
294,
49
iv
Page LypEKKER, R. ;—LVotes on the Mammalian Fauna of the Wardwin and Upper Ohinth Valleys, ii... .occ0. sence cen nana tiene eae 283 Mepuicort, H. B. ;—Note on Mr. J. F. Campbell’s Remarks on Himalayan Glaciation, Sica rad. dearest. 0: testes de ee does ene il Nevitt, G. ;—List of the Mollusca brought back by Dr. J. ANDER- son, from Yunnan and Upper Burma, with descriptions of new SPOCUES Ss s:. sain tae cote unie capwunpl tier ceaNs to soe eet Nees -< se eeann 14 Woon-Mason, J. ;—LVotes on Phasmide,... cevi.csece..ssveeeve0e0eeueeen 342
Date of issue of the different numbers of Journal, Part IT., 1877.
No, I.—Containing pp. 1—48, with two wood-cuts,—was issued on 30th May, 1877.
No. II.—Containing pp. 49—258,—was issued on 2nd August, 1877.
No. IIJ.—Containing pp. 259—314,—with Plate 1,—issued on 27th December, 1877.
No. IV.—Containing pp. 315—355,—with Plates 2, 3, 4.—issued on 20th April, 1878. .
ROLLA LLL LDL OOOO
= ee
http://www.archive.org/details/journalofasi461877unse
—
JOURNAL
OF TILE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
a Qe Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
No. I.—1877.
1.—On Himalayan Glaciation—By J. F. Campseti, Esa., & G4. 8. (Read January 17th, 1877.) .
[We so seldom have the advantage of foreign opinion upon matters of scientific observation in India, that the Society will no doubt welcome the following notes upon Himalayan glaciation addressed to one of its Secretaries by Mr. J. F. Campbell, so well known for his remarks upon ice-action in every quarter of the northern hemisphere. The notes are left in their epistolary form, which is so well suited to communications that do not pretend to be exhaustive. ]
Kotleh, November 19th, 1876, Kangra valley.
My peEar Srtr,—On the 27th Sept. I landed with you at Bombay. By your advice I have come here to look at certain marks supposed to be glacial. Let me refer you to the second volume of ‘ Frost and Fire’ for marks which I had recognized when that book was printed. Let me refer you to ‘My Oireular Notes.’ (Macmillan 1875) for references to other papers of mine on glacial subjects, and for the result of my observations during thirty-five years. From these writings you may estimate my know- ledge of glacial marks and my opinion.
1. I have now skirted the base of the Himalayas from Hirdwar to Lahore. In the plains of Europe and of North America, I have seen large stones, carried great distances from parent rocks, say from a thousand to fifteen hundred miles, over plains. These commonly are smoothed, polish- ed, and grooved, exactly like stones which are found beneath existing glaciers. These erratics reach as far south as icebergs now float in the
H
2 J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. [No. 1,
Atlantic, namely, to Lat. 87° N. in America. I have not seen one large stone in the plains of India so far as I have travelled, except stones carted and carried by men for building purposes. Of these not one was striated.
2. TL have been to Simla, and to “ Monsuri’’ (so named by the peo- ple), and for short distances inland. In Scotland, Scandinavia, the Alps, and in North America; in Labrador, andin Vancouver’s Island: in all nor- thern countries where marks of ancient glaciations abound, and where I have travelled to study them; I have seen rocks and mountains of a particular rounded form, on which grooves mark out the course of the ancient glaciers or icebergs which moved over these rocks and rounded them. In Scandi- navia horizontal grooves are visible on the large scale from end to end of fjérds more than a hundred miles long, up to a height of more than a thousand feet above the sea level. All the rocky islands which stud the Norwegian coast are striated, up to considerable heights, and great blocks of transported stone are poised upon the hill-tops everywhere. Many of these erratics are angular blocks, as big as small houses. In 1841, I slept under a stone of this kind with fifteen other persons, guides and travellers, upon an Alpine glacier, Such stones abound in Scotland, and in Ireland, some as high as three thousand feet, and rest upon the tops of isolated mountains. I have not seen one “ perehed block’’ in the lower Himalayas, nor have I seen one hog-backed ridge AX or one rounded valley wy. I have seen every where far and near, with my telescope, and at my feet a constant repetition of the form YY which I attribute to the action of running water, not to glacial action.
8. I went to Hirdwar, to the exit of the Ganges from the basin in which that river and its branches take their rise in glaciers. I have photo- graphs of these glaciers. In all the glaciated countries that I have visited, the ends of great basins of this kind are abundantly strewed with glaciated stones. I sought carefully from Deira to Hirdwar, and from Hirdwar to Roorkee along the Ganges canal, and I did not find one glaciated stone there.
4. It sometimes happens that large glaciated stones are found in rocks consolidated, and classed geologically as old rocks ;—“old red sandstone,” &e. T have looked at the “ Siwaliks,”’ at the rocks which contain fossils of large extinct animals. I have not seen one glaciated stone in these beds. The fauna of the Siwaliks &c. as described in books, indicate a warm climate, like that which now exists here, and do not indicate anything glacial.
5. From Pathankote (here named “ Puttankote”’) to Nurpur, I crossed the mouth of a wide valley in which are several large rivers which take their rise amongst glaciers according to the maps. I saw nothing
glacial on that stage. These streams drain the northern slopes of the Kangra range.
1877. | J. EF Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. 3
6. From Nurpur to this place I have crossed several rivers, which descend from the southern face of a snowy range behind which rivers flow which I crossed yesterday. The range is some 12 or 13,000 feet higher than my road, according to the maps, and the top of it is distant about 12 or 13 miles. I have seen a vast number of large stones near these rivers. I have not seen one stone or one exposed rock surface with any mark of glaciation along my route thus far. Several large stones, some of granite, are below this house. Their surfaces are well preserved, and they are all dinted by rolling, not striated by sliding.
7. Where rivers are cutting through old moraines, they constantly undermine and wash out glaciated stones. A small rivulet near Dunrobin in Sutherland is full of large striated stones, washed out of an old moraine of large size. ‘The plain rivers below Chicago in America also wash out large glaciated boulders which come from beyond Lake Superior. I have seen no such stone here, and nothing that has the remotest resemblance to any moraine that I ever saw anywhere. A fall of about a thousand feet in a mile, and the vast rainfall of these regions suffice to explain the trans- port of far larger stones than any which I have seen thus far in India. A very large stone was moved more than a hundred yards this year at Kalka, by the small river which there enters the plains. The stone was known be- cause it had long been used as a washing stone. The fact was remember- ed because two washermen were carried away and drowned by a sudden flood. The slope at Kalka is far less than the slope here. ‘Thus far I have seen nothing to suggest the action of ice at low levels between Hirdwar, and Lahore, Pathankote and Kotleh.
8. So far as I can see now, my distant observations from Simla with a telescope, are confirmed by detailed examination of this ground.
9. I say nothing of that kind of geology which belongs to profession- almen. I see enough to convince me that there is professional work on this ground for many expert geologists for many years. But generally it seems to me, that a part of the plain, formed of old as the plain is now forming, has been crumpled up against the older rocks, probably by a thrust. I saw a folded section in the right bank of the river at Nurpur yesterday with an expiring camel on the shingle to shew how “siwalik’” fossils got buried of old by streams like those which now flow into the plains.
They form “ Deltas” Z\ or, if the new name is preferred fans, which now extend ten or twelve miles into the plains. These commonly spread till they meet so that a whole series make something like a continuous forma- tion whose section must vary with the intermittent flow of -rivers. Such a section of alternate beds of pebbles, shingle, sand, and brown mud I have seen in crossing the crumpled rocks which are named “ Siwaliks’”’ and “Nahuns” (?) hereabouts, and near Deiradun, I] have no geological map,
4 J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. [No. 1,
and a passing traveller cannot hope unaided to unravel the complications of beds which I see here. I saw another folded H.—W. section to-day in a river bank. I do not therefore concern myself with that kind of geology which belongs to your department. I confine myself to marks of glaciation with which I have made myself familiar. About Lat. 80° 31’ I have found none in India thus far.
10. I have looked carefully for sea-margins along the foot of hills. All round Scandinavia, in Scotland, in “the Labrador”, and in many other countries, “ terraces’? nearly parallel to the existing sea level mark old sea levels before the land was last raised. The form is very conspicuous, and the cause of it is often manifested by the discovery of recent shells in the sand and mud in which they died. TI looked from Pathankote west- wards, and saw the outline of the hills fade gradually into the plains at an angle of about five degrees. There was no semblance of a raised sea mar- gin towards Kashmir. I have seen nothing like a “ terrace” on the lower hills towards Hirdwar or beyond it. I never read of the discovery of re- cent sea shells anywhere in these regions. There is nothing hereabouts to suggest the agency of “ floating ice” in lake or sea, or of lake or sea to float anything in.
11. But as avalanches do fall into these Indian rivers, and make snow bridges, fragments of hard snow, or of glaciers, may possibly float down streams, and carry stones on ice rafts. Thus far I have seen no stones to suggest that possible method of transport by floating ice. The glaciers of which I have photographs are full of fallen stones, angular as they were when they broke from the cliffs. I have not seen one such stone in any river course that I have crossed. All the river stones are rolled.
12. From my recent observations I see no reason to assume any great difference in this climate since the Sivaliks were deposited ; since many kinds of extinct elephants lived hereabouts, with large saurians, like those which live in plain rivers now. I have found nothing to indicate a glacial period in India. What I noticed in travelling round the world you will find in the “ circular notes” quoted above of which copies were at Bombay and Simla when I passed.
13. Kangra, 20th.—I passed yesterday over ridges which have been called “ moraines.””» My way led down stream to a fork, and then up stream to a level country. The gorge is manifestly cut by the river, and gives a section of beds of sandstone with a northerly dip. I noticed some large, rounded stones in the sandstone and some were “ horse tooth” gra- nite. Consequently the transport of such stones went on during the forma- tion of these tilted beds. Near the top of the gorge I came to a thick bed of large rolled stones of many kinds. The bed seems to rest unconforma- bly on the sandstones, on both sides of the river and to cover a considerable
1877. | J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. 5
area though generally hidden beneath the soil. At a place called “ Cowlee”’ I found a great number of very large stones in and about a river, which is crossed by a bridge. They are far larger than any that I have found elsewhere. I measured one roughly 12 x 8 x 8 feet, and another 15 feet long. Many thousands of stones near this size have been washed out of the matrix which is hard reddish sandy stuff like the soil of the fields. As stones of this great size give reason to suspect glacial action, I sought carefully for marks. I went to the banks from which stones projected and found the surfaces where newly exposed, perfectly pre- served. ‘These were all smooth, or dinted, water-worn surfaces. There was no sign of striation on any stone that I examined. After a long search I came to the conclusion that these great stones were rolled to their present resting-place, and that this is not a “‘ moraine,” but a ‘“ Delta.”
Near Kangra a view is got which shews that the region crossed, in which these unusually large stones occur so abundantly, is the estuary of a number of
streams which come out of arocky amphitheatre furrowed by steep V water-
courses, which begin at the top of the ridge, at the snow. From each of the larger furrows, extends a ridge of stuff which has been taken for a moraine. J am quite certain that I crossed no moraines. An old “ mo- raine’”’ consists of angular stones carried upon the surface of a glacier; of stuff carried in the ice ; and of stones pushed along beneath the ice. There are medial and lateral moraines ; the terminal moraine forms at the end of a glacier and makes a crescent-shaped rampart crossing a valley. It often forms a lake, like a “bund.”’ In these long ridges which I can see from this dik bungalow, there is nothing like the shape of any kind of moraine. In crossing them I saw no large angular blocks; no small angular stuff ; no striated stones, great or small. I can see minute details of the great hill face opposite to me, and there is no smoothed gorge there which could pos- sibly have been the bed of a large glacier. From ridge to base the gorges are angular furrows, between ridges of extraordinary sharpness and steep- ness, in which the minutest details are picked out in snow, and in shadow. I can only see two small smooth patches on which small glaciers of the second or third order may have rested high up. I am quite certain that the “ Kangra erratics” are large “ pebbles’? washed out of the “ Cads,”’ by heavy floods. Stones larger than any that I have yet seen, are nearer to the mountains but they are allrounded. I can hear of no angular blocks, and I have seen none. What water may do in moving stones, is matter of observation and calculation. When a reservoir burst some years ago in England, the water swept away mills and machinery houses, and everything that stood in the way of the flood. I know many cases of extraordinary effects produced by unusual causes of this kind. The force of water de- pends upon the volume and velocity. Here the velocity must be extreme
6 J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. [ No.
for the fall is very rapid. The nearer to the hills the greater is the velocity The weight of a stone in water is less by the weight of water displaced. The rainfall at Dhurmsala is 102 inches yearly. From the position of this high ridge at the edge of the plains the rainfall must be exceptionally great. A warm rain falling on deep snow causes an exceptional flood. I know a case in which such a combination worked havoe in Scotland. I cannot measure the area of the basin which I see, but it is large. From its exceeding steepness the water which falls into it, must gather, and flow out of it sud- denly and with extraordinary volume, velocity, and force. Water power here seems ample, to account for the moving of the unusually large blocks of stone, which have been called ‘‘ erratics.”’
In Java is a voleanic cone 12000 feet high, named Pangerango. A cone is the worst form for collecting water power. Nevertheless at the foot of this cone a stream has dug a gorge, out of which it has shot stones as large as any which I have seen here. There is no question of glacial action in Java. <A portion of an inverted hollow cone is good for collecting water power and here is a funnel nearly big enough to hold Pangerango inverted. My opinion is that the Kangra “moraines” are ‘‘ Deltas” and the “ erra- tics’ pebbles of large size, proportioned to great water power. ‘The largest are nearest to the parent rock.
14. I found some beds of rolled stones yesterday in a hard matrix, so old that the pebbles had decomposed. Granite crumbled to sand at a touch ; quartzite and slates broke to angular fragments at a tap from a hammer. This bed forms part of one of these so called “ moraines.” I suspect that it will be found to form part of the ‘“ Sivaliks’’ undisturbed. The place is not far from Kangra, near a river, at a place where a cutting has been made for a road. If I am right in this the same conditions have endured here since the deposition of these coarse pebble beds, and there has been no “ slacial period”’ here since then.
15. Iam one of those who believe that rock basins, which hold or have held water, commonly are glacial marks. The absence of lakes from these regions is evidence against glacial action. It has been said that de- pression at the upper end of a river valley, or elevation at the lower end may account for lakes like those of the Italian Alps, Here, in the dip of the Sivaliks, is evidence of such a movement; but there are no lakes, and I have seen nothing like old lake bottoms any where in these mountains.
I am therefore confirmed in my opinion, that the Alpine lakes and Scandinavian fjords, and Scotch “ lochs’ are marks made by ancient glaciers: of vast size, like those of Greenland. I have seen nothing that bears the smallest resemblance to any of these, the largest glacial marks that I know, here in the lower ranges of the Himalayas. What evidence there may be of the former extension of existing Himalayan glaciers, nearer to them, I
1877. | “J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. 7
do not know from personal observation. But so far as I can learn from photographs, and from people who have travelled in these glacier regions, there is nothing near these glaciers to indicate any extension, that implies any great change in the local climate, any great elevation or a “ glacial period,” that affected the whole world.
Let me say in conclusion that this opinion founded on observation is contrary to my old opinion founded upon theory. Icame prepared to find evidence of extensive glacial action here in Northern India about Lat. 30° 31’ I have found none.
No. 2. THe KAanGRA BIG STONES.
Bhagsu, November 24th, 1876.
16. My pear Srr,—After sending you a paper from Kangra, in order
to make sure of my ground I went to “ Dhada” onthe 22nd. It is other- wise named on the map, but that is the name now used here for a dak bungalow eleven miles eastwards. I find that traditions regarding the big stones resemble traditions about like stones elsewhere. They are projectiles, about which mythical beings are concerned. One stone in particular is a “‘ deota’”’ fenced in with a square wall, painted, and adorned with flags and flowers. The large group in which it stands is said to be the site of a battle, between hill people and plain people, and these are their missiles. The holy stone was thrown down by Shiv, to a Rani who prayed to him. On that stone I found incised the “spectacle ornament” of Scotch antiquaries in a cartouche. It is on the west side. Some one has painted a pair of feet, to make this also a human figure and a deota. Something like the sun is painted red on the east side, and numerous devices on the south. Hanuman is on the north side of the next stone to the south. ‘The people walk in procession sun-wise about this stone, and do puja to the pictures. I have seen nothing like this stone “deota” elsewhere. At Dhada is the mouth of a Y gorge where the fall is about 12,000 feet in four horizontal miles, according to the map. It isa holy spot.much used as a place for burning the dead, whose ashes are cast into the stream. It comes from a snow patch high up which is full of large stones. Close to the bridge I found a section of the “ Big stone formation” and got to the solid rock surface under it, newly exposed, in a gravel pit. The stuff is sorted in layers of varying coarseness, from fine angular sand to the big stones. The bed rock is mot glaciated. The thickness of the deposit may be 80 to 90 feet. Manifestly this is the apex
of a Delta Z\, in the jaws of a Y ravine, which has direct communication
3 J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. [No. 1,
with a snow patch full of big stones about 10,000 feet higher, and four or five miles distant. I am quite certain that no glacier, big enough to carry these stones, passed over the bed rock, whose surface is. well preserved ; below the dik bunglow at Dhada and under the stuff.
17. Yesterday, 23rd.—lI crossed the big stone deposit close to the foot of the mountains, about four miles from the ridge, and 12,000 feet below the erest. I walked eleven miles carefully examining surfaces on stones of all sorts and sizes. I could not find one striated stone on the whole march. I found that granite pebbles as large as corn stacks abound, opposite to the longer and larger gorges which come from the snowy crest, and-have the sreatest fall. I found none of the kind or shape between these longer gorges, in the jaws of ravines which begin in nearer hill tops. These being slaty, send down slates of sorts, and the ground is covered with flat stones. I conclude that the ground which slopes from these hills to Kangra, is covered by a compound delta, arranged by water flowing from the whole series of streams which I crossed in walking eleven miles yesterday. I was unable to find any trace of glacial action at ten to fifteen miles from the base, or at the very base of the hills in this district.
18. From here I have made a careful drawing of one of three or four high patches on which small glaciers may have rested. New snow makes them conspicuous from a distance. The rocks below them are smoother than elsewhere, and large stones rest on the rocks. These piles of stone have the look of terminal moraines in the snow. They end at about 14,000 feet above the sea-level, or 10,000 above this lower slope. I suppose that small glaciers once lay on these shelves, and that the climate has altered so as to destroy them. Far lower down I have seen hereabouts old snow resting in rock “ gulches.” In the Alps such places are “ couloirs” and “ chimneys.” As a case to illustrate the effect of such conditions ; I was hunting chamois many years ago in Switzerland, opposite to the Shreckhorn, and came to one of these steep narrow snow slopes. My guide told me to hurry over it. I was scarce landed on the rocks when a mass of big stones rolled and bounded past, with great and increasing velocity. Thin slaty stones had got on edge, and whirled past like flying wheels. They came from a small glacier like those of which I seem to see the beds on these Kangra hills ; and they never stopped till they got to a large glacier, nine miles wide and twelve to fourteen miles long, which was some thousands of feet below us, in a valley.
That glacier was slowly carrying masses of fallen stones towards the Grimsel. ‘Thence down to Interlaken all marks of enormous glaciation abound. A hot sun started the stone avalanche, by melting ice which supported the stones, on a small terminus moraine. This Kangra ridge is somewhat like the Shreckhorn at the top, and stone avalanches must
1877. ] J. F. Campbell—On Himalayan Glaciation. 9
often roll down on hard snow packed in narrow gulches. I notice that many of the largest stones have something like the shape of mill stones, and rest on a flat side. I think it possible that men may have seen the arrival of some of them, and that tradition ascribes their speed to “ Shiv.” I ascribe it to gravitation.
19. In the Alps and in Scandinavia I have seen many snow avalanches fall from steep hills, like those which I see from this house. If many square miles of a hill face, were swept of snow by a slide, like the roof of a house in a thaw, the snow avalanche here would certainly block up a deep water-course, form a “ bund,” and accumulate water power. In this hot sunny region a snow dam could not last. I am told by natives that big lumps of hard snow are washed down to my road of yesterday. Ice dams have formed and burst in the Alps within human memory, and the result in the transport of rubbish was enormous. Not long ago an earthquake and heavy rains sent down from Mount Ararat a mass of snow, ice, mud, and debris, which flowed for twelve miles along a valley of less slope than the Kangra slopes below me, and carried enormous blocks of stone as far as they have been carried here. The great ridge above me has much snow on it, and may have had small glaciers high up, though no large glaciers have left marks on the hills. Causes like those which I have here indicated fitlly account for this big stone formation. Some probably rolled down upon snow slopes, in gulches, and rolled on over the slopes of deltas. Others may have been rolled down on the bursting of snow “bunds,” and may have been washed down normal slopes of gravel and sand by abnormal floods. A thunderstorm, or an earthquake may have helped in a region where the rainfall is said to be 102 inches, and where it may have been as great as it is elsewhere. A combination of such causes at long intervals, accounts for groups of large stones which I find here and there. Being exceptionally large and numerous, these seem to require exceptional condi- tions. ;
In any case I am quite certain that there is nothing on the ground which I have crossed to indicate the former presence of large glaciers on the Kangra slopes ; either at 12 to 15 miles from the base of the high ridge, or at the base of it, or in the Jaws of ravines which come from the erest of it, at Dhada, and elsewhere on my road thence to Bhagsu.
20. One of my objects in coming to India was to see for myself whether I could discover any trace of the “ Ice cap.” Theoretically, during a glacial period, a crust of ice ten thousand feet thick came from the north pole, and went to the equator. If it did it came down the Himalayan slopes. I have now seen in India enough of jagged sierras, and of ravines of enormous depth and sharpness, of which many run from east to west, to convince me that no ice cap has crossed this region from north to south
2
10 J. F. Campbell—on Himalayan Glaciation. [No. I,
about Lat 31° 2’. It is impossible that an ice cap can have passed from Thibet, since these gorges began to be eroded. Some are three miles deep, so they must be very old. Forms which exist in the Himalayas prove the ice cap to be impossible. There is absolutely nothing here on which to found a “ Glacial period,” which produced an “ Ice cap.’’ There is no evid- ence, even of any great extension of local glaciers here. All the change that I can trace is the possible existence here, of small glaciers perched high up, near the crest, where snow now rests. That change of climate may have been the result of something like the atmospheric conditions which make the Sind rainfall about a fiftieth part of the rainfall here; and make the rainfall elsewhere about six times as great.
I am greatly obliged to you for advismg me to come here. My object is attained and very pleasantly.
Calcutta, February 14th, 1877.—Had I been present at the reading of, this paper, I suppose that the author’s right to the last word would have been mine. I have been to Darjiling; to a fourth hill station ; and I have now gained some knowledge of points in Cashmir and Bhutan fifteen meridian degrees apart. I have seen a considerable part of Ceylon, and the low country between Bombay and Lahore and along the Oudh and Rohilcund railway, opposite to Nepal. I have had the advantage of reading Hooker’s journal, and Mr. Blanford’s, within sight of their ground, and I have the benefit of Mr. Medlicott’s criticism. I have also read papers by Major Godwin-Austen and Mr. Belt. I see no reason to alter my opinion about the Kangra ‘“‘ big stones.” I have seen many as big, in water-courses near Kursiong and Darjiling, left by streams which made the furrows and quarried the stones. ‘The usual water-power is not sufficient to roll these big stones, because the gathering ground above them is too small in area and too low. But given a landslip, sufficient to gather a head of water, and the furrow would be swept by a flood when the dam burst. Numercus landslips of enormous size are visible from Darjiling; but the rivers Rungeet and Teesta have swept their beds clear of all obstructions. At some places very large rolled stones are left in these water-courses. But there are no deposits in the Indian plains comparable to the glacial deposits near Turin, in the Italian plains.
The burden of proof rests upon those who hold to improbabilities, and require conditions different from those which exist. So far as my facts go, they prove that Himalayan glaciers have never extended far from the regions in which glaciers now exist. These hang about the edges of great river basins, below very high gathering grounds of large area, which condense the warm damp atmosphere of the plains, and of the Southern Ocean. I have found nothing in India to prove that these conditions have altered materially since the Himalayas grew to be mountains.
—_
1877.] 11
Il.—WNote on the preceding paner.—By H. B. Mevutcorr, Esq., Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India. (Received Jan. 15 ;—Read Jan. 17th, 1877.)
Mr. Campbell has kindly permitted me to add a few words to his communication, to bring out a small residuum of difference that remains between us upon the question of a former greater extension of ice action in the Himalayas. On the wider question of the Ice Cap, I would only say that I have not understood that speculation as dispensing with local centres of accumulation and dispersion, as requiring the polar ice to have poured over the Himalayas. On the smaller question too, Mr. Campbell has taken up the comparatively easy task of confuting the most extreme opinion. Although there is no mention of names, it is plain that the paper just read is a refutation of Mr. Theobald’s Ancient Glaciers of the Kangra District, with a copy of which I had lured Mr. Campbell into visiting that region. I had thought indeed that I had myself said all that was called for in answer to Mr. Theobald, by pointing out that his so called moraines were only ridges of erosion out of a diluvial deposit that must once have filled the whole valley (Rec. Geol. Survey, Vol. IX, p. 56); Mr. Campbell has, however, saved us any further trouble on that score by re- hearsing all the well-known signs and tokens that must be left by a heavy glacier, and finding them wanting. In this he has entirely confirmed my own observations.
I was the first (fourteen years ago, Mem. Geol. Survey, Vol. ITI, p- 155) to bring to notice the big stones of the Kangra valley as probably due to ice. I would beg leave to quote the few words I gave to the subject :
“The most interesting of these deposits is that in which large erratic blocks occur so abundantly along the base of the Dhaoladhar. It first shows itself on the east, about Haurbaug, and is nowhere more strikingly seen than along the steep inner slopes of the duns east of Dhurmsala, where the huge blocks are thickly scattered over the surface. In viewing this deposit as the result of glacial action, I base my opinion chiefly upon the size of the blocks (I measured one twenty-five feet by eighteen, by ten) and upon some peculiarities of distribution. An eye more practised than mine in glacial phenomena might detect more direct evidence, but it cer- tainly is not well-marked, and it is easy to account for the subsequent removal of all such traces of glacial action in such a position as this. The blocks occur at a present elevation so low as 3,000 feet above the sea-level, and they are found through fully a thousand feet in height. They are almost exclusively composed of the granitoid gneiss of the central mass of the Dhaoladhar, from which their area of distribution is separated by a
12 H. B. Medlicott—JWote on the Preceding Paper [No. 1,
lofty ridge of schists, through deep gorges in which they have evidently been conveyed, a huge block being occasionally found perched on the sides of these gorges, some hundred feet above the present level of the stream ; yet in such places I failed to observe any groovings or roundings of the rocky sides. The absence of evidence of this kind may, perhaps, be attri- buted to the rapidly disintegrating action of the heavy rains. I was many times puzzled to account for the positions in which these erratic blocks occur. ‘They are frequently found on the slopes of the range out of the way of any of these main gorges, and even up the little receding valleys of streams, which only drain the outer hills, and down which the blocks could not have come. Must we superadd the agency of floating iceP The total absence of erratic blocks in other positions is often equally puzzling. The position of this glacial deposit more to the west, in the confined and elevated longitudinal valleys between Sihunta and Choari, impresses one more forcibly with the antiquity of its orgin; it there lies in gaps and on ledges a full thousand feet over the deep drainage gullies close by.”
Thus I adopted the opinion while declaring the absences of the usual scorings, and trusting to the facts of great size and peculiar distribu- tion. The first step was an appeal against negative evidence, based upon the possible obliteration of superficial markings, by weathering and attrition, and upon the fact that although it is quite true that a@ large glacier must score its bed and the stones that le thereon, transport by ice occurs largely without any such marks being made. We have recently had in India, and in this very connection of ice-action, a striking illustration of the unworthiness of such negative evidence. In 1856, Mr. W. T. Blanford declared his convic- tion that the Talchir boulder-bed was of glacial origin. Every year
subsequently one or more of the officers of the Geological Survey were —
engaged upon these rocks in various parts of India, and looking out for evidence for or against this judgment, yet it was not till 1872 that Mr. Fedden had the fortune to find a most complete case of striated and polished Talchir boulders resting on a scored rock-surface. There are good speci- mens of these scratched boulders now in the Indian Museum. I have placed a small one on the table forinspection. In the case of the Kangra boulders, any possible glaciers in the Dhaoladhar must have been short, and have had a very rapid discharge ; and consequently were of inconsiderable thickness, conditions which would reduce the scoring action to a minimum.
As to direct evidence, the matter of size of the blocks is of course conditional. On an appropriate slope masses of any dimensions may be moved with very little effort. If these Kangra big stones are, as Mr. Campbell contends, solely torrential deposits from the mountain gorges, we have only to work that simple condition so as to account for them wherever found. It is here that a slight discrepancy occurs between Mr.
1877. ] H. B. Medlicott—ote on the Preceding Paper. 13
Campbell’s observations and mine. He describes having taken a walk of eleven miles, and found no big stones in some minor gorges draining only from the outer ridges. Relying on this single observation, and perhaps also upon the privilege he claims as a non-professional geologist, Mr. Campbell eliminates and ignores what I have from the first said to be the chief argument for glacial action, that large blocks of the gneiss from the central ridge do frequently occur away from the gorges leading from that ridge, in minor valleys draining only from the outer ridge, where it is most diffi- cult to suppose they can have been placed in the manner he supposes. It was to account for the position of these blocks that I had to imagine their transport on ice-rafts. Instead, however, of insisting on this crucial point, which Mr. Campbell ignores or denies, I am prepared to suggest how it may be compatible with the view he adopts. The fact that coarse diluvial deposits, not derivable from the Sivaliks, are found high over Kangra fort, on the hills south of the valley, makes it certain that the whole valley was once filled with like deposits, which must have reached high along the base and far up the gorges of the Dhaoladhar. It may be that under such con- ditions the diluvial spill from the gorges was high enough to mantle round and over spurs and to fill little valleys that are now totally cut off from those gorges.
It would be impossible to estimate the plausibility of this supposi- tion without testing it on the ground in view of actual features. At the same time I think that Mr. Campbell can only make out a Scotch verdict of ‘not proven’ for the ice, as deeply implicated in the transport of these big stones. JI cannot bring myself to doubt the evidence that has been given for the former extension of the great Himalaya glaciers to 4,000 feet lower than they at present attain to, as observed by Dr. Hooker, and by Mr. W. T. Blanford in Sikkim. At that time ice-agency must have been very active on the Dhaoladhar. If at present, as Mr. Campbell testifies, lumps of ice are brought by the torrents to the mouth of the gorges, the lumps of those days were probably large enough to pick up the big stones in their way. I would further suggest for Mr. Campbell’s consideration, that so far as we can at present estimate it, the age of these high-level gravels along the base of the Himalayas, and to which the Kangra deposits belong, seems to be closely coincident with that of the Ice-Age of the western continents. An increase of glacial conditions in the Alps, corresponding to that proved for the Himalayas in Sikkim, would probably bring the ice down to Interlaken, if not to Neufchatel.
I would conclude these few remarks with the hope that among the many settlers in the Kangra valley, there may be some members of this Society who will study the ground they live upon with some other purpose besides the cultivation of tea.
14 G. Nevill—Zizst of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
III.—Zist of the Mollusca brought back by Dr. J. ANDERSON from Yunnan and Upper Burma, with Descriptions of new Species— By G. NEYILL, CO. ee, SS.
The following is a list of the mollusca collected by Dr. Anderson on the two Yunnan Expeditions of 1868 and 1874, with descriptions of the new species and varieties; the greater part of the more remarkable novelties from the First Expedition have been already described by Mr. W. T. Blan- ford, in the P. Z. 8. for 1869.
I prepared this list for Dr. Anderson’s work on the zoology of Yunnan and Upper Burma about a year ago ; since then several of my identifications have been noted by other writers. M. Morelet especially, in a most excel- lent account of the mollusea of “ Indo-Chine,”’ published as the 4th Livr. of the Ser. Conchil. in April 1875, with figures of the new and more impor- tant species, entirely confirms my views as to the probable identity. of our common Paludina Bengalensis with species described from Sumatra, Siam, &c., as detailed further on; he records the occurrence in “ Indo- Chine” of our Indian or Burmese Helix capitium, Pythia plicata, Planor- bis exustus, P. compressus (which he identifies with P. Zondanensis from Java and P. saigonensis), Cyclophorus fulguratus, O. Bensoni (this identifi- cation I very much doubt), Ampullaria globosa and A. conica, Paludina Bengalensis with its variety_polygramma, P. ampulliformis ( = P. lecythis Bens., in my opinion doubtfully distinct from Gray’s P. Chinensis), P. premorsa, Bithinia goniomphalus ( = B. travadica), Stenothyra monilifera, Melania Touranensis (which he, no doubt correctly, believes to be only a variety of our J. variabilis), and ML. spinulosa. He also anticipates in publication my views of the correct determination of the very difficult group of Weritina (Dostia) violacea: he unites into two species the three forms described and figured in this Journal for 1868 from Burma by Mr. W. T. Blanford, viz., V. violacea, Gm. ( = ecrepidularia, Lam.) with WN. drepessa, Bens., as a variety, and WV. cornucopia, Bens., which he considers as specifically quite distinct, in which I decidedly agree with him, though we are both in opposition in this matter to the greatest living authority on the genus, Dr. E. von Martens, who, in his recent monograph of Weritina, for Kister’s Ed. Conch. Cabinet, unites all three forms into one.
The late Prof. Deshayes in Vol. X of the Nouv. Archives du. Muséum (1876) gives a list of mollusca, collected lately in Cambodia by Dr. Jullien, in which many interesting forms, allied to our Indian genera, are fully described and figured; unfortunately, unlike M. Morelet, he entirely ignores the neighbouring Indian and Burmese regions and seeks for allied forms in South America, As well as I can judge without actual inspection
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 15
of his types, he describes varieties of our Paludina Bengalensis as P. Cha- langnensis and P. speciosa, a variety of our Melania variabilis as M. Juliient ; his Unio anceps is wonderfully close to some upper Burmese varieties of U. Bonneaudi and should be compared with it; his U. comptus and U. Crossei also require comparison with Burmese forms ; the former I fear may prove identical with my Unio fragilis ; his Paludina obscurata is also found in Penang, and I beheve it has been previously described.
A more accurate and ample report on the mollusca of the same region is published in the Journal de Conchil. for October 1876 by MM. Crosse and Fischer, in which the peculiar thick-shelled group of Paludina Siam- ensis is compared to that of the American sub-genus MMelantho ; I would call attention to the presence of a remarkable Bengal form of the- same group, the Paludina crassa of Hutton, which has the singular habit of burying itself in closely packed groups of numerous individuals in the mud at all seasons, as accurately recorded in Hutton’s excellent original descrip- tion ; our Cachar Solenaia soleniformis, Bens., so closely resembling South American species of Mycetopus, is also perhaps worthy of special remark in connection with MM. Crosse and Fischer’s comparison of the Unionide of “ Tndo-Chine” with those of South America; I would also record here that a species of Canidia was lately discovered in the Rangoon river by Dr. Hungerford ; it is the C. Bocourti of Brot (1. c., Pl. XII, fig. 6). M. Brot seems to have most thoroughly and undeniably fixed the proper systematic position of this interesting genus in the family Buccinide, instead of the Melaniide, where it had hitherto been classed.
I have given figures in the ‘ Report on the Zoology of Yunan,’ which Dr. Anderson is about to publish, of the following species described in this paper,— Helicarion resplendens, Trochomorpha percompressa, Glessula fusi- Sormis, Bithynia turrita, Margarya melanoides, Paludina heliciformis, var., Paludomus Burmanica, Unio fragilis, U. Andersoniana, U. Feddeni, and two varieties of U. Bonneaudt.
TROCHOMORPHA PERCOMPRESSA, BIE. Helix (Sivella) percompressa, Bf. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 448.
The single type specimen in the Museum collection, found on the First Expedition at Bhamé, remains unique.
Nanina (Rotvuna) anata, Bit. Nanina (Rotula) arata, Bif., P. Z. S. 1869, p. 448 (Bham6), Helix arata, Blf., Con. Indica, pl. 82, figs. 8—9. Very closely allied to WV. anceps, Gld., but may, I think, be fairly sepa- rated; the spire is considerably higher, and the base of the body-whorl more excavated round the umbilicus ; the keel at the periphery is less acute
16 G. Nevill—Zist of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
and the epidermis appears to be darker ; the sculpture is precisely similar ; the Museum possesses specimens of IV. anceps from Tenasserim, also from Moulmein. Dr. Anderson found WV. avata tolerably abundant at Bhamé and Ponsee ; the specimens from the latter locality are rather smaller and are the var. minor of Blanford.
Nantva (MAcROCHLAMYS) RESPLENDENS, Phil. Helix resplendens, Phil., Zeits. Mal. 1846 (Mergui).
This species was found abundantly at Bhamo and in the second defile of the Irawady. The specimens are quite undistinguishable from others in the Museum from Mergui (typical locality). I think it doubtful if Godwin- Austen’s VV. atricolor from the Shisha Valley will prove really distinct.
The figure in the Con. Indica, pl. 5, fig. 4, is not characteristic of the species ; it appears rather to represent LV. vitrinoides.
Nanrya (MacrocuiaMys) HYPoLeuca, BIE. Nanina (Macrochlamys) hypoleuca, Blf., J. A. S. B. 1865 (Akoutong). Helix hypoleuca, Blf., Con. Indica, pl. 64, figs. 6, 7. A single specimen of this well-marked species was found at Bhamo ; there are also specimens in the Museum from Pegu, Arakan, and Mergui.
Nanina (DURGELLA) HONESTA, Gld., var. ANDERSONIANA. Helix honesta, Gld., Pr. Bost. Soc. 1844 (Tavoy). Nanina honesta, Gld. var., Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1871, pl. 17, figs. 7-9.
This species a good deal resembles an Assam form; its thicker and more shining substance, less open perforation, less oblique peristome (which is considerably more broadly reflected, nearly covering the perforation), and its possessing a whorl less will, however, distinguish it. Typical WV. hones- ta, as admirably figured in the Con. Indica, pl. 90, fig. 10, is found at Pegu, Moulmein, and Thyet-Myo; var. andersoniana at Thyet-Myo, Sibsdgar, Nagaand Khasi Hills, Chittagong, and Hast Cachar ; Dr. Anderson also found it at Ponsee, Ava, Nantin, and 2nd Defile (Irawady). This variety is dis- tinguished by its less depressed shape, it is scarcely if at all angled at the periphery (the angulation being very distinct in type form), the peristome not quite so broadly reflected over the perforation ; the substance and tex- ture, perforation, shape of the aperture, and number of whorls are identical.
Type of var. andersoniana, from Ponsee: axis 63, diam. 11 (apert- alt. 4, diam. 53 mil.).
Specimen from Chittagong: axis 7, diam. 18 (apert. alt. 6, diam. 64 mil.).
Specimen from Khasi Hills: axis 7, diam. 15 mil.
Typical WV. honesta, from Pegu: axis 6, diam. 12 (apert. alt. 53, diam. 6} mil.).
EE
ee
67 SF 5-
1877.] Upper Burma and Yunnan. 17
Nanna (Srrata).atreera, Bens. Helix attegyia, Bens., A. & M. 1859 (Phie Than) ; Con. Indica, pl. 86, fig. 7. This species was found at Prome and Bhamé; the museum also pos- sesses specimens from Moulmein, Assam, and Preparis Island.
NANINA DIPLODON, Bens. Helix diplodon, Bens., A. & M. 1859, p. 187 (Teria Ghat) ; Con. Indica, pl. 60, fig. 8. A few specimens were found at the 2nd Defile below Bhamé and also at Ponsee in Yunnan. The outer tooth of the aperture varies slightly in shape. This species seems to be allied to the Sesara group.
Nanina (Rorvta) Pansa, Bens. Helix pansa, Bens., A. & M. 1856, p, 252 (Akoutong) ; Con. Indica, pl. 56, fig. 1. Found at Prome and also at Kalawat.
Nanina (MIcROCYSTIS) BARAKPORENSIS, Pfr. Helix Barakporensis, Pfr., P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 156 (Titalya, &c.) ; Con. Indica, pl. 87, fig. 7. Nanina (Kaliella) Barakporensis, (Pfr.) Blf., J. A. S. B. A single specimen only was found at Bhamé. The differences between the sub-genera Kaliella and Microcystis appear to be not yet sufliciently characterized.
HeELrx (PLECTOPYLIS) ANDERSONT, BIE.
Helix (Plectopylis) Andersoni, Blf., P. Z. S. 1869, p. 448; Con. Indica, pl. 112, fig. 8 ; Godwin-Austen, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 612, pl. 74, fig. 9.
This remarkable form was not obtained on the Second Expedition ; it was originally found at Hoetone and Bhaméo.
Heri1x (PLEcTOTROPIS) TAPEINA, Bens. Helix tapeina, Bens., J. A. §. B. 1836, p. 352, (Sylhet).
The type specimens of Benson’s H. tapeina are in the Indian Museum. Plate 15, fig. 6 of the Con. Indica well represents the form. It is distin- guished from all other allied species by the less oblique columellar margin, rounded and not angular at the base (as are all its varieties) ; the keel at the periphery is acute. Typical H. tapeina is found abundantly at Cherra, Punjee and in Assam.
var. AKOUTONGENSIS, Theob. Helix akowtongensis, Theob., J. A. S. B. 1859, p. 306 ; (not Con. Indica, pl. 15, fig. 4). Only differs from the preceding by its more oblique columellar margin, more acutely keeled periphery, slightly more open umbilicus, and more de- pressed spire. I look upon this form as doubtfully separable from the next : the differences may be merely perhaps incidental to individuals, and not
even to local races. 3
18 G. Nevill—Zist of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
Dr. Anderson found this variety in Upper Burma, where it was very common. ‘There are also specimens in the Museum from Ava and Thyet- Myo.
Axis 5, diam. 15 mil.
var. ROTATORIA, Busch.
Helix rotatoria, v. d. Busch., Phil. Abb. 1842 (Java) ; Mouss., Moll. Java, pl. 2, fig. 8.
Only distinguished from the preceding variety by the less distinct or less excavated sutures, by the very acutely keeled periphery, and by the very white, more thickened, and less rounded margins of the aperture, showing within a distinct emargination at the periphery. Plate 15, fig. 5 of the Con. Indica is an excellent representation of this form ; it only differs from the figures of Mousson and Philippi by its slightly more raised spire.
There are specimens in the Museum from Prome, Akoutong, Assam, and Khasi Hills; it was also found by Dr. Anderson at Manwyne and Shan Hills.
Specimen from Akoutong, axis 6, diam. 154 mil.
Var. BHAMOENSIS, nov.
Distinguished from typical H. tapeina by the last whorl, which is only slightly angular and not distinctly keeled ; the aperture is smaller and less produced, with the columellar margin slightly oblique and angular at- base ; it is smoother and less depressed than var. rotatoria, with squarer aperture and without the acute keel at the periphery. The raised spire and angulate (not keeled) periphery agree with those of HZ. phayrei ; it is, however, smoother, less openly umbilicated, with more contracted aperture and less developed sculpture than that species.
This variety connects H. tapeina almost insensibly with H. catostoma, Blf., and its varieties; the more raised spire, less open umbilicus, and more rounded and regular margins of the aperture, without any sign of being thickened or subdentiform at their base, are the best distinguishing characteristics.
Four typical specimens of this variety were found at Bhamd. Major Godwin-Austen has also presented some similar specimens from the Naga Hills. Plate 15, fig. 10 of the Con. Indica looks to me as much like this variety as it does the shell it is said to represent (that is, H. Arakanensis, Theob., J. A. S. B. 1864, p. 5), from which, however, it is easily distin- guished by its more open umbilicus, less conically raised spire, and by the absence of the acute keel at the periphery, &e.
Type from Bhamé, axis 63, diam. 123 mil.
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 19
Heirx (PLEcTOTROPIS) TRICHOTROPIS, Pfr. Helix trichotropis, Pfr., Zeits. Mal. 1850 (China) ; Conch.-Cab., pl. 134, fig. 9-10.
This species differs from H. tapeina by the shape being a trifle more trochoid, the apex more central, and the whorls more concave ; the keel at the periphery is even more developed, and the aperture a trifle more pro- duced laterally ; a marked characteristic is the minute and close spiral sculpture of the base, which in H. tapeina and all its varieties is on the other hand distinctly though minutely granulose; it is principally on account of this last character that I prefer to class H. trichotropis as a distinct species, and not as a variety of H. tapeina (near rotatoria and akoutongensis.)
Major Godwin-Austen found an extremely interesting form in the Khasi Hills, with more depressed spire and thinner texture (axis 6, diam. 18 mil.) ; it is, I believe, one of these specimens that is represented in the Con. Indica (pl. 15, fig. 4) as A. akoutongensis, from Pegu. <A few speci- mens were found by Dr. Anderson at the Second Defile, Irawady ; they agree exactly with specimens in the Museum from Shanghai.
Specimen from 2nd Defile, Irawady, axis 6, diam. 154 mil.
HELIX (PLECTOTROPIS) PERPLANATA, 0. sp. (4H. trichotropis, var. ?)
Four specimens only of this very remarkable form were found at Mim- boo, Upper Burma; a larger series is required to prove with certainty whe- ther it be a distinct form, or only a variety of H. trichotropis, or of H. tapeima (near, var. rotatoria).
After a most careful examination with a lens, I am unable to trace any sculpture whatever on the base; the seven whorls above are perfectly . flat, as in the European H. explanata ; the keel on the periphery and the shape of the aperture are about the same as in H. trichotropis (especially the Khasi form) ; the umbilicus, however, is considerably more open, quite twice as open as in the Chinese and the above recorded specimens, and about half as open again as in those from the Khasi Hills; the epidermis seems peculiar, having the appearance of being less close in texture and of a decidedly more developed character.
Axis 43, diam. 173 mil.
Hewix (PLectotTroris) OrpHamt, Bens. Heliz Oldhami, Bens.—A. & M. 1859, ser. 3, vol. III, p. 184; Con. Indica, pl. 15, fig. 7. This species, well represented in the Con. Indica, is next allied to H- catostoma and to H. tapeina ; the characters of the aperture distinguish it
20 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
from the former, the very open umbilicus &c., from the latter. A single ~ specimen was found at Ava, agreeing exactly with typical specimens from the Arakan Hills.
Herix (PLEctorroris) catostoma, BIf. Helix (Trachia) catostoma, Bif., P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 447 (Ponsee). H. catostoma, Blf., Con. Indica, pl. 56, figs, 2, 3.
The specimen figured in the Con. Indica is not taken from a typical Yunnan specimen, but probably from one from Assam. The type in the Indian Museum, found at Ponsee on the First Expedition, is the only adult specimen as yet found in Yunnan; though, indeed, nine or ten immature specimens were also found, in none of which, however, are the characters of the lip developed. H. catostoma was found by Major Godwin-Austen and Mr. Robert tolerably abundantly in the Naga Hills, and it is probably one of these specimens that is figured as above in the Con. Indica ; they only differ from the type form by the less depressed spire and slightly less open umbi- licus; the characters of the aperture are the same, the dentiform process on the basal margin being equally developed and characteristic in both.
Heix (PLEcTorRoPIs) HUTTONI, Pfr., var. SAVADIENSIS nov.
Helix Huttoni, Pfr., Symb. II. (Landour, &c.)
The shell represented in the Con. Indica, pl. 15, fig. 8, is not, I think, a typical specimen from the North-West Himalayas, but rather a specimen from Darjiling ; the former is a smaller, more rounded, and less solid shell, scarcely keeled at the periphery, with a higher spire and less produced aper- ture. A form found by Dr. Anderson abundantly at Ponsee and Ava is nearer the Darjiling form; the spire is slightly higher, with the apex more central. Seven specimens of a distinct and remarkable variety were also found at Sawady; at first sight these present a curious resemblance to @. arakanensis, and with that species are probably the connecting link between HZ. tapeina and H. huttoni, though unmistakably only a variety of the latter ; var. savadiensis differs by its more raised spire, stouter texture and. less open umbilicus. H. winteriana, v. d. Busch. (Java) seoms to be a var.. of H. huttoni, differing by its more open umbilicus.
Specimen from Darjiling, axis 54, diam. 124 mil.
Var. savadiensis, from Sawady, axis 7, diam. 123 mil.
Heuirx (Precrorroris) PHayret, Theob. Helix Phayrei, Theob., J. A. 8. B., 1859 (Ava); Con. Indica, pl. 1, fig. 15.
This is the largest species of the group, and is well figured in the Con. Indica ; it appears to be rare, as three specimens from Ava are all there are in the Museum. It is next allied to typical HZ. tapeina, the umbilicus be- ing exactly similar ; the periphery, however, is merely angulate, not keeled ;
1877.]| Upper Burma and Yunnan. 21
the sculpture above is considerably coarser and more developed, the columel- lar margin more oblique and slightly angulate at base, and the outer margin more produced and rounded.
Heix (TRACHIA) DELIBRATA, Bens. Helix delibrata, Bens., J. A. 8. B., 1836 (Sylhet). Helix procumbens, Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. 1844 (Tavoy).
The types of this species from Sylhet are in the Indian Museum. It is a form with an unusually open umbilicus, a single spiral brown band, and a rather flat spire. Major Godwin-Austen has also presented similar specimens from the Khasi Hills. A closely allied form is abundant in Ara- kan and Bassein ; this only differs by the umbilicus being a trifle less open ; it is well represented in the Con. Indica, pl. 14, fig. 10. Close to both the preceding are six specimens found by Dr. Anderson at Bhamé, umbilicus like that of the type form, suture a shade more excavated, slightly smaller in size. Var. fasciata, Godwin-Austen, J. A. S. B. 1875, pl. 1, fig. 1, is abun- dant at Seebsaugor in Assam; it only differs by its colouration. For the shell figured in the Con. Indica, pl. 14, fig. 9, I suggest the name of var. khasiensis ; the raised and rounded whorls, less open umbilicus, and contract- ed aperture well distinguish the form; it has sometimes a single brown band, but is oftener without it; it is tolerably abundant in the Naga and Khasi Hills.
Type of H. delibrata, from Sylhet, axis 73, diam. 21 (apert. alt. 9, diam. 11 mil.).
Specimen from Bham6, axis 63, diam. 19 mil.
Var. khasiensis, from Khasi Hills, axis 83, diam. 193 (apert. alt. 9, diam. 10} mil.).
Var. fasciata, G.-A., from Seebsaugor, axis 9, diam. 233 mil.
Hetix (GANESELLA) CAPITIUM, Bens. Helix capitium, Bens., A. & M. 1848, ser. 2, vol. ii, p. 160 (Behar) ; H. hariola, Bens., A. & M., 1856, ser..2, vol. xviii, p. 251 (Thayet Myo.)
There is no specimen in the Museum from Bengal of either of the shells called H. capitiwm or H. hariola, but I am informed by My. W. T. Blanford that he has in his collection specimens of typical H. capitiwm, from the Ganges Valley and from the Nullaymullay Hills in Southern In- dia, and that he is convinced that the form in Upper Burma, first found by himself in 1861, cannot be distinguished. Morelet, Ser. Conch. IV, p. 254, 1875, records a most interesting locality for H. capitium, viz., Bangkok in Siam. On the other hand the Museum possesses both forms from Burma, from Prome the form figured in the Con. Indica, pl. 14, fig. 6, as H. hario- la, and from Ava that figured.on the same plate, fig. 5,as H. capztiwm ; the latter Dr. Anderson also found at Kalawat in Upper Burma ; the two forms
2% G. Nevill—Zist of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
—
seem to me perfectly identical, except that var. hariola is keeled at the periphery.
Heirx (DoRCASIA) SIMILARIS, Fér. Helix similaris, Fér. Prodr., 1821.
Found abundantly at Prome, Pagan, Bhamé, and Sanda, with and without the brown band at the periphery ; specimens agree exactly with others in the Museum from Penang, Shanghai, and Thyet-Myo; specimens from Mauritius, Bourbon, Seychelles, and Brazil differ slightly, but most certainly belong to one and the same species.
Axis max. 93, diam. max. 163 (apert. alt. 83, diam. 83 mil.). Hetrx (Dorcasta) Bois, Bens. Helix bolus, Bens., A. & M., 1856 (Prome). H. towrannensis, Soul., Voy. Bonite., Pl. 29, fig. 1-2 (Cochin China.) ; Con. Indica, pl. 28, fig. 7.
Dr. Anderson found this species very abundant at Pagan, Upper Burma, and at Ponsee and Sanda in Yunnan ; typical specimens from Prome are exactly similar ; specimens of var. towrannensis, from Cochin China, only differ by the spire being slightly more raised.
Hetrx (Dorcasta) zonoasteR, Theob.
Helix zoroaster, Theob., J. A. S. B. 1856 (near Ava) ; Con. Indica, pl. 86, figs. 2, 3,
This species can be constantly distinguished from 4. s¢milaris by its larger and more depressed form, by the considerably more open umbilicus, the more angulate last whorl, and the more produced aperture, the columel- lar margin of which is much more oblique. It was found abundantly at Prome, Thyet-Myo, Pagan, Tsagain, and Manwyne.
Axis max. 95, diam. max. 183 mil. (apert. alt. 9, diam. 10.)
Herrx (Dorcasta) scanprurira, Bens. Helix scalpturita, Bens., A. & M., 1859 (Ava) ; Con. Indica, pl. 53, fig. 9.
This fine species was found abundantly at Tsagain, Ava, Mandalay, and Second Defile, Irawady ; it can be distinguished from both the preceding species by the rounded whorls and raised spire and by the height of the aper- ture ; the brown band is almost always very distinct and richly coloured, in one or two specimens only is it obsolete. Though undoubtedly this and the two preceding forms are most closely connected,-I consider all three at present as well-established species.
Axis. max. 13, diam. max. 213 mil. (apert. alt. 11, diam. 112).
Pupa (CYLINDRUS) INSULARIS, Ehr.
Pupa insularis, Ehr., Symb. Phy. (Red Sea); P. pulla, Gray, P. Z. S. (Banks of the Ganges). P. ¢ Winttios. Hut., J. A. 8. B, 1834 ; Bulimus orn, Ehr., Con. Indica, Pl. 22, fig. 10.
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 23
This, probably our commonest Indian land-shell, was found in great abundance at Pagan, Upper Burma; very curiously neither this nor the next species are found at all in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. The Museum possesses specimens from Aden, Gwadar, Abyssinia, Sind, Kutch, Suliman Range, Trichinoply, Ceylon, Poona, Burwani Hills, Tinali (Benares), and Sa- harunpur (N. W. Provinces). The Burmese localities of P. insularis and P. cenopictus now recorded, I consider particularly important and interesting. Pl. 22, fig. 10 of the Con. Indica well represents the Burmese form.
Pura (LEvcocuinta) c@nopictus, Hutt. Pupa cenopictus, Hutt., J. A. S. B. 1834 (Agra). Bulimus cenopictus, Hutt., Con. Indica, pl. 23, fig. 9. Found abundantly at Ava and Tsagain, Upper Burma; there are also specimens in the Museum from Erode, Cutch, Patna, Trichinopoly, Delhi, Quettan, Abyssinia, and Gwadar.
Pura (ScOPELOPHILA) SALWINIANA, Theob. Pupa salwiniana, Theob., J. A. 8. B. 1870 (Shan States) ; Con. Indica, pl. 100, fig. 9.
I found a single specimen of this interesting shell inside a Glessula obtusa from Bhamé.
SUCCINEA ACUMINATA, BIf. Succinea acuminata, Blf., P. Z. S., 1869, p. 449 (Ponsee) ; Con. Indica, pl. 68, fig. 7.
Found on the First Expedition only, at Momein in Yunnan; itis a well characterized and perfectly distinct species.
VERONICELLA, 0. sp.
Two very fine specimens of an apparently quite new form were brought back from Ponsee, preserved in spirit; even in their present contracted state the bigger one is 93 mils. in length; I prefer not giving them a name at present, as I am not prepared to describe their anatomical characters.
VERONICELLA Brruantca, Theob. Vaginulus Birmanica, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1864, p. 243 (Rangoon, &c.)
This species is not mentioned by M. Fischer, in his Monogr. of the genus, Nouv. Archiv, Vol. VII. Stoliczka gives further details concerning the form, J. A. S. B., 1871, p. 33. Dr. Anderson brought back eight specimens from Bham6 and Tonsine, preserved in spirit, of course ; the larg- est measures 24 mils.
HELICARION RESPLENDENS, 0. sp.
Shell in texture and colour resembling edie gigas, Bens., but a little thinner and more membranaceous; it is at once distinguished from it
24 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
by its flattened, more ear-like and appressed shape. It also somewhat resembles Helic. Pequensis, 'Theob., J. A. S. B. 1834, p. 8, from Prome ; it is, however, a larger and thicker shell, with the whorls of the spire much broader and more distinct, and considerably less open at the base; in many respects it is intermediate between the above two species, though all three are easily recognisable and quite distinct.
Type of Helic. resplendens, diam. max. 22, lat. 14, crass. 8 mil.
Helic. gigas, (small specimen), diam. 22, lat. 16, crass. 10 mil.
Helic. Pequensis, diam. 17, lat. 10, crass. 5 mil. (a rather larger speci- men than the type).
Four specimens of this interesting form were found at Sawady. Dr. Anderson also brought back a single specimen (in spirit) from Bhamd (5000 ft.) which clearly shows the animal to be of a light pinkish colour, very sparsely dotted with black specks, except on the mantle lobes and caudal extremity, which are thickly dotted; in this specimen the spire of the shell only is covered by the animal, though the mantle lobe has no doubt shrunk.
HELICARION GIGAS, Bens., var. Vitrina gigas, Bens., J. A. 8. B., 1836, p. 350 (Sylhet).
A single specimen was found at Kyoukphoo ; though differing slightly, it is so close to the shell of typical Helic. gigas, that I think there can be little doubt of their identity.
Diam. 353, axis 83 ; apert. lat. 273, alt. 21 mil.
HELICARION MAGNIFICUS, n. sp., G. A. and NEv.,
I am indebted to Major Godwin-Austen for pointing out that this magnificent slug, the largest yet known of the genus, is quite distinct from Benson’s Helic. gigas (Khasi Hills) ; Godwin-Austen has kindly undertaken to describe the animal with full details and a figure, so that it is only neces- sary for me here to state that it is very closely allied to the Assam species, but that the shell is much larger, of a brown (not green) colour, with the body-whorl much more flatly expanded, and the spire less convoluted | and more depressed, and that, looked at from underneath, very much less of the reflected body-whorl is visible.
The largest specimen, in spirit, measures 70 mils.
Shell, diam. maj. 46, axis, 113 ; apert. lat. 403, alt. 293 mil.
Tolerably abundant at Momein in Yunnan, at 5,500 ft.
HELICARION VENUSTUM, Theob.
Vitrina (2) venustum, Theob., J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 400 (Arakan). ? Helic. soidum, G. A., P. Z.8., 1873 (Hengdan).
Dr. Anderson brought back, from Ponsee in Yunnan, numerous speci- mens (preserved in spirit) of a small form, the shell of which I am unable
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 25
to distinguish from typical Arakan specimens of Helic. venustwm, only differing in apparently being of a smoother and more polished texture and in the spire being a shade more distinctly convoluted ; a single, specimen of Helic. solidum from the Naga Hills is quite undistinguishable from the above Arakan specimens. The figures in the Con. Indica of the two forms are however so distinct that the types will have to be re-examined. Dr. Anderson also brought back a small specimen (in spirit) of apparently the same form from Nampura in the Kakhyen Hills, found under stones near running water ; the animal of this specimen differs from that of my Helie. resplendens in apparently completely covering the shell and in being of a duskier, more uniform colouration, apparently not speckled at all, but of a darker tinge on the mantle lobes and caudal extremity than on the rest of the foot ; this as far as it goes would seem to agree fairly with the original description of the animal of Helic. solidum, J. A. 8. B. 1875.
HELIcarion (CRYPTOSOMA) PRESTANS, Gld. Vitrina prestans, Gld., P. Bost. Soc. 1843, p. 100 (Tavoy) ; Con. Indica, pl. 65, figs. 5, 6. The entire shell is covered with a thick and compact brown epidermis ; the largest specimen in the Museum, from Tenasserim, measures, axis 27} diam. 814 mil. Itis an extremely abundant species in Tenasserim, and also near Moulmein; Dr. Anderson found it abundant at Sawady and on the banks of the Irawady, Second Defile.
EnneEa (Hurronetta) Bicotor, Hutt. Pupa bicolor, Hutt., J. A. S. B., 1834 (Mirzapore) ; Con. Indica, pl. 100, figs. 4—6. Fairly abundant at Bhamoé, Both H#. mellita, Gld., and LH. ceylonica, Pfr., are undoubtedly merely varieties of this most widely dispersed shell.
STREPTAXIS THEOBALDI, Bens. Streptaxis Theobald, Bens., A. & M. 1859 (‘Teria Ghat) ; Con. Indica, pl. 8, fig. 8. A few specimens were found at Bham6, agreeing exactly with the typi- cal Khasi-hill form.
STENOGYRA (OPEAS) GRACILIS, Hutt. Bulimus gracilis, Hut., J. A. S. B. 1833 (Mirzapore) ; Con. Indica, pl. 23, fig. 4. Found abundantly at Tsagain and Bhamé on the First Expedition.
GLESSULA oBTusaA, BIf. Achatina (Glessula) obtusa, Blf. P. Z. 8. 1869 (Bham6) ; Con. Indica, pl. 36, fig. 6. This fine shell was found only on the First Expedition at Bhamod. 4
26 G. Nevill—Zvst of the Mollusea of [No. I,
GLESSULA SUBFUSIFORMIS, BIf. Achatina (Glessula) subfusiformis, Blf., P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 449 (Ponsee). The single type specimen in the Museum, found on the First Expedi- tion at Ponsee in Yunnan, remains unique; the species cannot be confused with any other of our Indian forms.
GLESSULA PYRAMIS, Bens. Achatina pyramis, Bens., A. and M. 1860, ser. 3, vol. V, p. 463 (Teria Ghat); Con. Indica, pl. 18, fig. 6. Several specimens were found at Ponsee in Yunnan which agree fairly with the typical Khasi form.
GLESSULA BLANFORDIANA, N. sp.
Shell resembling that of G. Peguensis, Blf., but rather more slender and of thicker texture, easily distinguished by the acutely raised undulating, perpendicular, and longitudinal striation.
Long. , diam. mil.
Two specimens only from Ponsee in Yunnan.
LIMN ZA ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp.
Shell small, horny brown, imperforate, globose, spire short ; whorls: four to five, last whorl large, ovate ; columella remarkably thick and refleet- ed, straight, without any twist ; aperture subovate, anteriorly rather wide.
This small species, well characterized by its remarkable columella, is unlike any Indian species ; the figure that it most resembles in ‘ Kiister’s. Monog.’ is a var. of LZ. peregra, pl. 3, figs. 17, 18 ; there is no shell like it figured in the ‘ Coneh. Iconica’ ; probably LZ. andersomana will prove to be a common species throughont 8. China.
The late Dr. Stoliczka has since collected a perfectly identical form at Yarkand, as well as a variety at Kashgar, the latter interesting as posses- sing a very small umbilicus; L. andersoniana appears to be next allied to L. pervia, Mart. (? = L. Davidi, Desh.) and will require further compari- son with type specimens of the two latter.
Long. 10, diam. 6} ; apert. long. 73, diam. 32 mil.
Abundant at Sanda and Nantin in Yunnan, at 4000 feet.
LIMNHA YUNNANENSIS, Nn. sp.
Shell medium-sized, ovately oblong, imperforate, pale horn-colour, very fragile, spire acuminate ; whorls three to four, last whorl remarkably small ; columella very strongly twisted and much produced, aperture very elongate contracted anteriorly, broadly and beautifully regularly rounded at base.
‘This species is closely allied to the shell figured by H. Adams, ‘P. Z. S.’ for 1866, as LZ. Swinhoet from Formosa ; it also resembles pl. 4, fig. 256
1877.] Upper Burma and Yunnan. 27
in the ‘Conch. Iconica,’ but not fig. 25a, which belongs apparently to a distinct species ; Zi. ywnnanensis may eventually prove to be an extreme variety of LZ. Swinhoei, characterized by the smaller body-whorl, by the aperture being more contracted anteriorly and more rounded posteriorly, finally by the slightly more twisted columella. TI have little doubt that LL. swinhoet itself is only a synonym of Z. flava, Phil., Zeits. Mal. 1851, p. 78. (I. Liew-kieu) ; certain it is that a shell sent me by M. Morelet, under the latter name from China, agrees exactly with Mr. Adams’ figure in the ‘P. Z. S.’; Sowerby in the ‘ Conch. Iconica,’ in his usual careless and worthless style, records and figures a species as LZ. flava, Morl. ?
Long. 16, diam. 10 ; apert. long. 113, diam. 7 mil.
At Sanda in Yunnan.
Limy®a acuminata, Lam., var: RUFESCENS, Gray. Limnea rufescens, Gray, Sowerby, Gen. Shells, pl. 7; Con. Indica, pl. 69, fig. 1. A single specimen was found at Mandalay during the First Expedi- tion.
LIMNHA LUTEOLA, Lam., var. Limnea luteola, Lam., Anim. s, Vert., VI, pt. 2, p. 160 ; Con. Indica, pl. 70, figs. 5, 6. Six specimens of a small variety were obtained at Mandalay with the preceding species.
PLANORBIS ExuUSTUS, Desh. P. exustus, Desh., Belanger, Voy. Ind. Orient., p. 417, pl. 1, figs. 11—13 ; Con. Indica, pl. 39, fig. 10.
Numerous specimens were obtained at Bhamé.
PLANORBIS COMPRESSUS ?, Hutt. Planorbis compressus, Hutt., J. A. S. B., 1834, p. 91 (Mirzapore) ; Con. Indica, pl. 99, fig. 1. Four specimens were obtained at Sanda in Yunnan.
CYCLOPHORUS SUBLEZEVIGATUS, BIf.
Cyclophorus sublaevigatus, Blf., P. Z. S. 1869, p. 446 (Bham6) ; Con. Indica, pl. 34, fig. 7. Oyclophorus eximius, Con. Indica, pl. 33, fig. 1, (not C. eximius, Mouss.)
The Museum is indebted to Dr. Oldham for several fine specimens of a form of this handsome species collected in Assam by Mr. Masters ; they agree exactly in every respect with the type form, having light yellow- coloured apertures, &c., only they are a trifle larger in size ; it is probably one of these specimens which is figured in the ‘Con. Indica,’ pl. 33, figs.
28 G. Nevill—Zist of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
1, 2 (Khasi Hills!) ; it differs widely from Mousson’s Javan species, by the acutely angled periphery, by its much more open umbilicus, and by the broad basal band, &c. A large series of a fine variety of this species has “also been presented to the Museum by Mr. S. E. Peal, from the Naga Hills; this variety is of a slightly less depressed form, the umbilicus a trifle less open, but its most marked characteristic is the more circular aperture, which is of a deep crimson colour ; I suggest that this handsome form be known as O. sublevigatus, var. Pealiana, after its discoverer. C. balteatus, Bens., from Pegu, is an extremely closely allied species.
Type, from Upper Burma, axis 29, diam. 46 mil.
Large form from Assam, axis 31, diam. 57 mil.
Type of var. Pealiana, from the Naga Hills, axis 30, diam. 56 mil.
CYCLOPHORUS FULGURATUS, Pfr.
Cyclophorus fulguratus, Pfr., P. Z. S. 1852, p. 52; Con. Indica, pl. 3, fig. 3. [Var.] Cyclophorus patens, Blf., J. A. 8. B., 1862; Con. Indica, pl. 3, fig. 5.
This species was found in great abundance at Mimboo and Prome; 0. patens, Blf., from Pegu I consider only a variety, distinguished by its round- er and more thickened whorls, and especially by the less open umbilicus ; CO. fulquratus is one of the commonest Burmese land-shells.
M. Morelet states (Ser. Conch. IV, p. 288), that it is also found in Siam.
CYCLOPHORUS ZEBRINUS, Bens., var. Cyclophorus zebrinus, Bens.—J. A. 8. B., 1836, p. 355 (Sylhet); Con. Indica, pl. 2, fig. 2. Found in great abundance by Dr. Anderson at Bhamdé, Hoetone, and
Ponsee. It appears to be a variety of the common Khasi species, differing by its greater size and duller colouring.
SPIRACULUM ANDERSONI, BIf. Spiraculum Andersoni, Bif., P. Z. 8., 1869, p. 447 (Bham6) ; Con. Indica, pl. 86, fig. 3. The type specimens were found on the First Expedition at Bhaméd, where the species was then very scarce; it was obtained again on the Second Expedition, living in tolerable abundance on the right bank of the Trawady, Second Defile, above the Great Cliff.
Sprracutum Avanum, BIf. Spiraculum Avanum, Blt. J. A. 8. B., 1863, p. 319 (Ava) ; Con. Indica, pl. 134, figs. 7, 8.
A single specimen was found on the First Expedition at Bhamé, the svecies is quite distinct from S. Anderson.
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 29
PrEROCcYCLUS INSIGNIS, Theob., var. Pterocyclos insignis, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1865; Con. Indica, pl, 5, figs. 6,.7. Three dead specimens only of this interesting form were found on the First Expedition on the Kakhyen Hills ; the spire is a trifle more depressed than in typical specimens from the Shan States.
Prerocycnius Frppent, BIf. Pterocyclos Feddeni, Blf., J. A. S. B., 1865, p. 98 (Thyet Myo) ; Con. Indica, pl. 134, fig. 1. Tolerably abundant at Bhamé and above the great Cliff, Second Defile, Trawady.
' ALYCHUS AMPHORA, Bens. Algceus amphora, Bens., A. & M., 1856 (Moulmein, &c.) ; Con. Indica, pl. 91, figs. 2, 3.
A few small specimens of this widely distributed Burmese species were found at Bhamo.
BITHYNIA GONIOMPHALUS, Morl. Bithinia goniomphalus, Morl., Rev. Zool. 1866, and Ser. Conch. IIT, pl. XIII, fig. 4 (Cochin China). B. Iravadica, Blf., P. Z. 8. 1869 ; Con. Indica, pl. 27, fig. 10.
A comparison of the type specimens in the Museum of B. Iravadica with typical specimens of B. goniomphalus from Cochin China (received from M. Morelet), prove the two species to be perfectly identical. Speci- mens from Siam of B. Siamensis, Lea (also received from M. Morelet), are exceedingly closely allied, and may prove to be only a variety ; they differ, however, by their smaller size, and by the last whorl being rounded and not angulate, as is the case in B. goniomphalus. This species was obtained abundantly by Dr. Anderson at Ava, Mandalay, and Kabyuet.
BITHYNIA TURRITA, BIf. Fauirbankia ? (Bithynia) turrita, Blf, P. Z. 8., 1869, p. 446 (Kyoutong).
This most distinct and interesting species was not found on the Second Expedition ; the single type in the Indian Museum, therefore, remains unique. The species is, I think, a true Bithynia, certainly not a Fairban- kia. It was found at Kyoutong in Upper Burma.
BITHYNIA MORELETIANA, Nn. sp. .
_ In shape resembling B. lutea, Gray, (Con. Indica, pl. 87, fig. 7) ; spire peculiarly short, apex very obtuse and flattened, always eroded, but not decollated ; whorls 33, the last obliquely produced ; always imperforate, both in very young and very old shells ; margins of aperture entire, broad-
30 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of . [No. 45
ly reflected, produced and angled at base, outer margin rounded ; epidermis dark olive-green ; under the lens a minute spiral sculpture can be detected. Young specimens invariably show a sort of varix, formed probably at a period when their growth is arrested by some cause ; this varix becoming absorbed in adult specimens. Above 200 specimens were found at Yaylay- maw.
Long. max. 82, min. 74, diam. max. 6, min. 72 mil; long. anfract. ult. 7; long. apert, 54, diam. 3 mil.
This species can easily be distinguished from the Indian B. cerameo- poma and B. lutea: it is imperforate, has fewer whorls, a shorter and more obtuse spire, the columellar margin is less acutely angled at base, the epi- dermis green instead of brown.
MarGARYA, nh. gen.
This remarkable shell is very difficult to classify, owing to its great analogy to two fresh-water genera, Paludina and Melania. I think, how- ever, there is little doubt but that it will have eventually to rank as a sub- genus of Paludina. Margarya, so namedin honour of its discoverer, who unfortunately shortly after was murdered near Momein by the Chinese, is characterized by its produced, melania-like spire, composed of scalariform, rapidly increasing whorls, with very distinct suture ; apex obtuse ; sculptured with prominent spiral ribs ; rimate (or umbilicate ?) ; margins of aperture rounded, not continuous ; animal and operculum unknown.
MARGARYA MELANIOIDES, 0. sp.
Shell large, spire produced, melania-like, with very deeply excavated suture, apex obtuse; whorls six, convex, the first two flat and obtuse, the third large and tumid (bigger in proportion than the fourth) ; the four last whorls are girt with three nearly equally distant, raised, irregularly nodu- lose keels, the middle one much the largest, having its nodules more deve- loped and of a more or less compressedly transverse shape ; umbilicus very small, almost entirely covered by the reflected columella; aperture almost circular, nearly as broad as high ; columella short, evenly rounded, moder- ately reflected over the shallow umbilicus; a slight callous between the columella and outer lip ; remains of an epidermis distinctly traceable.
A broken specimen of four whorls only, long. 67, diam. 47 ; anfract. ult. 44; apert. alt. 283, lat. 273 mil.
A perfect, but not quite adult, specimen (6 whorls), long. 52, diam. 34 ; anfract. ult. 353; apert. alt. 23 mil.
Four dead and water-worn specimens of this exceedingly interesting new form were picked up on the shores of Lake Tali in Yunnan by the late Mr. Margary and were given by him to Dr. Anderson, who has expressed
1877.] Upper Burma and Yunnan. 31
his desire that the form should be named in honour of the unfortunate discoverer. | PALUDINA CHINENSIS, Gray, var. AMPULLIFORMIS, Sow. Paludina Chinensis, Gray, Griff. An. K. 1834 (China), P. lecythis, Bens., J. A. 8S. B., 1836 (Sylhet). P. lecythoides, Bens., A. & M., 1842 (Chusan). P. ampulliformis, Soul., Voy. Bonite, 1852, pl. 31, fig. 25—27 (Cochin China). P. lecythis, Bens., var. ampulliformis, Hyd. and Soul., Con. Indica, pl. 77, fig. 7 (Upper Burma).
The types of Benson’s P. lecythis are in this Museum ; they are a very large, globose, and thin form of P. chinensis ; pl. 76, fig. 6, in the ‘ Con. Indica’ fairly represents Benson’s form; this variety has been recently rediscovered in India by Major Godwin-Austen, who found it at Munipur ; Benson’s types of P. lecythis were more probably found in the same locality, than in Sylhet proper.
Found in great abundance, about 5000 ft. above the sea, at Nantin, Mungla, Momein, and Hothain Yunnan ; there are two forms existing every- where together which pass by insensible gradations the one into the other : one is a short tumid variety like typical P. lecythis, but of stouter texture and with the whorls much more distinctly angulate, appearing to me to be the form called P. ampulliformis by Souleyet: theother has a more produced spire, resembling that of P. lecythoides ; apparently both Yunnan forms can be distinguished from Chinese specimens by the markedly shorter last whorl, some one or two, however, show in this respect so close an approach to var. lecythoides that I am afraid the character cannot be relied upon to separate P. chinensis and its var. lecythoides from var. lecythis and var. ampulliformis.
| PaLupINA DISsIMILIS, Miull., var. pecussatuLa, BIE.
P. dissimilis, var. ducussatula (vel P. decussatula), Blf., P. Z. S. 1869, p. 445, (Ava).
Differs from P. heliciformis, v. Fr. by the less rounded whorls, by the more produced and not decollated spire, and by the less distinct angulation at the periphery, which is distinctly banded with a white belt, obsolete in the Pegu form. Both differ from typical Bengal P. dissimilis (P. praemorsa, Bens.) by the considerably more developed sculpture, more angular last whorl, less rounded aperture, and less open umbilicus, and by the more uniform green colouration ; the white belt is also less distinct than it is in most Bengal specimens ; it is even less like the South Indian var. variata and var. obtusa.
Common at Ava and Bhamo.
var. VIRIDIS, Rv.
P. viridis, Hanl. MSS8., Rv., Con. Icon., fig. 20 [Loc. ?].
A. fine striking form, easily distinguishable from the preceding by the more produced spire, obsolete belt, &c., exactly resembling the above figure
32 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of [ No. 1,
of Reeve, but a trifle smaller. A few specimens only were found at Ka- byuet.
Long. 293, diam. 21 mil.
PALUDINA SIAMENSIS, v. Fr., var. ? Vivipara Siamensis, v. Fr., Zool.-bot. Ges., Wien, 1865, pl. 22, (Siam).
The Museum possesses a single typical specimen from Siam, which seems to present no distinctive characters, except in its greater size, from the numerous, but all unfortunately young, specimens found alive at the Second Defile of the Irawady and at Yaylaymaw.
PatupINA BENGALENSIS, Lam., var. DOLTARIS, Gld.
Paludina bengalensis, Lam., var. digona, Blf., P. Z. 8., 1869, (Bham6.) P. doliaris, Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc., vol. I. p. 144.
Countless varieties of this well known shell are to be found everywhere —
throughout the Indian region. The form from Bhamé, called var. digona by Mr. Blanford, the type of which is in the Museum, is very incorrectly figured in the ‘ Con. Indica,’ pl. 115, fig. 7, the characteristic angulation of the last whorl not being shown ; it is apparently the widest spread variety of all; in the Museum are specimens almost undistinguishable from one another from Calcutta, Mandalay, and Siam (received from Morelet as “ P. lineolata, Mouss.’’). A small and less angular form of var. digona was obtain- ed at Myadong, having the last whorl more produced and separated. Another form sent me by M. Morelet from Cochin China as “ P. polygramma, Mart.”, is also found in Pegu and Calcutta. An interesting form near var. digona was found at Shuaygoomyo: it differs by the remarkably developed transverse sculpture, by the peculiar green of the epidermis, which has less of a yellow tinge, and by the umbilicus being more open than in any other specimens I have seen cf this protean shell; this form is near P. oxytropis, Bens. (Con. Indica, pl. 76, fig. 5) from Muni- pur, though the latter I considera good and distinct species. Since the pre- ceding was written, M. Morelet has suggested (Ser. Conch. IV, p. 306), that probably both P. polygramma and P. lineolata are merely varieties of P. Bengalensis ; he states that both forms are found in Cochin China, and he
identifies the two former for certain as merely varieties of P. swmatrensis,
Dkr,, Mal. Bi. 1852.
MEnANIA (STRIATELLA) TUBERCULATA, Mill. Nerita tuberculata, Mull., Hist. Verm.. p. 191, (Coromandel).
Two forms of this very common and variable shell were found abun-
dantly in the old channel of the Irawady at Myadoung ; the commoner of -
the two somewhat resembles pl. 74, fig. 1, of the ‘Con. Indica,’ but is more richly coloured, with the brown band at base remarkably broad and
i ee te es
——
a a a
EE ae eee
_—e eT een SS
1877. ] Upper Burma and Yunnan. 33
distinct ; the whorls are a little narrower and more produced, the transverse ridges very acute and prominent, the longitudinal ribs nearly, or altogether, obsolete on the last two or three whorls ; the upper two or three whorls are, as usual, decollated.
Long. max. 273, diam. 9 mil.
The other form is shorter and more rounded, of a pale green, with scarcely any brown spots or markings and with the basal band nearly, or altogether, obsolete ; the transverse ridges are irregular and less acute, the longitudinal ribs, on the contrary, strongly developed, becoming obsolete only below the middle of the last whorl ; decollated like the preceding.
Long. max. 20, diam. 8 mil.
MeEnantA (MELANOIDES) JuGICOSsTIS, Bens. Melania jugicostis, Bens. MS., Con. Indica, pl. 110, figs. 8, 9. (Tenasserim Rv.).
Unfortunately, only two specimens of this interesting species were brought back by Dr. Anderson; they were found at Myadoung with the preceding and following species. The species seems to me to belong rather to Melanoides than to Plotia; it certainly a good deal more resembles the Chinese MW. cancellata, Bens., than Plotia scabra ; in either case it is a very distinct and well characterized species, and is admirably figured in the ‘ Con. Indica.’ Shell small, slightly decollated; whorls five, abruptly angular, smooth and shining, with a few rather distant, somewhat obsolete and irre- gular, transverse ridges on the lower half of the last whorl; longitudinally angularly ribbed, ribs very distant, thick and prominent, almost varicose, eight of them on the last whorl, disappearing towards the base ; very pale green, with no markings except a subobsolete brown band at base.
Long. 12, diam. 6 mil. +
Meranta (Metanorpes) Iravaprica, BIE. Melania Iravadica, Blf., P. Z. S., 1869; Con. Indica, pl. 71, fig. 1.
This seems to me to be the Upper Burmese form of a shell described by Gould as I. baccata, Proc. Bost. Soc., 1847. Mr. Theobald has present- ed a series to the Museum from the Upper Salween River, well figured in the ‘ Con. Indica,’ pl. 75, figs. 8, 11 and by Brot in the ‘ Conch. Cabinet,’ pl. 9, fig. 6; at first sight they seem to differ considerably from the form described as MZ. Iravadica ; there is scarcely, however, any real difference, except the larger size and more distinct sculpture of typical JZ. baccata, which has three rows of nodules, the upper one of which is altogether obso- lete in IZ. Iravadica ; in one or two specimens, however, of the former this row is also obsolete. The type specimens of JZ. [ravadica are in the Indian Museum.
5
34, G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
Typical WZ. baccata, of three whorls only, long 383, diam. 20 mil.
M. TIravadica, from Yaylaymaw, of three whorls only, long. 30, diam, 17 mil.
At the latter locality the species was found in great abundance by Dr. Anderson on the Second Expedition, as it was also on the First Expedition at Bhamé and Manwyne ; the small specimens, so well figured by M. Brot (Matér. Mél. iii, pl. 4, figs. 12—18) were from the latter locality ; these specimens had been given in exchange by the Museum to the late Dr. Stoliczka, by whom they were sent to M. Landauer.
Mertanta (MeEtanorvEes) REEVEI, Brot. Melania (Melanoides) Reevei, Brot, Matér. MEél. i., p. 46 and Conch. Cab., pl. 11 fig. 4. M. baiteata, Rv., pl. 20, fig. 144 B (not of Phil.).
A rather young specimen of this very distinct species was well figured as above by Reeve; an adult specimen of the same species is figured in the ‘ Con. Indica,’ pl. 72, fig. 8. It is a well characterized species, quite distinct from JL. variabilis, pequensis, and gloriosa, and of these three it is nearest allied to the last. There are specimens in the Museum from Noung- benzick in Pegu; it was also obtained plentifully at Mandalay on the First Expedition, and on the Second Expedition at Myadoung.
var. IMBRICATA, Hanl.
Melania Reevei, var., Brot., Conch. Cab., pl. 11, fig. 4 A. Melania Reevei, var. imbricata, Con. Indica, pl. 158, fig. 4.
About twelve specimens of this variety were obtained at. Yaylaymaw. It can be easily distinguished from the type form by its more developed sculpture ; it has the same characteristic regular transverse ridges below the suture (four or five in number), but in addition has throughout other interrupted transverse ridges, broader than those near the suture and wider apart ; it has also numerous longitudinal ribs, possessing a tendency at times to become obsolete (varying much in this respect in individual speci- mens), these ribs commence at the termination of the sutural row of regular transverse ridges, and are generally distinct only on the last few whorls A the columella is stained a rich brown colour. ;
Var. imbricata, of nine whorls, long. 65, diam. 26 mil.
MeELanta (Protta) scapra, Mill.
Buceinum seabrum, Mill, Hist. Verm., p. 136 (Coromandel) ; Con. Indica, pl. 78, figs. 1-4, Melania seabra, Mill.
A few specimens were found at Myadoung ; they agree perfectly with Reeve’s fig. 156 B (IL. spinulosa, Lam.).
1877. ] Upper Burma and Yunnan. 35
PALUDOMUS ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp.
Large and globose; spire produced and pointed; of a very striking greenish yellow colour, with four intense black bands on the last whorl, the one at the suture and the two near the base about the width of the broadest band on P. ornata; the second band from the suture twice this width, this latter, in all but very old specimens, is very distinctly visible within the aperture ; whorls seven, the first two or three generally decollated, trans- versely superficially ridged, ridges more or less obsolete towards the centre of the upper whorls, one of them below the suture more prominent* than the rest; columella pure white; the operculum constantly differs on its inner side from those of the other Burmese species by the remarkably raised and very rugose nucleolar portion and by the distinct, though minute, granular margin. Dr. Anderson obtained several hundred specimens in all stages of growth at Mandalay, Ava, Bhamo, Kabyuet, and Myadoung. One of the best distinguishing marks from its var. Peguwensis is the great width within the aperture of the second brown band; the band nearest the base, on the other hand, is comparatively smaller; in P. Peguensis (even in young specimens) the two upper bands are altogether wanting, the third very narrow, the last broad and diffused over the basal portion of the colu- mella. This is probably the Paludomus sp. of Theobald from the Shan States, J. A. S. B., 1865, p. 264.
Long. max. 29, diam. max. 22 mil.
Var. PEGUENSIS (an sp. n. P) Paludomus regulata, Bens., var., Con. Indica, pl. 108, fig. 6.
Differs from the preceding by the slightly more rugose seca by its more decollated apex, by the less cylindrical whorls and less produced and pointed spire (more apparent in young specimens), by the columella . being apparently invariably faintly stained with brown, by the almost entire apparent absence of colouration on the last whorl, especially in the absence of the second broad band within the aperture. Unfortunately, all the speci- mens have lost their opercula. The specimen figured in the ‘Con. Indica’ is a very old decollated one.
Type of variety from Pegu, long. 21, diam. 16 mil.
PaLUDOMUS oRNATA, Bens. Paludomus ornata, Bens., A. & M., 1856, 498 ; Con. Indica, pl. 108, fig. 8.
Specimens of this very handsome species from Ava, Pegu, and Manda- lay are in the Museum Collection ; it is well characterized by its seven produced and solid whorls, acute and prominent spire; the Ava specimens are not decollated, though quite adult ; those from the other two localities
36 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
have, however, all lost their first three or four whorls ; both young and old shells are perfectly smooth, with the exception of a deeply incised spiral groove below the suture ; the figure in the Con. Indica, pl. 108, fig. 8, is excellent ; perhaps it scarcely shows sufficiently clearly the three broad spiral brown bands; from the peculiar thickness, even of young shells, these bands are, however, often scarcely visible ; the operculum resembles that of P. regulata, Bens., only it is little flatter, both differ considerably from that of P. Andersoniana, being much smoother on their inner side. Long. 24, diam. 16 mil.
PALUDOMUS REGULATA, Bens. Paludomus regulata, Bens., A. & M., 1856, p. 496; Con. Indica, pl. 108, fig. 5.
This species was not obtained by Dr. Anderson ; the Museum, however, possesses some hundred specimens from Prome and Thyet-Myo in Pegu; the specimens from the latter locality are typical ones from the collection of Mr. Theobald ; the shell is admirably figured as above in the ‘ Con. Indica’ ; the spiral, broad, flattened ridges throughout are very characteristic, as is also its slightly compressed, angular shape; the operculum differs from that of P. Andersoniana, by being more concave and less broad on its inner side, the nucleolar part is less raised and much more rugose, the broad polished margin (under the lens) is destitute of sculpture, instead of being minutely granular.
Long. max. 245, diam. 16 mil.
PatvupomuSs BURMANICA, n. sp.
Shell small, very thick, spire depressed, in shape closely resembling the European Litorina obtusata; only two whorls, the others decollated in both young and old specimens ; smooth, with a few irregular striz at suture ; columella very thick, pure white ; aperture somewhat compressed, as in typical P. labiosa, not globosely expanded as in P. Blanfordiana ; in all the ten specimens found, only three instead of four bands, the upper one exceed- ingly broad, covering nearly half the last whorl, the middle one narrow, the basal one broad, but not diffused over any part of the columella, these bands are of the most intense black within the aperture, even in very old, thick specimens ; epidermis unusually thick, dark olive-green, closely cover- ed with regular raised pustules of a lighter colour.
Yaylaymaw and also Mandalay.
Long. 143, diam. 12 mil.
The operculum is like that of P. regulata, a shade darker in colour, nucleolar portion on the inner side a little more distinctly spirally rugose. The broad and richly coloured bands (only three in number), pure white colu- mella, and peculiar epidermis are the principal distinguishing characters
from typical Tenasserim P. labiosa ; it is, I consider, quite distinct from P. Blanfordiana.
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 37
PALUDOMUS BLANFORDIANA, N. sp. Paludomus labiosa, Con. Indica, pl. 108, fig. 9, (not of Bens.) “* Tongoop.”
There are good many specimens in the Museum from Pegu and Ava, also from Gowhatty in Assam, agreeing exactly with the shell figured as above in the ‘ Con. Indica’ ; there are also seven typical specimens of P. labiosa, collected by Mr. Theobald in Tenasserim ; these latter are a good deal smaller and less angularly globose than the Pegu species, their columel- la is more vividly stained with brown, the brown bands are less regular and distinct (showing in an especially marked way within the aperture), and finally both young and old specimens are truncated, which is apparently never the case with the former; the sculpture of both is the same, quite smooth, except for a few irregular spiral strize below the suture ; the typical specimens of P. labiosa are without opercula; those of P. Blanfordiana resemble opercula of P. regulata, though they are even less rugose, the spiral strie of the nucleolar portion of the inner side being distinct and regular (seen through the lens).
P. labiosa from Tenasserim, long. max. 124, diam. 10 ;
P. Blanfordiana, type from Ava, long. max. 19, diam. 15 mil. ;
P. Blanfordiana, var. from Assam, long. 20, diam. 15 mil.
This species resembles as closely P. ornata as it does typical Tenasse- rim P. labiosa ; specimens from Assam differ in no respect from Burmese ones, except by the spire being a trifle more produced, this locality for the species is interesting, it appears to be very abundant there.
AMPULLARIA THEOBALDI, Hanl.
A. Theobaldi, Blf., Con. Indica, pl. 115, fig. 2, (Loe. ?) 2 A. maura, Rv., var., Con. Icon. fig. 57 (Loc. ?)
Unfortunately none of the 16 specimens collected by Dr. Anderson at Bham6 are quite full-grown, the outer lip in all of them being thin and sharp; in the depression of the spire they agree with Reeve’s figure of A. maura, as well as the typical figure of A. Theobaldi ; the umbilicus is open, agreeing exactly with the latter figure ; the colouration and shape of the aperture are also the same; I think it very doubtful, however, if it can be separated as a distinct species from the common Assam form, from which it only seems to differ by its larger size, less produced spire, slightly more open umbilicus, and in the colouration being a shade more vivid; in the latter two respects, however, some few Assam specimens approximate most closely.
UNIO MARGINALIS, Lam., var. SAVADIENSIS, nov. Unio marginalis, Lam., Anim. s. Vert. ; Con, Indica, pl, 9, fig. 6, (sp. juv.) This variety is abundant at Sawady in the Thengleng stream, also at Bhamé and at Shuaygoomyo ; four young specimens found at Myadoung
38 G. Nevill—Zizst of the Mollusca of [No. 1,
probably also belong to this form. The nearest figured variety is obesa, Hanl., Con. Indica, pl. 44, fig. 7, from the Irawady ; var. swvadzensis is of a more ovate shape, of a slightly thinner texture, the nacre is of a light salmon- or cream-colour, instead of the ordinary bluish white tinge charac- teristic of var. obesa, the difference of colour in the nacre is constant both in young and old shells; the lateral teeth are more convex, the cardinal ones a little less strongly developed ; young specimens of both varieties are prominently winged, as in var. lamellatus, pl. 44, fig. 7, of the Con. Indica ; externally young specimens are of a gamboge-yellow colour, tinged with bright green on the wing. . Long. max. 113, lat. max. 68 mil.
var. CoRRIANUS, Lea.
Unio Corrianus, Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. V., pl. 9, fig. 265 ; U. marginalis, var. Corriana, Con. Indica, pl. 44, fig. 4.
Four magnificent specimens of this very marked variety were found at Yaylaymaw ; the nacre is of the most beautiful salmon-pink colour ; the only difference from typical Bengal specimens is that the texture and teeth are thicker, and this is the case also with specimens from Pegu. :
Long. 115, lat. 55 mil.
Unto Freppent, Theob. Unio Feddeni, Theob., J. A. 8. B. 1873, pl. 17, fig. 3.
Tolerably abundant in paddy-swamps at Bhamé, also at Yaylaymaw. I feel quite sure that Mr. Theobald is wrong in recording this species as found in the Pemgunga, Central India ; typical specimens from Mr. Fedden are marked in the carefully kept collection of Mr. H. F. Blanford as from Burmah ; the specimens found by Dr. Anderson in Upper Burmah confirm Mr. Blanford’s record of the locality of the original type form, as opposed to that given by Mr. Theobald ; Mr. Fedden. collected in both localities.
Unto Burmantvs, BIE. Unio Burmanus, Blf., P. Z. S., 1869, p. 450 (Bham6) ; Con. Indica, pl. 42, fig. 1.
This form was not found on the Second Yunnan Expedition. Full- grown shells are narrower and more produced, with the umbones much less prominent, and the rugose sculpture also less developed than is the case with U. Bhamoensis.
The types of U. Burmanus from Bhamo are in the Indian Museum.
1877. | Upper Burma and Yunnan. 39
Unto Buamornsis, Theob.
Unio Bhamoensis, Theob., J. A. 8. B., 1873, p. 207, pl. 17, fig. 1. Unio Mandelayensis, Theob., J. A. 8. B., 1873, p. 208, pl. 17, fig. 2.
Not uncommon at Myadoung and Yaylaymaw ; found also on the First Expedition at Mandalay, Bhamé, and Shienpagah. The two above forms can certainly not be separated, as indeed might have been surmised from Mr. Theobald’s remarks in the original description, large series from one locality showing that both varieties run one into the other. The Pegu form men- tioned in the original description of U. Bhamoensis differs a good deal more from both than the Bhamé from the Mandalay one ; it isa pity Mr. Theobald did not give this Prome variety a name, instead of the Bhamé one.
UNIO FRAGILIS, n. sp.
2 Unio foliaceus, Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. ; Con. Indica, pl. 42, fig. 3. 2 U. Peguensis, Anth., Am. J. Con., pl. 25, fig. 2.
Ten specimens from Yaylaymaw only differ from the Pegu form, in that the epidermis, except on the posterior angle, is quite smooth ; unfortu- nately they all seem young shells ; the two biggest are exceptionally tumid, in this respect differing from the others, as also from the Bhamé and Sheinpagah specimens; in all of the above the nacre is less yellow-tinged towards the umbones, and the teeth thinner than in U. foliaceus. It is a form extremely close to, if not identical with, the U. comptus, Desh. (Nouv. Archives X, Pl. 6, fig. 83—4:), stated by MM. Crosse and Fischer to be the U. Sumatrensis of Lea.
Type of U. fragilis from Yaylaymaw: long. 34, lat. 173, crass. 112 mil. 3 Three specimens from Bhamé, all young: long. max. 43, lat. 24, crass. 13 mil.
Thirty specimens from Shienpagah, all young: long. max. 82, lat. 17, crass. 9+ mil.
Specimens of U. foliaceus, from Pegu, long. 58, lat. 22, crass. 17 mil.
Unto puato, Bens. Unio pugio, Bens., A. & M., 1862, p. 193; Con. Indica, pl. 10, fig. 7. Abundant at Myadoung, Bhamé, and Yaylaymaw. Very young speci-
mens are rugose anteriorly, especially near the umbones. Long. 57, lat. 27, crass. 20 mil.
Unio Bonneavnt, Eyd. & Soul., var.
Unio Bonneaudi, Hyd. & Soul,, Mag. de Zool., 1838, pl. ; Con. Indica, pl. 10, fig. 6, and pl. 46, figs. 5, 6.
40 G. Nevill—List of the Mollusea of [No. I,
Very abundant at Myadoung, Irawady Second Defile, Shuaygoomyo, Yaylaymaw, and Bhamé. It varies considerably in being more or less rugose in sculpture.
Long. max. 52, lat. max. 29, crass. 24 mil.
Unio ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp.
This species was found at Myadoung in tolerable abundance, together with U. Bonneaudi and several other species ; two specimens were also obtain- ed on the First Expedition at Shienpagah. It is next allied to U. pachyso- ma, Bens., and to some of the varieties of U. ceruleus, Lea. It is easily distinguished from U. Bonneaudi by its more irregular shape, thinner texture by the acute angulation, greater production posteriorly, and by the more developed sculpture ; a constant character also is the pink colour of the nacre, which in U. Bonneaudi is bluish white, this is equally distinct and characteristic in young as in old specimens.
Type from Myadoung, long. 32, lat. 153, crass. 113 mil.
Specimen of U. Bonneaudi from Myadoung, long. 31, lat. 18, crass. 13 mil.
CorRBICULA LAMARCKIANA, Prime. Corbicula Lamarckiana, Prime, Ann. Lyc. N. York, 1867 (Mt. Laos, Cambodia).
Specimens obtained at Hotha and Momein (5,500 feet) in Yunnan, and also at Mandalay, agree exactly with Prime’s original figure. Major God- win-Austen also found a small form of this well-marked species at Maniptr, in the Kuchai stream.
Long. 283, lat. 203, crass. 13 mil.
CoRBICULA YUNNANENSIS, N. sp.
Medium-sized specimens from Yaylaymaw agree fairly with Prime’s figure and description of C. Linneana, (Ann. Lye. N. York, 1867, Cambodia), the principal difference being the less truncate anterior side. Shell large, thick, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, rather abruptly tumid towards the umbones ; anteriorly moderately produced and rounded, posteriorly pro- duced and truncate (exactly as in Prime’s figure of C. Linneana) ; lateral teeth curved, the anterior a little more so than_the posterior ; no lunule ; epidermis dark brown, strize regular and close; interior violet, of a darker shade near the margin. This species is more inequilateral, more tumid near the umbones, and more regularly suleated than C. Miilleriana, Prime (loe. cit.), from China, which, however, it also closely resembles.
Type from Manwyne in Yunnan (4,000 feet) : long. 39, lat. 33 mil.
Yaylaymaw (all young) : long. 213, lat. 17, crass. 113 mil.
1877. ] Hl. H. Godwin-Austen—Descriptions of new Birds. Al
CoRBICULA ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp.
Rather small, thin, subequilateral, transversely ovate, tumid ; medium- sized specimens closely resemble in shape C: inequilateralis, Prime, both sides are obtusely rounded, epidermis bright green, interior violet, paler near the margin. ‘This species is quite distinct from the other Burmese and Indian ones, it is, however, exceedingly close to O. twmida, Desh., P. Z. S., 1854, from Borneo, as figured by Issel.
Type from Momein in Yunnan: long. 203, lat..12 mil.
—_——oererre”
IV.—Descriptions of three new Species of Birds of the Genera Pellorneum, Actinura, and Pomatorhinus ; lately collected in the neighbourhood of Saddya, Assam, by Mr. M. J. Oax of the Topographical Survey.— By Major 1. H. Gopwin-Austen, F Rk. G.S., FZ. S., Se.
(Received March 29 ;—Read April 4, 1877.)
1. PELLORNEUM PECTORALIS, Ni. sp.
Dese.—Head to nape dull dark chestnut ; back, wings, and tail umber- brown, the last indistinctly barred and with narrow pale tips, the outer primaries edged paler. ores and frontal feathers pale, tipped with pale black, extending as an obscure supercilium to the nape,. where the feathers become broadly dingy white on their upper web, dark brown on the lower, those on the back of the neck are broadly black-centred. The ear- eoverts are umber-brown, darker behind, forming a crescentic margin again bordered lighter. The chin is pure white for three-quarters of an inch; a dark gorget of broadly black-centred feathers then crosses.the upper: breast, the centering of the feathers becoming very. large, oblong, and conspicuous on the elongate feathers of the sides of the neck, but paler and less defined on the flanks. From the gorget all beneath is pale rufescent ochre: The under tail-coverts are dark, bordered with white:
Legs pale ochre. Irides vermilion.
Wing. Tail. Tarsus; Bill at’ front. é 3:0" 3:0" 12” 0:70" g 3:0: 3:0 1:0: 0:63.
Hap.—Saddya, Assam (M. J. Ogle).
This species is nearest and closely allied to Pellornewm Mandellii, W. Blanford, described from Darjeeling, which is the same as Hodgson’s P. Nipalensis, a MS. name never published. It is a larger bird as regards wing, and the legs are more robust.. The principal difference lies in the far larger extent of the dark streaking on the sides of the neck: the dark centred feathers are longer and broader than in P. Mandelliz, the black. oblong, spots
6.
42 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Descriptions of new Birds. [No. 1,
being 0:4 in. by 1°38 in. in this new form as against 0°3 by 1:0, while those on the upper nape are bordered with white above ; the top of the head is dark chestnut, opposed to a dull rufous wmber in the Darjiling species. Yet the greatest departure is in the abrupt termination of the white chin, succeeded by the ochraceous tint of the rest of the under parts, while the black centerings of the feathers are so broad and closely distributed as to form a decided dark gorget, whence they spread away down the sides of the breast. The feathers of the head and nape are more lengthened and fuller than in the other species.
We appear to have in this genus—all near allies :—
1. PELLORNEUM RUFICEPS,* Swainson.
South India.
2. PxrLLoRNEUM Manpetii, W. Blanford.
Sikkim, and the Garo and Khasi Hills.
3. PELLORNEUM PECTORALIS, G-A.
Eastern Assam.
4. PELLORNEUM TICKELLII, Blyth.
P. minor, Hume, 8. F., 1873, p. 298, from Tenasserim.
P. subochraceum, Swinhoe, A. M, N. H., 1871, p. 257, also from Tenasserim.
Burmah and Tenasserim.
I cannot help thinking that the two last names are only synonyms. In the list of Birds from Tenasserim (Stray Feathers, Vol. II. p. 476.), the very country whence Tickell sent his specimens to Blyth, P. minor is recorded as common, but P. Tichellii as not yet obtained. Comparing specimens lately received from Tenasserim with the original description and with a specimen in the Indian Museum (also from Tenasserim) which there is every reason for believing to be one of the original types, I can arrive at no other decision but that P. minor and P. subochracewm are nothing else than P. Tickellit ; nor is it likely that two distinct species whose dimensions are so exceedingly close are to be found in so limited an area.
2. ACTINURA OGLEI, n. sp.
Desc.—Ahbove rich umber-brown with a sienna tinge, strongly rusty on the head and nape, the soft feathers of the back and rump are very finely | and indistinctly crossed with narrow bars. A well-developed frontal band of white having the shafts of its feathers black, merges into a well-defined pure white supercilium and is continued over the black ear-coverts and down the side of the neck, where the white feathers become bordered with black, the supercilium thus terminating in scattered spots. This white supercilium is bordered above with black. Lores dark, chin pure white,
* Is given in Blyth’s List of the Birds of Burmah, but I doubt if true P. ruficeps is found out of Southern India, }
1877.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—Deseriptions of new Birds. 43
breast grey, flanks and abdomen dull earthy brown. Wings and tail rich umber narrowly barred with black-brown, the tail having about 24 such bars. Irides crimson lake ; legs and feet umber-brown.
Length about 6’, wing 2°8”, tail 2°8”, tarsus 1:1’, bill at front 0°60".
The bill, which is stronger and deeper than in any other species of the genus, is black above, grey below.
Hazs.—Shot on Manbim Tila, on the Tenga Pani river, near Saddya, at 800 ft. (M. J. Ogle).
This is another new form for which we have to thank Mr. Ogle, after whom I have much pleasure in naming it. It is one of the most beautiful and distinct forms of the genus, its white chin and superciliary stripe being a most conspicuous departure from the type of coloration possessed by the other species.
Actinura Oglet in the coloration of the head and nape, and in its white throat, has remarkable affinities for Zurdinus guttatus, Tickell, from Tenas- serm. ‘This last bird can hardly find a place in the genus Zurdinus as exemplified by such forms as 7. brevicaudatus and its allies. In the stout legs and feet it is akin toActinura, and in the form of the nostrils it is also like Actinura Oglei. The principal departure to be noted is in the absence of barring on the wings and tail, but this is to be discerned, though it is indistinct, and is noted by Tickell in his original description, when the barring was no doubt more apparent than it now is in the faded type speci- men in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. In A. Og/ez this barring, I notice, is far less conspicuous than in A. Hyertom, A. Waldeni, &e. Altogether these two birds present a most instructive case of close generic relationship.
7
3. POMATORHINUS STENORHYNCHUS, n. sp.
Dese.—Above pale umber-brown with an ochraceous tinge, richer brown on the head, a more umber tint on the tail and wings, a narrow pure white supercilium from base of bill over the eye to the ear-coverts, but not ex- tending further. Lores black, passing under the eye to the ear-coverts, which are grey-black and bounded posteriorly with rufous brown. Chin and upper throat pure white, breast and abdomen pale rufescent, flanks and under tail-coverts pale ochraceous brown.
Bill very long, tapering, curved, and much compressed ; bright orange- red. Legs and feet horny grey.
$ Length abt. 8’; wing 4” ; tail 4-4”; tarsus 1°35” ; bill at front 1°45”, 2 eae Si ny ees yy, ey ) 1:15.
The female is thus very decidedly smaller than the male.
Haz.—Obtained on Manbim Tila, on Tenga Pani River, near Saddya at 800 ft. (M. J. Ogle). |
AA HLH. Godwin-Austen—Deseriptions of new Birds. [No. 1,
This beautiful Pomatorhinus, which with the preceding species was discovered during the past cold season, in its very slender and narrow bill approaches the Xiphorhamphus form more than any other species of this group of Scimitar Babblers. In its coloration it reminds one of Pom. fer- rugimosus.
The claw of the inner toe is smaller than the outer, and all the claws are rounded off at the tip so as to have a peculiarly blunt gouge-like ap- pearance. .
The collection also contains several other new and interesting species, some of which I am unable to determine satisfactorily out here, but which shall be described in more detail in my next List of Birds from the N. E. Frontier. I may mention (i) an Abrornis with yellow chin, which I propose naming A. flavogularis; (11) Chleuasicus atrosuperciliaris, intermediate in size between Paradoxornis ruficeps and Ch. ruficeps; (ui) Horornis Suliginiventer, Hodg.; (iv) Lurdinus Williamsoni quite distinct from the type of LT. brevicaudatus, Blyth, which is of a strong rufous colour on the breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts; this rufous colour pervades the back, and the spotting on the secondaries is smaller and less conspicuous than in the specimen lately received from Saddya.
1877.] 45
V.—Note on the Variation of the Barometric Tides in connection with Diwr- nal Land- and Sea-Breezes.— By Henry F. Buanrorp, Meteorological Reporter to the Government of India.
(Received January 29:—Read March 7, 1877).
The theory of the diurnal land- and sea-breezes on sea-coasts is perhaps one of the most familiar of meteorological topics, and the subject finds a place in all our handbooks of meteorology and physical geography, as an illustration of winds of convection. It has long been surmised, as a deduction from the theory, that the daily oscillations of pressure over the sea and the land, in the neighbourhood of coast-lines, must shew marked differences; the pressure being higher over the land during the night and early morning, over the sea during the afternoon and evening hours. Hitherto, however, as far as I am aware, this inference has never been confirmed by the results of actual observation ; and the following facts, relating to the diurnal vari- ation of pressure over the head of the Bay of Bengal between 60 and 120 miles from the coast of the Stinderbans, will therefore have that interest which must always attach to the confirmation of a familiar theory. At the same time, I may point out, the view which I put forward at a recent meeting of the Society, vzz., that a considerable transfer of air takes place in the day-time from the land to the sea, also receives confirmation ; and, regarded as a whole, the resulting phenomenon is, to my mind, a very beauti- ful and at the same time simple solution of a problem in meteorological physics.
The data which have given occasion to this communication have reached me only within the last few weeks. They are the reduced logs, relating to Indian seas, for the month of January, which have been accumulated for many years past by the London Meteorological Office, established by the late Admiral Fitzroy, and now under the direction of Mr. R. H. Scott and Captain H. Toynbee. The observations have all been made with compared instruments and have been corrected to the Kew standard ; and the extracted observations have been carefully sifted in the course of extraction, and all doubtful entries rejected. Those which I shall now discuss are the baro- metric readings of ships north of latitude 20°, approaching and leaving the Sandheads ; and are therefore all taken between distances of 60 and 120 miles from the coast. The observations having been made with marine mercurial barometers, it is probable that the amplitude of the range shewn by them may be somewhat less than would be shewn by barometers with large tubes, were it practicable to use such instruments on board ship ; but all the instruments issued by the Marine Meteorological Department (and such only have been employed) have been subjected to a preliminary
AG H. F. Blanford—Barometric Tides [No. 1,
testing for sensitiveness and those only selected which have satisfied the test. It is therefore improbable that any large correction would be required to render the present data strictly comparable with those of a standard barometer.
The theory of diurnal land- and sea-breezes, as I understand it, is as follows. Under the morning sun, the air resting on a land-surface is more expanded than that resting on the sea; the larger part of the absorbed solar heat being used up, in the former case, in heating the air, while in the latter it is chiefly employed in evaporating water and charging the air with vapour ; and, as I shewed in a former paper, the pressure of a given volume of air, when heated, is raised more than seven times as much as when the same amount of heat is consumed in charging it with vapour. The exact proportion at a temperature of 80° is 7°27. The expansion that follows in the two cases is not, however, quite in the same proportion, be- cause more heat is consumed in work in the one case than in the other. Supposing that the expansion takes place under the same pressure in both cases, the ratios of expansion, for the same absorption of heat, would be 5°44 times as great in the case of the heated air as in that of the air charged with vapour, at the assumed temperature. The chief effect of this unequal expansion is to tilt the planes of equal pressure (de, Sg) somewhat as represented in the accompanying diagram, and to produce a head of pressure at a certain height in the atmosphere over the land ; while at the land- and sea-sur- face the pressure is perhaps but little altered. This process goes on as long asthe temperature is rising ; and the result is a current of air, at a certain height in the atmosphere, blowing from the land to the sea. But this transfer of air from the land- to the sea-atmosphere, while tending to restore. equilibrium at the higher level, produces an increase of static pressure at the sea-surface, and reduces that at the land-surface; and therefore, a return current sets in at the lower level, which is the well known sea-breeze. As is well known, the sea-breeze sets in first on the coast-line ; and as the day advances it extends in both directions, coming from further out at sea and penetrating to a greater distance inland. This continues till the equili- brium at the ground-surface is restored, which, however, does not occur until late in the evening. At Calcutta, the anemometer trace shews that, on an average, the retardation of the sea-breeze is such that it does not set in fairly until about 5 or 6 in the afternoon. Its prevalence, for some hours after this, is familiar to all residents in Calcutta in the cool southerly wind
1877. ] and Land- and Sea-breezes. 47
which, in the hot weather, sets in about the hour of the evening drive, is at its height about the usual dinner-hour, and makes the south verandah so pleasant for the post-prandial lounge. It lulls gradually, and as a rule ceases to be felt about midnight. Meanwhile, the cooling of the lower and more heated strata of the air, by reducing their elasticity, allows the higher strata to sink under the influence of gravity; and this, the more rapidly, the faster the cooling proceeds ; and since, in virtue of the momentum acquired during the interval of more rapid cooling, the motion continues, after the contraction has begun to relax, the lower strata are dynamically compressed, producing the evening maximum of barometric pressure, As the expansion in the morning is greatest over the land, so also is the con- traction in the evening; and, owing to this, the isobaric planes at a certain elevation are again disturbed, sinking lower over the land and producing a head of pressure over the sea. This disturbance causes a transfer of air from over the sea to the land at the higher level; and is followed by an accumulation of pressure at the land-surface, causing the outflow of the land-wind in the early morning hours.
According to this theory, then, there should be an excess of pressure over the land in the morning and as long as the land-wind prevails, and an excess of pressure over the sea in the afternoon and evening; and we might expect that, at the time of the afternoon minimum, when, according to the theory of the barometric tides, the air is exercising simply a static pressure, the minimum of the sea-curve would shew a much less depression than the land-curve, while the reverse would hold good at the time of the morning mi- nimum. A comparison of the Calcutta curve with that of the head of the Bay, superimposed in the accompanying diagram, shews that these relations really obtain in nature. Any small increase in the amplitude of the marine barometric curve which may be required to render it strictly comparable with that of the Calcutta standard barometer, would only have the effect of increasing the difference of the night maximum and minimum, and somewhat diminishing that of the morning maximum and afternoon minimum.
In the diagram, I have represented the curves as deviations from the same line of mean pressure. Actually, in January, the mean pressure of the land is in general lower than that over the sea. It must be remembered also that the places represented are 80 or 90 miles from the coast-line ; and therefore quite on the limits of the belt within which the daily oscillation of the surface-winds is experienced. I anticipate that, when the data for March and April shall be brought into comparison in like manner, the two curves will shew a still greater difference, indicating a greater transfer of air.
The following are the values for the six hours of observation, deduced from the marine registers ; the co-efficients of Bessel’s formula, computed
4
16 6)
H. F. Blanford—Barometrie Tides, Se.
therefrom ; and the hourly values calculated from the formula: in conjune- tion with which I give also the corresponding values for the Calcutta curve.
Means of observations of Pressure. Sandheads. January.
. | No. of No. of No. of Hour. rabies Mean. Hour. aha: Mean. | Hour. Gage Mean. Mid. 387 30°029 8 46 30°047 16 38 30°004 4 62 29:983 Noon. 64 30°042 20: 50 30°027
Bessel’s formula. Sandheads. January. = 80°022 + 0068 sin (n 15° + 272° 27’) + -0288 sin (730° + 152° 3} + ‘0098 sin (7 45° + 90°).
Computed values. Sandheads and Calcutta. January.
Hour. Sandheads., Caleutta. Hour. Sandheads. Calcutta.
Mean 30°022 30.011 Mean. 30°022 30°011
Mid. + ‘016 + ‘003 Noon. + ‘O11 + :032: 1 — ‘001 — ‘006 13 — ‘001 — ‘002: 2 — "021 — ‘015 14 — ‘010 —031 3 — °037 — ‘021 15 — ‘014 — ‘048 A. — 042 — 024 16 —°016 — 054 5 — ‘033 — ‘020 17 —'016 — ‘051 6 —013 — ‘006 18 — ‘014 — ‘040: 7 + °010 + 021 19 — °008 — 024 8 + -028 + 050 20 + 002 — 007 9 + '037 + 072 21 + ‘014 + 006 10 + 035 + ‘078 22 + 023 + ‘012
11 + ‘024 + °062 23 + °024 + °010:
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
—o— Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
No. II.—1877.
VI.— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. By 8. Kurz. (Continued from Vol. XLV, p. 310.) RHIZOPHOREZ. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. RHIZOPHOREA:. Ovary inferior. Albumennone. Seeds germinat- ing on the tree, the thick radicle rapidly enlarging and protruding from the summit of the fruit. Salt-loving shrubs or trees.
* Ovary-cells with 2—6 ovules. .
RuizopHora. Calyx 4-cleft. Petals entire. Anthers 8—12, nearly sessile. Ovary 2-celled, the cells 2-ovuled.
Creriors. Calyx 5—6-cleft. Petals notched, appendaged. Stamens 10—12. Ovary 3-celled, the cells 2-ovuled.
Kanpevia. Calyx 5—6-cleft. Petalscut. Stamens many, the filaments capillary. Ovary 1-celléd, with 6 ovules.
* * Ovary-cells with a solitary ovule.
Brucuisra. Calyx 8—14-cleft. Petals 2-cleft, appendaged. Stamens 16—28, the filaments filiform. Ovary 2—4-celled.
Subord. II, LEGNOTIDEZ:. Ovary inferior, almost superior or free. Embryo imbedded in a fleshy albumen. Seeds germimating in the ordinary way.
* Ovary inferior. Calyx bell-shaped beyond the ovary.
Carattia. Calyx-lobes short, erect. Stamens 10—16. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled. Flowers cymose.
Pettacatyx. Calyx-lobes short, recurved. Stamens 10—12. Ovary-cells many-
_ ovuled. Flowers fascicled. * * Ovary superior or nearly so, with a broad base adnate to the calyx.
Gynotrocues. Calyx without bractlets. Stamens 8—10, the filaments elongate, Ovary-cells 4-ovuled.
7
50 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Rhizophora, L. Conspectus of Species.
Flowers pedicelled, the petals villous along the borders ; stamens 8, .... 2. mucronata. Flowers sessile, the petals quite glabrous ; stamens 8—12, ...... ssesseeee LR. conjugata.
1. R. mucronata, Lamk. Enc. VI. 89; Wight Icon. t. 238 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 584. (Rhizophora Mangle, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 459 ; &. stylosa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 665. t. 640; 2th. macrorrhiza, Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans. Cale. VIII. 1836. 8 and Not. Dicot. 664).
Has. Frequent in the mangrove-swamps of the shores from Arracan down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. o.
2. R.consuaata. L. sp. pl. 684; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 584. (2. Candelaria, Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans. Cale. VIII. 7).
Has. Common in the mangrove swamps along the shores from Arra- can down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F. Fr. o.
Ceriops, Arn. Conspectus of Species. Cymes compact, on very short peduncles; petals bristly fringed towards their tips, .. CO. Roxburghiana.
Cymes rather lax ; petals terminated by 2 or 3 club-shaped appendages, C. Candolleana.
1. C. Roxpurenutana, Arn. in Ann. Nat. Hist. I. 362 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 591. (Rhizophora decandra, Griff. Not. Dicot. 663 ; Bruguiera decandra, Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans. Cale. VIII. 1838. 10).
Has. Common in the littoral forests all along the shores from Chit- tagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. HS. ; Fr. CS.
2. C. CanpouiEana, Arn. in Ann. Nat. Hist. I. 864; Wight Icon. t. 240 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 590. .
Has. Frequent in the mangrove swamps of the Andamans.—FI. HS.; Fr: Cs.
Kandelia, W. A. 1. K. Rueeper, WA. Prod. I. 34; Wight Ill. I. 209. t. 89; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 585. Has. Frequent in the littoral forests, especially the tidal ones, at the debouchures of the larger riversof Pegu and Tenasserim.—Fl. HS. ; Fr. RS.
Bruguiera, Lamk. Conspectus of Species. Subg. I. Kanilia, Bl. Calyx-tube almost club-shaped, the limb 8-cleft. Pe-
tals 8, bearing bristles at the tips. Stamens 16, the filaments filiform and longer than the cordate or ovate anthers. Fruit cylindrical.
Calyx-tube narrowed at base, ribbed, the lobes very short and stiff, .... B. parvifiora. Calyx-tube obtuse at the base, smooth, the lobes nearly as long as the tube, -- B. caryophylioides.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 51
Subg. II. Mangium, Bl. Calyx-tube almost bell-shaped, the limb 10—-14-cleft. Petals 10—14. Stamens 20—28, the anthers linear, longer than the filaments. Ovary Renate is TUPDINATC. wii «i ayes carce del he bas 5s yee nsltelevisdosnea B. gymnorhiza.
1. B. parvirtora, WA. Prod. I. 811; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. IT. 589; Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans Cale. VIII. 10. (2hizophora parviflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 461).
Has. In the littoral forests of Tenasserim and the Andamans. (Helf. 2207).—Fl. CS.
2. B. caryvopuyiiores, Bl. Enum. I. 98; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 589. (Lhizophora caryophylloides, Griff. Not. Dicot. t. 624).
Has. In the mangrove swamps at the debouchure of the Salween in Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr. ; Fr. Apr.
3. B. aymnoruiza, Lamk. Enc. Bot. IV. 696; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bot. II. 586; Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans. Cale. VIII. 10. (B. Wightii, Bl. Mus. Bot. 188 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 587 ; B. Rheedei, Bl. Enum. I. 92; Miq. l. c.; Wight Icon. t. 239. A.; B. parietosa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 670. t. 641; B. 10-angulata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 669 ; B. eriopetala, Wight Jil. I. 210 and Icon. t. 239).
Haz. Common in the littoral forests all along the coasts from Chit- tagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Jan.—May.
I know only of one species of this alliance, flowering while still a shrub and becoming a tree of 80 ft. in height in favourable situations. The indument of the petals and the number or absence of bristles appear to me fallacious characters.
Carallia, Roxb. Conspectus of Species. Leaves usually entire ; petals not embracing the filaments, .....e00 sees coos C. lucida. Leaves serrulate ; petals embracing the filaments, 1....... ..00 ceeeeens C. lanceefolia.
1: ©>1ucma,’ Roxb. Corom. Pl: III. 211 and Fi. Ind. If. 488; Griff. in Med. and Phys. Trans. Cale. VIII. 11; WA. Prod. I. 312; Wight Icon. t. 605.—(C. integerrima, DC. Prod. III. 338; Bth. in Linn. Proce. III. 74; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 193; CO. zeylanica, Arn. in Wight Illustr. t. 90).
Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests, ascending into the hill-forests up to 4000 ft. elevation, rare in the low forests, all over Pegu, Martaban, and Tenasserim.—Fl. C. S.; Fr. HS.
2. OC. LANCEmFoLIA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 481; Wight Icon. t. 604; Bth. in Linn. Proceed. III. 75.—(C. confinis, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 129),
Has. In the tropical forests of Tenasserim.
Gynotroches, Bl.
1. G. axrpaRis, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 127. t. 31; Bth. in Linn. Proe. III. 76.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb.).
52 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
COMBRETACEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. COMBRETEZ. Calyx-lobes valvate. Stamens without alternating glands at the base, the filaments often inflexed in bud; anthers versatile, opening in longitudinal slits. Ovary with 2 to 12 suspended ovules. Flowers in racemes, spikes, or heads.
* Calyx-limb deciduous. x Calyx-tube short, constricted but not produced beyond the ovary.
TERMINALIA.—Petals none. Stamens inflexed in bud, exserted. Flowers spiked or panicled. rect trees.
Comsretum. Petals very rarely wanting. Stamens straight in bud. Flowers usually racemose or panicled. Usually scandent shrubs.
x x Calyx-tube elongate and produced beyond the ovary.
Anocetssus. Calyx-tube 2-winged at the base. Stamens 10, exserted. Leaves alternate. Flowers in heads, small.
Quisquatis. Calyx-tube very long and slender, the limb small. Stamens 10, exserted. Leaves opposite. Flowers showy, in racemes.
* * Calyx-limb persistent.
Catycopreris. Calyx-tube 5-ribbed, not produced beyond the ovary, the limb enlarging. Stamens 10, included. Leaves opposite. Flowers racemose. Climbers.
LumniTzERA. Calyx-tube elongate, narrowed beyond the ovary. Stamens 5 or 10, exserted. Leaves alternate. Flowers racemose. Trees or erect shrubs.
Subord. II. GYROCARPEZA. Calyx-lobes valvate or imbricate. Stamens alter- nating with as many glands or staminodes ; filaments straight in bud; anthers adnate, opening by a slit along the inner edge or in 2 valves. Ovary with a solitary pen- dulous ovule. Leaves alternate. Flowers cymose.
InuicERA. Calyx-lobes valvate, deciduous. Fruit extended into 2 or 4 lateral wings. Climbers with 3-foliolate leaves.
Gyrocarpus. Calyx-lobes imbricate, 2 of them persistent and enlarging wing- like. Nut 2-winged at the top. Erect trees with entire or lobed leaves.
Terminalia, L Conspectus of Species.
Subg. I. Myrobalanus, Gertn. Fruit a fleshy drupe, compressed or obsoletely angular, the putamen bony. * Spikes simple, solitary in the leaf-axils. O Spikes, quite glabrous. Glabrous or pubescent; petioles very short, the base of the broad leaves more or less rounded, ; drupes 15—2 in. long, compressed, .1...00%0 see svecne seoed> OMUpDM. As preceding but glabrous, the base of the leaves more or less acuminate; drupes about an in. long, obsoletely 5-angular, ovoid-oblong, red inside, ....0. esses LZ» procera. O O Spikes puberulous or tomentose. Leaf-buds rusty villous ; leaves obovate, on 2—3 in. long petioles, usually silky pubes- cent ; drupes obovoid, silky puberulous, ......... eS ea vecvvcee Ll. Belerica. * * Spikes more or less panicled at the end of the branchlets, puberulous or tomentose.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 53
Young shoots and underside of the oblong leaves rusty villous, the petiole short ; ovary villous ; drupes oval, glabrous, ........s. penecbwevevsccsees sesvecen Le ChEUUM, As preceding, but ovary quite glabrous, the flowers and fruits much smaller, the leaves more coppery villous beneath, ....0.00 sseoeee & taki bi, na Cenee aw kipy T. tomentella. Very young shoots rusty villous; leaves smooth and glabrous, acuminate, the petiole short ; drupes oblong-lanceolate, obsoletely 5-cornered, glabrous, ...... T. citrina. Subg. II. Pentaptera, Roxb. Fruita dry nut, with a chartaceous or fibrous- coriaceous pericarp, compressed or 3—5-cornered with as many equal or unequal wings, or only with 2 ora single wing all round. * Nuts usually 3-cornered, the angles expanded into 2 equal, or 3—1 wnequal wings. (Chuncoa, Pav.)
x Nuts large, equally 2-winged, 1}—2 in. long. Spikes simple, axillary.
All parts glabrous ; spikes puberulous or tomentose ; leaves obovate, the petiole 2—3 in.
long ; nut 3-cornered, with 2 large equal spreading wings, about 3—3% in. across,
T. bialata. As preceding, leaves smaller and shorter petioled; nuts equally 2-winged, only }—? MEOACEORR, ose 00'sis'e PIC eC Te CIOS Ca eee ee P. pyr ifolia,
x x Nutssmall, unequally,2—3-winged. Spikes forming terminal pani-
cles. Fruits unequally 3-winged, puberulous, brown,...... esse wine Hates eee . T. paniculata. Fruits much smaller than in preceding, equally 2-winged, almost glabrous, pale colour- CE eee ete or ee oe Se Eee eh Sis nutvalsmak woe ZL. myriocarpa. * * Nuts 4- or 5-corncred, all ‘the angles expanded into equal wings.
All parts more or less greyish tomentose ; leaves strongly net-veined beneath, the pe- tiole short, furnished with 2 stalked turbinate glands, ......... SPR, T. alata. All parts glabrous ; leaves not prominently net-veined beneath, the petiole short, with 2 stalked turbinate glands ; spikes panicled, like the calyxes, puberulous or almost
SPMINOMILOBG) aie. 65 Sa ca bae eee eas = falar Sree sine’ sac ee eltae te Ceca eee .« LZ. erenulata. As preceding, but the panicled spikes and outside of calyx quite glabrous, .. Z. macro- «. carpa.
1. TT. Cavappa, Linn. Mant. 519; DC. Prod. III. 11.; WA. Prod. I. 318; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 430; Bot. Mag. t. 83004; Wight Icon. t. 172; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 20 (2. Moluccana, Lamk. Dict. I. 349; DC. 1. ¢., non Roxb.).
Has. Frequent in the beach-forests of the Andaman islands, probab- ly also in Tenasserim ; much cultivated in villages all over the country.— Fl. May, June; Fr. Apr.
2. T. procera, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 244 and Fl. Ind. II. 429; DC. Prod. III. 12.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andaman islands.
In Andaman Rep. p. 37, I stated that this species hardly differs from the preceding. This is a mistake. The Nicobar species of Zerminalia which I presumed to be new (Journ. As Soc. Beng. 1876, 130) belongs here.
8. T. Breterica, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 198 and Fl. Ind. II. 431; DC. Prod. III. 12; WA. Prod. I. 313; Wight Tl. I. t. 91.; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 600 ; Bedd. FI]. Sylv. t. 19. (/yrobalanus belerica, Gertn. Fruct.
5A. S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
II. 90. t. 97; Rheed. Hort. Malab. IV. t.10; 2 fetidissima, Griff. Not. Dicot. 685; Z. lawrinoides, T. and B. in Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 600).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests up to 2000 ft. elevation, all over Burma and the adjacent provinces.—Fl. Apr. May; Fr. CS.
4. T. cHesuna, Retz. Obs. V. 81; Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 197 and Ff Ind. II. 485; DC. Prod. III. 18; WA. Prod. I. 313; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 601 ; Brand. For. Fl. t. 29. ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 27. (Z. reticulata, Roth. Nov. sp. 881; DC. 1. c.).
Has. Chittagong.
5. T. tromenterta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 80.
Has. Frequent in the upper mixed and the low forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. June; Fr. CS.
6. T. crrgina, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 485; DC. Prod. III. 12; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 602. (Myrobalanus citrina, Gertn. Fruct. II. 91. t. 97).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; Te- nasserim (Helf. 2178).—Fr. CS.
7. T. Bratata, Wall. ap. Voigt. Cat. Suburb. Cale. 86 (Pentaptera bialata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 441 ; DC. Prod. ITI. 15).
Haz. Not uncommon in the upper mixed forests of the Andamans.— Fl. RS.
8. T. pyriroLia, (Pentaptera pyrifolia, Presl. Epim. Bot. 214; Walp. Ann. III. 859; Z. Javanica, Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I/1. 602 ?)
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. HS.; Fr. CS.
9. T. myrrocarpa, v. Heurck and Muell. Arg. Obs: Bot. 215.
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. March.
10. T. atavra, Roth. Nov. sp. 879; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 603.— (Pentaptera tomentosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 440; DC. Prod. III. 14; 7 tomentosa, WA. Prod. I. 314; Wight Icon. t. 195; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 17; T. elliptica, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 969 ?).
Has. Frequent in the lower mixed and the open forests, all over Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. HS.; Fr. CS.
11. T. crenuLata, Roth. Nov. sp. 380; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 603. (Pentaptera glabra, Roxb. F\. Ind. II. 440; 7. glabra, WA. Prod. I. 314; Pentaptera obovata and P. crenulata, DC. Prod. IIL. 14 and 15).
Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and Arracan.—Fr. CS.
12. T. macrocarpa, (Pentaptera macrocarpa, Wall. Cat. 3982).
Has. Frequent in the upper-mixed and the open forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. H. S.; Fr. CS.
i | no |
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.
Doubtful Species. 1. Pentaptera gracilis, Presl. Epim. 214; Walp. Ann. III. 859. Haz. Upper Tenasserim, near Moulmein. The leaves are described as whorled by threes, indicating a species of Combretum rather than of Lerminalia. Combretum, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. I. Poivrea, Comm. Flowers 5-merous. Stamens 10, all equal or alter- nately shorter. Fruits usually 5-, rarely 4- or 6- or 8-cornered or -winged. * Calyx funnel-cup-shaped. x Petals none. Leaves only 14—8 in. long; panicles greyish velvety, the floral leaves not discoloured, . C. apetalum. x x Petals present. Leaves large, opposite; panicles rusty or tawny tomentose, the floral leaves white-dis- coloured ; fruits with 5 chartaceous wings,..... rete hele wraiein iw shay ole Wie C. decandrum. Leaves often whorled by 2—4, smooth, coriaceous ; panicles greyish tomentose without floral leaves ; fruits with 5 sharp thick almost wing-like corners, ....C. trifoliatum. Similar to the preceding, but leaves strongly nerved and net-veined ; fruits sharply A-cormered, 2.1.0 aie <eibs 4600 vain Seto te Se eee C. tetragonocarpum. * * Calyxz-tube tubular, the limb abruptly salver- or cup-shaped. Racemes, petioles, and branchlets greyish or rusty puberulous or velvety, ....C. ovale. Panicles, petioles, and branchlets all rusty pilose ; fruits 5-winged, puberulous, . C. pilosum. Subg. II. Combretum, DC. Flowers 4-merous. Stamens 8, equal or alternately shorter. Fruits usually 4-, rarely 5-winged or -cornered. * Calyx shorter or longer tubular-bell-shaped (the limb never abruptly cupular). Fruits winged, the wings chartaceous and broader than the diameter of the nut. x Flowers shortly pedicelled. All parts glabrous, the leaves opposite; inflorescence and flowers velvety, C. extenswm. x x Flowers all sessile. All younger parts, the inflorescence, and leaves beneath coppery or rusty lepidote ; Trance laree, OPPOSIbE, sic cesses sce slslcein we vee ee cm ohetal eke ahha esses OC. squamosum, Leaves usually whorled in threes (at least in the older branchlets), glabrous, when young minutely lepidote ; inflorescence and young shoots puberulous, ...... C. Chinense. As preceding, but branchlets, petioles, and inflorescence all rusty tomentose ; leaves more or less pubescent beneath, never lepidote, ..... ...00 woes CO. dasystachywn. * * Calyx funnel-cup-shaped. Fruits winged or angular. x Fruits 4- or 5-winged, the wings chartaceous. Leaves and fruits small. t+ Nuts smooth and glabrous. Young shoots rusty pubescent, the leaves and the 4- or 5-winged fruits glabrous ; branchlets terete, Saad! Saaa eae’s sa a aS aiabaiesine 0 secteses suae OC, PYrifoliwmn, All parts, also the 4-winged fruits, more or “eed Bees lepidote ; branchlets 4-cornered. : »» C. quadrangulare. + ¢t Nuts fibrillose-hirsute. Leaves beneath resinose-dotted ; inflorescence brown-lepidote ; young shoots pubescent, CO. Wallichit.
On oO
S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
x ©x Fruits 4-cornered, the angles thick and rounded. Inflorescence and young branchlets rusty puberous, the former also lepidote ; leaves large, strongly nerved, and parallel-veined, ....50 ss900 sasbeane usleee C. costatum.
1. C. aperatum, Wall. Cat. 3990.
Has. Common in the dry forests of the Prome District ; Ava, along the Irrawaddi from Segain southwards.—Fl, Sept.—Jan. ; Fr. March.
9. (©. pEcANDRUM, Roxb. Corom, Pl. I. t. 59 a Fl. Ind. II. 282, non Jacq. ; G. Don. in Linn. Trans. XV. 437 (Poivrea Roxburghii, DC. Prod. III. 18; WA. Prod. I. 317).
Haz. Common in all forests, especially the tropical ones, up to 8000 ft. elevation, all over Burma and adjoining provinces.—Fl. Nov.—Febr.
8. ©. TRIFoLIATUM, Vent. Choix d. pl. 58. t. 58; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. T/1. 610; G. Don. in. Linn. Trans. XV. 439. (ZLerminalia lancifolia, Griff. Not. Dicot. 685. t. 644. f£.4; Hmbryogonia lucida, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat, II. t. 52).
Haz. Frequent in the swamp-forests of the alluvial lands all over Burma, from Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan.—March ; Fr. Apr. June.
4. C. TETRAGONOCARPUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 306.
- Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests of the alluvial lands of Pegu. —Fl. Febr. March; Fr. May, June.
5. C. ovate, R. Br. in App. to Salt’s Trav. in ieee ; G. Don. in Linn. Trans. XV. 434.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical and mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah ; also in shrubbery etc. of Martaban east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March to May.
Possibly only a variety of the following species.
6. C. prtosum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 281; G. Don in Linn. Trans. XV. 434.—(Poivrea pilosa, WA. Prod. I. 817 in adn. ; C. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 683 P).
Has. Pegu, Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Tenasserim, from Moulmein (Fal- coner) to Mergui (Griff.) ; Ava, Kakhyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Jan.
7. C. ExtensuM, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 28 and FI. Ind. II. 229; G. Don. in Linn. Trans. XV. 422? ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 608. (C. rotun- difolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 39, non Rich. ; C. Horsfieldii, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 609; CO. platyphyllum, Heurck and Muell. Arg. Obs. bot. 1871. 243; CO. formosum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 682).
Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially along the larger rivers, all over Burma and the adjoining provinces.—F]. Jan.— March ; Fr. May.
8. C. squamosum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IJ. 231; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/1. 607 ; G. Don in Linn. Trans. XV. 488. (C. lepidotum, Presl Bot. Bemerk. 142 ; Walp. Ann. I. 290).
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 57
Has. Frequent in the lower mixed and the open forests, especially the low ones, all over Pegu and from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F. March, Apr. and Nov. ; Fr. CS. and May, June.
A variety, or rather sport, from Prome (J. Anderson) with abnormal much bracted inflorescences, has all the scales developed into yellowish hairs, so as to appear hirsute all over. C. punctatum, Bl., differs not only by the very short obovate petals, but also in the inflorescence, shape of leaves, and the smaller fruits.
9. C. CurnensE, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 2830; G. Don. in Linn. Trans. XV. 4382? (C. ternatwm, Wall. Cat. 4002 ; C. Griffithii, Heurck and Muell. Arg. Obs. bot. 281).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Martaban hills, east of Tounghoo, up 3000 ft. elevation ; Chittagong.—Fr. March, Apr.
Don’s C. Chinense is unknown to me and may possibly be the same as C. squamosum, Roxb., but the petals are apparently different.
10. C. DasystacHyum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 187.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs, along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and of Martaban.—Fl. March, Apr.
11. C. Pyrironium, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 188 (Pen- taptera pyrifolia, Wall. Cat. 3985, non Presl).
Has. Ava, on Taong-dong (Wall.) ; near Mandalay (J. Anderson). —Fr. Sept.—Nov.
12. C. QUADRANGULARE, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 188.
Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 2181).—Fl. Apr., May.
Judging from the description only, I do not think that this species may be compared with O. stel/igerum of Presl.
13. C. Wauticut, DC. Prod. IIT. 21.
Has. Tropical forests of Chittagong ; Ava, Khakyen hills.—FI. RS. ; Er. CS.
14. C. costatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 227.
Har. Martaban to Tenasserim (Falconer, Brandis).—Fr. HS.
Doubtful Species.
C. stelligerwm, Presi. Epim. 215 ; Walp. Ann. IIT. 860. Has. ‘Tenasserim, near Moulmein (Helf.).
Anogeissus, Wall. Conspectus of Species.
* Beak as long as or longer than the nut. Leaves oval to ovate-lanceolate, retuse or blunt, glabrous; flower-heads several togeth- er on a branched peduncle,,. sscccnrecsscnevveccvcecscece ssvece Ae latifolia.
8 ©
58 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Leaves acuminate, pereat at least when young ; flower-heads solitary on a simple peduncle, 3—# in. across, ....60 esses cecevsce coves sesves oes coe A. acuminata.
an Beak shorter than the nut. Leaves obovate; flower-heads } in. across, solitary on a simple peduncle,.. 4. pendula.
1. A. acuminata, Wall. Cat. 4014; Walp. Rep. II. 68; Bedd. Fi. Sylv. t. 16. (Conocarpus acuminatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 448; DC. Prod. III. 17; WA. Prod. I. 316; DC. in Mém. d. Génév. IV. 35. t. 8).
Var. a. GENUINA, ovary and style villous ; fruits and the beak more or less pubescent.
Var. £8. PHILLYREHPOLIA, (A. phillyreefolia, Heurck and Muell. Arg. Obs. Bot. 209), ovary and style minutely appressed-pubescent ; fruits and beak glabrous or nearly so.
Has. Var. a. frequent in the mixed (especially the upper ones) and also in tropical forests, from Chittagong and Martaban down to Tenasse- rim, up to 8000 ft. elevation ; var. 6. restricted to the alluvial plains of Ava, Prome, and Pegu, chiefly in the swamp-forests.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. Apr., May.
This tree is remarkable by the bark, which consists of herbaceous green tubercles covered with a smooth grey epidermis which is easily scraped off. By this mark the tree can be recognised from all others in Burma, but in the plains (the var. 6.) the bark becomes white marmorate and conchoid (as in Hmblica officinalis). I should certainly have specifically separated this swamp variety had I not met with trees that bore both kinds of bark.
Quisqualis, L /
1. Q. Inovica, L. sp. pl. 556; Bot. Mag. t. 2033; Bot. Reg. t. 492 ; DC. Prod. III. 23; Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 427; Wight Illust. I. t. 92; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 610; Griff. Not. Dicot. 683 (Q. longiflora, Presl. Epim. 216; Walp. Ann. II. 860).
Var. a. GENUINA, bracts leafy, from ovate and lanceolate to linear- lanceolate ; petals oblong or elliptically oblong, blunt or nearly so.
Var. £. VILLOSA, (Q. véllosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 426; DOC. Prod. III. 23), bracts subulate to linear, small and i inconspicuous ; : pisbale usually obovate and often almost notched.
Var. y. OXYPETALA, as preceding, but the petals broadly lanceolate and acute or nearly so.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical and lower mixed forests from Ava and Pegu down to Tenasserim ; var. y. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. March to May.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 59
Calycopteris, Lamk. Conspectus of Species. Leaves pubescent, rarely almost glabrous; longer stamens }—+} as long as the acute PREMIO. 5's cGewie: sa) ccctcneeeahee ante cere WEEK eeN E Wis Wie Cele e neue C. nutans. Leaves glabrous ; longer stamens as long as the long bluntish calyx-lobes, C. floribunda.
1. C. nutans. (Getonia nutans, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 428 ; DC. Prod. III. 15 ; Getonia floribunda, WA. Prod. I. 315, non Roxb.).
Var. a. RoxBureutt, leaves ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, the larger ones 5—6 in. long, firmly chartaceous, more or less rusty or tawny pubes- cent beneath.
Var. 8. GLABRIUSCULA, the larger leaves 8—4 in. long, oblong to ovate- oblong, thin chartaceous, nearly glabrous.
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, shrubbery, along bushy river- sides, &c., also in the savannahs, from the plains up to 2,000 ft. elevation and higher; all over Prome, Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F1. Jan.—March ; Fr. Febr.—May.
Wight and Arnott state that CO. nutans with short stamens does not occur in Hindustan, but all the specimens which I have seen from there belong to C. nutans, none to C. floribunda, Lamk. (Getonia nutans, Roxb.
Corom. Pl. I. 61. t. 87 ?).
Lumnitzera, Willd. Conspectus of Species.
Flowers white ; stamens J0, about as long as the PLANS. Stee one ake voee Le racemosa. Flowers crimson ; stamens 5—10, twice as long as the petals, ............ LI. littorea.
1. L. Rnacemosa, Willd. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Berol. IV. 186; DC. Prod. III. 22; WA. Prod. I. 316 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 606. (Petalo- ma alternifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 372 ; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VI. t. 37).
Has. Frequent along tidal channels, &c., of the beach-forests, also in the tidal forests, all along the coasts from Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. HS.
2. L. yirrorea, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 39. (Pyrranthus littoreus, Jack Mal. Mise. II. 57; Z. coccinea, WA. Prod. I. 316; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 606 ; LZ. pentandra, Griff. Not. Dicot. 684).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, in the mangrove jungles of Mergui (Griff.).—FI.
Fr. Sept.
Illigera, Bl. 1. J. apprenpicunata, Bl. Bydr. 1153; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/1. 1094; DC. Prod. XV/1. 251. (L. Coryzadenia, Meisn. in DC. Prod. XV/1, 251; Coryzadenia trifoliata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 356 °).
60 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F]. Octob. ; Fr. March, Apr.
Gyrocarpus, Jacq.
1. G. AmERIcAnus, Jacq. Amer. 282. t. 178. f. 80; DC. Prod. XV/1. 247. (G. Jacquini, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 2. t. 1 and Fl. Ind. I. 445 ; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT. 506; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 196 ; G. Aszaticus, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 982; DC. 1. c.; G. acwminatus, Meisn. in DC. 1. c. ; G. sphenopterus and G. rugosus, R. Br. Prod. Nov. Holl. 405; DC. 1. ¢.).
Has. Not unfrequent in the coast-forests of the Andamans and Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.
MYVRTACELA. Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. I. LEPTOSPERMELZL. Ovary 2—5- rarely more-celled. Fruit a capsule, either opening at the summit in as many valves as there are cells, or very rarely indehiscent.
* Stamens in a single row, free.
Backes. Stamens usually fewer than 20. Flowers small. Leaves opposite, narrow.
LrrrosrpErMuM. Stamens numerous, in a continuous row. Flowers solitary or crowded. Leaves alternating.
* * Stamens united into 5 separate bundles.
Meatrvca. Staminal bundles alternating with the petals. Flowers in heads or spikes. Leaves alternating.
TristaniA. Staminal bundles opposite the petals. Flowers in cymes or corymbs. Leaves broad, alternate, rarcly opposite. .
Trib. II. MY¥RTEAL. Ovary 2-ormore-celled. Fruit an indehiscent berry or drupe very rarely opening by an apical opercle.
Subtr. I. HU-MYRTEZA. Leaves opposite, dotted.
x Stigma peltate or capitate. Testa of seeds hard. Cotyledons small. + Ovules 2—6 in each cell.
DrcaspERMUM. Ovary 5- or rarely 4-celled. Embryo long and narrow, curved, circular or spiral.
+ + Ovules numerous, in 2 or more series.
RuHODAMNIA. Ovary 1-celled, with 2 parietal placentas. Leaves 3-nerved. “
Ruopomyrtus. Ovary 1-, 2-, or 3-celled, with 2 rows of superposed ovules in each cell and the ovules separated by transverse septa. Leaves sometimes 3-nerved.
Psmprum. Ovary 2—7 (usually 4—5)-celled, the placentas often 2-lamellate. Leaves penni-nerved.
x x Stigma simple, minute. Testa of seed membranous.
Evcenta. Ovary 2—3-celled, with several ovules in each cell. Embryo thick and fleshy, either indivisible or with 2 thick fleshy cotyledons, the radicle short. Flowers 4- rarely 5-merous, solitary or in cymes or panicles. Leaves penni-nerved.
Subtr. II. LECYTHIDEZ. Ueaves alternate, not dotted, Calyx nearly valvate, rarely imbricate,
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 61
BarrineroniA. Stamens all perfect. Ovary 2- or 4-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell. Fruit fibrous or fleshy, often angular, 1- or very rarely 2—4-sceded. CarryA. Outer or inner series, or both, without anthers. Fruit globose to ovoid, many-seeded, the sceds imbedded in pulp. Ovary 4-cclled. Melaleuca, L.
1. M. tEucapEnpRon, L. Mant. 105: DC. Prod. III. 212; Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 897; Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 142. (ML. Cajaputi, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III: 394; JZ. minor, Sm. in Rees Cycl. V. 238. No. 2; DC. Prod. III. 212).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui, rare (Griff.).
Tristania, R. Br. Conspectus of Species.
* Calyx-lobes blunt or almost so. Leaves sessile or nearly so, rigidly coriaceous, glossy on both sides; flowers sessile or
Mearly so}; calyx about’S lin, ser0ss, ...6 peeciee ce vevicnetaueces T. Merguensis. Leaves petioled, thin coriaceous, opaque beneath; flowers pedicelled; calyx only 14 lin. across; capsule exserted,....... we eissia cathe: & aiawe Sia yne wes ebisinage d», DUmONsCE.
* * Calyx-lobes subulate-acuminate. Leaves crowded, narrowed at both ends ; flowers rather large ; capsule hardly exserted, . LD. Griffithii.
1. T. Merauensts, Griff. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1854. 637 (7 affinis, Griff. Not. Dicot. 650. t. 636. f. 3).
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui, along the coast (Griff. and Helf. 2341). —Fl. Aug.
2. T. Burmanica, Griff. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1854. 637.—(L. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 648 ?)
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng- and hill-eng-forests, from Mar- taban down to Tenasserim, also ascending into the drier hill-forests up to 4000 ft. elevation; according to Dr. Brandis also in the Pegu Yomah. —F]. March, Apr. ; Fr. Apr., May.
3. T. Grirritrat, (7. conferta, Griff. Not. Dicot. 649, vix R. Br.).
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.)—FI. Fr. Jan.
Decaspermum, Forst.
1. D. pantcutatum, (Welitris paniculata, Ldl. Collect. sub No. 16 ; DC. Prod. III. 281; Wight Icon. t. 521; Hugenia polygama, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 491 ; WV. polygama, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 75 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 474; WV. pallescens, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 314).
Var. a. GENUINA, pedicels longer, calyx-lobes 5, more equal and usually somewhat acute ; flowers in simple rarely branched racemes.
Var. f. THYRSOIDEA, (VV. paniculata, Wall. Cat. 3627), pedicels shor- ter, sometimes very short; calyx-lobes 4, usually unequal, more or less rounded ; flowers somewhat smaller, often in thyrsoid racemes.
62 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Var. a. very frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban and Tenasserim, freely springing up in toungyas, at 3000 to 4000 ft. eleva- tion.—F I. March.
Rhodamnia, Jack.
1. R. rriervia, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 79; Bth. Fl. Austr. ITT. 278. (Myrtus trinervia, Sm. in Linn. Trans. III. 280; Eugenia? tri- nervia, DC. Prod. III. 279; Bot. Mag. t. 3223).
Var. a. concotor, (lehodamnia cinerea, Griff. Not. Dicot. 658, non Jack ; &. concolor, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 315; &. trinervia, Bl. 1. ¢.), leaves green on both sides, beneath thinly and minutely puberulous or almost glabrescent ; flowers usually by 4—7, but also fewer or solitary.
Var. f£. SPECTABILIS (Lf. spectabilis, Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. I. 78 ; Miq. 1. c. 479; £. cinerea, Jack Mal. Mise. II. 48; Monoxora spectabilis, Wight Icon. t. 524; R. Nageli, Mig. 1. c. 478; &. subtriflora, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 79; Miq..l..c.. 479; #. Muelleri, Bl. 1. c.; Maqaiiiems leaves beneath covered with a close minute silvery white pubescence, turning sometimes greyish when old; flowers usually fewer, or only 2 or solitary in the leaf-axils.
Has. Var. a. Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui (Fal- coner, Helf. 2844; Griff. 2844; Wall. etc.)—Fl. Aug.
Psidium, L.
#1. P. Guyava, L. sp. pl. 470; Bth. Fl. Hongk, 120.
Var. ao. PYRIFERUM, (P. pyriferum, L. sp. pl. 672; DC. Prod. ITE. 233 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 480; Bot. Reg. t. 1079; Rheed. Hort. Mal. III. t. 84), peduncles 1-flowered ; fruits pear-shaped.
Var. 6. POMIFERUM, (P. pomiferum, L. sp. pl. 672; DC. 1. ec. 284; Roxb. l. c.; Rheed. Hort. Malab. ITI. t. 48), peduncles usually 2-flowered, with a third flower in the axil of the forking ; fruits globular-or ovoid.
Has. Now generally cultivated all over the country, and often as wild in village-woods.—Fl. Apr., May; Fr. RS.
Eugenia, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. L. Syzygium, Gertn. Calyx smooth inside, without intra- staminal thickened ring. Calyx-limb often obsolete and turning truncate after defloration. Petals free or often cohering in a deciduous calyptra. Flowers usually small. Berries often small, globular to ovoid and cylindri- cal, more or less sappy, 1- rarely 2-seeded.
* Calyx elongate and cylindrical, or shorter and obversely conical—(Acmena, Wight). x Flowers in simple or almost simple axillary racemes sometimes much reduced, Calyx much elongate. Berries ovoid.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 63
Calyx tubular-narrowed, 1—# in. long, the lobes broad and rounded ; berries about an
inch long, ovoid-oblong, crowned by the calyx-lobes,...... eseeeees E.. claviflora. Calyx club-shaped, 4—¥3 in. long, the limb truncate ; berry clavate-oblong, only 4+—4 in. long, crowned by the cup-shaped truncate calyx-limb,.......... Ei. leptantha.
x x Flowers in more or less corymb-like axillary and terminal panicles. Calyx more or less obconical. + Calyx at base pedicel-like contracted. Calyx smooth ; leaves somewhat glaucous and rather opaque beneath ; berries black,
grata. Calyx (dried) granular-rough ; leaves rather glossy beneath ; berries white,
. EL. Zeylanica.
+ + Calyx sessile, not narrowed pedicel-like at base. Leaves more or less linear, net-veined between the remote indistinct irregular lateral nerves; shrub, ..... Fo Fesrcope ais ari its she te et yarer ges Soe Pt a SER LE. contracta. Leaves more or less oblong, somewhat glaucescent beneath, not net-veined between the elose-set parallel lateral nerves; tree, .. a iasd aes Hic bets nevens E. bracteolata. * * Calyx hemispherical to funnel-shaped, sessile or contracted pedicel-like at the
base.
x Leaves usually opaque, green, the lateral nerves more or less distant, somewhat irregular, net-veined between. Inflorescence usually later- al from the older branches.
+ Calyx sessile, not tapering pedicel-like at the base. + Leaves green on both sides. Petiole —2 in. long ; leaves broader, not decurrent ; flowers more than 3 together ;
panicle longer peduncled, the last ramifications very short,........ E. operculata. As preceding, but leaves more obovate ; panicle very short peduncled or almost sessile, more lax ; flowers often by threes, ..... ain its ees ashe Reve GLA ee eres E.. obovata. Leaves acuminately decurrent on a short petiole, more acuminate, ..... » L. Paniala.
+ t Leaves glaucous or glaucescent beneath. Branchlets terete or nearly so; panicles more or less peduncled; calyx soon truncate, ie IGHOS OPHOLCES, vie aces erika te salen des lal ass fla te oForee w oderanarane, cosccece . cinerea. + + Calyx narrowed into a longer or shorter pedicel-like base, Panicle short, sessile or nearly so, usually branched already from the base. ¢ Calyx-lobes well-developed, up to 4 line long. Similar to FE. cinerea, the branchlets greyish ; calyx-lobes + lin. long, .... E. precom, Branchlets brownish ; racemes sometimes corymb-like, slender, short,....E. cerasoides. + ¢ Calyx soon truncate, the lobes obsolete. Branchlets brown, 4-cornered, often wingedly so especially while young... £. tetragona. Branchlets white, terete ; panicles cyme-like, short, 1... ..scee cssevees LE. balsamea. x » Leaves usually glossy, often drying blackish or brownish, the lateral nerves all thin and vein-like, more or less crowdedly parallel- running. + Calyx narrowed into a longer or shorter pedicel-like base, + Inflorescence lateral from the older branchlets. Calyx a line long, almost sessile ; ramifications of panicle sharply 4-cornered ; berries ovoid, the size of a pea; branchlets brownish, ........ s+. eeeseees E. fruticosa, Calyx 2 lin. long, tapering into a thick pedicel-like base ; ramifications of the panicle obsoletely 4-cornered ; berries ovoid-oblong, $ in. long ; branchlets white,
»» L. Jambolana,
y
G4 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
+ + Inflorescence terminal (and often also axillary on the same branch). { Branchlets brown. O Leaves bluntish acuminate to blunt. Leaves thin coriaceous, the lateral nerves thin but distinct; petiole 3 lin. long, slender, . EH. cymosa. Leaves firmly coriaceous, the lateral nerves obsolete; petiole thick, not above a line long, sere eevee cece ete mcececeee ieee v tesedeweness vn WO . EL. myrtifolia, O O Leaves long and sharply acuminate. Leaves almost chartaceous, pale coloured beneath ; petiole about 2 lin. long, .. L. acuminatissima. t { Branchlets white. Leaves bluntish acuminate, almost chartaceous, elegantly tranversely veined, .. L.venusta. + + Calyx not or scarcely contracted at the base, sessile. Leaves blackish or reddish in drying. + Branchlets white. Leaves chartaceous ; calyx-lobes about a line long ; petals 2 lin. long or longer ; fila-
ments 4——5 lin, LOMG, ssc. neo bo c's wielea Aes oie Vase heens ovccties 2, 0eamumm Leaves coriaceous, the lateral nerves strong and prominent; calyx-lobes and petals shorter ; filaments 2—3 lin. long; berries obovoid,...... 2... cvcce Le Lhmra.
+ + Branchlets red-brown. Like preceding, but lateral nerves thin and vein-like ; berries almost globular, the size ofa large cherry, ....++seees vig ele wiale,d u.3 Web ace UW Nite d o's epee EL. oblata.
Subg. IL. Jambosa, DC. Only maida usually with a circular or 4-angular intra-staminal ring, or the stamens inserted on the thickened ring itself ; flowers often large ; calyx-lobes conspicuous and persistent. Ber- ries usually large, more or less turbinate or ovoid, the endocarp thick and
fleshy. Seeds large. * Calyz.lobes in fruit spreading. x Calyx less than 4 in. long.
+ Flowers sessile. Flowers in terminal and often also in axillary
panicles. + Leaves glossy, firmly coriaceous, the lateral nerves thin and
parallel. Leaves 5—6 in. long, blunt or nearly so; panicle corymb-like, peduncled ; berry obo- void-pear-shaped, about an in. long,.... cee ceesesee cesveces seseus Ln Grands, Leaves only 2—3 in. long, decurrent at the base, bluntish acuminate,.. E. lepidocarpa. Leaves cuneate at the base; panicles sessile, reduced and cluster-like, the ramifications very short and thick, joint-like,......cccceececese cous sence ssne Ln pachyphylia. t+ t+ Leaves opaque, coriaceous, the lateral nerves curved and distant. Leaves long-petioled ; panicle terminal, corymb-like, ........... TEP ee ee + + Flowers pedicelled. Leaves more or less chartaceous, the lateral nerves curved.
Panicles axillary and terminal; calyx-base thick, pedicel-like, the true pedicel very short or almost wanting; leaves thin coriaceous, ........ 0. cesses Le. lanceefolia. Panicle almost corymb-like, little branched from the base ; calyx-base clavate-narrowed, the true pedicel 83—6 lin. long; leaves coriaceous, ....44 seeeee coeere Le albifiora.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 65
Racemes simple, slender, lateral or axillary; calyx-base filiform and pedicel-like, the true pedicels long and filiform; leaves membranous, sso sseressesese Le Kursii. x x Calyx an inch long or longer. Leaves large, almost sessile, cordate or rounded at the base; corymbs lateral and ter- oe Na ey Eo CEOS Ae EERE Oe 5) 6,00: 006 4b. bieb 0.0, bik. ¥iogs hoe GR WEES * * Calyx-lobes in fruit ineurved or inflexed. x Flowers sessile or nearly so. Leaves cordate or rounded at the base, the petiole very short and thick; corymbs ter-
ees, yd Wi tie e Ee the «Woe OP AE ord Ve aby cites cecccvccescee Le MaACroCarpa. Leaves sessile with a cordate base, blunt; branchlets white, terete; corymbs small, lateral, ..... Siesta ee Ma de eet Se . Pace He cece ccccccns Le amplexicaulis.
Leaves acuminate at both ends; panicle eee like reduced and lateral,
«» EH. Malaccensis. x x Flowers truly or spuriously pedicelled. + Leaves opposite. + Leaves rounded at the base. Fruits obversely turbinate, waxy, white or rose-coloured, Branchlets usually 4-cornered and often wingedly so, white or pale rose-coloured ; leaves acuminate, the intramarginal nerve as strong as the lateral nerves themselves, . A. aquea. Branchlets terete, brown ; leaves bluntish, the intramarginal nerve faint and obscure, . H. Javanica, + t+ Leaves narrow, acute at the base, petioled.
Berries almost globular or ovoid, dull-yellow, 0.6.5 scscee ssssvcnesssees Ee Jambos. + + Leaves whorled by threes, narrow, obtuse at the base.
Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, almost sessile ; petals 4—16,........ LE. polypetala. 1. E. cravirtora, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 488 ; Wight Icon. t. 606. Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ; also
Tenasserim and Chittagong.—Fr. Febr.
2. EH. teprantrua, Wight Ill. II. 15 and Icon. t. 528. (Syzygium sp., Griff. Not. Dicot. 654).
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests along the eastern and southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Tenasserim to the Andamans.—FI. Febr.; Fr. Apr., May.
8. E. grata, Wall. Cat. 3586 ; Wight Il. II. 15.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, apparently frequent.—FI. Jan., March.
4. HE. Zeyuantca, Wight Ill. II. 14. and Icon. t. 73, non Roxb. ; Bedd. FI. ae t. 202. (Jambosa bracteata, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 437).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. HS.
5. KE. contrractra, Wall. Cat. 3602.
Has. Frequent in the stony or rocky bed of choungs in tropical for- ests, from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March, Apr.
The Martaban specimens dry blackish and have the net-venation less. prominent. They may possibly form a large and long-leaved variety of F. cuneata, Wall. Cat. 3598.
9
66 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Another species from Tenasserim (Helf. 2407), near allied to the above, has larger leaves. of a thinner texture and very lax net-venation. It is no doubt new, but the inflorescences are too young for description. It has white, while the above has red-brown bark.
6. E. pracrronata, Wight Ill. II. 15 and Icon. t. 531.
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Griff., Helf.).
7. HE. opercutata, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 37 and Fl. Ind. II. 486; Wight Icon. t. 552. (Syzygium nervosum, DC. Prod. III. 260; Bth. FL Hongk. 119).
Has. Not unfrequent in the swamp-forests of Pegu, Martaban, and Upper Tenasserim.
8. E. opovara, Wall. Cat. 8352. A. (Syzygium polyanthum, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 116 and 417).
Has. Ava (Griff. 2408); hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).
9. E. Pantata, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 489; Wight Icon. t. 616.
Haz. Chittagong.—Fl. Apr.; Fr. June.
10. EH. cInEREA, Wall. Cat. 3576.
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah (southern parts) ; Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—Fl. Apr.; Fr. Febr.
Possibly not different from the following species, which I know only from Roxburgh’s description and figure.
11. KE. prmcox, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 488 ; Wight Icon. t. 619.
Has. Hilly parts of Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. Jan.
12. EH. cerasormeEs, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 488; Wight Icon. t. 615 (Syzygiwm subnodosum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 313; 2. polyantha, Wight Tl. II. 17 and Icon. t. 543).
Var. £8. anaustIroxta, leaves on shorter and thicker petioles, linear to oblanceolate-linear, with fewer more remote and arcuate nerves ; pani- cles shorter and stouter, the ultimate branchings much reduced ; the pedi- cel-like base of calyx shorter ; berries the size of a pepper-kernel, globose, almost sessile, crowned by the truncate calyx-limb.—Probably a distinct species.
Has. Chittagong; Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui (Griff., Helf.). Var. 8. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fr. March.
13. E. rerracona, Wight Ill. IJ. 16. —
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo, at 83000—4000 ft. eleva- tion.—F 1. Nov., Decb.
14. EK. Batsamea, Wight Ill. IT. 16.
Has. Burma (according to Rev. Dr. Mason).
15. EH. Frruricosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 487 ; Wight Icon. t. 624.
Has. Frequent in the open, chiefly the eng-forests, along the eastern
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 67
slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.— Fl. Apr. ; Fr. May, June.
16. E. Jamsonana, Lamk. Dict. III. 198; Wight Icon. t. 535 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind, 484; Brand. For. Fl. t. 80 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 197.— (Syzy- gium Jambolanum, DC. Prod. III. 259; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 458).
Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests but chiefly in the mixed ones, rarely entering the tropical forests, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Apr., May; Fr. May, June.
17. HE. cymosa, Lamk. Dict. III. 199, non Roxb.; Wight Icon. t. 555. (£. toddalioides, Wight Ill. II. 16 and Icon. t. 542; Syzygium cy- mosum, DC. Prod. III. 259; Jambosa tenuicuspis, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 431; Syzygium nelitricarpum, T. et B. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXV).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy and Mergui.—Fl. Nov.
18. HE. myrrrroni, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 490; Wight Icon. t. 618.
Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein (according to a specimen admixed with Wall. Cat. 3573. A.)
19. E. acumryatisstma, (Myrtus acuminatissima, Bl. Bydr. 1088 ; Jambosa acuminatissima, Hassk. in .Flora 1849. 592; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 488 ; E. ferruginea, Wight Icon. t. 554).
Has. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf.)
20. H. venusta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 491; Wight Icon. t. 625 (Sy- zygium Gardneri, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 117 ?)
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Toukyeghat, east of Tounghoo ; Tipperah hills (Roxburgh).—Fl. March, Apr.
21. EH. rusens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 496; Wight Icon. t. 680. (Jam- bosa Wightiana, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 106; Walp. Ann. II. 636).
Has. Forests of Chittagong (Roxb.) ; Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—Fl. Febr.—Apr. ; Fr. Begin of RS.
If my identification prove correct, then it is only the length of the stamens and a thinner texture of the leaves that separates this species from EL. Thumra. The petals and sepals, too, are nearly twice the size.
22. KH. Tuumpa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 495; Wight Icon. t. 617.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests, especially in marshy places along choungs, of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to Tenasse- rim.—F]. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.
23. E. optata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 493; Wight Icon. t. 622.
Haz. Frequent in tropical forests, especially along marshy choungs, from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March—May ; Fr. June—Aug.
24. KE. e@ranpis, Wight Ill. II. 15 and Icon. t. 614 (Z£. cymosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 492, non Lamk.).
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests and occasionally in the mois- ter upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah, Martaban, and Tenasserim.—
WiPebr.; Fr. Apr.
68 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
25. E. teprpocarpa, Wall. Cat. 3618 in part.—(Syzygium Palemba- nicum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 313 P).
Has. In the eng-forests of Upper Tenasserim (Brandis).
26. KH. pacnypuyxuia, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 232.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Bithoko range, 3000 ft. (Brandis).—FI. Apr.
27. KE. tristis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738. 288.
Has. Inthe eng-forests at Lounkim, Tenasserim (Brandis).—Fr. Apr.
28. EH. LANCE#FoLIA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 494; Wight Icon. t. 621.
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.).—FIl. Nov. ; Fr. Febr.
29. EK. Kurz, Duthie MS. (2. cerasiflora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. . Beng. 1873. 233, non Miq.).
Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Toukyeghat, east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March.
30.° E. aALBIFLORA, Duthie MS.; Kurz For. Fl. Burma I. 491. —
Has. Burma, probably Ava. (Griff. 2419).
31. EH. Formosa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 6. t. 108 (1831).—(£. terni- folia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 489 (1832) ; Wight Icon. t. 611 ; Jambosa formo- sa, Wight Ill. II. 14; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 412).
Haz. In the tropical forests of Chittagong and Upper Tenasserim.— Fl. Fr. March.
E. formosa, of Wall. Cat. 8609 is a mixture of fruits of this species and leaves of #. Malaccensis.
32. E. macrocarpa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 497; Wight Icon. t. 612. (Jambosa macrocarpa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 417.) .
Has. Frequent along choungs in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 2000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March, Apr.; Fr. Aug.
33. H. AMPLEXICAULIS, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 4838 ; Wight Icon. t. 608.
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).
Specimens in Herb. Brandis (Nos. 1225, 1222, and 1223) from the tro- pical forests of Upper Tenasserim, come nearest to this species. They . differ apparently by the sharply 4-angular branchlets and bluntish acumi- nate or bluntish leaves. The inflorescence is terminal, but otherwise quite agrees with Roxburgh’s figure. The shape of the leaves is very variable, some of them almost agreeing with those of H. aquea.
*34, E. Mazaccensis, L. sp. pl. 672; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 483; Wight Mllust. II, 14. t. 98 (Jambosa domestica, Rumph. Herb. Amb. I. 121. t. 87; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 411; Jambosa Malaccensis, DC. Prod. III. 288; Bot. Mag. t. 4408; H. purpurea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 483; Wight Icon. t. 549; Griff. Not. Dicot. 654)..
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 69
Has. Planted in villages of Tenasserim.—Fl. HS.
*85. EK. aquea, Burm. Fl. Ind. 114; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 492 ; Wight Icon. t. 550. (Jambosa aquea, DC. Prod. III. 288; Wight Icon. t. 216 ; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 421).
Has. Apparently only planted ; Chittagong, Ava, Pegu, Martaban, and Tenasserim.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.
06. EH. Javanica, Lamk. Encycl. III. 200. (#. alba, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 493; Wight Icon. t. 548 ; Jambosa alba, Rumph. Herb. Amb. I. 127. t. 39; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 418).
Has. Frequent in the coast-forests of the Andaman islands.—FI. March, Apr.; Fr. May, June.
*37. EH. Jampos, L. sp. pl. 672; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 494; Wight Tlust. II. 14. (Jambosa vulgaris, DC. Prod. III. 286; aiieke Icon. t. 435 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 425).
a. Frequently planted in villages all over Burma.—FI. May—J uly ; Fr. CS.
388. HE. ponypeTana, Wall. Cat. 8616; Wight Ill. II. 14 and Icon. t. 610. (HH. angustifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 490, non Lamk.).
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. March, April; Fr. June, July.
Barringtonia, Forst. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. I. BUTONICA, Rumph. Calyx closed in bud, entire, valvately rupturing into 2 to 4 lobes. Ovary 4-celled. Flowers pedicelled. * Fruite angular, without appendages, 1-seeded. Flowers about 3 in. in diameter or larger, in corymb-like short erect racemes; leaves GRIPS, -SCHSIC,: 6506 scaeds eects rei oR Pre Reateetere a Haeree sees A. Asiatica. Flowers about an in. in diameter, in long slender pendulous racemes; leaves crenulate, wery shortly petioled, 0... cece cesses cevces sevdes aenns Wet euee . B. racemosa. * * Fruit conically pyramidal, with short wing-like basal appendages. Leaves serrulate ; racemes rather erect, puberous, .o.essse scence cocces BD. comoiden. Subg. II. STRAVADIUM, Juss. Calyx already in bud 3—4-cleft, the lobes im- bricate. * Ovary 4-celled. Rachis of raceme very thick. + Calyx-tube winged; fruits narrowly winged on the corners. Flowers sessile, Calyx-lobes rounded, 2 lin. long ; leaves obtuse or acute at the base, not decurrent, . B. augusta. Calyx-lobes triangular-ovate, more or less acute, more than 3 lin. long; leaves long- MOCUEFEND, Fiaces seedes « desea’. Veneta se oe PRR ACER uv cacces De phoracarga. + + Calyx-tube terete or angular, not winged. x Flowers sessile. Leaves elongate, entire, long-petioled; calyx angular, ..+++.e+e+006 B, macrostachya. x x Flowers pedicelled.
70 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Leaves elongate, long-petioled ; calyx terete, ....ceee cece cecevenceences B. pendula. * * Ovary 2-celled. Rhachis of raceme slender. Flowers pedicelled. Fruits
sharply 4-angular. Glabrous or pubescent ; flowers rather small, red; leaves crenulate, shortly petioled, . B. acutangula.
1. B. Astartca, (Mammea Asiatica, L. sp. pl. 7381; B. speciosa, L. £. Suppl. 312 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 636; Wight Icon. t. 547; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 485, vix Forst.; Paxt. Bot. Mag. X. 241. cum icon. ; Houtt. FL d. serr. IV. 409 cum icon. ; Agasta Asiatica, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. Bot. I. 61. t. 12. £. 10—16; Agasta Indica, Miers 1. c. 68. t. 12. f. 1—10).
Has. Frequent in the coast-forests, especially the beach-forests, of the Andamans ; most probably also in those of Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. HS.
2. B. pacemosa, DC. Prod. III. 288; Roxb. Fl. Ind. FI. 634; Freye. lt. Bot. 483. t. 107 ; Wight Icon. t. 151; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 486; Griff. Not. Dicot. 659. t. 686. f.2?; Hook. Bot Mag. t 3831.— (Hugenia racemosa, L. sp. pl. 673; Butonica racemosa, Juss. gen. 326; Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd. ser. I. 66. t. 13. f. 11—17.; Butonica rubra, Miers 1. c. 70. t. 14. £. 1—8; Butonica terrestris, Rumph. Hb. Amb. III. 181. t.115; Miers 1. c. 69. t. 14. f. 4-9; Butonica inclyta, Miers Le. 71.t. 14. £19? ; Butonica Zeylonica, Miers 1. c. 77).
Has. Frequent in the coast-forests, especially the beach-forests, of Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. April; Fr. May, June.
3. B. conorpna, Griff. Not. Dicot. 656. t. 635 and t. 636. f. 1. (B. alata, Wall. Cat. 3633 ; Butonica alata, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd. ser. I. 70. t. 14. £. 1O—15).
Har. Coast-forests of Tenasserim from Moulmein southwards.—FI. April.
Miers brings part of this species to his B. alba and in this case, as else- where, accuses the editor of Griffith’s Posthumous Papers of having confused the plates, but in this he is greatly in error.
4. B. aveusta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 233 (Dowom- ma augustum, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd. ser. I. 105).
Haz. Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards.—Fl. Febr.
5. B. prerocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 234. (Doa- omma magnificum, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 106 P).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March, April ; Fr. June.
Very nearly allied to the preceding, from which it differs in the few characters above given. The unripe fruits a good deal resemble those of Doxomma Oochinchinense, Miers (1. c. t. 16. f. 2), but this species has very long slender petioles.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 71
6. B. macrostacuya, (Oareya macrostachya, Jack Mal. Mise. 47. ; DC. Prod. III. 295 ; Doxomma macrostachyum, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 104.; B. cylindrostachya, Griff. Not. Dicot. 655 ; Doxomma cylin- drostachyum, Miers 1. c. 100; Stravadiwm sarcostachys, Bl. in v. Houtt. Fl. d. serr. VII. 24. ; B. sarcostachys, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 490; Dowom- ma sarcostachys, Miers 1. ce. 102; Doxomma acuminatum, Miers 1. e. P).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, in the fone of Mergui (Griff. 2421/2); (Ava, accord, Miers).
7. B. penputa, (Doxomma pendulum, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 99. t. 15. £. 9—15 ; Careya pendula, Griff. Not. Dicot. 661. t. 634.)
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (teste Miers).
8. B. acutaneuna, Gertn. Fruct. II. 96. t. 101; WA. Prod. I. 333; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 488; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 204; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 635. (Hugenia acutangula, L. sp. pl. 673 ; Stravadium acutangulum, Miers. in Linn. Proc. 2nd ser. I. 80, t. 17. £. 1—14; Stravadium obtusangulum, Bl. inv. Houtt. Fl.d. serr. VII. 24; Miers 1. c. 81.; Stravadium demissum, Miers 1. c. 81; Stravadium Bheodés, Bl. in v. Haut El, ..d.) | seu. » VEL. 24; Miers l. c. 82; Stravadium pubescens, Miers 1. c. 83; Stravadium coccinewm, DC. Prod. “IEE: 289?; Miers. 1l.c. 83 ?).
Har. Frequent in the ihased forests, especially the lower ones and the savannahs, common in the swamp-forests, all over Burma from Chitta- gong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. April, May; Fr. June, July.
Careya, Roxb. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. I. CAREYA, Roxb. Outermost and innermost series of stamens reduced
to filaments. Embryo consolidate. * Flowers long-pedicelled. Undershrub ; berries only an in. thick; seeds about 3 lin. long, ........ ©. herbacea. * * Flowers sessile. Trees.
Petals blunt or rounded, concave. Ovules in 2 rows in each cell, ........ C. arborea. Petals acute, the borders revolute. Ovules in 6 rows in each cell, ...... C. sphaerica.
Subg. IT, PLANCHONTIA, Bl. Only the innermost row of stamens reduced to filaments. Embryo of 2 distinct cotyledons. mene Chi psO1d, AMA UlAT-TIDDEG, ao oa ooo a cya yee nsenneseeae soccces PR Ae C. valida.
1. OC. arzBornea, Roxb. Corom. Pl. ITI. 13. t. 218 and Fl. Ind. II. 638; Wight Icon. t. 556, sub nom. erron. C. spherice, and Illust. II. t 99 and 100; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 494; Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 97; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 205 (C. orbiculata, Miers 1.c. 98. t. 16. f. 6—8).
Haz. Frequent in the open forest and the lower mixed and savannah- forests, all over Burma from Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F 1. April, May ; Fr. June, July.
72 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
2. ©. spHmrica,.Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 636; Wight Icon. t. 147 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 494; Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 97. t. 16. £ 9—15 ?).
Has. Mountains of Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. April; Fr. July.
3. C. vatipa, (Pirigara valida, Bl. Bydr. 1096 ; Planchonia valida, Miers in Linn. Trans. 2nd ser. I. 94; Planchonia littoralis, Bl. in v. Houtt. Fl. d. serr. VII. 25; Miers 1. c. 94).
Has. Frequent in the coast-forests of the Andaman islands.—FI. HS.
Doubtful Genus.
1. Lencymmea salicifolia, Prsl. Epim. Bot. 211; Walp. Ann. ITI. 891. Haz. ‘Tenassserim, Moulmein (Helfer).
A genus which is entirely enigmatic to me; the gamopetalous corolla and the insertion of the very numerous stamens on the bottom of the calyx form a puzzling combination of characters. If the corolla be incorrectly described, we may guess Myrtacee as its probable affinity.
MELASTOMACEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. MELASTOMEA. Ovary 2- or more -celled, the placen- tas attached to the middle or base of the axial angle, usually elongate, rarely sessile. Seeds usually numerous and minute, rarely few and large. Leaves usually 8—7-nerved from the base.
* Placentas attached to the middle of the axial angle. -Anthers opening by 1 or 2 apical pores. x Capsule dry or rarely sappy, dehiscing by apical valves, rarely irre- gularly rupturing. :
Trib. 1. OSBECKIEZ. Ovary witha conical or convex free apex. Connective usually produced beyond the base ofthe anthers. Capsule dry or berry-like. Seeds minute, cochleate.
OspeckiA. Anthers usually all equal or nearly so. Fruit a capsule.
OrantTHEeRA. Anthers equal. Fruit a berry.
Metastoma. Anthers always unequal. Fruit a berry.
Trib. 2. OXYSPOREA. Connective acute or spurred behind, not appendaged in front. Seeds angular or oblong to club-shaped.
Oxysprora. Calyx costate. Stamens 4, equal, or 8 and usually unequal. Ovary and the club-shaped capsule high-up adnate to the calyx. Flowers laxly cymose, in termi- nal panicles. . ‘
ALLomorPHIA. Calyx costate. Stamens 8or 10, nearly equal. Ovary free or adnate to the bottom of the calyx. Capsule ovoid, included in the urceolate costate calyx, Flowers clustered or almost whorled, in narrow terminal panicles.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Fora. 73
OcutHocuAris. Calyx terete.and smooth. Stamens 10, equal. Ovary and cap- sule adnate to the calyx, the latter globular, smooth. Cymes often axillary, or rarely collected into terminal panicles,
ANERINCLEISTUS. Calyx terete. Anthers 8, equal. Capsule 4-valved at the top, almost free. Flowers in axillary fascicles or umbellets.
Trib. 3. SONERILEA. Ovary broadly carved out and depressed atthe 3-to 5- cornered top. Connective rarely produced at the base. Capsule opening at the top into triangular valves, 3—5-cornered, rarely terete, Seeds minute, straight, angular (never cochleate).
SoneritA. Flowers 3-merous. Stamens 3 or 6. Capsule 8-celled. Herbs, or rarely undershrubs, sometimes stem-less.
Sarcopyramis. Flowers 4-merous. Stamens 8. Capsule 4-celled, included in the succulent calyx. Succulent glabrous herbs.
x x Berry sappy or coriaceous, irregularly rupturing.
Trib. 4. MEDINILLEA. Ovary wholly, or only its angles, adnate to the calyx, the convex or conical top free. Stamens conform, or the alternating ones reduced to euriously shaped staminodes, inserted on the limb or thrust into the cavities formed by the adhesion of the ovary-angles to the calyx ; anthers usually recurved.
x Stamens very unequal. .
Dissocumia. Anthers 4 or 8, the connective with 2 bristles or lamella in front, often spurred behind. Panicles terminal.
AnpLEectRuUM. Anthers 4 or 8, the connective usually not appendaged in front, shortly spurred behind. Ovary 4-crested at the top. Panicles often axillary.
x x Stamens almost equal.
Meprnttua. Calyx-tube not or barely produced beyond the ovary. Anthers 8, 10, or 12, 2-lobed or 2-spurred in front, often bristly, 1—2-lobed or 1-spurred behind. Ovary 4—6-celled. Erect or scandent shrubs.
* * Placentas inserted to the base of the axial angle or to the walls of the cells. Anthers opening by longitudinal slits.
Trib. 5. ASTRONIEZ. Ovules numerous. Berry coriaceous or succulent, many- seeded, the seeds minute.
PrERNANDRA. Calyx smooth or scaly, the limb truncate, obscurely 4-lobed. Sta- mens 8. ‘Trees or shrubs.
Subord. II. MEMECYLEA. Ovary 1-celled, witha free central placenta to which 6 or more ovules are attached in a whorl. Berry succulent or coriaceous, 1-seeded. Embryo large, the cotyledons much folded and leafy. 3
Memecyton. Anthers 8, equal. Trees or shrubs, with penninerved or very rarely 3-nerved leaves.
Osbeckia, L. Conspectus of Species.
* * Petals 8. Stamens 3. x Flowers small, Calyx-tube bell-shaped. Anthers short, truncate or
abruptly beaked. Calyx not ribbed, glabrous or more or less covered with long fringed scales ; anthers prolonged into a bristle-like beak,....sce00 sssessveccevercseccees O;. Chinensis.
10
74 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
x ™& Flowers rather large and conspicuous. Calyx-tube elongate urceo- late, in fruit produced into a tubular neck overtopping the bristle- crown of the capsule.
Bristly hairy; calyx covered with peltate stellate-bristly scales, the ciliate lobes linear-subulate, alternating with as many minute teeth conform with the lobes; branches 4-cornered,...... ...0. AO rc nee Si8 ka eaetaee eae O. crinita.
Almost glabrous or minutely bristly; calyx sparingly sprinkled with minute ciliate scales, or smooth, the lobes lanceolate, usually ciliate, alternating with minute ciliate teeth ; branchlets 4-cornered, ,..ccesssoes oe ov sevens paces 10. rr
* * Petals 5. Stamens 10.
More or less densely pubescent ; petiole very short or the leaves almost sessile; bracts broadly obovate ; calyx loosely covered with rotundate fringed scales,
.. O. Nepalensis.
More or less appressed bristly, the branches much tubercled; petiole 2—1 in. long; bracts lanceolate ; calyx appressed setose, 1... esos scvevee cosee OW aspericaulis.
1. O. Curnensis, L. sp. pl. 490; DC. Prod. III. 141; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 53. (O. angustifolia, Don. Prod. Nep. 221; DC. 1. c. 142; Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. t. 251; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. AT Y.-bo):
Var. a. GENUINA, flowers sessile ; calyx-tube not or sparingly ciliate- scaly, about 3 lin. long or longer, the lobes broad, about as long as the tube.
Var. £. LINEARIS, (O. linearis, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 51; Naud.’ in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XIV. 70 and XIII. t. 7. f.4; O. Zeylanica, DC. Prod. III. 141; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 223), calyx somewhat smaller and shorter, almost spherical, more or less covered with long-hairy scales, some- times (in bud) appearing densely pilose ; flowers nearly twice as large, on short pedicels, the calycine lobes shorter and narrower.
Has. Frequent on grassy or waste places of the plains, and more so in the open forests, all over Pegu.—Fl. Fr. Decb.
2. QO. rostTRATA, Don. Prod. Nep. 221: Trian. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 53. (0. quaterna, Ham. in Don. 1. ¢. 222).
Var. o. PULCHELLA, Triana 1. c. 54 (Melastoma pulchellum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 403; O. pulchella, Bth. ap. Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 8 ser. XIV. 73.), the 4-conered stems and branchlets and leaf-nerves minutely bristly ; calyx-tube covered with ciliate scales.
Var. £. LONGICOLLIS, Triana |. c. 54, leaves, the 4-cornered stem and branches glabrous, the latter usually bristly fringed between the petioles ; calyx and its lobes quite glabrous, or only the latter ciliate.
? Var. y. TERNIFOLIA, Trian. 1. c. 54 (O. ternifolia, Don. Prod, Nep. 221; DC. Prod. III. 142; Wall. Pl. As. rar. ITI. 21. t. 239), pretty glabrous, branches 8-cornered, calyx less stellate-bristly, apparently without additional teeth between the lanceolate-linear calyx-lobes.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 75
Has. Var. a. in Chittagong (Roxb.) ; not unfrequent on _ hill-pas- tures and the drier hill-forests especially the pine-forests, of the Martaban hills, at 3500 to 5000 ft. elevation ; var. 8. on jungle pastures of the low forests of Pegu ; var. y. Taong-dong and Rangoon, teste Triana.—F 1. Decb. ; Fr. March—June.
3. O. crinita, Bth. ap. Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. XIV. 72; Triana. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 53 (Melastoma crinitum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 402).
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.) ; not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests, especially in open grassy places, of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—Fr. March.
4. QO, Nepauensis, Hook. Fl. Exot. t. 81; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. Bot. XIV. 68 and XIII. t. 7. f.2; Bot. Reg. t. 1475; Triana in Linn. Trans. XVIII. 55.
Hap. Ava, Khakyen hills—Fr. March.
5. O. aASpERICAULIS, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 55.
Has. Tenasserim? (Helf. 2244).
Otanthera, BI.
1. O. BRacTEATA, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 235. t. 51; Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 3 ser. XIII. 354: Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. [. 516; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 55.
Has. Apparently frequent in Tenasserim, from the Attaran district southwards to Mergui.—Fl. Febr.—July.
Melastoma, L. Conspectus of Species.
x Leaves more or less appressed bristly hairy or pubescent. + Calyx covered with closely appressed chaffy scale-like bristles.
Scales of calyx about 4 lin. long or longer, often rather broad, the calycine lobes shor- ter, often only half as long as the tube ; leaves usually appressed-strigose on both sides, usually acute, ..... o poles emda civ cGv sides a oi vy cee LM. Malabathricum.
Scales of calyx up to a line long, chaffy, ciliate or finely cleft, the calycine lobes about as long as the tube, ovate to lanceolate, acuminate, alternating with as many short subulate teeth ; leaves on both sides, or beneath only, softly appressed-pubescent, Petally acuminate, .6.. .6ee anes ceases: Sate. oie cea Ni as kd ee M. normale.
+ + Calyx covered with squarrose more or less spreading scale-like bristles about 2 lin. long.
Leaves softly appressed-pubescent on both sides, ......+6. 4000000004 ML Houtteanum.
x x Leaves glabrous, or only with a few scales on the nerves beneath,
Calyx covered with long fine spreading curved bristles, the accessory teeth nearly ag
long as the calyx-lobes themselves,....... Tie bye Cielo patel eo vin Sle] Sleteid M. decemfidum.
1. M. Marasaturicum, L. sp. pl. 559; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 405; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XIII. 285; WA. Prod. I. 324; Bot. Reg. t. 672; Wight Ill. I. t. 95; Trian. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 59. (Zrem- bleya rhynanthera, Griff. Not. Dicot. 677).
76 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Common in shrubbery and waste places, along river-sides, in savannahs, along borders of forests, &c., all over Burma down to Tenasse- rim.—Fl. Fr. 0.
I have no clear idea as to the differences between the various species of this alliance. Bentham reduces all the 40 species enumerated by Naudin (in Ann. d. se. 1. ec. 2883—293) as “species magis ad J2. Malaba- — thricwum vergentes ideoque difficilius distinguende,” while Triana keeps most of them distinct without assigning diagnostic characters to them.
N. B. JL. imbricatum, Wall. (nomen nudum) Trian. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 60 = IL. fasciculare, Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XITI. 288, from Tenasserim or the Andamans (Helf. 2243), is unknown to me.
2. M. normaxz, Don. Prod. Nep. 220; DC. Prod. II. 145; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XIII. 289; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 60. (NV. Napalense, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 707.)
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, up to 5000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen-hills.
3. M. Hovurrreanum, Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 3 ser. XIII. 291.
Has. Here and there in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah; also Andamans (¢este Triana) ; Martaban, from Moul- mein southwards (Brandis ; Helf. 2241) —Fl. March.
Oxyspora, DC. Conspectus of Species.
Glabrous ; branchings of panicle 4-cornered or 4-winged ; bracts &c. persistent; con-
nective without any‘appendape, 1. 60s Wis ea's Gabe csns%e ve sev eu einen O. cernua. Stems and petioles often hairy ; panicle-branchings terete ; bracts very deciduous ; con- nective spurred at the base.of the back, ....7...'s's oss» ey acs ates ene O. vagans.
1. O. cernva, Hf. and Th. ap. Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 73. (Melastoma cernua, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 404; Allozygia cernua, Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 3 ser. XV. 309. t. 15. f. 5.)
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. Oct., Nov. ; Fr. Febr., March.
Allomorphia, Bl. Conspectus of Species. | Habit of A. Grifithii, the stems, petioles and the 9 strong ribs beneath densely covered
with long brownish bristles ; calyx-teeth minute, .........%. . A, hispida, Quite glabrous; leaves 5-ribbed; calyx-lobes with a thick wig ike apenas on the back, ..ccces ey tio bleh M bie Nt ae ely mw Bo end 's Son pes lo.g do ibe .- A. wmbellulata.
1. <A. nisprpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 53.
Haz. Upper Tenasserim (Brandis).
2. A. UMBELLULATA, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 74.
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui Archipelago, on the island St. Mathia (Helf. 2660).
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 77
Ochthocharis, Bl.
1. O. Javanica, BI. Bydr. Nat. Wet. VI. 264 and Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. I. 40; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 8 ser. XV. 307 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 556; Trian. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 74.
Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 2277).
Anerincleistus, Korth. Conspectns sf sigs Calyx softly appressed-pubescent, ......0. eeveee Vadis ei dee an Re cecvie se ws ikea DiGtmemee Calyx very densely and spreadingly hirsute, .essveee seen ceesveeecees A. Grifithii. 1. A. Hewreri, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 75. Has. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf. 2304). 2. A. Grirriram, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 75. Haz. Mergui Archipelago (Griff. 2304).
Sarcopyramis, Wall.
1. §S. pancronata, Wall. in Benn. Pl. Jav. rar. 214. (S. grandiflo- ya, Griff. Not. Dicot. 678 t. 639. f. 2.).
Has. Not unfrequent in dark ravines and along torrents in the damp hill-forests of the Nattoung mountains east of Tounghoo, at 6(000—7000 ft. elevation ; also Ava hills—FIl. Fr. March.
Sonerila, Roxb. Conspectus of Species.
* Capsules terete or trigonously-terete. x Anthers elongate. Annual, 2 ft. high, glabrous or nearly so; leaves narrow-linear, serrulate,.. S. linearis. x x Anthers short. Annual, about 3 ft. high, puberulous ; calyx slightly downy and glandular-hairy, .» S. stricta. * * Capsules sharply 3-gonous or 3-quetrous. x Anthers short. Small annual, 1—4 in. high, sparingly and spreadingly gland-hairy ; leaves 4—8 lin, long, ovate to oval ; capsule usually with a few hairs, .eoe sssseeee eevee CONEVAs x x Anthers long-acuminate. + Caulescent herbs. + Stem short and very thick, scared. Quite glabrous ; leaves lanceolate, decurrent, 4—7 in. long,.......... S. Brandisiana. + + Stems elongate, slender and leafed. Herb 1—13 ft. high, sparingly hairy ; leaves 3—4 in. long, more or less cordate at the base, decussately opposite ; capsules glabrous,.... csseeese seeeceee S. maculata. ie pmeceaime, but leaves Whorled, s.csnisscceceenc cacvesedencves secens Mu: SCCM: + + Scapigerous stemless herbs. Leaves 5—7-plinerved ; calyx 4-toothed ; petals oblong, acuminate, .... S. violefolia, Leaves penni-nerved, ciliate ; petals obovate, euepkiole; anthers about a line long,
-» S. nudiscapa,
78 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2, .
1. S. trvearis, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 76.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein, on the “ Gevai’’ hill, at 8000 ft. elevation (Lobb.).
2. O. stricta, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4394.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb.).
3. S. TENERA, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 4098 ; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. 250. t. 45. f£. 2; Walp. Nep. II. 124 and V. 685.
Has. Here and there in the eng and low forests, especially on laterite . rocks and old pagodas &c., very rare in the upper mixed forests and on pagodas of the plains, all over Pegu, Martaban and Tenasserim as far south as Tavoy.— Fl. Fr. Decb., Jan.
4. S. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 53.
Has. Upper’ Tenasserim, Thoungyeen (Dr. Brandis).
5. S. prota, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 249. t. 52; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XV. 26; Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 11; Griff. Not. IV. 676. teste Triana. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 564.
nies Tenasserim, Mergui, on rocks near Palar (Griff.).—FI. Octob.
6. S. macunata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 1.177. (S. angustifolia, Roxb. 1. e178 3 Wall ‘Pl. Asrars Tit. 102). .
Var. a. GENUINA, all parts sprinkled with hairs ; leaves bristly serru- late, usually ovate and equilateral, above elegantly white-blotched.
Var. £. EMAcuLATA, (S. emaculata, Roxb. 1. ¢.), as preceding, but the leaves uniformly green.
Var. y. anaustTiFoLia, (S. angustifolia, Roxb. |. c. 178), leaves usually acute or acuminate at the very unequal base, not blotched, but often purplish coloured beneath.
Has. Not unfrequent in shady localities, especially on mossy rocks and along rocky streamlets, in the hill-forests, especially the moister ones, of the Martaban hills and of Tenasserim, at 83000 to 5000 ft. elevation.— Fr. March.
7. §. secunpa, Wall. Cat. 4094; Benn. Horsf. Pl. Jav. rar. 216; Walp. Rep. V. 685.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy.
8. S. nupiscapa, Kurz MS.
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 2303).
9. §. viot#zFonia, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 77.
Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb. 356, teste Triana).
N. B. 8S. Leysmanniana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 320 = S. obliqua, Korth.
Anplectrum, A. Gray. 1. A. cyanocarpum, Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 84 (Melas- toma cyanocarpum, Bl. Bydr. 1073 ; Dissocheta cyanocarpa, Bl. Bydr. 248 ;
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 79
Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 238. t. 56; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. XV. 71; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 522.)
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo ; Tenasserim (Helf. 2290).
Doubtful Species.
1. A.? barbatum, Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 84 (Melastoma barbatum, Wall. Cat. 4082).
Has. Tenasserim, Chappedong (Wall.).
2. Melastoma cordifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 405.
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).
Probably same as A. cyanocarpum.
8. Melastoma curva, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 406.
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.)
Pternandra, Jack. Conspectus of Species. Flowers in small stout ‘almost simple cymes, ......00 sees eevee caer ers P. capiteliata. Flowers in branched rather slender axillary and terminal panicles, .... P. cerulescens.
1. P. caprrentata, Jackin Mal. Misc. II. 60; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 153.
Has. ‘Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf. 2279 teste Triana).
2. P. c@RuLEScENS, Jack in Mal. Mise. 1822. II. 61 and in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. I. 157 ; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 153. (Hwye- kia Jackiana, Walp. Rep. V. 724; Apteuxis trinervis, Griff. Not. Dicot. 672; Hwyckia paniculata, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 321).
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 2275).
Memecylon, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Calyx within without radiate lamella-like nerves, or the nerves very obsolete, (chiefly Hindustani species). Leaves sessile or nearly so, opaque, drying yellowish ; cymes sessile, umbel-like ; calyx conspicuously 4-toothed,....... TOT T e| lw ocenis ab geisha <fnikis ve» MM. umbellatum. * * Calyx radiately nerved within, the nerves simple or forked, raised and lamella- like like the gills of a mushroom. x Berry ovoid or ovoid-oblong. Cymes and pedicels very short and robust. Leaves sessile or very shortly petioled, with the base rounded or cordate, M. ceruleum., x x. Berry globose, the size of a pea to that of a cherry, ~ Cymes short and sometimes reduced. Leaves usually thick coria- ceous, without visible lateral nerves or veins, petioled. A Berries the size of a pea or smaller. + Branchlets more or less terete, sometimes marked with obsolete lines. O Calyx up to a line in diameter, not tubercled.
80 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Leaves attenuate at the base, very acuminate, glossy ; petiole 1—2 lin. long; pedicels hardly a line long, thick; cymes very short, almost sessile, ...... I. levigatum. Leaves attenuate at the base, sharply acuminate ; pedicels 1—14 lin. long; umbel-like cymes shortly peduncled,........ iwi ey: whet ee oe coeeecees seceeee ML. plebejum.
O O Calyx nlpet 1} lin. across, tubercled. Pedicels short and thick; calyx undulate-truncate with a hemispherical tubercled base ; leaves bluntish or retuse, shortly acuminate,......... Ry Rac M. punctatum. + + Branchlets sharply 4-lined or almost 4-winged and appear-
ing more or less 4-cornered.
Calyx smooth, about 14 lin. across, expanded, obsoletely undulate-lobed ; cymes almost sessile or shortly peduncled ; leaves as in preceding species, ......2. scutellatum. Calyx about } lin. wide, sharply 4-toothed ; leaves only —1} in. long ; pedicels about a line long ; cymes much reduced, almost sessile, few-flowered,....J. pauciflorum.
A A Berries the size of a cherry, sappy. .. ML. cerasiforme. + + Cymes more or less ample, peduncled. Berries the size of a pea or smaller, + Leaves rather thin-coriaceous, the lateral nerves more or less conspicuous and arcuately anastomosing towards the mar-
gin.
Cymes simple, the pedicels slender ; culy= 1—1} lin. wide. Leaves those of IZ. corasifortie . LN. celastrinum. Umbellets in thyrsoid cymes, the pedicels 1—2 lin. long; calyx 2 fie wide, the limb sinuate 4-angular,.. .eccoeeses ees cone cess MAPS IS M. Griffthianum. + t Leaves more or less thick-coriaceous, the lateral nerves not or barely visible. O Leaves sessile, with a cordate base. Leaves large ; cymes lax, peduncled, rather slender: pedicels 2—3 lin. long, slender, . LM. pulchrum. O O Leaves petioled, more or less tapering, very rarely rounded, at the base. A Branchlets sharply 4-cornered. Leaves tapering at base. | Cymes rather short-peduncled, but slender ; leaves 3—4 in. long, ........ M&M. elegans. A A Branchlets terete or with only faint lines. Leaves attenuate at the base, blunt or retuse, almost opaque when dried; petiole 1—2 lin. long ; pedicels $—1 lin. long, slender ; cymes simple, peduncled,.. J. ovatwmn. Leaves rounded at the base, smooth and shining ; petiole 2—4 lin. long; pedicels 2—3 lin. long; cymes simple or compound, peduncled,........ o ew tale +e MM. edule
1. M. umpettatum, Burm. Thes. Zeyl. t. 31 and FI. Ind. 87; Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 293; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 159; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 206 (AL. tinctoriwm, Koen. in Willd. sp. pl. II. 347; Wight Il. I. 215. t. 93; I. ramiflorum, Lamk. Dict. IV, 88; DC. Prod. III. 6. ex parte).
Has. In the tropical forests of Boronga island opposite Akyab, Arra- can.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 81
2. M. ca@ruteum, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. No. V. 26; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 158; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 580 (JL. lutescens, Presl Epim. Bot. 208 ; MW. Manillanum, Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 8 ser. XVIII. 276; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 576).
Var. a. GENUINA, berries ellipsoid-oval, nearly 5 lin. long; leaves almost sessile, acute.
Var. f. FLORIBUNDUM, (JZ. floribundum, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 361; MW. laurifolium, Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 3 ser. XVIII. 277 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 576.), berries ellipsoid-oval, up to 5 lin. long; leaves rounded at the base, usually acute, on a petiole 1—1} lin. long.
Var. y. Grirriraiana, (I. cordatum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 673), ber- ries ellipsoid-globose, about 8—4 lin. in diameter; leaves often retuse or blunt with a mucro, almost sessile.
Has. Var. y. apparently frequent in Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—Fl. Jul. Aug. ; Fr, March.
3. M. tzavieatum, Bl. Mus. Bot., I. 358; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 576; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 157. CAL. pachyderma, Wall. Cat. 4104).
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 2328) ; ib. Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 4104).—Fr. Octob.
‘4, M. puepesum, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. B. 53.
Has. Not unfrequent in the swamp-forests of the Irrawaddi in Pegu ; Upper Tenasserim, Thoungyeen (Brandis) ; Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).
5. M. puncrarum, Presl. Bot. Bemerk. 67 ; Walp. Ann. I. 303.
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 2830).
6. M. scurenttatum, Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 3 ser. XVIII. 282; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 157.
Var. a. SUBSESSILE, umbellets on peduncles less than a line long or almost sessile ; pedicels about a line long ; leaves smaller.
Var. £. BREVI-PEDUNCULATUM, umbellets on peduncles 1 to 2 ln. long, the pedicels usually 2 lin. long ; leaves larger.
Has. Var. a. in the adjoining provinces of Siam; var. 8. apparent- ly frequent in Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards ; also Pegu, above Rangoon.—Fl. Apr.—June ; Fr. Febr.—May.
7. M. pauctriorum, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 356; Mig. Fl. Ind, Bat. I. 578; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 158.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; Te- nasserim (Helf. 2332), Amherst (Falconer) ; Chittagong (Hf. and Th.),— Fl. Begin of RS.
8. M. cerastForME, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. I. 516.
Has. In the forests of Chittagong (Dr. Schlich).—Fr. CS.
ri
82 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
9. M. cenastrinumM, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. B. 53 and For. FI. Burm. [. 515.
Var. a. GENUINUM, leaves glaucous-green, coriaceous; cymes stiff- peduncled.
? Var. £. BranpIstanum, leaves of a thinner texture, more (often caudately) acuminate; cymes short or very short, simple or the lateral branchings almost reduced ; peduncles 2—4 lin. long, pedicels more slender.
Has. Var. a. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, rare in those of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah; var. f. in the tro- pical forests of Upper Tenasserim, (Brandis, Falconer, Helf. 2335).—F. Febr.—Apr.; Fr. Jan.
10. M. Grirriruranum, Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 8 ser. XVIII. 274. (IL. Horsfieldii, Mig. in Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 572; 1 Lampongum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 321 ?).
Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 2331) ; in the nee forests of the Mar- taban hills east of Tounghoo.
11. M. putcurum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 307.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—FI. Begin of May.
12. M. evecans, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 307.
Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.~F. May.
13. M. ovatum, Smith in Rees. Cycl. V. 23. No. 3.; DC. Prod. III. 6. (JL. grande, Wall. Cat. 4109 ; AL. lucidum, Presl Epim. Bot. 209 ; M. prasinun, Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 8 ser. XVIII. 275).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests from Martaban down to - Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Nov.—Febr. .
14.” M. EDULE, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 82; DC. Prod. III. 6; Triana in Linn. Trans. XXVIII. 158. (J. edule, var. y. Thw. En. Zeyl. Pl. 110 and CP. 1563; I. ramiflorum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 678).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans and the Cocos islands; also Tenasserim (Helf. 2329).—Fl. Apr.—May; Fr. June.
The genus Memecylon is in need of a thorough revision. The species are extremely difficult of correct identification without access to the very au- thentic specimens for the most part deposited in European herbaria and hence inaccessible to the Indian botanist. 'Triana’s account of the genus is barely more thana compilation. I have, therefore, kept the Burmese forms all separate pending a comparison and identification of the same with those already described.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 83
LYTHRARIEZ. Conspectus of Species.
* Capsule irregularly or circumsciss-dehiscing, or 2-valved, 1—-4-celled. x Seeds glabrous. Leaves not black dotted. t+ Flowers with petals, or rarely apetalous in some herbs. O Herbs. Capsule 1—5-celled, irregularly or transversely de- hiscing.
AmmanniaA. Calyx 38—5-toothed. Stamens 2—8. Disk-glands none. Leaves opposite or rarely whorled.
Hyprotyturum. Calyx 4-lobed. Petals 4. Stamens 4. Disk-glands 8. Cap- sule 2-celled. Aquatics, with whorled leaves.
O O Trees or shrubs.
Pempuis. Calyx 12-toothed, ribbed. Petals 6. Stamens 12. Ovary 3-celled, Capsule 1-celled, transversely circumsciss.
Lawsonia. Calyx 4-parted. Petals 4. Stamens 8. Ovary and capsule 4-celled, the latter irregularly bursting.
t+ t Flowers apetalous. Trees or shrubs.
CryptTeronia. Calyx 4—5-cleft. Stamens 4—5. Ovary and capsule 2-celled, the latter 2-valved.
DicnuoTtomMantuEs. Calyx 5-toothed, terete, the teeth alternating with as many accessory minute ones. Stamens 10. Capsule woody, indehiscent ?, 1-celled.
x ™x Seeds pilose. Calyx-tube tubular, curved. Stamens declinate. Leaves black-dotted beneath.
Wooprorpia. Calyx 6-lobed. Petals 6, or none. Stamens 12, long-exserted. Ovary and capsule 2-celled, the latter elongate, sessile, loculicidally 2-valved.
* * Capsule regularly opening into 3—8 valves, or berry-like and indehiscent. Trees or shrubs. x Capsuie dry or leathery, dehiscent.
Lacerstraemia. Calyx bell-shaped, 4—-6- rarely 7-cleft. Petals 4—6. Stamens numerous, in 2 or more rows. Capsule dry, almost woody, 3—6-celled and -valved. Seeds laterally winged.
Dvuapanea. Calyx 4—7-parted, thick coriaceous. Petals 4—7. Stamens numer- ous, ina single row. Capsule leathery, 4—8-celled and -valved. Seeds appendaged at both ends.
x x Capsule berry-like, indehiscent. Sonneratia. Calyx bell-shaped, 4—8-lobed. Petals 4—8, or none. Stamens
numerous. Berry many-celled.
Ammannia, L. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Rotala, L. Flowers solitary (rarely and only occasionally by 2 or 8) in the axils of the leaves, or bracts, often forming spikes or ra- cemes. Capsule 2—4-valved. * Disk-glands 8 under the ovary. (Hydrolythrum, Hf.). Aquatic herb of the habit of Myriophyllum, the leaves whorled, linear,....4. Wallichii. * * Disk-glands absent. (Rotala, L.). x Calyx bell-shaped, thrice as deep as wide, Capsule shorter than, an included in, the calyx-tube.
84 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a | [No. *&,
Leaves very shortly petioled, 1-nerved, linear; flowers solitary, sessile; pygmzan an-
mital, «ps waga sss secs ics oe ae poe acceccevesss. A. dentelloides. Leaves usually sessile, sibanaty , Meee TEN. Borie 5 oblong ; flowers sessile, form- ing lateral and terminal leafy or bracted spikes,......scceeeee see. A. peploides.
Leaves sessile, almost orbicular, penninerved ; flowers shortly and slenderly pedicelled, forming shorter or longer slender racemes, ...ssecesecsreeessee A. subrotunda. Leaves sessile, orbicular or nearly so, penninerved ; flowers sessile, in terminal pedun- cled bracted simple or compound spikes, ...... sere Lares ieee SE A. rotundifolia. x x Calyx hemispherical, about as deep as wide; capsule protrud- ed from, or at least as long as, the calyx-tube.
Leaves linear, 1-nerved, very shortly petioled; calyx 4-angular, 4-toothed, about +— lin. lone; petals none ; pysmezan herb, io +. woes sees a ee Bea Wy fs A. pygmea, Leaves oblong to linear-oblong, 1-nerved, very shortly petioled ; calyx short, 4-toothed,
- about 4 lin. long ; flowers very shortly pedicelled ; pygmeean herb, . A. simpliciuscula. Leaves oblong to linear, sessile, 1-nerved, or the lateral nerves very faint ; calyx usual- ly 5-toothed, 4—1 lin. long ; petals 5, .. sme... sc cee cee teen ocesee A. pentandra. Subg. 2. Sipe L. Flowers pedicelled or rarely sessile, axillary, clustered or in cymes, the latter sometimes reduced to 1 or a few flowers only. Capsule irregularly bursting. x Leaves narrowed at the base, petioled or sessile.
Flowers minute, apetalous, on slender pedicels, forming sessile or very shortly pedun-
cled cymes or clusters,...60 0. cba aes dake sls Kui sulle sibs 3% 6 eae A. baccifera. x x Leaves sessile, with a cordate, sagittate or dilated base. Petals
present. Capsule under a line long ; stamens 4, or fewer ; petals not crumpled; calyx 4-toothed, without accessory teeth ; cymes slender, i....4....s<isaade eavaunwaye A. multiflora. Capsule about 14 lin. long ; stamens 6—8; petals not crumpled ; calyx 4-toothed with- out accessory teeth ; cymes slender, ...... cscs seus cece ce co ccs Ae CUFT GE:
Capsule about 2 lin. long; stamens 8; petals large, crumpled; calyx 4-toothed with as many horn-shaped accessory teeth ; cymes and pedicels short, stout, A. octandra.
1. A. Watutcni, (Hydrolythrum Wallichii, Hf. in Bth. and- Hf. Gen. Pl. I. 777, and in Hook. Icon. pl. t. 1007).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Gomez).
2. A. DENTELLOIDES, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 76.
Has. Not unfrequent in wet pastures and rice-fields of Arracan.— Fl. Fr. Sept., Octob.
3. A. PEPLOIDES, Spreng. Syst. Veg. I. 444 (1825). (Peplis Indi- ca, Willd. Sp. pl. II/1. 244; Poir. in Lamk. Enc. V. 162; A. repens, Rottl. ex Mart. in Acad. Muench. VI. 150; DC. Prod. III. 80; Ameletia Indica, DC. in Mem. Soc. Genev. ITI/2. 82. t. 3. f. A. and Prod. III. 76; WA. Prod. I. 303 ; Wight Icon. t. 257. A.; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 185; Ameletia elongata, Bl. 1. ¢.; Ameletia acutidens, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/1. 617; A. nana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 427, non DC.).
Has. Common in wet pastures and fallow rice-fields, along river-
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 85
banks, around swamps, &e., all over Burma and the adjoining provinces.— Fl. Fr. Nov.—March.
4. A. suBRotunDA, Wall. Cat. 2096; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 55.
Has. Ava, from Segain and Mandalay northwards in the Irrawaddi valley. —Fl. Fr. Jan.
5. A. ROTUNDIFOLIA, Buch. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 425; DC. Prod. Ill. 79; WA. Prod. I. 806. (Ameletia rotundifolia, Wight Ill. I. 206 and Icon. t. 258).
Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley about Bhamo &c. ; also Kakhyen hills.— Fl. Febr. March.
6. A. prams, Kurz in Seem. Journ. Bot. 1867. 376.
Has. On gravel-roads, sandy grounds &c., of the eng-forests along the western slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and no doubt elsewhere.—Fl. Fr. Nov.
7. A. stmpuiictuscuLa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 54.
Has. On mud around ponds and in rice-fields in Chittagong.—FI. Fr. Octob.
8. A. PENTANDRA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 427 (1820); DC. Prod. ITI. 79, in part; WA. Prod. I. 305, in part; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 184. t. 46. £. B. (Rotala Roxburghiana, Wight Icon. t. 260. B.; Walp. Rep. ITI. 101 ; Sellowia uliginosa, Roth. Nov. sp. 168 (1821) ; DC. Prod. III. 380 ; Tritheca pentandra, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, I/1. 614. ; A. nana, DC, Prod. III. 79, non Roxb. ; Rotala decussata, DC. 1. ¢. 76).
Has. Frequent in wet pastures, rice-fields, along river-banks, &c., all over Burma, especially in cultivated lands —FI. Fr. Close of RS.
9. A. pacctFERA, L. sp. pl. 175; Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. II. 183. (A. vesicatoria, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 426; DC. Prod. III. 78; WA. Prod. I, 305; A. Indica, Lamk. Ml. I, 811. No, 1555 ; DC. Prod. III. 77, in part ; WA. Prod. I. 305, in part; Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 297; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat II, 183. t. 46. f. A: Cryptotheca apetala, Bl. Bydr. 1128; DC. Prod. IIL. 76 ; Hapalocarpum vesicatorium and H. Indicum, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, bt; 618).
Has. Common in cultivated lands, in fallow rice-fields, on road-sides, along river-banks, lakes, &c., in open as well as in forest-land, all over Burma, up to 2000—3000 ft. elevation.— Fl. Fr. Nov.— May.
10. .A. muntiritora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 426; DC. Prod. III. 79; WA. Prod. I. 805. (Oryptotheca dichotoma, Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. II. 180. t. 44°; A. microcarpa, DC. Prod. III. 78? ; Suffrenia dichoto- ma, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 616).
Has. Chittagong, in rice-fields and cultivated lands.—Fl. Fr. Octob.
11. A. auricunatTa, Willd. Hort. Berol. I. 7. t.7; DC. Prod. III. 80; Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 297.
86 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Chittagong, in rice-fields—FI. Fr. Octob. |
12. A. ocranpRa, L. f. Suppl. 127; Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 18. & 133 and Fl Ind. I. 425; WA. Prod. I. 304; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 132. (Amanella linearis, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1,619 ; Diplostemon octan- drum, Maiq. 1. ¢. 615).
Has. Rice-fields in Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. Octob.
Pemphis, Forst.
1. P. acrputa, Forst. Gen. t. 84; DC. Prod. III. 89; Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. II. 128. t. 43; WA. Prod. I. 307; Griff. Not. Dicot. 510, (P. angustifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 465 ; daclellandia Griffithiana, Wight Icon. t. 1996).
Has. Rocky coasts all along Tenasserim and Andamans.—Fl. Fr. Octob. and Apr.
Lawsonia, L. .
1. TT. rvermis, L, sp. pl. 498; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 258; Griff. Not. Dicot. 509. t. 590. f.2. (Z. alba, Lamk. Dict. III. 106; DC. Prod. IIL. 91; WA. Prod. I. 307; Wight Il. I. t. 94; Z. spinosa, L. sp. pl. 498).
Has. Much cultivated all over Burma, and sometimes like wild around villages and in cleared lands.—Fl. Fr. nearly o.
Crypteronia, Bl. Conspectus of Species. Calyx about + lin. across ; leaves usually puberulous beneath,.......... C. pubescens. Calyx 1—14 lin. in diameter; leaves quite glabrous, .......... esceee C. paniculata.
1. C. pantcunata, Bl. Bydr. 1151 and Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. II. 123. t. 42. (Henslovia paniculata, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 716; Henslo- via affinis, Planch. in Hook. Lond. Journ. IV. 477; Mig. l.¢.). |
Var. a. GLABRA, (Henslovia glabra, Planch. in Hook. Lond. Journ. IV. 478 ; Crypteronia paniculata, Bl. 1. ¢.), rhachis of racemes glabrous, at least in fruit. .
Var. £. PUBESCENS, (Henslovia pubescens, Griff. Not. Dicot. 404. t. 564. £. 2., non Planch.). rhachis of racemes densely puberulous, not glabres- cent.
Has. Var. a. in Chittagong; var. 6. frequent in the tropical forests, especially the open ones, also in the moister upper mixed forests, from Arra- ean, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F 1. Nov.—Jan. ; Fr. Febr.— May. ‘
W oodfordia, Salisb. 1. W. Fruriccesa, (Lythrum fruticosum, L. sp. pl. 641; Woodfor- dia floribunda, Salisb. Parad. Lond. t. 42; Grislea tomentosa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 29. t. 31. and Fl. Ind. II. 233; Bot. Reg. I. t. 40; Bot.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 87
Mag. t. 1906; DC. Prod. III. 92; WA. Prod. I. 308; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 128).
Var. a. GENUINA, more or less greyish or silvery appressed pubes- cent. .
Var. £. PuNcTaTA, Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. II. 128 (Grislea punctata, Ham. in Rees. Cycl. V. 17. No. 2.; DC. Prod. III. 92; WA. Prod. I. 308), leaves shortly petioled, almost glabrous.
Has. Var. a. frequent in the dry forests of the Prome District ; rare in the drier upper mixed forests of Pegu; Ava, Kakhyen hills.—FI. Fr. Jan., Febr.
Lagerstreemia, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Sibia, DC. Calyx terete, without ribs or furrows. * Inflorescence and calyx glabrous. Leaves whitish glaucous beneath ; flowers hardly } im. across, ........ L. parviflora. Leaves green ; flowers 13—2 im. in diameter, .... 0.05 cesees vows coccece . L. Indica. * * Inflorescence and calyx covered with a rusty coloured tomentum. Flowers almost racemose, in panicles , calyx by % or $ shorter than the capsule, .-L. calyculata. Subg. 2. Adambea, Lamk. Calyx furrowed, plaitedly ribbed or angular, the an- gles acute or almost winged.
* Ribs or angles twice as many as calyx-lobes, the shorter alternating ones termi- nating at the sinuses of the lobes, those of the longer ones extending over the lobes. Petals large.
+ Inflorescence and calyx covered with a floccose tomentum. Calyx-
lobes terminating in a bristle or short mucro. Adult leaves glabrous, acuminate ; tomentum rusty-coloured ; petals on short claws, not Lig) 2 A ee ee err ae a Aa at eitede Sgt whe iets eee a ote L. floribunda. Adult leaves puberulous beneath, acuminate ; tomentum whitish or yellowish ; petals on long slender claws, ciliolate, ....cessee seve es oee davipee o hishte of te L. tomentosa. As preceding, but leaves mucronate or acute; flowers twice as large; petals conspi- MERCH OCU, cin ole cc voc aes. coca he ous Un oe Shas ee vos Pepin e wrorems LI. Loudoni. x x Inflorescence and calyx pruinous, or minutely whitish or greyish
puberulous, all other parts glabrous.
Leaves whitish glaucous beneath ; calyx 10—12-angular, the angles acute, ..LZ. hypoleuca. Leaves green; calyx plicately-sulcate, the ribs very obtuse and broader than the fur-
rows,.. eevevevee te ee Gee eereeeevevreeeereee ee ere eereev ee ee severe e ee @ soe L. flos-reging. Leaves green ; calyx longitudinally furrowed, without ribs, ............ LI. macrocarpa. * * Angles of calyx as many as plain lobes and alternating with them. Petals
minute.
All softer parts greyish pubescent ; angles of calyx almost winged ; flowers small, ..L. villosa. 1. L. PARVIFLORA, Roxb. Corom. PI. I. 28. t. 66. and Fl. Ind. ITI. 505 ; Wight Icon. t. 69; Griff. Not. Dicot. 510. t. 592; DC. Prod. ITI. 93 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 31. Has. Ava.—FI. April.
88 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
*2, IL. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 734; Bot. Mag. t. 405; Roxb. Fl. Ind, Il. 505 ; WA. Prod. I 808; Wight Ill. I. t. 86; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 125 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 622.
Has. Generally planted in villages, but nowhere wild; (apparently wild in the Yunan-hills).—Fl. May, June.
8. L. catycunata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 307.
Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Martaban east of Toun- ghoo.—Fr. March, April.
4, . I. FLORIBUNDA, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. 838; DC. Prod. III. 93; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 624; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 126. t. 415 Griff. Not. Dicot. 509.
Haz. In the tropical forests along the Salween in Martaban and in Tenasserim from Moulmein southwards ; also Andamans.—F Il. July, Aug. 5. L. tomentosa, Pres] Bot. Bemerk. 142; Walp. Ann. I. 295.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. April, May ; Fr. May, June.
6. L. Loupont, Teysm. and Binend. in Natuurk. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXIV. 331.
Has. In the adjoining Siamese province of Kanbooree, in eng-forests. —Fl. HS.
7. LL. Hypoxevca, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 307.
Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of the Andamans.—F I]. June, July ; Fr. CS.
8. L. FLos-REGINe, Retz. Obs. Bot. I. 20. (1779). (L. Regine, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 46. t. 65. (1795). and FL Ind. II. 505 ; DC. Prod. III. 93; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 126. t. 41; WA. Prod. I. 308 ; Wight Icon. t. 413 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 623 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 29; Adambea glabra, Lamk. Encycl. Bot. I. 39. (1788) ; Ketmia Indica, Burm. Thesaur. Zeyl. 187. (1787) non L.).
Has. Common in the mixed forests and savannahs all over Burmah and the adjacent provinces.—F Il. HS. ; Fr. CS.
9. LL. macrocaRrpa, Wall. Cat. 2114; Voigt Hort. Cale. 132.
Haz. Frequent in the open, especially the low, forests, from Ava, Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. HS.; Fr. CS.
10. IL. vintosa, Wall. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 234.
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban.—Fl. June.
Duabanga, Ham.
1. D. e@ranpiFtora, (Lagerstremia grandifiora, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 38 and Fl. Ind. II. 503; DC. Prod. III. 93; Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. Il.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 89
125; D. sonneratioides, Buch. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 178; Hf. Ilustr. Him. Pl. t. 11; Walp. Ann. II. 540; Leptospartion grandiflorum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 511. t. 591).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, also in the tropical forests, all over Burmah, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F I. March, April; Fr. May.
Sonneratia, L. f. Conspectus of Species.
* Stigma infundibuliform-capitate, small. x Petals linear-lanceolate, dark purple. Calyx terete, 6—8-lobed ; leaves obovate, broad, .....se0. Waid: COMES ha v be S. acida. x »x Petals none. Calyx in bud elliptically oblong, acute, the tube at first obscurely, then strongly 6—8-
MENG gui avin 0 ce Us vy wk We Velda lo Adele MERE Nee Rebel ynes ees eres eudees S. alba.
Calyx in. bud ovoid, obtuse, the tube terete, ...cc0 ceivenccocesse cbdheves S. Grifithii. * * Stigma large, nearly 3 lin. in tiameter, conically wumbrella-shaped.
Calyx 4-lobed ; petals none ; leaves oblong to lanceolate, .... ses. csee cues S. apetala.
1. S. acrpa, L. f. Suppl. 252; DC. Prod. III. 285; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 506; WA. Prod. I. 827; Wight Icon. t. 840; Griff. Not. Dicot. 652; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 496.
Has. Frequent in the littoral forests all along the coasts, from Chit- tagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F I]. H. and RS. ; Fr. CS.
2. §. atBa, Smith in Rees Cycl. V. 23; DC. Prod. III. 231; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 497. (Mangiwm album, Rumph. Herb. Amb. III. 111. t. 73).
Haz. On the sea-shore of the Andamans.—FI. April, May.
3. S. Grrerirui, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 56. (S. alba, Griff. Not. Dicot. 652.)
Has. Frequent in the littoral, especially the tidal forests of Pegu and Tenasserim.—F 1. April, May.
4, §. aperata, Buch. in Sym. Emb. to Ava III. 318. t. 25; DC. Prod. III. 231; WA. Prod. I. 827; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 506; Griff. Not. Dicot. 650. t. 636. f. 4.
Has. Common in the tidal forests, less so in the mangrove swamps, all along the coasts from Chittagong down to Tenasserim; Ava (Mrs. Bur- ney) is there no mistake P—F. June, July; Fr. RS.
GRANATEA. ° Punica, L. *1, P. Granatoum, L. sp. pl. 676; DC. Prod. III.3; WA. Prod. I. 327 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 499; Bot. Mag. t. 1832. AB.; Wight LIllust. II. t. 97; Griff. Not. Dicot. 641. t. 634. 12
90 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Har. Ava, much planted from Mandalay northwards.—Fl. Jan., Febr.
ONAGRARIEA.
Conspectus of Species.
* Ovary 2—6-celled, the cells many-ovuled. Capsules dehiscing loculicidally or septicidally, many-seeded. Usually terrestrial herbs. JussLeA. Stamens twice as many as petals. Ovary 4-celled. Capsule septicidal. Lupwicia. Stamens as many as petals. Ovary 3—6-celled. Capsule septicidal. * * Ovary 1—4-celled, the cells 1- (rarely 2—4-) ovuled. Nut 1—4-celled, 1—4- seeded. Trapa. Flowers 4-merous. Ovary 2-celled. Nuts with 2 or 4 spines or horns, Floating herbs.
Jussieea, L. Conspectus of Species.
Creeping or floating herb; flowers usually 5-merous, white, long-pedicelled ; seeds
large; ‘SPOUMY, ves ee v¥ oe cca Sy ecacsesee-e a) atgis.en sich Miter We tie ten eine J. repens. Erect, terrestrial ; flowers mostly 4-merous, very shortly pedicelled or almost sessile ; seeds minute, crustaceous, SIOSSY,, eee ieee see tlic sls cwe bheeiadas J. suffruticosa.
1. J. repens, L. sp. pl. 550 and Mant. 381; DC. Prod. III. 54; WA. Prod. I. 885; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 401; Rheed. Hort. Malab. II. t. 51. (J. Swartziana, DC. 1. c.; J. floribunda, Griff. Not. Dicot. 680). —
Var. a. GLABRIUSCULA, all parts more or less glabrous; peduncles smooth ; ovary puberulous or almost glabrous.
Var. £8. vestrTa, all parts, more especially the peduncles, more or less softly hairy or pubescent ; ovary more or less woolly. |
Has. Both forms frequent in and around ponds, lakes, swamps, &c., also in rice-fields and quietly running streams, all over Burma down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan. to April; Fr. April, May.
2. J. suFFRUTIcosA, L. sp. pl. 555; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 628; Bth. Fl. Austr. ITI. 307.
Var. a. GENUINA, (J. angustifolia, Lamk. Dicot. III. 331 and. Il. t. 280. f. 3; DC. Prod. III. 55; J. exaltata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 401; J. suffruticosa, L.1.¢.; J. Blumeana, DC. Prod. III. 331; Mig. Fl. Ind, Bat. I/1, 627 ; J. longipes, Griff. Not. Dicot. 689; J. Burmanni, DC. 1. ce. 57), all parts simply appressed pubescent or almost glabrous, the capsules narrower. | ;
Var. £. vittosa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 628 (J. vellosa, Lamk. Encyel. Méth. III. 831; DC. Prod. III. 57; WA. Prod. I. 886; J. Sruticosa, DC. 1. c. ; Rheed. Hort. Malab. II. t. 50.), all parts more dense- ly villous, the capsules usually thicker and more pubescent.
Has. Both varieties common on mud-banks of rivers, around tanks, in swamps and rice-fields, &e., all over Burma down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. March—May.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 91
Ludwigia, L Conspectus of Species. Capsules from oblong to elongate-cylindrical, thick; seeds densely covering the pla-
EUR Ce cay ue cus eC awe eee as ewe OEY CCT ER PRC EE ET ACC L. parviflora. Capsules almost filiform ; seeds in a single row, .. e+e: «+ wocescese L, prostrata.
1. L. parviritora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 419; Schlecht. in Coroll. Obs, Hort. Hal. 1854 and in Linn. XXVI. 479 ; Wight Ill. t. 101; WA. Prod. I. 3386; DC. Prod. III. 59. (ZL. perennis, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 629, non L.; LZ. gracilis, Miq. 1. c.).
Var. a. Roxpurentana, (L. parviflora, Roxb. 1. ¢., &c.,) capsules sessile or nearly so, 4—6 in. long; calyx-lobes only half as long as ‘the ealyx-tube.
Var. £. tytTHROIDES, (L. lythroides, Bl. Bydr. 1134; DC. Prod. IIT. 59), capsules distinctly pedicelled, from obovate to almost turbinate or oblong, about 2—8 lin. long ; calyx-lobes as long as the calyx-tube.
Haz. Var. a. here and there in Pegu and Martaban, along the larger rivers, as the Sittang &c.; var. 8. frequent on mud-banks, in swampy places and rice-fields, around tanks and lakes, &c., all over Burma down to Tenas- serim and the Andamans.—F Il. Fr. Sept.— May.
2. L. prostRata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 420; DC. Prod. III. 59; Wight Icon. t. 762. (ZL. diffusa, Ham. in Linn. Trans. XIV. 301; DC.1.c. ; Nematopyxis fruticulosa, pusilla and prostrata, Mig. Fl.. Ind. Bat. I/1. 630).
Var. a. LUXURIANS, plant erect and branched, the leaves much larger.
Var. £8. HUMIFUSA, small, prostrate ; leaves small, usually not above 3 in. long, more or less blunt.
Has. Var. a. not unfrequent in wet places in Pegu and the Anda- mans; also Ava; var. 6. on wet sand-banks of rivers, as the Toukyeghat
river.—Fl. Fl. H. and RS.
Trapa, L Conspectus of Species. Nut with 2 opposite reflexed bearded spimes,...... cee ceseenceereveeee Ly bispinosa. Nut with 2 pairs of opposite spines, 2... ...cscee ceeecesresecvecs T. quadrispinosa.
1. TT. pisprnosa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 284 and Fl. Ind. I. 428; DO. Prod. III. 64; WA. Prod. I. 837; Rheed. Hort. Malab. XI. t. 33;
Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. I/1. 636). Has. In tanks of Chittagong; also Ava.
SAMY DACEA. Conspectus of Species.
Pri. £. CASEARIEZ. Calyx free, 5- or 4-merous. Petals none. Stamens 6— 30, inserted in a single row to the calyx-tube, usually alternating with as many stami-
nodes.
92 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Gurponta. Stamens 6—15, alternating with as many short staminodes, Flowers clustered or in corymbs.
Trib. II. HOMALIEZ. Calyx free or adnate to the ovary, 4—15-merous. Pe- tals as many. Stamens 4—15, or if more arranged in clusters, but always opposite the petals.
Homautium. Petals as many as sepals. Ovary more or less adnate to the ovary and inferior.
Guidonia, Plum. (Casearia, Jacq.) Conspectus of Species.
* Filaments very slender, many times longer than the anthers. + Stamens and staminodes 8 each, separately inserted. All parts glabrous; leaves coarsely crenate; flowers about 2 lin. across; pedicels and
Calyx PIGDTONS, Jp .ci0ess sae.eec pa bane eae Sep Bis porn sive visio Sipe hina G. Canziala. Young shoots, calyx, and pedicels, and also often the nerves beneath of the serrulate leaves, puberulous ; flowers only a line across, ...... seeeee coves G. glomerata.
+ t+ Stamens and staminodes 8 each, unitedat the base and forming a broad disk round the ovary. All parts, also the flowers and pedicels, more or less tomentose or ube .. G. tomentosa. * * Filaments only as long as the anthers. All parts more or less puberulous ; stamens 8, ....sssscccccessssesrscens G. Vareca. 1. G. Canztata (Casearia Canziala, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort. Cale. 78; Casearia ovata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 428, non Willd.). Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones, all over Pegu and Martaban. Casearia Hamiltonii, Wall. Cat. differs in the crenate leaves, and in the number (10) of the stamens and staminodes. 2. G. GLOMERATA, (Casearia glomerata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 419; DC. Prod. IT. 49). Var. a. GLABRIUSCULA, leaves almost glabrous. Var. £. PUBERULA, leaves beneath on the nerves, the petioles &c., puberulous. Has. Var. £. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.). 3. G. Vareca, Baill. (Casearta Vareca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 418; C. Vareca, Gertn. Fr. I. t. 60). Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. Apr.
Homalium, Jacq. Conspectus of Species.
* Stamens solitary and opposite to the petals. Flowers racemose or spiked, often collected into panicles. x Flowers about 2 lin. in diameter. Ovary villous. Leaves coriaceous, tomentose or puberulous beneath ; flowers tomentose, sessile; spikes robust, tomentose, seco seceee semi secnes soeeseee seeenvesacencv tly SmRIn En
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 93
Leaves thin chartaccous, pubescent on the nerves; flowers tomentose, shortly pedicel-
led ; racemes pubescent, slender,....... weeeee LL. Grifithianum, x x Flowers less than a ‘tins in 5 diecast: i Spines collected into pani- cles.
All parts, also the spikes, quite glabrous ; flowers sessile ; ovary villous, . A. minutiflorum, * * Stamens by 2 or more opposite to the petals. Quite like H. Nepalense, but stamens by threes; ovary tomentose; flowers longish pedicelled, in divaricate terminal glabrous panicles, ........00 e008 H. Schlichit, Glabrous ; stamens by twos; ovary glabrous ; racemes slender, glabrous,..H. fetidwm.
1. H. romentosum, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. 34. (Blackwellia to- mentosa, Vent. Choix. t. 57; DC. Prod. II. 55 ; Blackwellia spiralis, Wall. in As. Research. XIII. 400 c. tab. ; DC. Prodr. 1. c.).
Haz. Frequent in the mixed forests all over Pegu, Arracan, and Mar- taban, up to 2000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Fr. Nov.—Jan.
2. H. Grirriraianum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 57. (Blackwellie sp., Griff. Not. Dicot. 584. t. 585. A. f.10; Blackwellia dasyantha, 'Turez. in Bull. d. Nat. Mose. 1863. 610).
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 991).
This may possibly be Astranthus Cochinchinensis, Lour., Fl. Coch. 225 *( = Blackwellia—Bl. Mus. Bot. II. 27).
_3. H. mrinutirirorum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1827. 308.
Has. Burma, probably Martaban or Tenasserim (Brandis).
Habit of A. fetidum, but the flowers very minute.
4. H. Scuxuicui, Kurz, For. Fl. Burm. I. 582.
Has. Forests of Chittagong (Dr. Schlich) FI. CS.
5. H. rarmum, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. 37.—(Blackwellia fetida, Wall. ; Deless. Icon. III. 32. t. 53 ; Ludia feetida, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 508).
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. teste Benth.).
TURNERACEAE. Turnera, L. *]. T. vturrort, L. sp. pl. 965 and Hort. Cliff. 122. t. 10.; DC. Prod. III. 346 (Z. angustifolia, Curt. Bot. Mag. t. 281). Has. Disseminated from gardens and now often growing as wild in
rubbishy places around the larger villages and towns, as Rangoon, Akyab, &e., Fl. Fr. CS.
PASSTFLOREA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. PASSTFLOREZ. Flowers hermaphrodite, or rarely unisexual and in this case the male and female corollas conform. Corona conspicuous, simple or double.
94 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Tribe 1. PASSIFLOREA:. Corona of the corolla simple or double and usually conspicuous. Petals usually herbaceous or coriaceous, rarely none. ~
Passtrtora. Calyx-tube short. Petals 4—65, rarely none. Stamens 4—6. Styles 3. Leaves simple.
Subord. II. PAPAYACE. Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual. Stamens perigynous. Corona small or none.
Tribe 2. MODECCEZ. Flowers hermaphrodite, or, if unisexual, the male and fe- male corollas conform. Corona small or none. Petals usually included in the calyx- tube. Connective often produced beyond the anther-cells.
Mopecca. Flowers unisexual. Calyx 5-cleft. Corona none or fringed. Disk- elands 5. Tendril-bearing herbs or shrubs.
Tribe 8. PAPAYAEZ. Flower unisexual, the male and female corollas dissi- milar, rarely polygamous. Corona none. Calyx minute. Male corolla tubular, the female one 5-petalled. Stamens in two rows, inserted to the corolla-tube. rect trees, with milky juice.
Carica. Filaments free. Leaves simple, lobed or cut.
Passifiora, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Granadilia, DC. Involucre 3-leaved, the leaflets entire or toothed, or dissected. Sepals and petals 5 each. Peduncles 1-flowered, arising together with os simple tendrils from the same leaf-axil.
* Involucre-leaflets entire or toothed. Branches and branchlets wingedly 4-cornered ; stipules and bracts entire ; petiole with
4—6 glands; leaves entire, ....... By dinin Siek's Mh taw' Jeistane ee 4 ale P. quadrangularis. Branches &c., almost terete or slightly angular, never winged; stipules setaceous,
long; bracts obovate, glandular-serrate at the tips; petiole 2-glanded at the
apex 5 Ipayes CHMTG cs pve'ce e. 5535 was gin MIvriy Sree P. laurifolia.
* * Involucre-leaflets pinnatifid-cut, the end-segments capillary or setaceous, glan- dular-thickened at the apex (Dysosmia, DC.)
All parts hairy ; leaves 3-lobed, the petiole gland-less, ......e.ee ssseee+s Lo foctida.
Subg. 2. Eu-Passiflora. Flowers not involucred, the bracts remote, large, small or absent. Corona membranous, sharply folded, frilled at the edge.
* Flowers bracted, the bracts small. Petals present. (Decaloba, Endl.). “ + Leaves lobed, velvety beneath. ; Exactly as P. Horsfieldii, but leaves deeply 3-lobed and smaller, the lobes blunt, .. P. caloneura. + t+ Leaves entire, glabrous. Flowers small; petiole 1—2 in. long, 2-glanded at or about the middle; leaves glau-
cous beneath, acuminate, .......... mbes Sa RipeO ks haa waa: see «PB. Nepalensis. * * Flowers Seg usually without bracts (Cieca, Med.). Flowers small; petiole }—4 in. long, 2-glanded at the apex ; leaves acute, P. suberosa.
1. P. Ferma, Cay. Diss. 10. t..289; DC. Prod. TIl. sé. tom Reg. t. 8321; Bot. Mag. t. 2619.
Has. Frequent in the more cultivated parts, especially in hedges, waste-places, and savannahs, of Chittagong and Ava to Arracan and Pe- gu.—Fl. Fr. Aug.—Jan. .
N. B. P. laurifolia, L. (Bot. Reg. t. 18) and P. qguadrangularis,
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 95
L. (Bot. Reg. t. 14; Bot. Mag. t. 2041) are frequently caltivated in gar- dens in Burma, and sometimes half-wild.
2. P. catoneura, Kurz MS.
Has. Burma, probably Upper-Tenasserim or Martaban (Dr. Brandis).
The texture, nervature, and indument of the leaves are entirely those of P. Horsfieldii. Flowers and fruits unknown.
3. P. supERosa, L. Amen. Acad. I. 226; Mast. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 680 (P. Walkerie, Wight Ill. t. 108.)
Has. In hedges and in shrubbery of Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. RS.
Modecca, Lamk. Conspectus of Species.
* Petals inserted at the throat or to the tube of the calyx ; stigmas sessile (Micro- blepharis, Wight). Leaves entire; seeds pitted, with crenate borders, ......00 ssscecee eoee M. cordifolia. * * Petals inserted on the bottom of the calyx. Style d-cleft or styles 3, distinct. (Blepharanthus, Wight). Leaves 8- rarely 5-lobed; seeds pitted, with a doubled-crenate border,....M. trilodata. ‘1. M. corprroxia, Bl. Bydr. 9389 ; Rumph. I. 169. t.49; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 702. Has. Not unfrequent in open places of the tropical forests, especial- ly along the coasts, of the Andamans.—FI. Fr. April, May. 2. M. rrinopata, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 271 and FI. Ind. III. 132. Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister mixed forests, especially in open places, but also in village-bushes, in hedges, along river-sides, &c. all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava southwards.—F 1. Begin. of RS. Fr. end of RS.
Carica, L. ; *], C. Papaya, L. sp. pl. 1466; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 824; WA. Prod. I. 852; Bot. Reg. t. 459 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2898 and 2899; Griff. Not. Dicot. 570. t. 584. f. 2; Wight Ill. II. t. 106, 107; Maingay in Journ. Agr. Hort. Soc. India 1867. 184 cum icon. (Papaya vulgaris, DC. Prod. XV/1. 414). Haz. Generally cultivated all over Burma, especially the southern provinces where it often springs up half-spontaneously in uncultivated places and along river-banks.— Fl. Fr. nearly 0.
CUCURBITACEZZ. Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. I. CUCURBITEA, Endl. Anthers 2-celled, the cells straight, curved or flexuose. Ovary with 3 (rarely 2 or 5) placentas ; ovules horizon- tal, numerous.
96 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
* Anther-cells flecuose or folded up (very rarely straight or only curved.) x Corolla rotate or bell-shaped, 5-petalled or 5-parted to the base. Fila- ments usually free. + Petals cirrhiferous or fringed.
Hopesonta. Ovules 12, in pairs attached to each side of the 2 parietal placentas. Seeds large, united by pairs. Leaves lobed, coriaceous.
TRICHOSANTHES. Ovules and seeds very numerous, the later variously shaped, small or large. Petals fringed or rarely entire or nearly so, white. Leaves entire or lobed.
+ + Petals entire. + Calyx-tube of males elongate. Stamens inserted in the calyx- tube, included, the anthers cohering into an oblong head.
GYMNOPETALUM. Stigmatic lobes of female flowers linear, simple, Tendril simple. Fruit small, pulpy within. Corolla yellow.
LAGENARIA. Stigmatic lobes of female flowers 2-lobed, Tendrils 2-cleft. Fruit with a woody rind. Petiole 2-glanded at the apex.
t+ ¢ Male calyx-tube short (very rarely long). Stamens in- serted at the mouth or in the tube of the calyx, usually exserted, the anthers free or slightly cohering. O Stamens inserted at the mouth of the calyx ; filaments
exserted, recurved ; anthers free, the cells bordering .
the broad connective. Lurra. Male flowers racemose. Fruit dry, with a woody-fibrose endocarp, de- hiscing by an apical circumsciss opercle. Petiole without glands. BentncasA. Male and female flowers solitary. Fruit fleshy, berry-like, pulpy inside. Tendrils 2—38-cleft. Petiole without glands. O O Stamens inserted below the mouth of the calyx; an- thers conniving or cohering. { Calyx furnished with 1—8 scales at the bottom. Momorpica. Calyx with 2 or 3 scales. Male flowers usually furnished with a large complicate bract subtending the pedicel. Tendrils simple. TuuapIANTHA. Oalyx with a single scale. Bracts of male flowers dimorphous, the inner ones smaller and imperfect. { { Calyx without scales. Cucumis. Connective produced beyond the anther-cells. Tendrils simple. Crrrutius. Connective not prolonged. Stigmas reniform. Tendrils usually 2—3-cleft. x x Corolla bell-shaped, 5-lobed to the middle or somewhat further down. CrEPHALANDRA. Male flowers solitary or nearly cymose. Stigmas narrow, 2-lobed or -parted. Tendrils simple. : Cucursita. Flowers solitary. Calyx-lobes spreading. Filaments free. Stigmas 8, 2-lobed or 2-forked. Tendrils usually 2- or more-cleft, * * Anther-cells straight or curved, not flexuose. x Style inserted on a cupular or annular disk. Bryonra. Male flowers racemose or clustered. Filaments short, the connective not produced. Berry spherical, shortly peduncled. Mvcxi1A. Male flowers solitary or clustered. Calyx bell-shaped. Connective produced beyond the anther-cells, Berry spherical, sessile. Seeds scrobiculate.
=a OO
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 97
ZEuNERIA. Male flowers usually corymbose. Filaments elongate; anthers orbi- cular, the connective not produced, villous on the back. Berry shortly peduncled,
Metoturia. Male flowers usually racemose. Anthers almost sessile, the connec- tive produced beyond the anther-cells and usually 2-lobed. Berry usually long- and slender-peduncled.
x ™x Disk at the base of the style absent or obsolete,
Ruyncwocarpa. Ovary with 1—3 placentas. Berry few-seeded, beaked. Con- nective produced beyond the anther-cells.
Crenoteris. Calyx-tube short, the lobes subulate. Ovary with 2 or 3 placentas, Fruit oblique, few-seeded. Seeds concave-convex. Petiole furnished with a basilar pectinate leaflet. Connective not produced.
Trib. II. CREMOSPERM4. Anthers 1-celled. Ovary 1- or 3-
celled ; ovules 2 to many, suspended. * Seeds not winged.
Subtridb. 1. GYNOSTEMMEZ. Stamens 3 or 5, the filaments free or united, Ovary 8-celled, with 1 or 2 pendulous ovules in each cell.
GynostremMA. Petals lanceolate. Stamens 5, the filaments united. Berry globu- lar. Leaves pedately 5-foliolate.
Subtrib. 2. GOMPHOGYNEZ. Stamens 5; filamentsfree. Ovary 1-celled, with 2—6 ovules suspended from, or near, the summit of the cell.
ActinostemMMA. Petals caudate-acuminate. Fruit almost globose, dehiscing by an apical opercle. Leaves hastate-cordate.
GompHocyne. Petals oblong, erose. Fruit turbinate, broadly 3-angular and 3- valved at the apex. Leaves pedately 5—7-foliolate.
* *® Seeds winged.
Subtrib. 3. ZANONIEA. Stamens 5; filaments free; anthers oblong. Ovary 1-celled, with 3 thick parietal placentas; ovules numerous. Fruit dry, 1-celled, with a broad open 3-angular mouth at the top.
Atsomitra. Calyx-lobes 5. Stamens 4, perfect. Styles 3, the stigmas 2-lobed, Leaves 3-foliolate.
ZANONIA. Calyx-lobes 3. Styles 3, 2-cleft. Leaves simple.
Hodgsonia, Hf. and Th. 1. H. nererocuita, Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. Nov. 1853; Hf. Ill. Him. Pl. t. 1—8; Fl. d. serr. t. 1262-63; (Zrichosanthes heteroclita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 705). Har. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs, of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and in Martaban, up to 2000 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. March, April.
Trichosanthes, L. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Eu-Trichosanthes. Petals conspicuously fringed. Male flowers race.
mose, * Male racemes without or with minute bracts, the bracts hardly a line long and inconspicuous. Seeds imbedded in a red or yellowish pulp, grooved or tubers cled, with thickened crenate or waved margins.
13
98 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
x Leaves more or less deeply palmately lobed. + Male racemes without bracts. Fringes of the petals simple and straight; fruits ovate, acuminate; margin of seeds thickened and cremate, .cscecce vena sencss csen vvssvesecevetsnc cs te CUCHMIETIIEE + + Male racemes minutely bracted.
Fringes of petals simple, curled ; fruits elongate, spindle-shaped, ...... .. T. anguina. Fringes of petals jagged ; fruits oblong, acuminate ; seeds thick and irregularly tuber- cled, eeceaeeveceoeeveoc eee eeesoe#e#e @eeceeeeveeceeeeeeveroeeere eceeeoese eo sesso pe: lobata.
x x Leaves cordate, not lobed. Leaves pubescent ; seeds with a central longitudinal ribbon, the lateral lobes trunonten .. LT. reniformis. * * Male raeemes conspicuously bracted, the bracts leafy, 3 lin. to 14 in. long and longer. Seeds imbedded in a dirty dark-green pulp, smooth, with entire mar- gins. (Involucraria, Sering.)
Petals fringed with very long simple curled cilia; bracts of male flowers large and broad, 1—14 in. long; calyx-lobes lanceolate, entire ; leaves usually palmately and very deeply lobed; fruits large, oval-oblong, compressed,
.» DL. grandibracteata.
Fringes of petals very long and simple ; bracts of male flowers usually smaller ; calyx- lobes broadly ovate, serrate ; leaves angular or palmately lobed ; fruits globose,
. T. bracteata.
Petals to near their middle cut into numerous jagged segments, not fringed; female flowers not tubular ; fruits globose ; leaves cordate, usually not lobed, 7. cordata.
As preceding but leaves larger and slightly angular, the tube of the female flowers 14 in. long, .seeseeeee wisn eA pea fetta se cece cess cocens Ls, (2RCr OSE Enaa Subg. 2. Pseudo-Trichosanthes. Wages Tees of both sexes solitary in the
leaf-axils, the female ones very shortly peduncled or almost sessile, the males on slen-
der pedicels. * Petals with very long curled branched fringes.
Leaves cordate, not lobed ; fruits oblong ; seeds almost globular,........+. Z. dioica. * * Qorolla-lobes entire or only slightly lacerate.
Leaves reniform ; fruits globular or nearly so; seeds elliptically oblong,
. LT. integrifolia.
*1. T. cucumerRina, L. sp. pl. 1482; DC. Prod. III. 315; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 702; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 676; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XVIII. 191; Bth. Fl. Austr. ITI. 314.
Haz. Generally cultivated all over Burma, especially in the plains, and sometimes half wild along the larger rivers in cultivated lands, in hedges, around villages, &e.—Fl. Fr. Sept.—Jan.
2. T. nopata, Roxb. FI. Ind. ITI. 708. -
Has. Here and there in hedges near Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. CS.
*3. T. anaurna, L. sp. pl. 1430; Bot. Mag. t. 722; DC. Prod. III. 314; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4th ser. XVIII. 190; WA. Prod. I. 350; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 678; Bot. Mag. t. 722. (Petola anguina, Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. t. 148; Z colubrina, Jacq. Ecl. t. 128 ; DC. 1. ¢.).
Haz. Burma, cultivated (according to Dr. Mason).
Ow ae ee ee ae SN
Pe |.
ce | ey se a vie
7 | mig 3 ‘
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 9
4. T. Rentrormis, Mig. FJ. Ind. Bat. I/1. 675; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 57.
Has. Andamans, in open places of the forests on Rutland island.
5. T. Bracteata, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 58. (dodecca bracteata, Lamk. Encyl. Meth. IV. 210; DC. Prod. III. 337; 7. palmata, Roxb. FL Ind. ITI. 704; WA. Prod. I. 350; Wight Ill. IJ. t. 104, 105.)
Has. Frequent in all mixed forests, amongst shrubbery and in bushes along rivers, in hedges, &c., also in the savannahs, all over Burma as far down as Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F]. May—Octob. ; Fr. April, May.
6. T. GRANDIBRACTEATA, Kurz MS.
Has. Ava,-along the Irrawaddi northwards from Mandalay ; also Khakyen-hills east of Bhamo.—Fl. July.
7. 'T. corpata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 703.
Has. Not unfrequent in the savannahs and in the savannah-forests along the Sittang in Pegu.—Fl. May, June.
8. 'T. macrostpHon, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 308.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran (Dr. Brandis).
9. T. InNTEGRIFOLIA, (Cucumis integrifolius, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI, 724; Gymnopetalum integrifolium, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871, 58).
Has. Frequent along the banks of rivers and choungs all over Pegu and Martaban ; also Ava.—Fl. Febr.—April ; Fr. May.
Gymnopetalum, Arn. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Hu-Gymnopetalum. Dicecious. Male flowers in long-peduncled ra-
-eemes, destitute of bracts. Fruits not ribbed. Flowers yellow.
Subg. 2. Scotanthus, Naud. Moncecious. Male flowers in bracted racemes. Fruit ribbed. Flowers white. Leaves cordate, 3—5-angular ; female flowers long-peduncled ; fruits ovoid, . G. Cochinchinensis, Leaves palmately and deeply 3—5-lobed, the lobes blunt ; fruits clavate-cylindrical, » G. heterophyliun. 1. G. Cocuincutvense, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. 1871. 57. (Bryonia Oochinchinensis, Lour. Flor. Coch. 595 ; DC. Prod. III. 305; Momordica tubiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 711; Scotanthus tubtflorus, Naud. in Ann, d. se. nat. 4 ser. XVI. 178. t. 3). Has. Not unfrequent in cultivated and rubbishy places in Chitta- gong and Arracan ; Ava; Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. Octob. 2. G. HEeTEROPHYLLUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 326. Haz. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests, espe- cially on damp rocks and tree-stems along choungs, from Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Fr. Febr., March.
100 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
May possibly be an obtuse-lobed and smaller bracted form of G. quin- guelobum, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 681.
Lagenaria, Ser.
*1. L. vutearrs, Ser. in DC. Prod. III. 299; WA. Prod. I. 341; Wight Ill. t. 105/bis £. 7; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 669. (Cucurbita Lagena- via, L. sp. pl. 1434; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 718; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VIII. t. 1. 4. 5; Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. 393. t. 144; Z. cdolatrica, Ser. in DC. 1c. 4 Magi: c.).
Var. a. VULGARIS, all parts softly, but not viscidly, pubescent ; fruits flask-shaped.
Var. £. rwoLtaTRica, (L. zdolatrica, Ser. 1. ¢.), all parts viscid-pubes- cent; fruits pear-shaped.
Haz. Generally cultivated all over Burma, but more copiously in Ava and Prome.—Fl. March; Fr. CS.
Luffa, Cav. Conspectus of Species. * Fruit smooth, at least not muricate or echinate. Fruit terete, or only with obscure darker coloured longitudinal streaks,..Z. cylindrica.
Fruit sharply 10-angullar, ccccceve secv even 000s cece cevccseneees cous ts Neumann * * Fruit echinate or muricate.
Flowers moneecious, yellow, the males and females from the same leaf-axil, very shortly pedicelied '; fruit murieabe,..'..5 anes oagtburestpiatintin's © a0 es, se Celene L. graveolens.
Flowers dicecious, white, the males in racemes, the females solitary ; fruits densely echinate, the bristles spreadingly fibrillose or rarely ciliate, ........ ZL. echinata.
1. L. cyztmoprica, Rem. Syn. Monog. Pep. II. 68; Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XIT. 119 cum. syn. numer. (Alomordica cylindrica, L. sp. pl. 1483; LZ. Petola, and L. Cattu-Picinna, Ser. in DC. Prod. III. 308 ; L. Aegyptiaca, Mill. Dict.; DC. 1.¢c.; Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 316; Z. pen- tandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 712; WA. Prod. I. 348 ; Wight Icon. t. 499 ; L. clavata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 714: ?).
Var. ao. LEIOCARPA, Naud. l.c., flowers smaller; stamens 5; fruits elongate-oblong to clavate-cylindrical, 1—1} ft. long ; seeds pale-coloured or black.
— Var. £. HEDERACEA, (L. hederacea, Wall. MS.), leaves usually small- er, more scabrous; stamens 3; fruits oblong to elliptical, 2—4 in. long, rarely longer ; seeds black. |
Haz. Var. 8. common in all leaf-shedding forests, in the savannahs, in hedges, rubbishy places, village-bushes, &c., all over Burma down to Tenasserim and the Andamans ; var. 8. much scarcer.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr, OS.
The varieties of this species require further investigation.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 101
*2. LL. acuranauna, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II8. 713; DC. Prod. III. 302 ; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 122; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 668. (L. fetida, Cav. Icon. I. 7. t. 9—10; DC. 1. c.; Bot. Mag. t. 1638; Ou- cumis acutangulus, L. sp. pl. 1486; Petola Bengalensis, Rumph. Amb. V. t. 149 ; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VIII. t. 7).
Has. Cultivated by natives in Chittagong.
Luffa amara, Roxb., with oblong fruits only 8—4 inches long and tapering at both ends, is probably only a variety of the above.
3. LL. GRAVEOLENS, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 716; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 124.
Has. In rubbishy places in a village near Chittagong.—F. Fr. Octob.
4. LL. EcHinavTa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 715; Walp. Rep. II. 200 : WA. Prod. I. 348 ; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 128. (Z. Bindaal, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 717 ; Edg. in Linn. Proc. IX. 822 (Z. Bandaal).
Has. Arracan, in hedges and rubbishy places in the Kolodyne valley. —Fl. Fr. Octob.
Dr. Hooker (in FI. trop. Afr. II. 531) states that the flowers in In- dian specimens of this species are always yellow, not white as Roxburgh describes and figures them. ‘The species is common enough in the plains of Northern Bengal but never have I seen the flowers of it other than white.
Benincasa, Savi.
*1, B. cerirera, Savi Mem. sopra Piant. Cucurb. I. 1818. 6. cum icon. ; DC. Prod III. 303; Naud.in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XII. 87: Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 665. Jacq. Hcl. pl. t. 153-54. (Cucurbita Pepo, Lour. Coch. 593; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 718 ; Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. t. 143 ; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VIII. t. 3).
Has. Generally cultivated by the natives—Fl. RS.; Fr. CS.
Momordica, L. Conspectus of Species. * Monecious. Bracts only 2—8 lin. long, at about the middle of the Jiliform peduncle.
Leaves palmately 5-lobed ; calyx-lobes oblong, acute ; bracts entire, at the apex of the peuuncie: fruit. few-seeded, Small, ...ecnvecnssvece cuccanen cess M. Charantia, As preceding, but bracts minutely toothed, below or near the middle of the peduncle ; fruit larger, many-seeded, ....06 seen e cocecce Ble ccisreaves ate asad on M. balsamina. * * Diwcious. Bract of the male (and sometimes of the female) flowers just be»
low the flower and embracing the calyx, $—1 in. long or longer. Leaves 8- to 5-lobed ; calyx-lobes linear, acuminate ; seeds about 3 lin. long, UM. dioica. Leaves cordate, not lobed or only angular; bracts pubescent or velvety ; calyx-lobes oblong, blunt ; seeds about 3 lin, long, ....+. csssecve sesnvese ce M, subangulata. Leaves 8- rarely 5-lobed, with the lobes acuminate ; bracts often hirsute ; calyx-lobes oblong, acuminate ; seeds about an inch long, wesers esses ee LL, Cochinchinensis.
102 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
*]. M. Cuarantta, L. sp. pl. 1483; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 707; DC. Prod. III. 811; Bot. Mag. t. 2455; Fl. d. serr. t. 1047; WA. Prod. I. 348 ; Wight Icon. t. 504; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 131; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 663. (IZ. muricata, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 602; Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 707; WA. Prod. I. 348; Mig. 1.c¢.; J. Senegalensis, Lamk. Encycl. IV. 239; DC. 1. ¢. ; Cucumis Africanus, Ldl. Bot. Reg. XII. t. 980 ; Amara Indica, Rump. Herb. Amb. V. t. 151; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VIII. t. 9—19.).
Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, and frequently seen like wild in deserted toungyas and gardens, in rubbishy places around villages, &e.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.
2. M. prorca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 709; DC. Prod. ITI. 312; WA. Prod. I. 349; Wight Icon. t. 505—506; Dene. in Jacq. Voy. IV. 60. t. 71.; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 183.
Haz. Burma (according to Rev. Dr. Mason).
3. M. supanevxata, Bl. Bydr. 928; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 664.
Has. Chittagong (H. Bruce); Pegu and Prome (Wall. Cat. 6743). —F. Sept.
4. M. CocHINcHINENSIS, Spreng. Syst. Veg. III. 14. (Muricia Co- chinchinensis, Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 7382; DC. Prod. III. 318; JL. mizta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 709; WA. Prod. III. 349; Bot. Mag. t. 5145; Fl. d. serr. XIV. t. 1478; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 182; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 664 ; Zucea Commersiana, Ser. in DC. 1. ec. 819).
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs, of the eastern and southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban to Tenasserim.—F]. Jan.—March.
Thladiantha, Bunge.
1. T. pusra, Bung. Enum. Pl. Chin. Bor. 29; Walp. Rep. V. 768; Naud, in Ann. d. sc. nat, 4 ser. XIT. 150; Bot. Mag, t. 5469. (¢ Gymnope- talum Horsfieldit, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 680.) ;
Has. Frequent along banks of choungs, especially along the borders of hill-toungyas and savannahs, of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. March, April.
Cucumis, L. Conspectus of Species. x Flowers on slender pedicels, several together in the axils of the leaves. Ovary muricate, spindle-shaped ; male flowers by 3—6, females solitary, ....C. sativus. Ovary densely villous or pubescent, usually oblong or elliptical; male and female flowere ustially maimed. 56 2054's 5 0 0's'shss TERE. cic C. Melo. x x Flowers all singly from the leaf-axils, on stiff, rather short peduncles. Flowers inconspicuous, i 2 2 2 rr. trigonus.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 103
*1. C. sativus, L. sp. pl. 1487 ; DC. Prod. III. 8300; Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XI. 27 ; Roxb. FJ. Ind. III. 720.—(C. Momordica, Roxb. le. ; OC. sativus var. Sikkimensis, Hf. Bot. Mag. t. 6206 ?)
Has. Much cultivated, especially in the plains—FI. Jan.
2. C. Mero, L. sp. pl 1486; DC. Prod. III. 300; WA. Prod. I. 3841; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 720; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XI. 34. ¢. syn. plurimis. (C. deliciosus, Roth; C. Conomon, Thbg. ; C. fleawosus, L. ; C. Chate, L. and OC. Dudaim, L. Andy. Repos. VIII. t. 548, ap. Sering. in DC. Prod. 1. c¢. ; C. utilisstmus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III..321; WA. Prod. I. 342 ; C. cicatrisatus, Stocks in Hook. Kew Gard. Mise. IV. 148; Walp. Ann. IV. 864).
Var. a. PUBESCENS (CO. pubescens, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 614; Wight Icon. t. 496 ; WA. Prod. I. 342 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 723; DC. Prod. III. 301; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. I. 220. t. 47. f.1; C. Melo agrestis, Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XI. 73; C. trigonus, Bth. Fl. Austr. III. 317, vix. Roxb. ; C. Maderaspatanus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 723, non L.; C. turbina- tus, Roxb. 1. ¢. P, lobis calycinis subulatis et tubo supra ovario valde con- stricto insignis), all parts much smaller; fruits only as large as a plum, from oblong to turbinate, not edible ; flowers smaller and shorter pedicelled, usually only by 2—8 in the leaf-axils.—Considered by Naudin to be the wild stock of the cultivated melons.
Var. £8. cunTa (cf. syn. sub specie citat. et var. numerosissime ap. Naud. 1. c.), all parts more robust ; fruits larger and often very large, vari- ously shaped ; flowers nearly an inch across, on long filiform pedicels, usual- ly by 3—5 from the leaf-axils.
Has. Var. a. not unfrequent along banks of rivers, in uncultivated and rubbishy places, etc., all over Ava, Chittagong and Pegu; var. f. gener- ally cultivated in several varieties.—Fl. H. & R. 8S; Fr. DS.
Citrullus, Schrad.
*{. ©. vunGaRIs, Schrad. in Linnea XII. 412; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4. ser. XII. 100 cum syn. numerosis. (Cucurbita Oitrullus, L. sp. pl. 1485 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 719; WA. Prod. I. 851 ; Cucumis Citrullus, Ser. in DC. Prod. III. 801; C. jfistwlosus, Stocks in Hook. Journ. Kew. Gard. Mise. III. 74. t.3; Walp. Ann. IV. 863 ; Anguria Indica, Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. t. 146).
Has. Much cultivated all over the country.—Fl. Jan., Febr. ; Fr. HS.
Cephalandra, Schrad.
1. ©. eranpis (Bryonia grandis, L. Mant, 126; DC. Prod. ITI. 305 ; Momordica monadelpha, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 708; Coceima Indica, WA. Prod. I. 347; Wight Ill. II. t. L05 ; Dene. in Jacq. Voy. IV. 60. t. 72 ; Hook. Icon. t. 188).
104 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Frequent in hedges, village-bushes, along river-banks and in rubbishy places, all over Ava, Chittagong, Arracan, and Pegu.—F 1. Sept., Aug.
Cucurbita, L Conspectus of Species. x Calyx-lobes subulate.
Leaves not deeply lobed ; petiole scarcely bk PRTC eee
Leaves deeply lobed ; petiole prickly, ....sccrsssevecvcevesevvnsceue caspian Oseemen x x Calyx-lobes leafy.
Leaves more or less lobed ; petiole scarcely prickly, ....eeeseeeevecese C. moschata.
*1. C. moscHata, Duch. Dict. d. se. nat. XI. 284; DC. Prod. IIT. 317; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. VI. 47. (C0. maxima, WA. Prod. I. 351; Wight Icon. t. 507, non Duch. ; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VIII. t. 2).
Haz. Cultivated in Chittagong, Pegu, and probably elsewhere.—FI. Fr. April, May.
Bryonia, L. cB B. LACINIOSA, L. Mant. 498; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 728; DC. Prod. III. 308 ; WA. Prod. I. 345 ; Wight Icon. t. 500; Planch. Fl. d. serr. 2 ser. II. 39. t. 1202; Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XII. 189. Has. Not uncommon in hedges and in rubbishy places near villages of Prome and Chittagong.—Fl. Octob. ; Fr. March.
Muckia, Arn.
1. M. Maperaspatana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871, 58. (Cucumis maderaspatanus, L. sp. pl. 1488, non Roxb. ; JL scabrella, Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. III. 276; Wight Ill. II..t. 105* ; Walp. Rep. I. 199 ; Naud. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XII. 142; Bryonia scabrella, L. f. Suppl. 424; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 724; Wight Icon. t. 501).
Var. a. SCABRELLA, leaves broadly triangular to ovate in outline, deeply sinuate-cordate at the base, 3—5-lobed or -angular, the lobes acute or blunt; berries often 4—6 lin. thick.
Var. £. GRACILIS, (Bryonia gracilis, Wall. Cat. 6714), leaves not lobed nor angular, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, almost hastate-cordate at the hase ; berries usually only 83—4 lin. thick.
Haz. Both varieties frequent in hedges, bushes, &c., in deserted toun- gyas, along river-banks, &c., all over Burma; var. 8. more especially in the savannahs of the plains. _Fi, Fr, CS.
Zehneria, Endl. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Karivia, Arn. Berry large, nearly 2 in, long; seeds numerous, almost globular.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 105
Leaves polymorphic, almost chartaccous, glabrous, ....++eeseeees sees Z wnbellata. Subg. 2. Zehneria, Endl. Berry small, globdse. Seeds few, compressed-oblong. Leaves herbaceous, flaccid, cordate, repand-toothed, ........eese eevee Z. Hookeriana.
1. Z. umBetnaTa, Thw. in Ceyl. Pl. 125. (Bryonia umbellata, Klein in Willd. sp. pl. III. 618; WA. Prod. I. 345 ; Momordica umbella- ta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 710; Karivia wmbellata, Arn. in Hook, Journ. Bot, III. 275; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 661).
Has. Common, not only in cultivated lands, in bushes, hedges, &c., in and around villages, but still more so in the mixed forests and savannahs, all over Burma, up to 3000 ft. elevation.—Fl. H. and RS.; Fr. CS.
2. Z. Hooxertana, WA. in Hook. Journ. Bot. III. (Bryonia Hoo- keriana, WA. Prod. I. 345 ; Wight Ill. t. 105).
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills.—Fr. May.
Melothria, L 1. -M. Inprca, Lour. Fl. Coch. I. 48; DC. Prod. III. 313; Naud. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XVI. 169. t. 2. (Bryonia tenella, Roxb, Fl. Ind. III. 725; Aechmandra Indica, Arn. in Hook. Journ. of Bot. III. 274; Cucumis murinus viridis, Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. t. 171. f. 2 ?). Has. In hedges near Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. Octob.
Rhynchocarpa, Schrad. Conspectus of Species.
All parts more or less pubescent; leaves cordate with rounded basal lobes; berry
REM URSLCY 5's (osiaw'd eels Viola oe ales eels Ae dee we A I ae ae si shetel Mesias R. rostrata. Leaves deltoid with spreading acute basal lobes, rough above; berries smooth and glabrous, eoee seve eee @ see e eo ee Bee e Pees Boe e OH ee soe Cree e re eevee ve R. deltoided.
1. R. rostrata, (Bryonia rostrata, Rottl. Nov. Act. Berol. IV. 212; DC. Prod. III. 304; WA. Prod. I. 846; Bryonia pilosa, Roxb. FI. ind. LET ..726).
Has. Ava, Irawaddi valley near Pagha myo (Wall. Cat. 6713).—FI. Sept.
2. R.? pettTormEA, Kurz MS.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, in Attaran (Dr. Brandis) ; Pegu and Prome Irrawaddi valley. —Fl. Fr. Sept., Octob.
Gomphogyne, Griff. Conspectus of Species.
Capsule club-shaped, rather narrow ; seeds usually 4, about a line long, rounded, ob-
scurely tubercled-wrinkled,.......0.... ccedece ceaverss Gs heteraspermas ' Capsule broadly turbinate: seeds rast 2, shied 3 tik long, oblong-4-angular, rough ERM UORGIO WATETNG 5 fe. west s savas. sees Cesid ee eelsiae eae oes oben G: cissoides.
1. G. HETEROSPERMA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 58. (Zanonia heterosperma, Wall. Cat. ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 683 ; Alsomé- tra heterosperma, Roem. Syn. eae EL. 358):
14
106 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Haz. Ava, on Taong dong (Wall.).—Fr. Nov.
A simple-leaved species of Actinostemma, or more probably Gomphostem- ga, is not unfreqnent along choungs in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, especially at the head-waters of the Swa-choung, but I did not succeed in finding either flower or fruit of it.
Alsomitra, Roem. 1. A. SARCOPHYLLA, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. I. 840; Bot. Mag. t. 6017. (Zanonia sarcophylla, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 28. t. 138). Haz. Not unfrequent in waste places, light jungle, on limestone rocks, &c., of Ava from Mandalay as far south as Prome.—Fl. Sept. ; Fr. Octob.
BEGONIACE AK. Begonia, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Casparea, DC. Capsule fleshy and berry-like, dehiscing on the angles or broad thick wings. 1 A robust rather glabrous branched herb ; styles 4 ; berry 4-celled and 4-cornered, the angles produced into as many horn-like appendages, ...... weoees B. Rowburghit. Subg. 2. Begonia, DC. Capsules dry, dehiscing in a semi-circular line along their sides near the wings or angles.
* Styles 2, each branch 2-cleft or variously dilated or branched ; capsule 2-celled. Placentas 2-parted, 7. e. consisting of 2 longitudinal ovule- or seed-bearing blades.
x Stamens free. Capsule unequally 3-winged, the 2 lateral wings often reduced to a membranous rib. A robust branched herb, softly paleaceous-pilose ; leaves long-petioled, lobed, .. B. laciniata. As preceding but more slender and quite glabrous,........ ve ccccvccc ce De Megaptera. Robust rather simple herb, softly palaccous-pilose ; leaves long-petioled, not lobed ; petals pale rose-coloured, only about 4 in. long; capsules stuppose-hirsute, the lower wing broad and rounded, % in. long,.......0ssecee sesece ee LB. nemophila. As preceding but more glabrous; flowers larger; capsules glaucous-green, glabrous, .. B. barbata. x x Stamens monadelphous. + Male perianth 5-lobed, the female one 5—6-lobed. Capsule une- qually 3-winged, + Inflorescence axillary or arising from the base of the leaf, or prolific from an axillary bud. . { Not prolific. Leaves alternate or whorled, rarely reduced to a single one. Flowers small, white. O Glabrous. ; Leaves alternate, the petioles 1—2 lin. long, ....+. cess cecceese sees ved. procridifolia. Leaves whorled, longer petioled,.....s00 srevee sevvee cocvccee seecsecedDe VErticilatt. O O Stems-and petioles pubescent.
~~ oe
Ee Ne ee eee Se Oe gee ae eee
= Pe oe a ee
1877.) Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 107
Inflorescence glabrous ; leaves alternate, long-petioled, sparingly and minutely hirsute BEREON Nee WU wire h Kise RA ae ES o Wielite CN Cre wel eens teen ue vegan . B. Martabanica, Tt Prolific, with a solitary radical or a few alternato leaves. Flowers small, white. More or less stellate-velvety ; inflorescence glabrous ; leaves alternate or rarely solitary, . BD. sinuatas Glabrous ; leaf solitary, from the base of which 2 or more flowering peduncles arise, . B. prolifera. Stems etc. and the conspicuously bracted inflorescence paleaccous-pilose, the indumen- tum often intermixed with soft gland-hairs, .........+. o bees cccven ee De Paledcet. + t Leaves and inflorescence radical. Leaves contracted into a petiole 2—-3 lin. long, ciliate, hispid above ; flowers nearly an in. in diameter, white, ......00 sescees Rea mUae teks Luate ose Meg 6 a . B. nivea. + + Perianth of both sexes 2-sepalled, apetalous. Very tender herb ; leaves alternate, minutely and sparingly pilose above ; flowers ETS Canis’ <'s 0/6 6 693 Wedvec eit wate ale plac ni estetn oily eialal@ tania ks . B. flaccidissima. * * Styles 3, free or connate. Capsule 3- celled and 3-winged. x Placentas entire and simple. Glabrous, the inflorescence radical or nearly so; leaves radical, deeply lobed ; perianth 2-sepalled, apetalous,......... Cae eon COE A OEE ee Te x x Placentas 2-cleft. + Caulescent herbs, with alternate cauline leaves. All parts (also the inflorescence) glabrous; capsule 3 lin. long, the wings truncate at the apex ; stamens monadelphous, 1.2. ...0 sees seeee cee ccccccee D. parvulifiora. Leaves sparingly and minutely bristly and glossy above, in other respects very similar to the preceding ; capsule 4 in. long; stamens free, the anthers mucronulate ; SEEM Ua ce eating sah a ce broad eetaae Os as RI I Ne a RR . B. modestifiora. Like preceding, but leaves opaque and more slog ; stamens monadelphous, the anthers terminated by the broad truncate connective ; styles united up to the middle, . 2D. seutata. Leaves minutely and sparingly pilose; inflorescence glandular-puberulous ; stamens monadelphous ; capsule-wings half-sagittate, produced into blunt basal lobes, . B. surculigera. + + Scapigerous herbs, the leaves and inflorescences radical and usually solitary. Leaves very long-petioled, peltate at the base, papillose-dotted and glabrous, .B. subperfoliatae [aa very long-petioled, cordate (not peltate), papillose and saaateste pilose above ; SPRINGS INES) weanacce centcsele cecvie cess cavecs eeven o ccee coccvceg: De VElUtint
1. B. Roxsureur, DC. Prod. XV/1. 898 (Casparya oligocarpa, DC. 1. c. 276; B. Malabarica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 648 ; Casparea polycarpa, DC. Prod. 1. ¢. 277).
Has. Chittagong.
2. B. wactyiata, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 649 ; Bot. Mag. t. 5021; DC. Prod. XV/1. 347.
Has. Along rivulets of the damp hill-forésts of the Martaban hills
east of Tounghoo, at 6—7000 ft. elevation. Fr. March.
108 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
3. B. mecaprera, A. DC. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XI. 184; and Prod. XV/1. 348.
Haz. Martaban hills (Nattoung) east of Tounghoo (Revd. Mason).
4, B. NEMOPHILA, Kurz MS.
Has. Not unfrequent in the damp hill-forests, especially along rocky streamlets, of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 8000 to 4000 ft- elevation.— FI. Fr. March.
5. B. PROCRIDIFOLIA, Wall. Cat. 6292; DC. Prod. XV/1. 352.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).—FI. Fr. Aug. |
6. B. verriciitata, Hook. Icon. Pl. t. 811 ; DC. Prod. XV/1. 353.
Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein hills (Lobb, Parish).
7. B. Marrapanica, A. DC. in Ann. d. sc. nat. 4 ser. XI. 186 and Prod. XV/1. 354.
Has. Tenasserim (Lobb, Helfer).
8. B. smnvata, Wall. Cat. 3680; Meisn. in Linn. 1838. Litt. 15: de prolif. ; DC. Prod. XV/1. 854. (Diploclinium biloculare, Wight Icon. t. 1840; B. Andamanensis, Parish MS. in Kurz And, Rep. p. 15).
Has. ‘Tenasserim frequent from Moulmein down to Mergui; also on the Andamans.—FI. Fr. June, July.
9. B. proitirera, A. DC. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XI.1385 and Prod. XV/1. 353.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Parish, Lobb).
10. B. paneacra, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 60.
Haz. Upper Tenasserim, by the sides of hill-streams.—Fl. Fr. June— Aug.
11. JB. nrvea, Parish in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 81.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Parish).
12. B. Fuaccrpisstma, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 308.
Has. Martaban, on Zwakabin, a lime-stone hill north of Moulmein. (Parish).—Fl. Octob.
13. B. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 58.
Has. Tenasserim, Attaran (Dr. Brandis).
14. B. parvuuirtora, A. DC. Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. XI. 186 and Prod. XV/1. 355.
Has. Upper Tenasserim (Lobb).
15. B. mopustirtors, Kurz in Jonrn. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 59.
Has. On sandstone-rocks in the bed of hill-streams on Baronga island opposite Akyab, Arracan, up to 1000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Sept., Oct.
16. B. scurata, Wall. Cat. 3686 ; DC. Prod. XV/1. 328. (B. dioica, Don. Prod. Nep. 223 ?).
Has. Ava, near Bhamo, and most probably elsewhere.—Fl. Fr. Sept.
17. 3B. suncuLicerA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 59.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 109
Has. Arracan, frequent on moist mossy sandstone-rocks in the tro- pical forests of the Akyab district.—Fl. Fr. Octob.
18. B. supprrroriata, Parish in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 81.
Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein District. (Revd. Parish).
19. B. venurrna, Parish in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 81.
Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein District (Parish, Stoliczka).
Habit of B. subpeltata, Wight, but differs in the 2-lamellate placen- tas.
DATISCACELL. Tetrameles, R. Br.
i. T. noprerora, R. Br. in Horsf. Pl. Jav. rar. 79. t. 17; DC. Prod. XV/1. 411; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 212. (2. Grahamiana, Wight Icon. t. 1956).
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves more or less pubescent beneath.
Var. £. GuABRA, leaves glabrous.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests and along choungs in the upper mixed forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans ; var. 2. on the Andamans.—Fl. HS. Fr. Begin of RS.
The open ovary, the parietal placentation, and the habit generally (especially of Datisca) point to Resedacee.
CACTEZ. Opuntia, Mill.
*]. O. Dittentr, Haw. in DC. Prod. ITI. 472; WA. Prod. I. 368 ; Wight Ill. II. t. 114. (Cactus Dillenii, Bot. Reg. t. 255 ; Cactus Indicus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 475).
Has. Cultivated in the drier districts of Burma, as in Prome.
FICOIDEA.
Conspectus of Species.
Trib. I. AIZOIDEZ. Calyx free but with a distinct turbinate tube bearing the stamens at or below the summit. Fruit acapsule. (Capsule circwmsciss. Leaves oppo- site.)
Szsuvium. Stamens 5 to many. Ovary 3—6-celled, with axillary many-ovuled placentas.
TrrantuEMa. Stamens 5 or10, or many. Ovary 1—2-celled, with basilar 1- more-ovuled placentas.
Trib. II, MOLLUGINEZ. Calyx free, divided to the base or nearly so. Petals 3—65, or none. Stamens hypogynous or almost perigynous. Fruit a capsule or’ divid- ed into 2—3 cocci.
* Fruit a capsule, Leaves usually with stipules.
Moxuveo. Petals 3—5, or none. Ovary 3—5-celled, with many ovules in each cell, Leaves usually spuriously whorled.
* * Fruit 2—8-coccous, the cocci 1-seeded. Leaves without stipules.
110 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2B
Gisrx1A. Petals none. Carpels 3—4, free. Utricules 5—3. Leaves opposite or spuriously whorled.
Sesuvium, L. 1. §S. Porrunacastrum, L. sp. pl. 446; DC. Prod. III. 453 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 509. Has. Not unfrequent on mud banks of tidal channels and in the tidal jungles of lower Pegu and Tenasserim ; also on the Andamans.—FI. May—June.
Trianthema, L. Conspectus of Species. * Ovary and capsule 2-celled ; styles 2. Flowers clustered ; stamens 10 or 11; ovary 4-ovuled,.. sscsseee seveseve Le MECONM Me Flowers clustered ; stamens 5 ; ovary 4-ovuled,....00 ccevee cece sesevvee Le pentandra. * * Ovary and capsule 1-celled ; style 1. Leaves obovate, rather large, glabrous or slightly pubescent ; flowers solitary ; ovary many-ovuled ; stamens about 15 ; style long, ...... ssee ceceee eevees Le 0bcordata.
Leaves linear, small, covered with crystalline dots; stamens 5; style short, simple, .. I. erystallina,
1. T. pEcanDRA, L. Mant. 70; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 444; WA. Prod. I. 355 ; Wight Icon. t. 296.
Hap. Ava, on the banks of the Irrawaddi.—Fl. Fr. Jan.
2. T. opcorpata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 445 ; WA. Prod. I. 355 ; Wight Icon. t. 288.
Has. Arracan, in rubbishy places near Akyab.
Requires comparison with Trianthema monogyna, L.
3. ‘T. crysTanuina, Vhl. Symb. I. 32; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 444; WA. Prod. I. 355 ; Edg. in Linn. Journ. VI. 208.
Has. sas on sand-banks of the Irrawaddi, as near Yenangchoung (Wall.).—F I. Sept.
Mollugo, L Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Glinus, L. Seed with a strophiole dilated into a small arillus. Softly pubescent or tomentose ; flowers rather large, in paaallaxy clusters ; stamens about
10—14, e@eeeee eeeeoeeeeteteee @ eee eeeeeeceeweeee eee eeeeeeeee 8 e & e.8 ._M. Glinus. Glabrous or slightly pubescent ; flowers rather small, on long slenaen padiecel form- ing axillary clusters; stamens fewer than 10; . ....65 ececeecs sevees UM Spergula.
Subg. 2. Mollugo, L. Seeds without a strophiole. Glabrous, the stems angular ; flowers minute, on capillary pedicels, ting cymes, . UU. stricta. 1. M. Gurnvs, A. Rich. Fl. Abyss. I. 48. (Glinus lototden L. sp. ph 663 ; DC. Prod. III. 455 ; WA. Prod. I. 862 ; Fenzl Monogr. Mollug. 357 ;
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 111
Sibth. Fl. Graec. t. 472; ZLryphera “ii ata, Bl. Bydr. 549; DC. Prod. XIII/2. 424).
Var. a. LOTOIDES, (Glinus lotoides, Ll. 1. c.; MW. Glinus a. eandida, Fenzl. Monogr. Monog. Mollug. 858), branches often white-tomentose ; flowers sessile or nearly so.
Var. £. DIcTAMNOIDES, (Glinus dictamnoides, lL. Mant. 243; DC. Prod. III. 455; WA. Prod. I. 862 ; Pharnacewm pentagynum, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 103), leaves pubescent but greenish ; flowers usually pedicelled.
Has. Var. a. common in fallow-fields, along river-banks, in rub- bishy places, etc. all over Pegu, especially in the cultivated plains ; also Ava.—Fl. May, June.
2. M. Sprrereuna, L. sp. pl. 181; DC. Prod. I. 391; WA. Prod. I. 44. (M. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 860; I. parviflora, Ser. ap. DC. Prod. I. 391; Glinus Mollugo, Fenzl Monog. Mollug. 359; <Alsine erecta Burm. Zeyl. 13. t. 7; Pharnaceum Mollugo, L., Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 102).
Haz. Frequent in’* fallow-fields, along road-sides and river-banks, in rubbishy places, etc. all over Burma, especially the cultivated plains, ascen- ding up to 4500 ft. elevation into the hill-toungyas of Martaban.—Fl. HS.
3. M.srrrota, L. sp. pl. 181; DC. Prod. I. 391; Fenzl Monogr. Mollug. 380; Walp. Rep. II. 241 ; WA. Prod. I. 44,
Var. a. srricta (I. stricta, L. 1. ¢.), leaves rather thin and green, linear-lanceolate, usually acuminate at both ends.
Var. §. PENTAPHYLLA, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 23. (CZ, pentaphylia, L. sp. pl. 181; DC. Prod. I. 391; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 859; WA. Prod. I. 44 ; Fenzl Monogr. Mollug. 381; J. triphylla, Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 79 ; DC. Prod. I. 892 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 860; WA. Prod. I. 44).
Has. Var. @. not uncommon in toungyas and native gardens of Mar- taban and Pegu, and most probably elsewhere.—Fr. May.
Gisekia, L 1. G. pHARNACEOIDES, L. Mant. 2. app. 562 ; Roxb. Corom. Pl. IT.
t. 183; DC. Prod. XIJI/2. 27 ; Wight Icon. t. 1167. Has. Ava, near Yenang choung, road to the Petroleum-wells. (Wall.).
UMBELLIFERZ. Conspectus of Species.
* Umbels simple or irregularly (very rarely regularly) compound. No vitte in the furrows of the mericarp.
Trib. 1. HYDROCOTYLEZ. Fruits laterally compressed, the mericarps rounded or acute on the back (not sharply angular).
Hyprocotyitz. Fruits much compressed. Calyx-teeth minute or obsolete. Petals concave, valvate or imbricate. Umbels simple. Creeping herbs with simple leaves.
Trib. 2. SANICULEH. Mericarps almost terete or laterally compressed, the commissure broad, Calyx-teeth or lobes usually conspicuous.
112 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
SanrcuLta. Mericarps echinate from bristles which are often hooked. Flowers pedicelled, polygamous. Bractssmall. Umbels very small, usually panicled. Leaves dissected, toothed.
* * Umbels regularly compound.
x Primary ribs of the mericarp more or less conspicuous, secondary ones none. Vittz in the furrows usually conspicuous or obscure, very rarely none.
Trib. 8. AMMINEZ. Fruits laterally compressed, or narrowed or sulcate on both sides of the commissure.
* Seeds with a convex or almost flat face.
x Leaves simple. Flowers yellow.
BurLtevruM. Umbels compound or rarely the flowers in heads. Calyx-teeth obsolete. Disk-lobes almost flat. Leaves entire, flat.
x x Leaves variously compound. Flowers usually white, rarely yellow. - Aptum. Carpophore simple or 2-cleft at the apex. Fruit didymous or ovate, the mericarps almost straight. Petals entire, blunt or acute.
Carum. Carpophore 2-cleft or 2-parted. Fruit ovate or oblong, the ib rather prominent. Involucre-bracts few and small, or none. Petals notched or 2-lobed. Calyx-teeth obsolete or slightly prominent. Disk-lobes conical, or the disk convex.
PimpiIneLia. Carpophore 2-cleft or 2-parted. Ribs of the mericarps narrow, the vittze numerous, conspicuous or very thin. Involucre-bracts few and small, or none, very rarely numerous. Petals white or yellow. Disk-lobes thick, cushion-like or coni- cal. Calyx-teeth obsolete or very rarely small. .
Trib. 4. SESELINEZA. Fruits transversely terete or compressed from the back, the commissure broad, the lateral ribs either distinct, or united to the nerve-like or corky-thickened margin which is not dilated.
* Fruit transversely sub-terete or more or less compressed from the back, the pri- mary ribs not winged, ;
x Primary ribs of the mericarps almost equal, not winged.
Fanicutum. Fruits not beaked, the primary ribs thin or thick but not corky, the secondary ones wanting. Calyx-teeth obsolete. Petals entire, yellow.
x x Lateral ribs of the mericarps not winged, confluent with the thick, often corky margin, entire after the dehiscence. Vitte solitary in the furrows. ;
OENANTHE. Petals notched or 2-lobed. Carpophore absent. All ribs of the meri- carps very blunt and almost corky. Leaves usually pinnate or dissected. Umbels compound.
* * Fruits compressed from the back or almost terete, all the primary ribs, or only the keeled ones, more or less expanded into thick wings, the wings. equal, or the lateral ones broader.
Setinum. Fruits ovate, somewhat compressed from the back, the ribs equally winged or the lateral ones broader. Disk-lobes conical or depressed. Flowers whjte or yellowish green.
Trib. 5. PEUCEDANEZ. Fruit much compressed from the back, the lateral ribs dilated into wing-like or broadly swollen margins, remaining entire after the dehis- cence.
PrucEDANUM. Mericarps more or less convex on the middle, (rarely nearly flat) the margins rather thick and sharp, or broadly winged, vittz solitary in the furrows
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 113
and conspicuous, or rarely by 2—8 and obsolete, reaching the base of the fruit or some- times shorter.
Heracteum. Petals often radiate. Mericarps flat-compressed or hardly convex at the middle, the margins wing-like ; vitte solitary or rarely by twos in the furrows, often clavate, reaching the base of the fruit or more usually shorter.
x x Secondary ribs of the mericarps filiform, somewhat prominent or winged, rarely all the ribs more or less inconspicuous ; vitte in the furrows or below the secondary ribs conspicuous or obsolete.
Trib. 6. CAUCALINE. Fruit almost terete or slightly compressed from the sides, or more so from the back, not winged, or rarely the primary ribs expanded into deeply lobed wings or divided into spines.
* Mericarps glabrous, the ribs blunt, smooth or wrinkled.
Cortanprum. Fruits almost globose, the broad very blunt secondary ribs hardly prominent. Involucre none.
* * Mericarps hirsute, bristly or aculeate.
Daucus. Seed with rather flat face. Involucre-bracts usually dissected.
Cavcais. Seed deeply suleate or involute on the face. Involucre-bracts linear or none.
Hydrocotyle, L. Conspectus of Species. * Leaves entire or crenate. Umbels bracted. ; Flowers by 3—4 in the head, sessile ; fruits nearly 2 lin. in diameter, each mericarp with 2 hardly prominent ribs, .... 0.0. wese ees Giivoely wie aside wa cen cain! Lhe ormrnems * * Leaves more or less lobed, the lobes acute or blunt, erenate or serrate. Umbels without bracts. x Peduncles and petioles more or less puberulous. Flowers numerous, almost sessile or very shortly pedicelled, forming rather crowded terminal head-like umbels, the lower ones solitary and axillary, .... H. Javanica. x x All parts quite glabrous. Flowers on slender pedicels, forming slender solitary umbels in the axils of the leaves, .. H. Birmanica.
1. H. Astatica, L. sp. pl. 284; DC. Prod. IV. 62; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 682; Wight Icon. t. 565. (A. cordifolia, Hf. in Hook. Icon. pl. t. 303).
Has. Rather frequent in grass-land, especially along river-sides, in cultivated lands chiefly, all over Pegu and Martaban, up to 2500 ft. eleva- tion, and no doubt all over the country ; Andamans introduced, and now much spread.—Fr. Febr.
2. H. Javanica, Thunb. Diss. IT. 415. t. 3; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 734, (H. Nepalensis, Hook. Exot. Bot. I. t. 830; H. polycephala, WA. Prod. I. 866 ; Wight Icon. t. 1003).
Has. In the betelnut-plantations of the Martaban hills east of Toun- shoo, up to 3000—4000 ft. elevation.
3. H. Brrmantca, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 60.
Haz. Upper Tenasserim, Daunat toung, 3000 ft. (Dr. Brandis) ; Thounggyeen, at 5000 ft. elevation (Revd. Parish).
15
114 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Sanicula, L.
1. S. Evropma, L. sp. pl. 389; DC. Prod. IV. 84; Fl. Dan. ILI. t, 283; Engl. Bot. II. t. 98. Rehb. Flor. Germ. XXI. t. 1847. (8. montana, Reinw. in Bl. Bydr. 832; DC. Prod. IV. 85; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. 1/1. 736; 8S. Javanica, Bl. Bydr. 852; DC. Prod. IV. 85; S. elata, Ham. in Don. Prod. Nep. 183, Wight nea t. 1004 and 334 van Spicil. ee t. 79 and Jllustr. t. 117 ; DC. Prod. IV. 85).
Has. Ava, Khekyen hills (J. Anderson).—FI. April.
Bupleurum, L. 1. B. renve, Don. Prod. Nep. 182 ; DC. Prod. IV. 128. Has. Along grassy outskirts of the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, as on Nattoung at about 7000 ft. elevation.—Fr. Febr.
Apium, L. *1], A. GRAVEOLENS, L. sp. pl. 379; DC. Prod. IV. 101; Engl. Bot. t. 1210. Has. Only cultivated in gardens of the drier districts chiefly, as Prome and Ava.—Fl. HS.
Carum, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Fruits glabrous.
Flowers yellowish or greenish yellow, ...... oe cece eens wees sevseeee OC. Petroselinum.
Flowers white ; calyx-teeth obsolete ; fruits oblong,.... 1... cesees eoceveve C. Carvi. * * Fruits hirsute or puberulous. Flowers white.
Leaves ternati-sect, lobes of the segments oblong-linear, ......6. C. Roxburghianum.
Leaves pinnately decompound, the lobes of the segments setaceous,...... C. Copticum.
*1, OC. Perrosretinum, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. 1.891. (Petroseli- mun sativum, Hoffm. Umb. I. 78; DC. Prod. IV. 102; Hayne Arzney Gew. 7. t. 28).
Haz. Only cultivated in gardens of Europeans, chiefly in the drier districts.
2. CO. Roxpureuianum, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. I. 891. (Apium involucratum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 97; Pémpinella imvolucrata, WA. ; Wight Icon. t. 567).
Var. oa. GENUINA, all parts minutely puberulous ; fruits greyish hir- sute.
Var. £. GLABRIUSCULA, all parts less puberulous or almost glabrous ; fruits slightly puberulous. |
Haz. Much cultivated all over the country up to 2000 ft. elevation, and not unfrequently springing up in recently deserted toungyas; var. B. near Prome (Wall.) ; central parts of the Pegu Yomah, Zamayee (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. Fr. CS.
a ae
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 115
N. B. Carwm Carvi, L., and C. Copticwm, Bth. and Hf. (Ptychotis Ajowan, DC.), are numerated by Rev. Mason in his list of Burmese plants as introduced.
Pimpinella, L. Slender almost glabrous annual ; peduncles filiform; umbels without bracts, «- LP. Heyneana. Robust pubescent herb ; peduncles stout; involucral bracts linear, $—% as long as the peduncles, «+ PB. Parishiana.
1. P. Heyneana, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. I. 894. (Helosciadium ? Heyneanum, DC. Prod. IV. 106; Anethum trifoliatum, Roxb. F). Ind. IT. 96).
Hap. Locally but socially in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—Fr. Nov., Dec.
2. P. Parisutana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 309.
Has. Martaban, on the Zwakabin (Rev. Parish, No. 815).
Habit of P. diversifolia.
Foeniculum, Ad.
*1. F. vuneare, Gertn. Fruct. I. 105; DC. Prod. IV. 142; Wight Icon. t. 515. (Anethum Feeniculum, L. sp. pl. 722 ; Engl. Bot. t. 1208).
Has. Cultivated in native gardens and fields, especially in the Prome District. |
Ginanthe, L. Conspectus of Species.
Leaves pinnately decompound; umbels on short leaf-opposed peduncles or almost SP Ts cael ehccne ws Lee aha nn he Pane NUe WY coaukatess setaces 6 G. Benghalense.
Leaves pinnate (rarely bipinnate) ; umbels on very long peduncles, ....@. stolonifera,
1. Or. stotoniFEeRA, DC. Prod. IV. 1388; Wight Icon. t. 571. (Phellandrium stoloniferum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 938).
Has. In swamps and in and around stagnant waters of the alluvial plains of Pegu, here and there, as in the ditches round the fort of Toun- ghoo ; about Rangoon, &c.—Fl. May.
Selinum, L.
2. 5. op. ?
A species apparently of this genus is not unfrequent on the hill-pas- tures of the Martaban hills east of 'Tounghoo, above 6000 ft. elevation, but the plants (like those of 2 or 3 other umbelliferous plants which grew in company with it) were too much dried up to permit of identification,
Peucedanum, L. Conspectus of Species. — Glabrous, glaucous; leaves pinnately decompound, the lobes filiform,...... P. Sowa,
Leaves pinnate, the leaflets puberulous beneath, broadly oblong, serrate, often lobed, . os L. Lastinaca,
116 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No, 2,
*1. P. Sowa, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. (Anethwm Sowa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 96; Wight Icon. t. 572).
Has. Much cultivated in the plains as well as in the hills up to 2000 ft. elevation, and often springing up in recently deserted toungyas. —_ Fr. CS.
*2, P. Pasrinaca, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. (Pastinaca sativa, i sp. pl. 376; DC. Prod. IV. 188).
Has. Only cultivated, especially in gardens of Europeans.
Heracleum, L.
1. H. Brrmantcum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 309.
Has. Frequent in the upper dry forests of the highest crests of the Pegu Yomah, on and around the Kambala-toung, at 2500 to 3000 ft. elevation.—F 1. Febr.
This plant forms a very conspicuous feature on the ridges referred to, but, unfortunately, all the specimens were so perfectly dried-up and withered that it was impossible to give a full description of the species. Itis — nearest to Heracleum No. 5 of Hf. and Th. collection from the Khasi hills and eventually may be referable to it.
Coriandrum, L. *1, C. sativum, L. sp. pl. 367; DC. Prod. IV. 250; Wight Icon. t. 516. Has. Ava, on Taong dong (Wall.) and Bhamo (J. Anderson), most probably only cultivated.—Fl. Fr. Nov. Febr.
Daucus, L.
*1. D. Canora, L. sp. pl. 8348; DC. Prod. IV. 211; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 90.
Haz. Only cultivated, especially in European kitchen-gardens of the drier districts.
ARALIACEZ.
Conspectus of Genera. Trib. 1. ARALIEZ. Petals more or less imbricate, broad at the base. _ Arata. Gyncecium 2—5-merous. Styles free. Fruit angular in a dried state, Pedicels jointed. Leaves usually pinnate or decompound, Trib, 2. HEDEREZ. Petals valvate in bud. * Stamens as many as petals. x Albumen homogeneous. (Panacew.)
+ Ovary 2- (rarely 1-, 3-, or 4-) celled, the cele fewerinnum-
ber than the petals. + Styles distinct from the base or from a conical base. Panax. Fruits laterally compressed ordidymous, rarely 3—4-angular. Filaments — filiform, Styles distinct, at length recurved, the stigmas more or less decurrent on the
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 117
inner side. Umbels, heads, or racemes forming compound inflorescences, rarely simple. Leaves various. t+ + Styles united into a cone or column.
Brassatopsis. Flowers 5-merous. Fruits terete. Ovary 2—1-celled. Pedicels not jointed. Umbels forming large terminal racemes. Leaves palmatifid, rarely digitate.
+ + Ovary 5- or more- (rarely by abortion 3—4-) celled.
Herrartevrum. Flowers 5—6- (rarely 4- or 7-—-8- ) merous. Drupes angled and ribbed in a dried state. Umbels, heads, or racemes forming large compound inflorescences. Pedicels not jointed.
TrevesiA. Flowers 8—12-merous. Drupes globular, sulcate or ribbed. Umbels panicled. Leaves palmatifid, digitate, or pinnate. Pedicels not jointed.
x »x Albumen ruminate. (Hederee). + Ovary 1-celled.
ARTHROPHYLLUM. Pedicels not jointed. Umbels compound. Leaves pinnate or
simple, + + Ovary 2- or rarely 3-celled. + Pedicels not jointed with the calyx.
HeTerRoPanax. Styles distinct, filiform. Umbels racemose, in panicles. Leaves pinnately decompound.
+ ¢ Pedicels jointed under the calyx.
Macropanax. Styles united into a cone or column. Umbels or heads forming panicles. Leaves digitate.
* * Stamens numerous, and more numerous than the petals. Styles none or con= nate. Petals valvate or firmly cohering. (Pleurandre).
Turrpantuus. Petals firmly cohering into a thick mitre. Gyncecium poly- (up to 100-) merous. Leaves digitate.
Aralia, L 1. A. armata, Seem. Journ. Bot. VI. 1384. (Panax armatum, Wall. ap. G. Don. Gen. Syst. III. 886 ; Walp. Rep. II. 429). Has. ‘Tenasserim, near Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 4933).—Fl. Aug.
Panax, L. Conspectus of Species.
Leaves decompoundly 3-pinnate, the segments apone nee wcennud » pPulieoaiaes Leaves 1-foliolate, eee ee Bee eee OHO Coe eee cove cove weve vials sp eee Be PB cochleatwm.
*1, P. FRUTICOSUM, L. sp. pl. 1515 ; aa. Fl. Ind. II. 76; Wight Icon. t. 573. (Wothopanax fruticosum, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 765). Has. Here and there cultivated in villages of Pegu and elsewhere.
Brassaiopsis, Dene. and Planch.
1. B. patmata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 77. (Panax palmatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 74; Araliopsis Andamanica, Kurz in And. Rep. App. B. 9).
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.); here and there in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fr. } May, June.
118 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Heptapleurum, Gertn. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Heptapleurum, Seem, Stigmas immersed on the ovary, dot-like.
Climber; leaves and inflorescence glabrous, .....6 cccesesercves covecee LH. venulosum. Subg. 2. Agalma, Mig. Styles united into an elongate column.
Leaflets on thick rather short petiolules, entire, .... 00. csceee oe cenvaccudes glaucum.
Leaflets on very long, slender petiolules, usually pinnati-lobed,........H. hypoleucum.
1. H. venunosum, Seem. Journ. Bot. IIT. 80. (Paratropia venulosa, WA. Prod. I. 377 ; Wight Ill. t. 118; Aralia digitata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 107).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. April, May.
2. H. atavcoum, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Plant. (Agalma glaucum, Seem. Journ. Bot. II. 299).
Has. Not unfrequent in the damp hill-forests of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, from 6000 ft. elevation upwards.—Fr. March.
3. H. nypotEucum, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. I. 539.
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills _
east of Tounghoo, at 6000 ft. elevation and higher up ; also Ava, ae : | hills (J. Anderson). . Very near allied to the preceding species.
Trevesia, Vis.
1. TT. paumMata, Vis. Mem. Acad. Torin. ser. 2. IV. 262, (Gastonia ~
palmata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 407; Bot. Reg. t. 894; Z. Burmanica, T. Anders. in Proc. Agri. Hort. Soc. Ind. 1867. 20).
Haz. Common in the tropical forests all over Burma from Chitta- gong and Ava down to Tenasserim, up to 4000 ft. elevation.—FIl. March, April; Fr. June.
The leaves in this species vary very much in cut, the base of the lobes being often abruptly reduced to the midrib only.
Arthrophyllum, Bl. ,
1. A. Javanicum, Bl. Bydr. 879. (A. ellipticum Bl. 1. c.; A. Blumea- n num, Zoll. and Mor. Syst. Verz. 41; Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. I/1. 768). Has. In the tropical forests of the western coasts of South Anda- man (Port Mouat).—Fl. Febr. March. a
Heteropanax, Seem. |
1. H. Fragrans, Seem. Fl. Vit. 114. in adnot. and Journ. Bot. IV. 297. (Panax fragrans, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 76). o Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, from Chittagong and Ava to Pegu and Martaban, up to 3000 ft. elevation —Fl. Jan. Febr.; Fr. May, June.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 119
Macropanax, Miq.
1. M. orrornitum, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 764.
Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests, especially the damper ones, of the Martaban hills east of Bhamo, above 4000 ft. elevation; Ava, Ka- khyen hills (J. Anderson).
Tupidanthus, Hf. and Th. 1. T. catyprratus, Hf. and Th. in Bot. Mag. t. 4908. Has. Arracan hills (Theobald).
CORNACHE. Conspectus of Genera.
* Petals narrow-linear, valvate. -Anthers basifix. WStyle elongate. Leaves alter nate. Ananceium. Stamens usually 2 to 4 times the number of the petals, Ovary 1- celled. Albumen ruminate. Flowers clustered or fascicled. Marea. Stamens as many as petals. Ovary 1—<3-celled. Albumen homo- geneous. Flowers cymose-panicled. * * Petals short, valvate. -Anthers dorsifix. Style short. Cornus. Petals 4. Ovary 2-celled, with a simple stigma. Leaves usually oppo- site.
Alangium, Lamk. Conspectus of Species. A tree, spiny-armed ; petioles 6—8 lin. long; petals 10—6; filaments densely pilose at the base; bracts and bractlets broadly ovate, very deciduous, ...A. decapetalum.
A large climber, unarmed; petioles shorter; petals 6; filaments sparingly pilose at the base; bracts and bractlets linear-oblong, longer persistent,.... A. Sundanum.
1. A. pEcAPETALUM, Lamk. Encyel. Dict. I. 174; DC. Prod. III. 203; WA. Prod. I. 72; Wight Icon. t. 194; Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 40 eum syn. (A. hevapetalum, Lamk. 1. ¢.; DC.1 ¢.; WA. 1. c. 826; Wight Til. IJ. t. 96; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 502; A. tomentosum, Lamk. 1. ec. ; DC l. c.; Rheed. Hort. Malab. IV. t. 17.; A. Lamarekii, Bedd. Fi. Sylv. t.
215). Haz. Burmah (according to Rev. Dr. Mason).—Fl. HS.
The above synonymy probably includes two different species. I sus- pect that Thwaites’ A. Lamarckii is a climber, The calyx-tube is appa- rently sulcate-ribbed. .
2. A. Sunpanum, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 772 and Suppl. Fl. Sumatyr. 341.
Var. ao. Miquentana, flowers on pedicels ;—¥% in. long.
Var. £. INSULARUM, pedicels only 2—3 lin. long.
Has. Var. B. In the tropical forests of the Andamans,—Fl. March, - April.
120 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Marlea, Roxb. Conspectus of Species. Petals about 4 in. long or shorter ; anthers with a glabrous connective ; leaves gla- brous, .. M. begoniefolia, Petals nearly an inch long; anther-connective pilose and bearded ; leaves puberulous beneath, .. I. tomentosa.
1. M. Beconr#roria, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 283 and Fl. Ind. II. 261; DC. Prod. IV. 267 ; Bot. Reg. t. 61; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/1. 774; Dene. in Jacq. Voy. Bot. t. 83. (Styrax Javanicum, Bl. Bydr. 671).
Haz. Tropical forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo ; Ava, hills east of Bhamo.—F 1. March.
2. M. tomentosa, Endl. Gener. No. 6097 and Suppl. III ; Hassk. in Flora 1844. 605; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/1 775. (Diacicarpium rotundifo- liwm, Hassk. in Bonpl. VII. 172).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban ; Tenas- serim, Thounggyeen.— Fl. March, April.
Cornus, L. 1. C. optonea, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 482; DC. Prod. IV. 272. Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Fr. March.
CAPRIFOLIACEZ.
Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. 1. SAMBUCEAE. Corolla rotate or shortly tubular. Stigmas 3, sessile or on a very short style. Raphe introrse or lateral.
Visurnum. Ovary 1- rarely 2- or 3-celled. Berry by abortion 1-celled and 1- seeded. Leaves simple.
Sampucus. Ovary 3—é-celled. Berry with3to5pyrenes. Leaves unpaired, pin- nate or pinnatisect.
Trib. 2. LONICEREAZE. Corolla-tube more or less elongate. Style filiform. Raphe extrorse.
LonicerA. Corolla tubular. Ovary and berry 2—8-celled, or the berry 1-celled by absorption of the septa. /
ScypHipHora. Corolla tubular-funnel-shaped, regular; ovary 2-celled, with a parietal 2-ovuled placenta protruding into the cells so as to form a spuriously 4-celled ovary ; fruit a drupe.
Viburnum, L. Conspectus of Species. wate:
Leaves more or less stellately pubescent beneath ; corymbs terminal, .....+ V. fotidum. Leaves glabrous; corymbs usually on axillary short branchlets; berries about 2 lin. long, broadly ovate, ...... e060 Cop nie sanad saben eb tesa . see V. Colebrookeanum.
As preceding, but berries nearly 4 lin. long, elliptically oblong ; corymbs terminal, os Vi lutescens,
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 121
1. V. r@eripum, Wall. Cat. 466 and Pl. As. Rar. I. 49. t. 61; DC. Prod. IV. 325; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proce. II. 175.
Var. £2. PREeMNACEA, Hf. and Th. l.c. (V. premnaceum, Wall. Cat. 461; DC. Prod. 1. ¢.), corymb involucred by 3 or 4 small leaves, rest as in the typical form.
Var. y. GRIFFITHIANUM, all parts more robust and more densely stel- late-pubescent ; leaves about 4 in. long, acuminate, 6—7-nerved on each side, the lower nerves not meeting at the base (in varr. a. and ~. the leaves are trinerved at the base and, besides, have only 2—8 lateral nerves on each side). Most probably a good species.
Hap. Var. a. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.); Var. y. Burma, probably Ava (Griff. 3403).—Fr. Nov.
2. V. CoLEBROOKEANUM, Wall. Cat. 460; DC. Prod. IV. 327.
Hazs. Ava, Kakhyen hills; probably Hookhoom valley (Griff. 3398).
Sambucus, L. 1. S. TuHunperetana, Bl. ap. Mig. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 265.— Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. May. Apparently well-distinguished from 8. adnata, Wall., and occurs also in the Khasi hills.
Lonicera, L, 1. L. werantrua, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 188. Hazs. Ava, Kakhyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. April.
Scyphiphora, Gertn. 1. S. HYDROPHYLLACEA, Gertn. Fruct. III. 91. t. 196; DC. Prod. IV. 377. (Epithinia Malayana, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. 12; WA. Prod. I. 424; Epithinie sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 269. t. 478 and (sub nom. Lwmnit- zera) t. 644. A). Has. Not unfrequent inthe mangrove swamps of the Andaman is- lands.—F]. May.
RUBIACEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subd. 1. CINCHONEH. Fruit a dehiscent capsule, dry or very rarely succulent, very rarely a berry or drupe and in this case the seeds always winged or appendaged. Ovary 2 to more-celled, with 1 to many ovules in each cell. Seeds various. Stipules interpetiolar.
* Qvules numerous in each cell. Capsule dry or more or less suc- culent.
Trib. 1. NAUCLEEZ. Flowers inserted upon a thickened receptacle and form- ing heads. Capsule dehiscing from the base or otherwise, dry or rarely (in Sarcocepha- lus) berry-like.
16
122 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2
x Capsule berry-like, dehiscing from the base. ‘Trees.
SarcocePpHaLus. Capsule 2-celled, or the 2 cells augmented by 2 superposed emp- ty cells, more or less united in a fleshy syncarp.
x x Capsule dry, dehiscing loculicidally or septicidally into two many- seeded cocci. ‘Trees or erect shrubs.
NavcteA. Flowers without bractlets. Capsule 2-celled. Trees or erect shrubs.
SrEPHEGYNE. Flowers surrounded by angular-club-shaped bractlets. Capsule 3- celled. Trees.
Uncarta. Flowers sessile or pedicelled, destitute of bractlets. Capsule dehiscing in longitudinal slits. Scandent hook-bearing shrubs.
Trib. 2. HU-CINCHONEM. Flowers panicled or corymbose, never in heads, Capsule 2-celled, dehiscing septicidally into 2 valves or into 4 apical valves.
x Capsule septicidally dehiscing into 2 woody valves.. + Corolla imbricate.
Lucutra. Calyx-limb deciduous. Stamens included. Corymbs terminal, without floral leaves. ‘Trees.
+ + Corolla valvate.
Hymenopicryon. Inflorescence furnished with conspicuous discoloured floral leaves. ‘Trees.
x x Capsule dehiscing at the apex into 4 valves. Corolla valvate.
Hymenorocon. Inflorescence furnished with conspicuous discoloured floral leaves. Epiphytical shrubs.
Trib. 3. HEDYOTIDEZ:. Ovary 2—-4-celled, the cells many- or few-ovuled, the ovules laterally attached. Capsule dehiscing in various ways or separating into 2—4 cocci, rarely indehiscent.
x Stipules connate or free, neither sheathing nor setaceously fringed (Rondeletiee). + Stigma 2-lobed or 2-cleft. Corollaimbricate or twisted. Anther- cells blunt.
WenpianpiA. Corolla tubular, twisted. Capsule opening into two apical valves. Trees or shrubs. :
Sprrapiciis. Corolla-tube short. Capsule dehiscing into two valves which again separate into 2 valves inflected with their margins. Erect herbs.
OpuiorruizA. Coroclla funnel-shaped or tubular. Placenta free, erect. Capsule compressed, divaricately 2-lobed, opening loculicidally by an apical slit. Herbs.
+ + Stigma capitate. Corolla valvate. Anther-cells prolonged
into a setaceous sterile appendage.
Arcostema. Corolla almost rotate, the limb 3—5-cleft. Anthers dehiscing longi- tudinally or by 1 or 2 apical pores, Capsule dehiscing by 4 apical valves. Herbs of the habit of Sonerila.
x x Stipules adnate to the petiole and sheathing at the base, setaccouse ly fringed. (Eu-Hedyotidee.)
DentTeLiA. Flowers 5-merous, the petals 2- or 3-toothed. Capsule indehisueals
Hepyortis. Flowers 4—5-merous, the petals entire. Capsule dehiscing loculici-
dally or septicidally, rarely almost indehiscent.
ScLERoMITRION. As preceding, but capsule separating into 2 or 4 several-seeded cocci,
* * Ovules and seeds solitary in each ceil.
Trib, 4, SPERMACOCEZ, Capsules distinct, dehiscing, or separating into cocci,
us
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 123
rarely indehiscent. Flowers not in heads. Corolla without toothlets between the lobes.
Corolla valvate. Radicle inferior. SprrmMacoce. Ovule attached to or below the middle of the cell. Capsule dehiscing
septicidally from the apex. Herbs. Hyproruyiax. As preceding, but capsules indehiscent. Herbs. Kwoxta. Ovule attached at or below the summit of the cell. Capsule dehiscing from the base into two deciduous cocci, leaving the persistent setaceous axis. Herbs. Trib. 5. CEPHALANTHEZ. Capsules indehiscent, usually united into a syne
earp. Corolla imbricate. Radicle superior. CEPHALANTHUS. Corolla-lobes with toothlets in their sinuses. Capsules berry-
like, connate. Flowers in heads.
Subord. II, HU-RUBIACE4. Fruit a more or less fleshy drupe or rarely a berry 1 to many-celled. Ovary-cells 1 to many-ovuled. Seeds never winged nor appendaged. Stipules interpetiolar or developed into leaves, or rarely none.
* Stipules interpetiolar, various. + Seeds enclosed in pyrenes of a coriaceous, crustaceous, or chartaceous texture. Ovules solitary in each cell. Radi-
cle inferior.
Trib. 1. PHDERIEZ. Ovule and the seed pendulous. Drupe dry, crusta- ceous or chartaceous, irregularly rupturing.
Pamperis. Corolla valvate. Cocci thin-chartaceous, expanded into wings. Twi- cers, the leaves opposite or whorled.
Trib. 2. COFFEEA. Ovary 2—9- (very rarely 1- ) celled, the solitary ovules erect or attached to the middle of each cell. Berry consisting of 2 or more (rarely a single) one-seeded coriaceous or chartaceous pyrenes.
*° Ovules erect and basal. Albumen often fleshy. Corolla valvate. x Ovary 4—9- (rarely 2- ) celled. (Lasianthee).
Lastantuus. Calyx more or less toothed. Styles and ovary-cells 4—9. Flowers clustered or cymose, axillary. Shrubs.
x x Qvary 2- (very rarely 1-) celled. (Psychotriew).
NertEers. Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual. Corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Style 2-parted almost to the base, hirsute. Creeping herbs.
CerHarnis. Corolla bid eyed, the tube long. Calyx 4- or 5-toothed or sete Flowers in heads or solitary, axillary. Herbs or under-shrubs.
Hypnopuytum. Calyx-limb entire. Corolla-tube short. Flowers sessile, clus- tered. Epiphytical shrubs with tuberous trunks.
Psycnorria. Corolla-tube short, the throat bearded. Pyrenes flat or entire on the inner face. Flowers cymose or cymosely panicled. Shrubs, rarely scandent.
CuasaLiA. Corolla-tube elongate, the throat naked. Pyrenes carved out on the inner face along the central placenta. Inflorescence of Psychotria. Shrubs or under- shrubs.
Saprosma, Corolla funnel-shaped, velvety, often almost oblique. Berry 1- rarely 2-seeded. Flowers terminal and axillary. Stipules free. Shrubs or trees.
* * Ovules attached to the middle or above the middle of the septum. Corolla twisted. Albumen often horny. (Ixorez). _ Correa. Corolla funnel-shaped, the limb 4—7-parted. Berry 2 or rarely 1-sceded, the pyrenes chartaccous, Flowers terminal and axillary. Stipules free.
124 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Txora. Corolla salver- or nearly funnel-shaped, the limb 4- or 5-parted. Flowers corymbose or panicled, Stipules connate.
Trib. 3. MORINDEZ. Ovary 2—4.celled, the solitary ovules attached to the middle or below the middle of the cell. Corolla valvate. Berries free or often united in a syncarp.
* Berries free, not connate.
GynocutopEs. Calyx-limb truncate. Style 2-cleft. Ovary 4-celled. Flowers
clustered, axillary. Scandent shrubs. * * Berries united into fleshy syncarps. Morinpa. Berries fleshy. Pyrenes appendaged. ‘Trees or shrubs.
+ + Seeds free, not enclosed in distinct pyrenes.
Trib. 4. VANGUERIEA. Ovary many-celled, the cells with a solitary pen- dulous ovule attached above the middle or near the apex of the cells. Fruit a drupe, the putamen 1 to many-celled. Albumen usually fleshy. Radicle superior.
* Corolla valvate. Ovule attached laterally or below the summit of the cell. (Eu- Vangueriee).
VancuEria. Stigma discoid. mee usually 5-celled.
Precrronia. Ovary 2-celled, the stigma capitate, oblong or mitre-shaped. Titan didymous or occasionally almost 1-celled by abortion.
* * Corolla imbricate. Ovule suspended from the summit of the cell.
GuETTARDA. Stigma simple, thick. Drupe globose, rather large, the putamen many-celled.
PotypHracmMon. Stigmas as many as ovary-cells. Berry 5—10-celled, the seeds pyrene-like. Anomalous genus.
Trib. 5. RANDIEZA. Ovary 1-celled, with parietal placentas or more usually
2- or more-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell. * Corolla imbricate or twisted. x Ovary 1-celled, with 4 or 5 parietal placentas. (Gardeniee).
GarRpDENIA. Flowers often conspicuous. Stigma entire, sulcate-twisted. Berry
usually large, many-seeded, the seeds imbedded in pulp. x x Ovary 2-celled (Hu-Rendiee).
Ranpia. Stigma 2-lobed.; style thickened spindle-like. Berry large, the seeds imbedded in pulp. Trees or shrubs, erect.
GrirrirHiA. Stigma 2-lobed; style not thickened. LBerries small, not pulpy. Scandent shrubs, often armed.
Wesera. Stigma simple; style not thickened, filiform. Berries small, not pulpy. Erect trees or shrubs, unarmed. =
Diptospora. Style 2-cleft. Berries rather large, not pulpy. Seedsin 2 rows in each cell, Erect trees or shrubs, unarmed. y
Hypopaturum. Styles 2-lobed. Berry small, stalked or sessile, not pulpy. Seeds in a single row in each cell. Erect shrubs or trees. a
Bracuytome. Flowers polygamously dicecious. Corolla funnel-shaped, glabrous. Style shortly 2-lobed. Berry small, not pulpy. Seeds very numerous. Erect shrubs.
Morinpopsis. Flowers dicecious, in peduncled heads. Calyx-limb cupular or 4 toothed. Corolla-throat villous. Style hirsute. Berry elongate, cylindrical, the 4 numerous seeds imbricately pendulous, almost appendaged. ‘Trees. =
* * Corolla valvate.
x Ovary 2-celled, the placentas 2-cleft. Corolla reduplicate-valvate. — (Mussandee). : , 7a
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 125
Muss@npa. The one or other calyx-lobe of the outer flowers extended into a dis- coloured leaf. Connective not mucronate. Style-branches 2.
AcRANTHERA. Calyx-teeth all conform, not appendaged. Connective mucronate- produced. Stigma clavate.
x x Ovary usually 5—6- (rarely 2—3-) celled, the placentas simple.
( Urophyllee.) AprnosAcmME. Calyx 5—4-cleft. Corolla-throat naked. Ovary 5—8-celled. Cymes or corymbs terminal or nearly so, rarely lateral. /
Myrionguron. As preceding, but ovary 2-celled.
Uropuyitium. Calyx entire or minutely toothed. Corolla-throat bearded. Flow. ers clustered or cymose, axillary.
* * Stipules transformed into leaves and forming whorls, or rarely the leaves opposite and the stipules wanting.
Trib. 6. STELLATA. Calyx entirely adnate to the calyx or the calyx-limb 4—6-cleft. Corolla valvate. Ovary 2-celled, the ovules solitary, erect or ascending, Drupe indehiscent, dry or sappy, often didymous.
Rusia. Flowers 5-merous. Drupe sappy. Erect or twining herbs.
Gauium. Flowers 4-merous.. Drupe usually didymous or globose, dry. Herbs or under-shrubs.
Sarcocephalus, Afz. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Eu-Sarcocephalus. Capsules succulent and connate, 2-celled throughout. All parts glabrous, the young branchlets pruinous ; leaves more or less acuminate,
» S. Cadamba. Subg. 2. Anthocephalus. Capsules less succulent, not connate, 2-celled with 2 superposed spurious sterile cells.
Young shoots glabrous or pubescent ; leaves more or less blunt,........., S. cordatus.
1, 8. CapamBa, (Anthocephalus Cadamba, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 135 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 85 ; Nauclea Cadamba, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 518).
Has. In the moister upper mixed forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, descending into the lower mixed forests —F]. Decb.
2. 8. corparus, Mig. Ind. Bat. IT. 183; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 818. (Nauclea cordata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 509; Nauclea coadunata, Sm. in Rees. Cycl. XXIV; DC. Prod. IV. 344; Nauclea Wallichiana, R. Br. in Wall. ~ Cat. 6098 ; Don. Gen. Syst. ITI. 467).
Var. a. GLABRA, leaves and all other parts quite glabrous.
Var. £. PUBESCENS, leaves beneath, petioles, stipules, and peduncles shortly and softly pubescent.
Has. Both varieties frequent in the mixed forests (especially the
_ lower ones) and in the savannahs, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. May.
126 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 2,
Nauclea, L Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Eu-Nauclea. Corolla slightly imbricate in bud. Flowers without bract- lets. Flowers solitary or by threes, terminal. * All parts (at least the leaves) glabrous. Leaves acuminate, the petiole $—1 in. long ; flower-heads often by threes, . NV. excelsa.
Leaves blunt, almost sessile ; flower-heads solitary,..... eS, ape ee Nv. sesstlifolia. * * All parts more or less pubescent. ; Leaves cordate, petioled ; flower-heads by 1—3, axillary, ............ NV. cordifolia,
Subg. 2. Adina, Salish. Corolla valvate. Flowers surrounded by bractlets. * Flower-heads small, panicled. All parts glabrous ; leaves petioled, <...%...sse. sees aun ne vnle wee LV. polycephala. * * Flower-heads larger, panicled. Bractlets angular-club-shaped. x Petiole very slender and thin ; leaves thin-membranous, acute at the base. Bractlets only half as long as the calyx; corolla-lobes about { the length of the Sic la-tube ; flower-heads more constantly solitary between 2 floral leaves, . LN. parvifolia. Bractlets as long as the calyx; corolla-lobes about 4 the length of the tube; floral leaves very deciduous, the flower-heads soon forming dichotomous divaricate pani-
CIOS et saws oe ee eee A Re Te Pe . LN. diversifolia. x x Petiole very thick and pubescent; leaves large, cordate at the base. Flower-heads dichotomously panicled ; leaves wrinkled above; corolla-lobes as long as to HHOrt TUDE,’ swe as aie o's I ee on elec aes beac lnwes Sain NV. rotundifolia.
1. N. Eexcensa, Bl. Bydr. 1009 ; Mig, Fl. Ind. Bat. IL Bapeaaes
peduncularis, Wall. Cat. 6091; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 469 ; Bedd. Icon. t. De).
Hap. Pegu Yomah, at Myodwine (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. Octob.
2. N. sesstztForta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 515. (NW. sericea, Wall. Cat. 6095 ; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 467).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, and in the savannahs, all over Pegu; also Chittagong.—FI. end of RS. ; ; Fr. Decb., Jan. )
3. N. corprFoLia, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 53 and Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IJ. 122; DC. Prod. IV. 346; WA. Prod. I. 891. (Adina cordifolia, Bth. and Hf. in Brand. For. Fl. 263. t. 33; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 33). re.
Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially the lower ones, but also in the low and dry forests, from Ava and Martaban to Prome and Pegu, up to 1500 ft. elevation.—Fl. HS.; Fr. Begin of CS.
4. N. potycepuHata, Wall. Cat. 6100; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 467. (Adina polycephala, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 146; Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. III. 183 ; WV. aralioides, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 344).
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.) ; Tenasserim (Griff. 2751).
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 127
5. N. parvirorta, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 40. t. 82. and FI. Ind. I. 518; DC. Prod. IV. 344.; Wight Ill. t. 128.—(Stephegyne parvifolia, Korth. in Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 161 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 34).
Var. a. Genutna, bractlets only half as long as the calyx ; flower- heads more constantly solitary between 2 longer-persistent floral leaves.
Var. £6. piversironia, (WV. diversifolia, Wall. Cat. 6096 ; Don. Gen. Syst. ITI. 467), leaves much larger, from 3 to 6 in. long, beneath more conspicuously pubescent ; stipules pubescent ; bractlets as long as the calyx.
Var. y. MICROPHYLLA, leaves small, only 1—2 in. long, minutely and inconspicuously pubescent beneath ; stipules glabrous; bractlets as long as the calyx.
Has. Var. a. not yet found in Burma; var. B. frequent in the mixed forests and in savannahs, all over Burma from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; var. 6. exclusively in the savannahs.—Fl. Sept., Oct. Br: CS.
6. N. rorunprFori4, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 516, non Bartl. (VV. Brunonis, Wall. Cat. 6097 ; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 467). .
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper and lower ones, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim; also Chittagong. —FI. end of RS.; Fr. CS.
Unearia, Schreb. Conspectus of Species. * Capsule long-stalked. Leaves more or less pubescent beneath. Flowers large, the pedicels 1—2 lin. long, velvety ; calyx 3 in. long; corolla hirsute, .. U. ferruginea, Flowers almost sessile ; calyx 2 lin. long ; corolla velvety, «+64 ssseeeee Us sessilifolia. * * Capsule sessile.
- x Calyx-limb long-toothed.
All parts more or less woolly pubescent, .... seeeee oeceees een tewe veccececes OU. pilemme x x Calyx almost truncate or obscurely 5-toothed. Leaves glabrous.
Leaves green on both sides; corolla glabrous, ........s005 Oe erees secees U. levigata.
Leaves glaucous beneath ; corolla-lobes velvety, ...... seeeees Seow ede U. sessilifructus.
1. U. Ferruaingea, DC. Prod. IV. 348. (U. speciosa, Wall. Cat. 6106). ’
Has. ‘Tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, as in the Choungmenah valley (Khaboung), rare; Tenasserim, apparently frequent.
2. U. sEssmnrroL1A, Roxb. in Wall. Cat. 6107 and Icon. ined. XVIII. t..79.
Has. Tropical forests in the Choungmenah valley (Khaboung) of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, rather rare; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 6106. B).—FI. Sept., Oct., Fr. March.
128 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 2,
Roxburgh’s figure represents the leaves as almost sessile. Is Wallich’s
identification with the above correct ?
3. U. prtosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II..180; DC. Prod. IV. 348.
Haz. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Ava hills.—Fl. begin of RS. ; Fr. Nov., Dec.
4. U.umvigatTa, Wall. Cat. 6111.
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the Choungmenah valley (Kha- boung) of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah; Tenasserim, Amherst (Wall.)—FI. Febr.
5. U. geEssrrirructus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I 520; DC. Prod. IV. 349.
Has. Tropical forests of Pegu and Tenasserim ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fr. Nov., Dec.
Luculia, Sw.
1. L. ararrssmma, Sweet Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 145; DC. Prod. IV. 358 ; Bot. Mag. t. 8946 ; Lodd. Cab. t. 1919.—(Cinchona gratissima, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 154 and Tent. Fl. Nepal. I. 30. t. 21).
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Sept.
Hymenodictyon, Wall. 1. H. ruyrstrtorum, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 151; DC. Prod.
IV. 358. (Cinchona thyrsifiora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 529; H. Horsfieldii,’
Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. If. 158). Haz. Rather rare in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah,
but frequent in the dry forests of Prome ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Aug. ; Fr. CS.
Hymenopogon, Wall. 1. H. parasiticus, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 156 ; DC. Bred IV. 351. | Has. Epiphytic on mossy trees of the upper dry forests on the Kam- bala ridges of the Pegu Yomah, at about 3000 ft. elevation.—Fr. CS.
Wendlandia, Bartl. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Wendlandia. Flowers 5-merous, sessile or shortly pedicelled, in short spikelets, racemes, or clusters, forming thyrsoid panicles. * Calyx-teeth short, triangular-acute. All parts and leaves on both sides harshly and shortly pubescent, .......... W. scabra. Leaves beneath more or less shortly pubescent or almost glabrescent; panicles pubes- cont Gr tomentose, sii Yew oasisn's dss. 0a ps cede eee ee W. tinetoria. All parts (also the panicle) quite glabrous ; flowers minutely bodtoullant . W. glabrata. * * Calyx-teeth subulate-acununate, as long as or longer than the vale Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, ....00 sees vo ceeeee coveee seeeeene rene We Ugustrina,
Se Ss Be Py ne,
aS res
er —_—er + wars SS a =
re re ee
f
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 129
Leaves lanceolate, membranous, appressed pubescent on the midrib beneath, | . W. glomerulata. Subg. 2. Greenia, WA. Flowers 4- or 5-merous, in one-sided spikes, forming di- varicate corymbose panicles. All parts glabrous ; flowers 5—4-merous, ....cc00 cescee cece sseeeece W. secunda. All parts more or less tawny pubescent ; flowers 4-merous,...... ..eee W. corymbosa.
1. W. scaBra, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 310.
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. May.
2. W. tryctoria, DC. Prod. IV. 411; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 158. (Rondeletia tinctoria, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IT. 134).
Has. Frequent in the open and dry forests, ascending into the drier hill-forests up to 4000 ft. elevation, from Ava and Martaban down to Te- nasserim.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. March, April.
3. W. qauaBRrata. DC. Prod. IV. 411; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 158.
Has. In the drier hill-forests of the Martaban and Tenasserim hills, at 2000—4000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March. |
4. W. tieustRina, Wall. Cat. 6272; Walp. Rep. II. 505.
Has. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.) and Kakhyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; Tenasserim (Helfer), a variety with longer corolla-tube.— Fl. Nov. ; March.
5. W. GuomMERuLATA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 310.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Helfer).
6. W. secunpa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 266. (Greenia Wightiana, WA. Prod. I. 404; Wight Icon. t. 1161).
Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui, in forests near Culweng (Griff.).—FI. Aug.
7. W. corymposa, DC. Prod. IV. 418. (ondeletia corymbosa, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. No. 1. 4.; W. spicata, DC. 1. c.; Rondeletia spicata, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 1389; Greenia Jacki, WA. Prod. I. 404, in adn.).
Haz. Tenasserim (Helfer 2843).
Spiradiclis, Bl. Conspectus of Species. Stems, petioles, and inflorescence shortly pubescent ; capsule globular 2-lobed, . S. bifida. All parts quite glabrous ; capsule oblong,.......5 eeeees oo ceccves aceese S. cespitosa, 1. S. prrrpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 310. (Pleotheca ? bifida, Wall. Cat. 6216 ; Hf. in Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. IT. 62). Haz. Martaban hills, rare along choungs. 2. S. cmsprrosa, Bl. Bydr. 975 ; DC. Prod. IV. 418. (8. eylindrica, Hf. in Bth. and Hf. Gen. plant. II. 62). Hap. Rare along choungs in the hills of Martaban.
iV
130 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Ophiorrhiza, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Cymes all terminal, on peduncles 1—3 in. long. Calyx-teeth short, triangular. x Bractlets conspicuous, subulate, up to a line long. ;
All parts glabrous ; leaves long-acuminate, .... 6.1.15 eens ee eeeveeee 0. gracilis. x x Bracts subulate, usually persistent, but the bractlets very minute
if any. All parts (also the capsule) glabrous, ......... ists loa. 4d ists oi 68 SPOS RE . O. Mungos.
Stems and petioles brown-pubescent ; leaves thick-membranous, whitish beneath ; cap-
stile PIADEOUS, = sds s soo 2 0icsisy cpio cole ae oue)as oi 0's sitle uply bain se ee O. argentea.
As preceding, but leaves only pale-coloured beneath, the inflorescence more hispid- pubescent ; capsule minutely hispid, ...6 ccseeeee ceceee eee sevens O. villosa. * * Oymes terminal and axillary, on very short peduncles only 4—6 lin. long, or almost sessile. Calyx-teeth lanceolate, acute. Stem, petioles and peduncles more or less shortly pubescent ; lateral branches all shor-
tened, eeeo eters eevee ee ee vee oe eo @Pee ote er eres Oe ee 0. erubescens.
1. O. @raciits, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 311.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Attaran (Brandis).
2. O. Munaos, L. Amen. Acad. IT. 127; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 901; DC. Prod. IV. 414; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 166.
Var. a. GENUINA, capsule about 3 lin. across, emarginate, the lobes somewhat acute.
? Var. £. ORTHOCARPA, capsule about 2 lin. across, truncate at the apex, the lobes blunt or almost truncate.
Has. Var. B. only, Martaban hills, at 3000 ft. elevation (Dr. Bran- dis).
Dr. Brandis’ specimens are not sufficient to enable one to make out whether they should not rather form a distinct species. The true Linnean
species is a sea-shore plant, growing chiefly in the beach-forests, most pro- bably also growing along the Burmese coasts.
3. O. aRnGEeNTEA, Wall. Cat. 6229; Walp. Rep. II. 503.
Haz. Chittagong; Arracan, on sandstone rocks in the tropical forests of Boronga island.—Fl. Fr Octob.
Probably not sufficiently distinct from O. canescens, Bl.
4, ©. vitLosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 546; DC. Prod. IV. |
415. (O. rugosa Wall.in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 546; DC. 1. c. 416; Mig. in ~ Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 232; O. hispidula, Wall. Cat. 6284; Don. Gen. Syst. ITI. 523 ; O. trichocarpa, Bl. Bydr. 977 ; Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 178). Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans. FI. April, June; Fr. Aug., Sept. 5. O. ERUBESCENS, Wall. Cat. 6233; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 522. Has. Not uncommon in the hill-forests of Martaban and Tenasserim (Chappedong-hills, Wall.) at 3000 to 5000 ft. elevation —FI. March.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 131
Argostema, Wall. Oonspectus of Species. * Flowers 5-merous. x Leaves reduced to bract-or stipule-like leaflets, of which only 1 or 2 are fully developed. All parts glabrous ; leaf solitary ; anthers soanigt blagnt; ahalis tions . A. unifolium. Umbels stiff-hairy ; leaves two, ........ hae se Tavoyana. x x Leaves all ees teed: bat, very a, sued or crowded at the apex of the stem,
Glabrous or nearly so ; anthers free, linear, acuminate, opening by terminal pores,
.. A. verticillatum. * * Flowers 4—3-merous.
Stem, inflorescence, and petiole villous-pubescent ; leaves sparingly pubescent, cordate, bluntish or acute ; flowers in peduncled umbels or cymose umbels,..A. soneriloides. Quite as preceding, but flowers solitary on a short pedicel, or by 2 or 8 on a very short me, Pale: TOSC-COLOUTEE, |. p ».p.,0,0,0,0, 4/5. 0:0,0 fo gion ¥ dm mAELE Nw NRO . +. A. oligantha.
1. A. uUNIFouIuM, Benn. in Horsf. Plant. Jav. rar. 94; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 161.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein and Attaran (R. Scott, Dr. Brandis).—Fl. July.
In my specimens the anthers are blunt and not beaked as Bennet des- eribes them.
2. A. Tavoyanum, Wall. ap. Benn. in Horsf, Pl. Jav. rar. 95.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.). Unknown to me.
3. <A. VERTICILLATUM, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 325.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Rev. Parish, R. Scott).—Fl. July.
4, A. SONERILOIDES, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872.
Has. Pegu, abundant on the pagodas of Rangoon (R. Scott.)—FI. July, Aug.
5. A. OLIGANTHA, Kurz MS.
Haz. On damp rocks in the coast-forests of South Andaman (Water- ing Cove).—Fl. June.
A small species of Argostema, with slightly pubescent leaves solitary or by pairs, occurs on damp rocks of the tropical forests on Boronga island, Arracan, but the specimens are too few and reduced to admit of descrip- tion. Its calyx-lobes are blunt or rather retuse.
Dentella, Forst. 1. D. ReEpexns, Forst. Gen. 26. t.13; DC. Prod. IV. 419; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 582; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 196. (Lippaya telephioides, Endl. -Atakt. 18. t. 13). Has. Common in agrarian lands and along river-banks, all over Bur- ma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans (here introduced only).—Fl. Fr. a.
132 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Hedyotis, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Capsule loculicidally dehiscent.
Subg. 1. Oldenlandia, L. Capsule more or less hemispherical or obsoletely 2-lobed,
opening loculicidally. Annual, rarely perennial herbs. * Prostrate or diffuse herbs. Flowers solitary, or in cymes or clusters in the axils of the leaves (rarely also terminal). Root sometimes turning perennial. x Leaves more or less oval, petioled. Flowers solitary, sessile or nearly So. .. sissscsBaccccevecsscccue cccecnwetinpommmme x x Leaves linear to narrow-linear, rarely lanceolate, more or less - sessile. + Flowers solitary or by 2—3 onan axillary peduncle. Flowers solitary, on very short strong pedicels; leaves membranous, flat, .. H. ramosissima. Flowers by 2—38, rarely solitary, on a capillary peduncle ; pedicels very long and capil- lary ; leaves membranous, flat, -....00 cccvereewececcee cccces cecccees ts UUs + + Flowers by 4 or more, forming axillary and terminal clusters or cymes. Leaves more or less revolute on their margins, some- what rigid. Flowers in peduncled cymes or the cymes umbel-like, .....ee0eeeseeeeee LH. wmbellata. Flowers in sessile clusters, ...... cece nce cccccete coc cce sees sosece cells UNGmart Olin * * Erect annuals. Flowers in terminal panicles or cymes, or solitary, rarely the inflorescence also axillary. x Leaves sessile or nearly so. Leaves sagittate at the base, shortly bristly rough; flowers pale-blue, by 3—4 terminal, and also singly from the leaf-axils ; pedicels long and capillary, ...... H. linoides. Leaves linear ; corolla about an inch long, brownish purple, ..............H. gracilis. x x Leaves more or less petioled, more or less tapering at the base. + Calyx only 4—4 lin. long. All parts sparingly pilose; leaves acute; cymes peduncled, axillary and terminal ; pedicels capillary, 3—4 lin. long,........00 cseecccesecccvecsavecs Le WQMENts Stem villous-pubescent, the leaves often whorled at the end of the nude scape-like stem ; cymes divaricate, peduncled, terminal ; pedicels capillary, 2—4 lin. long, .. 1. spergulacea. + + Calyx 3—2 lin. long. Flowers in racemes or cymes, terminal and in the axils of the upper-leaves. Glabrous, more or less succulent ; flowers slenderly pedicelled; capsule not winged, the crowning calyx-labes very BROT, (5.6.5 ge oman weer as se maced ... H. paniculata. Stems, and nerves beneath, shortly pubescent; flowers sessile or nearly so; capsule more or less compressed and winged, the crowning lobes nearly a line long, ..H. Andamanica. * * Capsules opening septicidally.
Subg. 2. Dimetia, WA. Capsule opening septicidally at the apex by a gaping short slit, more or less truncately hemispherical and obscurely 2-lobed. Scandent, diffuse or erect perennials. Flowers in small heads, forming axillary and terminal peduncled cymes or panicles. Corolla often villous within.
Glabrous or pubescent ; flowers sessile or nearly so; nerves of leaves prominent, . LH, capitellata.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 133
Scandent or diffuse, quite glabrous, glaucous ; flowers pedicelled ; calyx-lobes acute, .. 1. seandens. Erect, branched, quite glabrous ; flowers sessile ; calyx-lobes broad and blunt, ZZ. elegans. Subg. 3. Metabolos, Bl. Capsule septicidally dehiscent or nearly so, hemispherical and more or less truncate at the apex, often obscurely 2-lobed. Diffuse or half-scandent, rarely erect perennials. Flowers in axillary (very rarely terminal) clusters or cymes. * Flowers in axillary peduncled cymes. Prostrate or diffuse perennials. x Flowers pedicelled, in loose cymes. All parts more or less pubescent ; calyx-lobes longer than the tube, ......H. wlmifolia. All parts glabrous ; calyx-teeth minute, ..... ee Oe ere evavie vccediaglaora. x x Flowers sessile or nearly so, in little heads collected into peduncled cymes or clusters.
Flowers minute, pale blue ; capsule only about 4 lin. across, ....... Bas 6 sare HT, costata. * * Flowers sessile or very shortly pedicelled, in axillary or terminal clusters or heads.
Prostrate or diffuse, all parts more or less pubescent; clusters axillary,..H. auricularia, Erect, slightly pubescent; clusters terminal, involucred by the 4 or 5 uppermost leaves, . 1. scabra.
1. H. vTRinervia, Roem. and Schult, Syst. Veg. III. 197; Bedd. Icon. t. 29. (Oldenlandia trinervia, Retz. Obs. IV. 23 ; Mig. Fl. Ind Bat. II. 189).
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.); Arracan, in grassy spots of the beaches near Akyab.—F I. Fr. Decb.
2. H. Ramostsstma, Spreng. Pugill. IT. 32, non Bl. (Oldenlandia brachypoda, DC. Prod. IV. 424; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 187 ; Oldenlandia diffusa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 423).
Has. Not unfrequent along the larger rivers, like Sittang, Irrawadi, etc., also in cultivated lands, from Ava down to Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. Fr. DS.
3. H. sBrrnora, Sm. in Rees Cycl. XVII. 15. (Oldenlandia biftora, L. sp. pl.; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 423; Oldenlandia Burmanniana, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 868 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 189; Oldenlandia herbacea, DC. Prod. IV. 425 ; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 151; H. diffusa, Willd. sp. pl. I. 566).
Var. a. GENUINA, flowers by 2—3 on very slender pedicels.
Var. 8. UNIFLORA, flowers solitary on a very slender pedicel.
Var. y. GRAMINICOLA, (HZ. graminicola, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 326), leaves narrower and stiffer; flowers solitary on very slender axillary pedicels, or by twos and slenderly peduncled ; corolla 2 lin. long or somewhat longer ; style exserted.
Var. 6. conymBosa, (Oldenlandia corymbosa, L. Herb. ; DC. Prod. IV. 426 ; Oldenlandia ramosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IIT. 445; Wight. Icon. t. 822; DC. Prod. LV. 426), flowers by 2—3 and cymose umbellate by 8—7.
Has. Common in agrarian lands on river-banks, along road-sides, &e., also in grassy spots in the leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma ; var. £.
134 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
and 8. in agrarian and dry grass-lands of Ava and Pegu, also Andamans — Fl. Fr. 0.
4. H. umpentata, WA. Prod. I. 413. (Oldenlandia wmbellata, UL. sp. pl. 174; Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 3 and Fl. Ind. I. 421; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 191).
Has. Burma, probably Ava (Griff. 2895/2).
5. H. aneustrrotta, Cham. and Schlecht. in Linn. 1829. 153; DC. Prod. IV. 419. (HZ. pinifolia, Wall. Cat. 850; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 526).
Has. Tenasserim, Amherst (Wall. Cat. 850 A). 5
6. H. tinores, Griff. Not. Dicot. 265. (4. arguta, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 864).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.) ; Mergui, in moist sandy places, near Culweng. (Griff.).—FIl. Octob.
7. HH. @Rracriis, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 377, non DC. (4 stric- ta, Wall. in As. Research. XIII. 369, non Sm.; AH. fusca, Ham. in Don. Prod. Nep. 184; H. aspera, Heyne in Roth. Nov. sp. 98, cum syn. ; Ko- hautie sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 265. t. 477). |
Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley at Katha, in savannahs (Griff.).—FI. May.
8. H. Watiicuit, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1876. 136.
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng- and hill-eng-forests from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. Octob.
9. H. spERGULACEA, (Oldenlandia spergulacea, DC. Prod. IV. 428 ; Oldenlandia ovalifolia, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 192, non DC. ; H. scapigera, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 881; H. nudicaulis, WA. Prod. I. 416; Bedd. Icon. t. 83).
Has. Not unfrequent on rocky ground in the leaf-shedding forests, especially in the dry, eng-, and upper mixed ones, from Prome, Pegu, and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. Sept.—Decb.
10. H. panicunata, (Oldenlandia paniculata, L. sp. pl. 1667 ; Roxb.
Fl. Ind. I. 422 ; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 152; DC. Prod. IV. 427; H. racemosa,
Lamk. Dict. III. 76 and Ill. t. 62. £. 2; Wight Icon. t. 8312; Oldenlandia alata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 421, non Keen.).
Has. Frequent in rubbishy places, in garden and other cultivated
land, along river-banks, &c., all over Burma.—F 1. Fr. Jan.—June.
11, H. Anpamanica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 811.
Has. On moist sandstone rocks along choungs in the forests of the Andamans.—Fl. Fr. May, June.
A branched variety of this has the capsules more compressed and more keel-winged and the calyx-teeth still larger. As a species it is allied to HH. lunceefolia, Dalz., and H. alata, L.
12. H. carirensara, R.Br. in Wall. Cat. 837; Walp. Rep. II. 494.
+ re ee pa a —— ee eee
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 135
Var. a. GENUINA, (Oldenlandia rubioides, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 353), all parts quite glabrous.
Var. £. SUBPUBESCENS, stems glabrous, the branchlets and the under- surface of the leaves minutely pubescent.
Var. y. PUBESCENS, all parts densely pubescent, the leaves above roughish minutely, beneath softly and yellowish but shortly, pubescent ; ealyx-teeth often longer and larger.
Has. Var. a. and ~. from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Ava, Kakhyen hills; var. y. not unfrequent in the hill-toungyas, and along choungs in the tropical forests of the Martaban and Tenasserim hills, up to 3000 ft. elevation.—FIl. Decb.—Febr. ; Fr. Febr.
This species has been identified with HZ. fruticosa of Linne, but the Ceylon plant of this name is certainly distinct.
13. H. scanpeEns, Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 364; DC. Prod. IV. 422.
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.) ; Ava, Kakhyen hills (J. Anderson). —F). Decb. ; Fr. Jan.—March.
14. H. eredans, Wall. Cat. 887.
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the pine- forests, of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 4000—5000 ft. elevation ; also Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. ; Helf.).
N. B. Bentham (FI. Hongk. 149) mentions doubtfully A. loganio- des, Bth., as growing about Moulmein ; possibly this species is meant ? H. loganioides, with long calyx-lobes, occurs on Mt. Ophir near Malacca.
15. H. utmrroenia, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 370; DC. Prod. IV. 421; (4. lineata, Don. Prod. Fl. Nep. 184).
Has. In the drier hill-forests, especially in the pine-forests, of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fr. March.
16. H. etapra, Wall. Cat. 848; Mig: FI. Ind. Bat. II. 133. (Sper- macoce glabra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 368).
Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 2885).
17. H. cosrata, (Spermacoce costata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 370; Z. coerulea, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. II. 160, non L. nec. WA.; 4. capituliflora, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 183; Metabolos coeruleus, Bl. Bydr. 992; DC. Prod. IT. 435).
Has. In tropical forests, more especially along choungs and in shrub- bery, of the southern parts of the Pegu Yomah above Rangoon; more fre- quent in Tenasserim.—F. Sept.
18. H. avricunarta, L. sp. pl. 147; DC. Prod. IV. 420; Bedd. Teon. t. 27. (H. venosa, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. II. 160; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 182 ; Metabolos venosus, Bl. Bydr. 991; H. iodoneura, Migq. l.c. 181; H. lineata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 369, non Don).
136 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Haz. Ava hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. Octob.
19. H. scaBra, Wall. Cat. 880.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests from Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. April; Aug.
Doubtful Species.
1. HH. argentea, Wall. Cat. 858 ; Walp. Rep. II. 502. Has. Ava, banks of the Irrawadi.
2. H. Mergquensis, Hf. in Bth. and Hf. Gen. Pl. II. 57. Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).
Scleromitrion, WA. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Eu-Scleromitrion. (Fergusonia, Hf.?) Capsule loculicidally separating into 2 many-seeded cocci. Calyx more or less obovoid, crowned by the converging calyx-limb. Stigmatic lobes 2. Diffuse perennials,
* Flowers in terminal sessile heads or clusters.
Flower-heads half-included in the embracing bases of the involucre-like uppermost leaves ; calyx-teeth large, .....scssecscccecceecccerevecseseses Se COFONANIUM.
* * Flowers in axillary clusters or heads.
x All parts glabrous or nearly so. Leaves linear, not nerved, quite glabrous; flowers in dense clusters; calyx-tube gla- brous or nearly so ; capsule glabrous or shortly hispid,......... cooee S. rigidum. Leaves ovate to ovate-oblong ; flowers by 2—3 or few in the leaf-axils; capsule gla- brous, ..+0- dis wef ai exe a Nielesiea oats «6x ence ne cvceeewceecscescse Wie Muna oe lox SATE des more Ss tant ‘the stems and capsule, more or less —
ly hispid.
All parts, also the leaves, aie scabrous-pubescent ; capsule ovoid, about a line long or longer, .» S. hispidum Stem shortly hispid ; ae glabrous above, minutely puberulous beneath ; corolla half the size, pubescent at the throat ; capsule globular (like in Oldenlandia), with short ~
CalyX-lODES, .e'stecce--secece weve ve euaseses Rie mereak binrs saneme ee . SS. paradoxum.
Subg. 2. Tetragyneia, Miq. (Allwophania, Thw.). Capsule separating into 2 cocci which again separate into twos. Stigmas or stigmatic lobes 4.
Stigmas capitate ; leaves not rugose, sparingly hirsute above, ............8. decipiens. Stigmas linear, almost spreading ; leaves rugose, above glabrous or nearly so, S. rugoswm.
1. S. coronartum, (Hedyotis coronaria, Wall. Cat. 856).
Has. Tenasserim, Attaran (Brandis) ; Tavoy (Wall.)—Fl. Oct.
2. S. TETRANDRUM, (tondeletia tetrandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 524; Hedyotis macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 841; Mig. 1. ¢. 178 ; Hedyotis nodiflora, Wall. Cat. 855 ; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 526).
Haz. All over Tenasserim.—Fr. Febr.
3. S. niarpum, (Hedyotis rigida, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 181; Meta- bolos rigidus, Bl. Bydr. 992).
Has. Tenasserim.—Fr. Febr.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 137
4. S. nrripum, (Hedyotis nitida, WA. Prod. I. 412).
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of Pegu and in those of Martaban east of Tounghoo.—Fr. CS.
Very probably only an extreme, broad-leaved form of S. hispidum, while S. approximatum (Hedyotis approximate, WA. ; Spermacoce tubularis, R. Br. ?) may be an extreme, narrow-leaved variety of it.
5. S. nisprpum, (Hedyotis hispida, Retz. Obs. Bot. IV. 23; Roxb. Fl. Ind I. 364; DC. Prod. IV. 420; Hedyotis sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 265 ; Spermacoce sp. Griff. 1. c. 272).
Has. Frequent along choungs in the moister upper mixed and the tropical forests, from Ava and Martaban to Pegu.—Fr. Jan.
6. S. parapoxum, (Hedyotis paradoxva, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1876. 135).
Has. Common in the moister upper mixed forests of the Andamans. —Fl. Fr. Jan.—March.
NB. Alleophania decipiens, Thw., is in my eyes a very near ally to Scleromitrium rugosum (Hedyotis rugosa, Korth.).
Spermacoce, L. Conspectus of Species. Flowers in dense whorl-like clusters or heads, white, about a line long; capsules 1 lin.
SR ira etn ite on nen nS jm Sc araisrasw i ecwiei aol Sais demise ware we cw RPE. « iro's *, 8. stricta. Flowers 2—3 lin. long, blue, few- clustered ; capsule about 2 lin, long, ....S8. hispida.
1. S. sreicta, L. f. Suppl. 120; Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 376 ; DC. Prod. IV. 554; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 331; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 162.
Has. Frequent in the dry and open forests all over Ava and Pegu down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.
2. S.arsprpa, L. Mant. 558; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 379; WA. Prod. I. 488 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 832. (S. seabra, Willd. sp. pl. I. 72 Roxb. FI. Ind. |. c. 377).
Var. a. wispipa, whole plant hispid-pubescent, the leaves usually of a softer texture and undulate ; corolla-tube only 13-2 lin: long; capsule greyish or whitish villous ; seeds opaque, black.
? Var. B. ARTICULARIS, (S. articularis, L. £. Suppl. 119; Roxb. 1. e. 378 ; Miq. 1. c. 832; S. Avana, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 828; G. Don. Gen. Syst. III. 621; 8S. longicaulis, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 826; G. Don. Gen. Syst. III. 621), whole plant more scabrous, and short pubescent, the leaves rigid and not undulate; corolla-tube about 3 lin. long, slender ; capsule shorter and hispid ; seeds often glossy, black or brownish.
Has. Var. 8. only, frequent in agrarian land and on stony sterile grounds in the leaf-shedding forests, from Ava and Martaban down to -Tenasserim, up to 1500 it. elevation.—F'l. Fr. D. 8.
18
138 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Knoxia, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Stem leafy, without radical leaves, more or less branched.
Leaves petioled ; flowers spiked, forming corymbs, ....... ees Gee wseee Te corymbosa. Leaves sessile or nearly so; flowers corymbose, forming corymbs, ...... K. microcarpa. * * Leaves all crowded at the base ; stem scape-like, with narrow small cauline
leaves only.
More or less ieike while young ; calyx-tube densely villous ; corolla nearly $ an inch
DANES «4 lenis nce tain siete iaglr oy ela Mila Salah tg: Susweeel ob Ps Pe cee K. plantaginea.
1. K. corymposa, Willd. sp. pl. I. 582; WA. Prod. I. 489; Wight Illust. +. 128; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 330. (Sactnae, teres, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 373 ; Spermacoce Sumatrensis, Retz. Obs. IV. 23, non Roxb.).
Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and eng-forests of Ava, and Prome, and also in Martaban east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March, April.
2. K.microcarpa, Kurz MS.
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng and low forests of Pegu, especially the Irrawaddi zone ; also in Martaban, as Yoonzeleen (Brandis) ; Zwa-Kabin (Parish).—F I. Octob., Nov. ; Fr. Dec., Jan.
There are specimens with a short wide corolla-tube and others with a slender tube nearly twice the length. :
3. K. puanraginea, Wall. Pl. As. Rar. I. t. 32; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 330.
Has. In the dry and eng-forests of Prome as far south as Myod- weng, but everywhere rare and sporadic.—Fl. Sept., Octob.; Fr. Octob.— Jan.
Cephalanthus, L
1. C. wavctEowsEs, DC. Prod. IV. 5389.—(Nauclea tetrandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. If 125). Has. Burma, probably Ava hills (Griff.).
Peederia, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Ripe seeds not winged. Capsule globular. Glabrous or pubescent ; corolla scurfy-tomentose or velvety outside, ......P. tomentosa. * * Ripe seeds broadly winged. Capsule more-or less compressed. x Corolla mealy or scurfy-tomentose or velvety outside. Quite glabrous ; calyx-lobes shorter than the calyx-tube ; seed-wings pale-coloured, .P. foetida. Sparingly and shortly puberulous ; calyx-lobes longer than the tube ; seed-wings black- TENS sts s sce pate +My SUR EN tes Ste TO eas ree os oe ceases Ons Gas onle nee x x Corolla not tomentose, but pals spasineay a shortly pilose. All softer parts, and more especially the undersurface of the leaves, villous-tomentose ; seed-wings corky, pale-coloured, ....seseeesseecsveseseressee svete LAMUgiNOSH.
“~
Pr a ee rye on! nn" SD
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 139
1. P. Tomenrosa, Bl. Bydr. 968; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 258, and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 254. (P. barbulata, Mig. in Ann. Mus. L. B. IV. 255 ; P. densiflora, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 259; P. foetida, Bth. FI. Hongk. 162 ?).
Var. a. TOMENTOSA, all parts more or less shortly pubescent or almost scurfy-pubescent.
Var. 8. GLABRA, all parts glabrous or only sparingly and minutely pubescent on the nerves.
Has. Arracan hills.—FIl. Fr. Octob.
2. P. roripa, L. Mant. 52; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 517; WA Prod. I. 424; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 258. (P. ovata, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 255).
Var. £. MICROCARPA, capsule compressed ovoid-orbicular, only about 3 lin. long.
Has. Not unfrequent in shrubbery, from Chittagong and Ava down to Upper Tenasserim ; Var. 8. on Taong dong in Ava (Wall.)—Fr. Nov. —Jan.
3. P. canyorna, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 74.
Haz. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 6247. E).—Fr. Nov.
4. P. tanuetnosa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 52. t. 165; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. IT. 259. (P. macrocarpa, Wall. Cat. 7292 ; Don Gen. Syst. IV. 561).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially along choungs, all over Burma from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also freely springing up in the upper toungyas.— Fl. Jan.— July ; Fr. Jan.— March.
Lasianthus, Jack. Conspectus of . Species.
* Flowers in clusters or short peduncled cymes, the bracts very minute and usually
deciduous. Flowers sessile; calyx glabrous, the lobes about as long as the tube ; drupes crowded by the linear-lanceolate calyx-teeth, 1... ..00 seen weeeees eceueomeaes L. lucidus.
Flowers very shortly pedicelled or almost sessile ; hues puberulous, the limb broad
with very short teeth; drupes crowned with the cyathiform contracted almost
truncate calyx-limb, ...sceee cece ceeee ’ ee 8 fy: eee .. L. constrictus.
* * Flowers in densely bracted sessile clusters, the bracts more or less conspicuous and often persistent. x Calyx-segments about a line long or shorter. Stipules small.
Leaves shortly petioled, puberulous beneath ; outer bracts broad and blunt, but short ;
calyx-lobes lanceolate, .... cee ceecee ceeene ceenee coven ween cece L, stercorarius.
Sparingly stiff-hairy ; leaves ee sessile, oblique ; bracts all linear-subulate, hir- Beech ce eremev eth sae Wallichit,
x Calyx-segments linear to linear-subulate, 3—4 lin. long, hirsute. + Stipules very large and leafy, oval.
140 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a [No 2
«fly Leaves glabrous or nearly so ; stipules persistent, involucrating the flower heads,
..L. stipularis. + + Stipules more or less lanceolate, small, not leafy. All parts brown-hirsute ; outer bracts very large, leafy, ovate, acuminate, Z. cyanocarpa.
1. L. tucrpus, Bl. Bydr. 997 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 319.
Has. Upper Tenasserim (Falconer).—Fl. Febr.
2. L. constricrus, Wight in Maclell. Cale. Journ. VI. 515; Walp. Ann. Il. 762. (ZL. pauciflora, Wight 1. c. ? ; Mephitidea sp. Griff, Not. Dicot. 267. t. 474. f. 4).
Has. Common in the tropical forests of the Andamans ; Tenasserim, from Thoungyeen (Brandis) to Mergui (Griff.).—FL Fr. April—June.
Habit of Z. stercorarius, but differs in the inflorescence and in the shape of the calyx-limb.
3. L. stercorarius, Bl. Bydr. 1000; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 324 and Annal. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 248.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Upper Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F 1. March, April.
4. L. Watuicuir, Wight in Maclell. Cale. Journ. VI. 503. (Mephiti- dea Wallichiit, WA. Prod. I. 8390; Walp. Ann. II. 760; Wonatelia? his- pida, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 187).
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Upper Tenasserim ; also on the Andamans.—Fl. April, May ; Fr. March.
5. L. srreunaris, Bl. Bydr. 997; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 11.319 and |
Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 246.
Has. ‘Tenasserim (or Andamans) (Helf. 2937).
6. L. cyanocarpus, Jack in Linn. Trans. XIV. 125; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 316, non Bl.—(L. bracteatus, Wight in Maclell. Cale. Journ. VI. 501 ; Triostewm hirsutum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 180; Z. Rowburghii, Wight 1. ¢. 502).
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.) ; rather frequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman.—Fl. May, June.
Cephaelis, L
1. C. HERBACEA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 533. (Psychotria herbacea, L. sp. pl. 245; Geophila reniformis, Don. Prod. Nep. 186; Wight Icon. t. 54; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. PH. 311). q Has. Rather frequent in tropical forests, eansnsame in the shade of — bamboo, from Martaban and the southern spurs of the Pegu Yomah down ~ to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. June, July ; F. Oct.—Dec.
Hydnophytum, Jack.
1. H. rorwicarum, Jack in Linn, Trans. XIV. 124; Mig. Fl. Ind. 4 Bat. IL. 309. |
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 141
Has. Frequent on trees in the mangrove swamps of the Andamans.
—Fl. Fr. May, June.
Psychotria, L Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Leuecopyrenos. Seeds plano-convex without ribs or dorsal keel, enclosed in a white thin membranous pyrene.
Small decumbent under-shrub, the stems and often also the nerves beneath shortly to-
SRR asi cha iy, iene NaS 06 6 /d '6fes?Ads selon: s\wiele &, shepols da'nd. 4.4 ove ele we P. calocarpa.
Subg. 2. Hu-Psychotria. Pyrenes hard, with a more or less distinct dorsal rib, or ribbed and furrowed,
* Pyrenes not ribbed and furrowed, but dorsally more or less distinctly keeled or trigonous. x Pyrenes plane-convex, with an obsolete longitudinal dorsal rib. Al- bumen spuriously ruminate. igizous: ; panicles elongate and raceme-like, ....... plans the meth ene deci « . P. connata. As preceding ; leaves larger ; panicle thyrsoid or Eepiabe like ; berries obovoid, . £. platyneura. x x Pyrenes 3-gonous, the inner face flat, the 2 lateral ones more or less concave and meeting in a longitudinal ridge. + Quite glabrous. Habit of P. connata ; cymes small, in slightly puberulous peduncled panicles; calyx about a lin. across, obsoletely 5-toothed ; albumen equable, .... P. symplocifolia. + + Tawny or rusty hairy. Flowers sessile, clustered or in heads. Flower-heads very small; leaves glabrous above. .......... se ceccceee Le polyneura. Flower-heads rather large, compact ; leaves hirsute on both sides ; albumen equable, ; .. BP. Helferiana. * * Pyrenes longitudinally ribbed and furrowed (ribs usually 3—5.) x Flowers clustered or in heads. Leaves opaque ; cyme compact, somewhat tomentose; bracts subulate ; albumen rnmi-
nate, eeee cere ee eee oe eo e8ee eee To ee eeee ee eee eee cee e ee eees e monticola. Leaves glossy ; panicle thyrsoid, glabrous, the branchiungs whorled ; bracts broadly OVGUR, icc t ee gee . agree ys een ccen cree nssecseces Le adenophylia.
%. ex Hlavore fedicotiods in hel cymes or corymbs. + Small erect shrubs. x Leaves thick membranous or pergamentaceous, turning more or less brownish in drying. + Drupe 4—5 lin. long. Glabrous ; cymes rusty-puberulous; albumen ruminate, ..........++.+ P. viridifiora, ° + t Drupe only 2—3 lin. long. Albumen ruminate. Cymes rusty puberulous on a peduncle 1—3 in. long; calyx-teeth distinct, linear; ber- ries crowned by the calyx-lobes, ........ e006 aoa sin te ge tetee 6 vk) ck. aaa Cymes rusty puberulous, almost sessile; calyx act truncate ; berries truncate- BEG WREM OL. ; Cacise cu Qianeds ied neWasvesleviecacedcselssaues 23 Andamanica” Cymes glabrous ; leaves MarroweY, 1... eee cesses eee nee woes csevecce Le divergens. x x Leaves thin membranous, remaining green in drying. All parts glabrous,.. cscseeee tees eens wees cee eee eeee ceveee wcseee Ly Vinidissinide + + Large scandent shrubs. Albumen equable.
142 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a eee Pye
Corymbs furnished at the lower branchings with 2 opposite narrow floral leaves, .. BP. sarmentosa.
1. P. catocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 315.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Pegu and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; Ava, Kakhyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Aug.—Febr. Fr. Jan.— March. |
2. P. connata, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 168; WA. Prod. I. 438. (Grumilea elongata, Wight Icon. t. 10386 ; Pederia erecta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 685).
Has. Frequent in the moister upper mixed and in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and Tenasserim down to the Andamans.—Fl. April, May; Fr. CS.
38. -P. pLuatyneuRA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 327.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andaman islands.—FI. May, June.
Much resembling P. robusta, Bl., from which it differs in the stipules, glabrous inflorescence, and glabrous corolla.
4. P. symprtocrronia, Kurz For. Fl. II. 11.
Has. In the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills east of Toun- ghoo, not rare at 5000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. March.
5. P. pontynevura, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 327.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the South Andaman. —Fl. May.
6. P. Hetrertana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 314.
Has. Tenasserim—or Andamans P—(Helf. 3038).
7. P. Monticona, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 315.
Has. Frequent in the moister hill-forests of Martaban and Upper Tenasserim, at 3500 to 6000 ft. elevation.— FI. Fr. March, April.
8. P. ADENOPHYLLA, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 166.
Has. Tenasserim—or Andamans ?—(Helf. 3037).
Wallich describes his plant as having racemes of. the thickness of the little finger; my plant agrees with his herbarium-specimens and belongs in the vicinity of Grumilea Gardneri, Thw., a very near ally to Psych. lewcocoma, Teysm. and Binn. in Tydsch. Nat. Ver. Ned. Ind,
9. P. virnipIrLoRA, Reinw. ap. Bl. Bydr. 968 ; DC. Prod. IV. 521; Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 207. (Grumilea viridifilora, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 298).
Var. o. GENUINA, stipules broad and rather large; leaves entire ; cymes puberulous ; calyx-teeth inconspicuous.
Var. £. UNDULATA, as preceding, but leaves undulate, the calyx-teeth about 3 lin. long.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 143
? Var. y. CALOPHYLLA, (P. calophylla, Wall. and Griff. MS.), sti- pules small and subulate ; cymes glabrous ; calyx-teeth about } lin. long.
Has. Var. 6. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.).
P. picta, Wall. Cat. 8353. B. from Tavoy, Tenasserim, seems to be- long to var. y., but the specimens are too imperfect for identification.
10. P. AnpAmantca, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 328.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fl. Fr, April, May.
11. P. prvercens, Bl. Bydr. 959; DC. Prod. IV. 320; Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 206. (Grumilea divergens, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 299).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas- serim, very rare in those of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—F. May—June ; Fr. Febr., March.
This may possibly be a form only of P. Asiatica.
12. P. vrripissima, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 315.
Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Martaban east of Toun- ghoo and in Tenasserim (Helf. 3048).
13. P. saRmentosa, Bl. Bydr. 964; DC. Prod. IV. 522; “Mig, Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 286 and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. LV 2065 Wight Icon. t. 1038.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Amherst (Falcone?).—Fl. April.
Chasalia, Comm.
1. Cu. curvirtorna, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 150; Mig. Hott Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 202.—(Psychotria eurvifilora, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 167 ; Psychotria ophioxyloides, Wall. 1. c. 168; Ch. lurida, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 282? ; Psychotria ambigqua, WA. ; hate Tlustr. IT.,t.°127).
rie Not unfrequent in the Bs tat forests from Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F 1. April, May.
Saprosma, Bl. Conspectus of Species. * Flowers sessile, terminal. miewers solitary ; stipules cut and fringed, .....0 cesces ceccvone gees voes S. consimile. * * Flowers solitary or by 3 or more in peduncled, axillary cymes. Cymes poor-flowered, long-peduncled, ete inci by 2—4; upper leaves usually ternary ; corolla 4-merous, .... coeereccecae DS. Cernatum. 1. S. constmiLe, Kurz For. Fi. Bash: TE: 29. Haz. Not unfrequent in the drier hill- forests, at 8000 to 5000 ft. elevation ; from the Martaban hills to Tenasserim.—Fr. Febr. Much resembles S. fruficoswm, Bl., but differs in the flowers and stipules. -
144 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
2. S. rerNatumM, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Pl. II. 131, (Serissa ternata, Kurz in And. Rep. ed. 2.40; Pederia ternata, Wall. Cat. 6248; Don Gen. Syst. III 561).
Var. a. GENUINA, all parts quite glabrous.
? Var. £. PUBERULA, stipules, petioles, and nerves beneath more or less pubescent.
Has. Var. 8. rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans —Fl. May, June. |
Coffea, L. Conspectus of Species. * Corolla funnel-shaped. All parts quite glabrous and glossy ; flowers very shortly pedicelled, in axillary clus- BERS Pate viele etoeys sido soe baie ares jeep wiatin Taiejs’ wie pret e level ere oeiets Weis (ets eee C. Arabica. * * Corolla salver-shaped. x Berries peduncled. All parts quite glabrous and glossy ; flowers on pedicels, 3—1 in. long usually terminal, FALEL VAX AY, oe.s spe eyo. sjose: one ois Soles 0 epee piel aro Ne aha Seine ge ne C. tetrandra x x Berries sessile. Young shoots and nerves beneath sparingly pubescent; flowers sessile, terminal and GR LURARY Aaa o\apete’e lo’ ote: viene fours at start 6 debs ein oil fe reo 0 ore ret a oe C. Benghalensis. *1. C. Apasica, L. sp. pl. 245; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wail. II. 1938;
Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 1803; Wigfft Icon. t. 58; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 305.
Has. Occasionally cultivated, but nowhere on a large scale.—FI. Mareh—May ; Fr. Nov.—Jan.
2. C. TETRANDRA, Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 198 ; DC. Prod. IY. 499. (Prismatomeris tetrandra, Hf. in Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. II. 119).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Martaban hills and the Andamans, up to 3000 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fl. March, April. '
- 3. C. Beyaaensts, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 194; DC. Prod.
IV. 499; WA. Prod. I. 485; Bot. Mag. t. 4917.
Has. Tropical forests of Martaban and Tenasserim ; also Chitta-
gong. Ixora, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Pavetta, L. Flowers 4- or 5-merous. Style exserted to the same or nearly the same length of the tube, the stigma simple and spindle- like.
O Corolla more funnel-shaped, the tube only 3 lin. long. + Flowers sessile or nearly so, in a dense head. Glabrous, turning black in drying ; habit of J. Pavetta. ..........+. I. compactifiora, + + Flowers in cymes or corymbs, shortly pedicelled.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 145
Glabrous, the corymbs puberulous and recurved ; berries crowned by the calyx-lobes, . I. recurvda. Glabrous, also the erect or nearly erect corymbs ; berries marked by the circular scar Re es COU ELT so oe cies W uk Ge u oe wa eee Buk om vearv ae aA eeE I. weberefolia.
O O Corolla-tube slender, 1—3 in. long ; flowers pedicelled. All parts (also the.corymbs) glabrous, in drying remaining green, ........ I. Pavetta. All parts more or less puberulous to tomentose, usually turning black in drying;
COryYMbS Short-puberwlous, - nv vevy sees ccvseecessce sve ces veeee L. tomentosa. All parts villous-pubescent, in drying not blackening ; corymbs villous from spreading GREE RIES. c's cae ve hd swiarets SA.ai. ok Wael Carat em ne aah Me redete. 8e I. naucleifiora.
Subg. 2. Ixora. L. Flowers 4- rarely 5-merous. Style shorter or longer exserted but never exceeding the corolla-tube by more than }—% of _its length, the stigmatic lobes usually spreading, rarely longer cohering.
§. Hu-Ivora. Flowers 4-merous. * Flowers in sessile or peduncled cymes or corymbs.
x Corymbs trichotomous, short-peduncled or sessile and in this case con- sisting of 3 or more terminal peduncled cymes. Flowers and fruits conspicuously (1—2 lin.) pedicelled as in true Pavetia.
+ Leaves acuminate or acute at the base, on a petiole $—1 in. long. Leaves one-coloured, black in drying; flowers white ; corolla-tube 4 lin. only long, I. coriacea. Exactly as preceding, but corolla-tube nearly an inch long, .......... J. macrosiphon. Leaves pale-coloured beneath ; flowers pale-rose; corolla-tube an inch long, J. rosella. + + Leaves sessile or nearly s0, the base rounded or cordate. Tree ; corymbs on a peduncle 1—1}$ in. long, ........ Shai has aig es I. brunnescens. x x Cymes or corymbs short-peduncled or sessile, the flowers sessile or shortly and stoutly pedicelled. + Flowers white or rarely pale rose-coloured (never orange or scar- let), the corolla-lobes often comparatively narrower. O Corolla puberulous or pubescent outside. All parts more or less pubescent ; cyme rather small, almost sessile; leaves pubescent, SMe copie nae cinta alee p eta ataiele G la se erm v oid,v 2.0; % 0) «0.6 seccsccse L» DPOGNI: 0 O Corolla glabrous, rarely the throat bearded. t+ Flowers sessile. Corolla-tube }—2 in. long, the throat naked. Shrub ; leaves sessile with a rounded or cordate base ; corymb glabrous, ; . I. memecylifolia. Shrub ; leaves petioled, the base acute or obtuse ; corymb glabrous, .... J. sessilijiora, Tree ; leaves petioled, the base acute or obtuse ; cymes puberulous, #..... I. rugosula. + t Flowers shortly pedicelled, Corolla-tube 13—2 in. long, the throat bearded. Glabrous, also the inflorescence ; leaves sessile or nearly so,.......+... I. Brandisiana. + + Flowers orange to deep scarlet, very rarely (in varieties chiefly) white or pale rose-coloured, and in this case the corolla- lobes always much broader than those of the white-flowered sec- tion. O Calyx-tecth very short. + Inflorescence puberulous.
19
146 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Glabrous ; calyx-teeth acute ; corolla-lobes more or less acute, .... .+e+.+..L. coccinea. + t+ Inflorescence glabrous.
Glabrous ; calyx-teeth blunt; corolla-tube 1—1{ in. long, the lobes almost orbicular,
oo I. stricta.
Glabrous ; 2 of the calyx-teeth acute, the 2 others blunt; corolla-lobes acute or almost
eeeeveev eer ee ee ee eG eos eeeeee ee 7s eerveeevee eevee eeee eevee ee I. glaucina. O O Calyx-teeth ak lin. bi
Glabrous ; calyx-lobes erect ; flowers white, cosencccnvccct. Korthaiaann, * * Corymbs panicled, the panicles thyrsoid, braehiate-trichotomous, longer or shorter pedunceled. x Panicle thyrsoid, long-peduncled, furnished at the base or above the base of the peduncle with a pair of sessile cordate or oval floral leaves. + Corolla-throat naked, the tube 5—6 lin. long. Leaves thin, turning black in drying; panicle glabrous ; pedicels 1—2 lin. long, .. LI. nigricans. Leaves membranous or chartaceous, one-coloured ; pedicels 1—2 lin. long; panicle glabrous, .....+ sesees Sha wie nn pans palsies o sAen slew s ase pee aaa sue as I. diversifolia, Leaves coriaceous, pale-coloured beneath ; flowers sessile; panicle puberulous, .. I. spectabilis. + + Corolla-throat bearded. Glabrous ; corolla-tube an inch long, ...... o 410i 00 die 0:60.06 2.060 m0 \0\9\ 00/0 ann x x Panicle longer or shorter peduncled, without floral leaves, + Style hairy. Panicle minutely puberulous. Tree ; all parts glabrous; flowers sessile, the corolla-tube only 2—2 lin. long, . I. parvifiora. + + Style glabrous. Panicle pubescent. Shrub ; leaves puberulous beneath ; corolla-tube 1—1+ in. long, ........... I. villosa. Shrub; leaves and branchlets glabrous ; corolla-tube 4 in. long,..........J. cunetfolia. § § Pentadium, DC. Flowers 5-merous. Panicle long-peduncled. Leaves glabrous, membranous, |. 0. . => sso » dene s 224 peep gees en I Helferi. Leaves almost coriaceous, more or less shortly pubescent beneath, ...... I. longifolia. 1. I. compactiriora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 315.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Daunat-pass on the Thounggyeen side, at 2000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. April.
Allied to Ixora (Pavetta) involucrata, Thw., from Ceylon.
2. I. recurva, (Pederia recurva, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 518 ; DC. Prod. IV. 471).
Has. Chittagong, in moist situations amongst the hills (Roxb.).—Fl, Bs..; Fr. Oct., Nov.
3. I. WEBERHFOLIA, (Pavetta weberefolia, Wall. Cat. 6182; Don Gen. Syst. III. 575; Pavetta cerberefolia, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 279).
Has. Common in the coast-forests of the Andamans; Ava, Segain (Wall. Cat. 7290).— FL Fr. o.
Very near to the preceding species, and some of Wallich’s specimens indeed really seem to be referable to Roxburgh’s Pederia recurva.
4. I, Paverta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 395; Bth. Fl. Austr,
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 147
III. 414. (Pavetta Indica, Ll. sp. pl. 160; WA. Prod. I. 481; Wight Icon. t. 148).
Has. Not unfrequent in the coast-forests of the Andamans.—F. May, June.
5. I. tomentosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 296; Bth. Fl. Austv. Ill. 414. (Pavetta tomentosa, Sm. in Rees Cycl.; WA. Prod. I. 481 ; Wight Icon. t. 186; Pavetta subvelutina, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 276; Pavetta Indica, Miq. 1. ¢. 275, an Linné? ; Pavetta Rothiana, DC. Prod. IV. 491 ; Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 195 ; Pavetta montana, Rwadt. in Bl. Bydr. 952; Mig. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 195).
Var. a. RoxBuRGHII, leaves, &c., more or less pubescent, especially beneath.
Var. £. GLABRESCENS, leaves of a thinner texture, only sparingly and minutely puberulous, especially beneath, or quite glabrescent.
Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; var. a. more on permeable substrata and on alluvium.—F Il. June, July; Fr. OS.
N. B. Pavetta Brunonis, Wall. ap. Wight Icon. t. 1065, seems to be that tomentose harsh-leaved form of the above species which is also frequent on calcareous substrata in Ava. Miquel, in his Fl. Ind. Bat., confounds Pavetta Brunonis, Wall. Cat. 6172, and Ixora Brunonis, Wall. Cat. 6168, two perfectly different species.
6. I. navcLerriora, (Pavetta naucleiflora, Wall. Cat. 6171; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 575 ; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 278).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein hills (Falconer).—Fl. Febr.
7. I. macrosrpHon, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 327.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical and beach-forests of the Anda- man islands.—Fl. May.
8. I. roseria, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 317.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andaman islands.—FI. May, June.
9. J. BRUNNESCENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 317.
Has. Frequent in the coast, more especially the beach-forests of the Andaman islands.—Fr. April.
10. I. Brunontis, Wall. Cat. 6186; Don. Gen. Syst. ITI. 375.
Has. Locally in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pe- gu Yomah, especially on the head-waters of the Khaboung stream.—FI. April, May.
11. I. memecyniroria, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 316.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Houndrow (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. April.
The inflorescence and flowers are suspiciously like those of LZ. sessidi- flora, Kz., and, despite the very different looking leaves, may only be a variety of it.
148 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
12. I. sessinirtora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 316.
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 3000 to 4000 ft. elevation.—FI. April.
Very near to I. subsessilis, Wall., but differs in the sessile flowers, calyx, &e.
13. I. ruaosuta, Wall. Cat. 6158; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 25.
Haz. Rare along choungs in the tropical forests of the central parts of the Pegu Yomah; Upper Tenasserim, hot springs of the Attaran river (Wall.).— Fl. May ; Fr. Febr.
14. I. Branptstana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 316.
Haz. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. July.
*15. I. coccryea, L. sp. pl. 159; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 385 ; WA. Prod. I. 427; Wight Icon. t. 153; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 266. (7. grandiflora, R. Br. in Bot. Reg. t. 152 ; L. propingua, R. Br. im Wall. Cat. 6119; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 570). :
Var. oa. LiNNEANA, corolla-lobes ovate-lanceolate, very acute.
Var. £. Banpuuca, (I. Bandhuca, Roxb. Fl. Ind ed. Wall. I. 386; Bot. Reg. t. 513 ; Wight Icon. t. 149 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 266), corolla- lobes broadly ovate, bluntish ; leaves usually all sessile, with a cordate — blunt, mucronate.
Haz. Generally planted all over the ge but nowhere wild. _¥l, March.
16. I. srricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 384; DC. Prod. IV. 486; Wight Icon. t. 1807.—(Pavetta stricta, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 269; L. coccinea, Curt. Bot. Mag. t. 169; J. alba, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 3889; Wight Icon. t. 707; J. apie, Ker. Bot. Reg. t. 100).
Var. a. ROXBURGHIANA, corymbs sessile or nearly so, , rarely shortly peduncled ; leaves usually almost sessile and often rounded at the base.
Var. £. Brumeana, (Pavetta Javanica, Bl. Bydr. 949; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 268 and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 191; Z£ amena, ie Cat. 6121; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 267), corymbs more es ona 1—1% long petintles ; leaves usually acute at the base; petiole 1—2 lin. ee flowers somewhat larger.
Has. Both varieties in Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein, also in tropi-. cal forests above Rangoon in Pegu.—Fl. Jan.—April.
17. I. auavctna, (Pavetta glaucina, Teysm. and Binn. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXIX. 245).
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran (Falconer, Brandis).—F1 Febr.
This differs from J. fulgens, Roxb., chiefly in the corolla-lobes ; these
are figured in Roxburgh’s drawings as very acute, while Wallich’s speci-
mens of this name have them blunt. The leaves are now rather opaque, now very glossy above, and they seem to vary in shape also. Pavetta
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. J 149
Lobbu, Teysm. and Binn. (Griff. 2985), is also very near to it, but really distinct in my eyes. Pavetta Teysmanniana, Miq., and Pavetta macro- phylla, Teysm. and Binn., are both the same and probably not specifically different from Lwvora congesta, Roxb. Ixora alba of the Botanical Garden at Buitenzorg (not of Roxb.) appears to me to be the same as Korthals’ Pa- vetta calycina, and has exactly the calyx of I. calycina, Thw., but otherwise the two species are entirely different. In order to avoid confusion, I sug- gest that the Malayan species should be called Ixvora Korthalsiana. Ixora jucunda, 'Thw., and Pavetta Wyckit, Hassk., appear to me conspecific.
18. J. nia@Ricans, R. Br.in Wall. Cat. 6154; WA. Prod. I. 428; Wight Icon. t. 318. (Pavetta nigricans, Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 272; L. affinis, Wall. Cat. 6144).
Var. a. GENUINA, corolla-lobes acute.
Var. £. ERUBESCENS, (J. erubescens, Wall. Cat. 6143 ; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 270), corolla-lobes blunt.
Has. Var. 8. frequent in the swamp-forests and along swampy bor- ders- of lakes, &c., from Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March—May.
I do not think that varieties a. and f. can. be retained as distinct species ; both forms occur as well in Malaya as in Hindustan.
19.- I. prverstroria, Wall. Cat. 6146; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. IT. 22.
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially im marshy places and on muddy banks, from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F 1. Febr. ; Fr. April, May.
Allied to I. paludosa (Pavetta paludosa, Bl. Bydr. 954; Maiq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IJ. 271 and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 198).
20. I. sprctapinis, Wall. Cat. 6183; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 572; - Walp. Rep. Il. 482.
Has. Frequent along choungs in the tropical forests of Arracan and from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F]. May, June; Fr. Oct.—March.
I have not seen Wallich’s specimens and identify my tree from Don’s description alone.
21. I. Barpata. Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 394; DC. Prod. IV. 487 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2505 and t. 4518; Wight Icon. t. 185.
Haz. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fl. May, June.
22. I. parvirtora, Vhl. Symb. IIT. 2. t.52; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 893 ; WA. Prod. I. 429; Hook. Bot. Misc. III. 292. suppl. t. 834; Wight Icon. t. 711; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 222. (Z. decipiens, Griff. Not. Dicot. 271°; I. Pavetta, Andy. Bot. Rep. I. t. 78).
Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and mixed forests of the Prome District. —F1. March.
150 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [ No. 2,
23. I. vinzosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 392; DC. Prod. IV. 488 ; Wight Icon. t. 150.
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah (head-waters of the Khaboung stream).—Fl. May.
24. I. cunerroita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 390; WA. Prod. I. 428; Bot. Reg. t. 648; Bot. Cab. t. 1215; Wight Icon. t. 1812.—(C. oblonga, Wall. Cat. 6147? ; Pavetta Ackeringae Teysm. and Binn. in Natuurk. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XX VII. 31).
Var. a. RoxsBurcGuii, panicle sessile or short-peduncled; leaves glabrous.
Var. £B. PUBERULA (Lx. puberula, Wall. Cat. 6145), panicle usually longer peduncled ; leaves minutely puberulous beneath.
Var. y. PuMmiItA, only 1—3 ft. high, simple or nearly so; flowers often pale rose-coloured ; corymbs small and short, more slender ; leaves glabrous.
Has. Frequent (var. a. and £8.) in the tropical forests along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; var. y. Martaban, in the eng-forests—Fl. Febr.—April.
A very variable plant, of which some forms closely approach JL. villosa. I identify Roxburgh’s species from the Wallichian specimens thus named, which have pubescent inflorescences, while Roxburgh’s drawings exhibit sessile glabrous corymbs. Var. y. may form a distinct species, but (being a laterite plant) it shews no other differences except such reductions and modifications of growth as can be explained by the influence of the peculiar substratum on which it grows.
25. I. Henreri, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 316.
Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 3008).
The specimens before me are incomplete but very much resemble the following species.
26. I. tonarronra, Don Gen. Syst. III. 573; Walp. Rep. II. 482
(I. macrophylla, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 6165, non Bl. nec alior.).
Haz. Martaban, are in the tropical forests of Toukyeghat east of
Tounghoo, Fl. May or June. Gynochthodes, Bl. 1. G. MacRopHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc, Beng. 1872, 314, and
in Trim. Journ. Bot. Has. Along the coasts of the Andamans.—Fl. May.
Morinda, L. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Morinda, L. Corolla-limb 5- rarely 6-lobed. Stamens as many. Erect
shrubs or trees. * Stamens exserted.
zt os, bape —— Ss —
Wate ty a CES
e " . nm . eee s tek . ——_ SS SS
tet Dee
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 151
All parts glabrous ; flower-heads on short, leaf-opposed peduncles, ......., M. exserta. * * Stamens included in the corolla-tube.
x All parts more or less tomentose or pubescent. All parts shortly and roughish pubescent; corolla glabrous, .....5 esses M. leiantha. All parts (also the corolla) softly and shortly tomentose, ....46 .+++++++. tomentosa.
x x All parts (also the corolla) glabrous.
+ Flower-heads solitary and leaf-opposed. t+ Flower-heads longer or shorter peduncled.
Stipules rounded or blunt ; corolla-throat hairy ; berries united into a fleshy greenish
white Syncarp, .... see Spagia tke was Ap I eer ee eee M. citrifolia. Stipules acute or acuminate; corolla-tube naked; berries purplish black, only few developed on the thick torus, . : we ccee ese cree ceee coos, angustifolia. TT mises: ids aaa or netaly so. Low shrub; quite glabrous or minutely scabrous,............ sooo vee DL, persicaefolia. + t Flower-heads in a peduncled terminal cyme. Quite glabrous ; corolla-tube only } in. long, the lobes as long, ........ M. Wallichii.
Subg. 2. Lucinaea, DC. Corolla-limb 4-parted. Stamens 4. Scandent shrubs.
* Calyx truncate. Flower-heads peduncled, in terminal umbels; peduncles sparingly pubescent, the other parts glabrous; leaves pale-coloured and opaque beneath, the nerves not
PC OMMIMOMG,. cin) inc eld ete we SPER uke se we weet mes g cy orkte oe eo LM. umbellata. As preceding, but leaves glossy on both sides, the net-venation prominent, WZ. tetrandra,
* * Calyx 4-toothed. -All parts glabrous. Calyx sulcate ; flower-heads by threes in a peduncled poor brachiate terminal cyme, . MM, speciosa.
1. M. nerantrHa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 313.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein District (Falconer).—FI. Febr.
2. M. tomentosa, Heyne in Roth Nov. sp. 147; DC. Prod. IV. 448; WA. Prod. I. 420. (JZ. multiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 200).
Has. Not unfrequent in the mixed dry forests of the hills in Prome District.—Fl. March.
3. M. crrrirort, L. sp. pl. 250; DC. Prod. IV. 446.; Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 541; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 242; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 220.
Var. a. GENUINA, stipules blunt; syncarps the size of a hen’s egg, or somewhat larger. . .
Var. f. BractEAta, (IZ. bracteata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 189 ; Wight Ill. t. 126), stipules often acute ; syncarps much smaller.
Has. Var. a. only planted all over Pegu and Martaban, and else- where ; var. 8. not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans, —Fl. cil May.
4. M. ane@ustirot1a, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 201 and Corom. Pl. III. t. 237; DOC. Prod. IV. 447, non Roth.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas- serim ; Ava, Khakyen hills; frequently cultivated all over the country. —Fl. March, April.
152 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
5. M. prersicmFrorta, Ham. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII. 585; DC. Prod. IV. 447.
Var. a. GENUINA, all parts quite glabrous.
Var. £. scaBRa, all softer parts more or less rough from a minute indistinct pubescence.
Has. Common in the savannahs from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; var. 8. in the dry forests of the Prome District.—Fl. March—May ; Fr. June.
6. M. Watiicui, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 3138.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Revd. Parish, 316).
7. M. rerranprRa, Jack Mal. Misc. II. 18; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 201; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 246.
Haw: Not unfrequent in the tropical fétactes of Martaban and Tenas- serim.
8. M. spEctosa, Wall. Cat. 84386; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. IT. 62. (Ren- nellia speciosa, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. If. 118).
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Chappedong hills (Wall.).
Vangueria, Comm. Conspectus of Species.
+ Unarmed.
Adloparts Plahrous; stigma mitre-shaped,,...s).2<- see v4 eeuie wwieews la Trees V. edulis. x x Armed with opposite sharp spines.
All parts glabrous ; berries. about an inch thick, i.6%i sss Siw tu swweiente een V. spinosa.
All softer parts (also the corolla) pubescent ; berries up to 4 inch thick, .... V. pubescens. | *1. V. epunis, Vhl. Symb. III. 86; WA. Prod. I. 421; Mig. Fl. Ind Bat. II. 249.—(V. Commersonii, Desf. in Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. I. t. 44).
Has. Chittagong, planted in gardens (Wall.). }
2. V.sprnosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IT. 172; DC. Prod. IV. 454.
Haz. Not unfrequent in the mixed dry forests of the Prome District. — Fl. March. |
3. V. PUBESCENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 314.
Has. Here and there in the eng and the mixed dry forests from Ava and Martaban down to Pegu.—Fl. March, April.
Plectronia, L. (Polyozus, Miq., non Lour.) Conspectus of Species.
* Pyrenes quite smooth, triangular and almost keeled. Unarmed, glabrous ; flowers in dichotomous elongate-branched cymes, ......£. glabra. * * Pyrenes more or less wrinkled and tubercled, POUNCE, on the back. x Unarmed shrubs or trees,
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 153
All parts glabrous and glossy ; flowers cymose,.... «+. cecceceseeeve ls didyma. Branchlets and nerves of leaves pubescent ; janes on eae capillary an ls, solitary SWE MRCU, ce avec cua Keiteas .P. gracilipes.
me ay ‘with oatoate He ar i ee ur a A a spines, which are usually decussately placed. + Branchlets more or less rusty or tawny pubescent. Leaves pubescent on both sides, or hispid above ; drupes the size of a pea, P. parvifolia. Leaves glabrous, or the mid-rib beneath slightly pubescent ; drupes the size of a small MEMEO so Sul dhe Ad «ne ota oe haa" Gee ee dinne Sass dain ne P. horrida. + + All parts perfectly glabrous. Leaves glossy, caudate-acuminate ; flowers clustered, .........000e00+F. angustifolia. Leaves more or less blunt, glaucescent beneath ; flowers in peduncled cymes,
..P. parvifolia.
1. P. enaBra, Bth. and Hf. (Canthium glabrum, Bl. Bydr. 967 ; DC. Prod. IV. 473; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 254; Canthium recurvum Wall. MS. ap. Voigt Hort. Cale. 389). .
Has. Inthe tropical forests of the southern spurs of the Pegu Yomah and in Tenasserim ; also Andamans.—F]. RS.; Fr. Jan.
2. P. prpyma, Bth. and Hf. (Canthium didymum, Gertn. Fruct. IIT. 94. t. 196; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 171; WA. Prod. I. 425; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 221; Canthium umbellatum, Wight Icon. t. 1034; Canthium sptrostylum, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 251; Canthium lucidulun, Mig. 1. c. 254).
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 2972).
Two different species may really be included in the above synonymy. Canthium oliganthum, Mig. and Canthium umbelligerum, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 251, are both referable to Canthiwm lucidum, Hook. and Arn.
3. P. eracriipres, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 386 (Canthium gracilipes, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 314).
Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans, espe- cially along the western side.—Fr. April, May.
Much resembling Vanguerta Miqueliana (Pyrostria ? spinosa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 313), but differs in the absence of spines, in its larger leaves, and in the different fruits.
4. P. parvironti1a, Bth. and Hf. (Canthium parvifolium, Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 170; DC. Prod. IV. 474; Canthiwm scandens, Bl. Bydr. 966 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 255).
ie Not unfrequent in the low forests and in cleared Bester. places of the southern parts of Pegu: Chittagong (Roxburgh).—Fl. RSs.
5. P. worripa, Bth. and Hf. (Canthium horridum, Bl. Bydr. 966; DC. Prod. IV. 474; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 255 and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 251).
Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 8298. C.)
20
154 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
G. P. anausTiFonta, Bth. and Hf. (Canthium angustifolium, Roxb. FIL. Ind. ed. Wall. IT. 169; DC. Prod. IV. 479; Canthiwn Leschenaultit, WA. Prod. I. 426; Wight Icon. t. 826).
Has. Hills of Chittagong (Roxburgh).—Fl. March—July.
I have found another small-leaved glabrous unarmed shrub in the swamp-forests of Pegu apparently belonging to this genus, but unfortu- nately without flower or fruit. In habit it somewhat resembles P. parvi- flora, Bth. and Hf.— Gardenia parvifolia, Wall. Cat. 8256 from Tavoy, of the habit of Damnacanthus, is sterile and, therefore, indeterminable.
Guettarda, L. 1. G. sprectosa, L. sp. pl. 1408; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 686; Wight
Icon. t. 40; WA. Prod. I. 422; Bot. Reg. t. 1893. Haz. Common in the beach-forests and generally along the sea-coasts
of Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. April, May.
Polyphragmon, Desf. (Timonius, Rumph.) 1. P. Fuavescens, (Helospora flavescens, Jack in Linn. Trans. XIV, 127. t. 4. £.3.; DC. Prod. IV, 394; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 284). Var. £. MacRocaRruM, leaves larger and of thinner texture; drupes
the size of a small cherry ; seeds oblong, about 2 lin. long. Hap. Var. @. in the tropical forests of South Andaman.—Fl. April,
May; Fr. March. Var. £. may be distinct, but the species of Polyphragmon belonging
to the immediate affinity of P. flavescens are difficult to understand.
Gardenia, L. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Eu-Gardenia. Unarmed. Stipules more or less connate into a sort of a sheath. Flowers showy, salver-shaped, the tube long. Calyx various.
* Flowers and berries sessile or nearly so.
Leaves almost sessile, scabrous ; berries globular, in the forks of the branchings, -» G. obtusifolia.
* * Flowers (and berries) on short pedicels 3—65 lin. long. Leaves glabrous, with a tuft of hairs in the nerve-axils beneath; calyx-limb deeply
5-cleft > berry oblong, terete, eceeee Coe eee e's. 0 6 & 6 48 W's, eee coereece G. resintfera. Leaves glabrous ; calyx-limb laterally cleft and more or less spathaceous; berry ob-
long, more or less distinctly ribbed, _......06 essceess sesene vasuus Gu CONOnMmems Subg. 2. Campanularia. Unarmed. Stipules connate or almost free. Corolla
campanulate-funnel-shaped with a ventricose-inflated tube. Leaves glossy.
Tree ; leaves coriaceous, with a gland in the nerve-axils beneath; flowers large and
showy, @eeeoevev eteevee @68 Fee OCF FHF eee CHF H OHO SEF HOH Oe CHE G. pulcherrima.
Low shrub 1—3 ft, high ; leaves membranous ; flowers middling-sized, white, oe G. hygrophila.
TNT Rn i as
ns Feud
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 155
Subg. 3. Randioides. Randia-like trees or shrubs, armed with opposite sharp spines (abortive branchlets). Stipules free, very deciduous. Flowers comparatively small. * All parts (also the leaves) glabrous. Calyx-lobes herbaceous or leafy. Leaves more or less lanceolate ; flowers pedicelled, by 2 or more clustered; calyx mpout 2 lin. long, ....«.- Giefare tein ACbine Sieh Wein’ tse ay/ale om eooesses G. campanulata. * * All parts more or less pubescent, villous, or tomentose. x Fertile flowers sessile, hermaphrodite-sterile ones in cymes. Calyx- lobes herbaceous or leafy. Flowers green. Bark grey ; fertile and sterile flowers on the same plant; berries plumply beaked,
Nr Tiaras ikea EM ac a te bb cA ss caRe cs eee ov sc ow ovens G. sessiliflora. Bark red; fertile and sterile flowers usually on separate trees; berries slightly ribbed,
.- G. erythroclada. x x All flowers fertile, or at least the fruits all conform and equally well developed. Calyx truncate or minutely toothed. Flowers white or yellow. ;
€alyx puberulous; berry smooth; branches silvery white; leaves quite glabrous, . G. cuneata. Calyx minutely pubescent ; berry roughish, glabrous ; branchlets grey; leaves pubes- MePESOOUCALN, occ cue wee cee Be foe nec ESE A Ee Ree G. turgida. Calyx velvety-tomentose ; berry densely brown-velvety,....ceeeceeees G. dasycarpa.
1. G. oprusiroLtts, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 15; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 42 (G. swavis, Wall. Cat. 8274).
Haz.- Frequent in the eng and dry forests from Prome and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—F 1. March, April; Fr. the following year.
2. G. RESINIFERA, Roth Nov. spec. 150, non Korth. (G. luecda, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 707; WA. Prod. I. 395; DC. Prod. IV. 395 ; Wight Ieon. t. 575).
Has. Chittagong (Roxb.}.
3. G. coronaria, Ham. in Symes Embassy Ava. 474. c. tab. (Gard. costata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 704; DC. Prod. IV. 380; G. carinata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 261. t. 474. f. 3).
Has. Frequent in the moister mixed forests, rare in the low forests of Pegu, Martaban, and Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. April; Fr. the following year.
4. G. PULCHERRIMA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 312.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—FIl. May ; Fr. April of the following year.
_ G.? ixorifolia, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 8262, from Tavoy (leaves only), is near allied to the above, but apparently different.
5. G. wyeropuina, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 312.
Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests and in swampy places in the savannahs of the Irrawaddi alluvium in Pegu and the Prome district.—FI. Jan.
6. G. campanuLata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I 710; DC. Prod. IV. 383; Wight Icon. t. 578.
156 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Chittagong ; in the tropical forests of Pegu above Rangoon ; Upper Tenasserim, 'Ta-oo table-land (Dr. Brandis).
7. G. SESSILIFLORA, Wall. Cat. 8291; Kurz in For. Fl. Burm. II. 40.
Has. Frequent in the mixed and dry forests, especially in the lower mixed ones and in the savannahs, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. April—May ; Fr. CS.
8. G. ERYTHROCLADA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 311.
Haz. Common in the mixed and dry forests all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—FI. April, May ; Fr. CS.
9. G. cungeatTa, R. Br. MS.; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 41 (Randia ceuneata, Wall. Cat. 8263).
Has. Ava, left bank of the Irrawaddi below Ava.—Fr. Sept. :
10. G. TuRa@pA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 711; DC. Prod. IV. 382; Wight Icon. t. 579.
Haz. Frequent in the eng and dry forests of Prome and of the Irra- waddi zone of Peguu—Fl. March, April; Fr. March of the following year.
11. G. pasycarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 412 (Gard. tomentosa, Wall. Cat. 8264, non Bl.).
Not unfrequent in the mixed dry and the eng-forests of the Prome District ; also in Upper Tenasserim.—F Il. April; Fr. the following year.
Randia, L. Conspectus of Species. * Corolla almost rotate, large (up to nearly 14 in. across). Leaves glossy, glabrous; berries large, sessile or peduncled, ...... .... R. uliginosa. * * Corolla salver-shaped, rather small (about 4 lin. in diameter or less.) Glabrous or sparingly hirsute ; calyx glabrous or nearly so ; berries glabrous or sprink-
led. withminute Rairs,. % sic Seppe ho si eh chan oes SA R. longispina. More or less shortly puberulous ; calyx densely pubescent or almost villous; berries tawny,-Velvety, <7 esina odd Rb ah tesa teh wawhle haan e tol ain be ae R. nutans.
1. R. virervosa, DC. Prod. IV. 386; WA. Prod. I. 398; Wight Icon. t. 897. (Posoqueria uliginosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 712; Gardenia uli- ginosa, Retz. Obs. II. 14; Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 135).
Has. Frequent in the savannahs and in swampy grounds all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. April— June; Fr. CS.
This species, and likely all true species of Fandia, exhibit the same —
peculiar dimorphism of the fruit as some species of section Randiotdes of Gardenia. But here the peduncled fruits differ only in size, while they produce perfect seeds.
2. R. tonaisprna, DC. Prod. IV. 386; WA. Prod. I. 398. (Poso- queria longispina, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 716; Randia sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 261 ?). }
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 157
Has. In the tropical forests of the southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. April; Fr. May—July.
3. R. nutans, DC. Prod. IV. 386; WA. Prod. I. 897 (Posoqueria nutans, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IT. 565).
Has. Common in the mixed forests all over Pegu and Martaban.— Fl. April; Fr. May—July.
Doubtful Species. 1. WR. exaliata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 262. Has. Tenasserim, Mergui, in low lands, with mangroves, Pullow (Griff.).—F]. Fr. Jan. 2. LR. polysperma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 147. Has. Chittagong.—Fl. May; Fr. Aug., Sept. N. B. No Randia, but indeterminable for the present.
Webera, Schreb. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Eu-Webera. Stigma entire. Erect shrubs or trees, unarmed. * Oymes terminal or in the forks of the branchings.
All parts (also the inflorescence) quite glabrous, ...... cses ee seeveees W. Asiatica.
Glabrous; inflorescence grey pubescent, 14.5 bes cdense cies senses W. glomerifiora. * * Cymes or corymbs leaf-opposed.
il parts glabrous; cymes puberulous, ......sswe ceceoes se RLS teens W. oppositifolia.
Subg. 2. Grifithia, WA. Stigma 2-lobed. Stimaba, often scandent, armed with straight or recurved spines. * Spines recurved. Scandent shrubs. x Inflorescence quite glabrous.
Corolla-tube #—1} in. long, ....... SI ee eae st detec’ esvee W. longifiora. Corolla-tube hardly longer than the calyx (2 lin. long), .......... e405 W. Stamensis. x x Inflorescence and calyx appressed-pubescent. Corolla-tube about 3 lin. long, ........ AOS TEIN ee ccc sces W. bispinosa. * * Spines straight. Erect or straggling shrubs. Flowers sessile or almost sessile between 2 connate bractlets, ........ W. fasciculata. Flowers solitary, on a slender bractless pedicel, 1... sscecestsesecees W. myrtifolia.
1. W. etomeEririora, Kurzin Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 311.
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the interior parts of the Pegu Yomah (head-waters of the Toungnyo choung).—FIl. probably March or April; Fr. Febr.
The leaves are exactly like those of Griffithia ruqulosa, Thw.
2. W. oppositirotia, Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 525. (W. densi- flora, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 586; Stylocoryne densiflora, Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 128. t. 5. fig. A. ; Cupania densiflora, DC. Prod. IV. 394; Randia densiflora, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 155; Gynopachys axillifio- rus, Miq. in Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 221).
Var. a. GENUINA, calyx 2 lin. long or somewhat longer, the limb
158 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No.2,
more bell-shaped, almost glabrous; flowers in shorter cymes ; berries the size of a large pea.
? Var. £. FLORIBUNDA, calyx about 13 lin. long or shorter, densely pubescent, the limb shorter; flowers in densely pubescent slender divari- cate corymbs ; berries half the size.
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban to Tenasserim and the Andamans ; also Chittagong ; var. 8. in the tropical forests of the Andamans, rather frequent.—Fl. April June; Fr. Oct.
3. W. Lonarriora, (andia longiflora, Lamk. Dict. III. 26; DC. Prod. IV. 386 ; Posoqueria longiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 569 ;. Griffithia fragrans, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 208, non WA.).
Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans and Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. March—May ; Fr. June, July.
This, as other species of Griffithia, have the cymes not strictly axilla- ry but arising from the end of, or laterally from, the transformed spine- like branchlets.
4. W. Stamensis, (Grifiithia Siamensis, Mig. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 180; Canthium ? angulosum, Wall. Cat. 8285. A.).
Has. Upper Tenasserim (Wall.).—FIl. March.
5. W. srsprnosa, (Stylocoryne bispinosa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 260).
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. April, May.
6. W. FascicuLatTa, (Posoqgueria fasciculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. | Wall. 568; Posoqueria rigida, Wall. in Roxb. 1. c. 570; Randia rigida, and Lt. fasciculata, DC. Prod. IV. 386).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, about Moulmein (Rev. Parish).
7. W. myrvirouta, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 49 (Gardenia myrti- Jolia, Wall. Cat. 8255. D.)
Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests of the Irrawaddi alluvium in Pegu ; Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wall.).—Fl. May.
Diplospora, DC.
1. D. stneavtaRris, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. IT. 200; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 288 and Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 250. (Discospermum sphaerocarpum, Dalz. in Hook Kew Journ. Bot. II. 257 ?)
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and more frequent in those of Martaban, Tenasserim, and the Andamans.—F 1. April, May.
Hypobathrum, Pl. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Petunga, DC. Flowers 4-merous; the calyx-limb persistent. Berry contracted into a longer or shorter stalk (the elongating pedicel).
Pad abet
we ne ee ee
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 159
Glabrous ; flowers in axillary spikes, ....... 4 vuwiwewaraes Wwieedvceee! Ll. KACCMOSUN.
Subg. 2. Hyptianthera, WA. Flowers 5- rarely 4-merous, the calyx-limb persis- tent. Berry sessile.
Seeumoms + Lowers In axtliary CLUStCrS, “Ws seas tees ds cde ccose gene ne og HT. strictum,
1. H. racemosum, (Randia racemosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 144; Pe- tunga Roxburghii, DC. Prod. IV. 399; Petunga variabilis, Hassk. Cat. Hort. Bog. 114; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 201, cum syn.).
Has. Not unfrequent in the swamp-forests and in swampy or marshy places along choungs or around lakes of Pegu and Martaban, and no doubt elsewhere.—F 1. Oct.—Dec. ; Fr. Dec.—Appril.
2. H. srrictum, (Hyptianthera stricta, WA. Prod. I. 399 ; Randia stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 526; Rondeletia stricta, Roth Nov. sp. 140).
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.) ; Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—FIl. Sept. ; Fr. Febr.
Brachytome, Hf. 1. B. Wanttcutt, Hf. Icon. plant. t. 1088. _ Hap. Ava (Griff. 2787) ; Kakhyen hills (J. Anderson).—FI. April. Inflorescence, flowers, and berries very like those of Saprosma ternatum, but the last are many-seeded. Morindopsis, Hf. 1. M. caprnparis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 189 (Psi- lobium capillare, Kurz 1. c. 1873. 3138). Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests of Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. April, May.
Mussenda. L. Conspectus of Species.
* Calyx-limb deciduous, leaving an angular scar at the top of the berry. x Calyx-teeth $—1 lin. long. Calyx-teeth erect, lanceolate; branchlets puberulous or velvety,.......... I. glabra. Calyx-teeth as in preceding but reflexed ; branchlets hirsute, ........+. LU. variolosa. x x Calyx-lobes 2—4 lin. long. Calyx-lobes filiform, 2—24 lin. long, all conform and none expanded leaf-like, .. ML. pavetiefolia. Calyx-lobes linear, 2—8 lin. long ; corolla-lobes nearly half as long as the corolla-tube, . UM. macrophylia, Calyx-lobes lanceolate, about 4} in. long; corolla-lobes about +.as long as the corolla- ERNE on ole) aie.e sow ndlas 00 04.0) lhl s'Riale « pach arse cienne 6 OMe cecccese cocscece DK. calycina. * * Calyx-limb persistent, crowning the berry. Calyx-teeth linear-subulate, about 4 lin. long ; corymbs rather compact, UM. corymbosa, 1. M. qtasra, Vhl. Symb. III. 38; DC. Prod. IV. 370. Var. a. GENUINA, more glabrous, especially the leaves and branches. Var. 6. Watsiicun, (QL Wallichia, Don. Gen. Syst. III. 490), leaves pubescent beneath and along the nerves above, petioles shorter.
160 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2;
Haz. In the drier hill-forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 3000 to 4000 ft. elevation.—FIl. Fr. March.
2. M. varionosa, Wall. Cat. 6259 ; Don. Gen. Syst. III. 490 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 215.
Has. Rather rare in the trepical forests of the southern parts of the Pegu Yomah, more frequent in Tenasserim from Moulmein southwards ; also Arracan, Sandoway, &c.—Fl. Sept.—Febr.
M. parva, Wall. Cat. 6261 (Don. Gen. Syst. III. 491) from Tavoy, possibly belongs here, but the only specimen seen by me is not sufficient for a correct identification.
8. M. paverrz#rouia, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 57.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo.—Fl. June ? ;
The leaves much resemble those of the glabrescent form of Zwvora tom- entosa.
4. M. macropuyitia, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 228; DC. Prod. IV. 371, non Schum.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans, especially along the coasts.—Fl. May, June; Fr. June, July.
5. M. canyera, Wnll. Cat. 6253 ; Don. Gen. Syst. 489 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 214.
Has. Not unfrequent in the mixed and mixed dry forests, from Ava and Prome to Pegu, especially along choungs.
6. M. corymposa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 226; DC. Prod. IV. 371; WA. Prod. I. 398.
Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of the Kolodyne district in Arracan; also Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer).—Fr. Octob.
Acranthera, Arn.
1. A. untFLoRA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 312. (Mus- senda uniflora, Wall. Cat. 6264; Don. Gen. Syst. IIT. 491).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein, in woods, plentiful (R. Scott) ; Tavoy — (Wall.).— Fl. June; Fr. Aug.
Adenosacme, Wall.
1. A. LoNGIFoLIA, Wall. Cat. 6280 A; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 217. (Rondeletia longifolia, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 188).
Haz. Rare in the tropical forests of the southern and eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah ; more frequent in those of Martaban and Tenasserim, up to 8000 ft. elevation.—Fr. Jan.— March.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 161
In the tropical forests of the valleys of the Nattoung hills (Martaban) grows another species, apparently new, which has very short thick petioles and the uppermost leaves almost sessile ; but the specimens are too bad for description.
Myrioneuron, R. Br. Conspectus af Genera.
Glabrous ; cymes compact and head-like, densely bracted, nodding; bracts subulate,
NT elon oe sctsk occa S's Mika, xx d Plaid cv nie dinitdea sive nile inn teu’ M, nutans. Branches hirsute ; cymes ata like, trichotomous, hirsute, ere@é; bracts broad, mem- Pranous, hirsute, ....3. cesses Binthe creates sie ward « nik So six 6 oCems M. hirsutum,
1. M. nourans, R. Br. in Wall. Cat.; Kurz For. Fl. II. 55. Has. Chittagong-hills, Kassalong (C. B. Clarke).—Fr. CS. 2. M. uresurum, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 55. |
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. May.
Urophyllum, Jack and Wall. Conspectus of Species. * Ovary and berry 5—6-celled. Flowers in shorter or longer simple or decom=-
pound umbelets or cymes. Leaves and shoots glabrous; calyx about 2 lin. across, .... ee sseee veeee UL glabrums Leaves beneath and shoots more or less pubescent ; calyx a line across, .. U. strigoswm. * * Ovary and berry 2-celled. Flowers in sessile clusters. Evie parts slabrous ; flowers minute, soo ss cvdee ss suns ects ens ates reve UO. biloculare..
1. U. @uaBrum, Jack and Wall: in Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 184; DC. Prod. EV. 441. (Awanthes longifolia, Wight in Maccl. Cale. Journ. VII. and Icon. t. 1165). .
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (¢este Wight).
2. U. stricgosum, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. II. 194; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 228.
Has. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf. 2940 and 2944).
3. U. BinocuLtaRre, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 313.
Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of the Martaban hills east
of Tounghoo.—Fr. March.
Rubia, L Conspectus of Species. Leaves more or less cordate-ovate, long-petioled, 3—5-nerved, .... s+. » RK. cordifolia. Leaves narrow-linear, sessile, 1-nerved, ...ce. wesc seve cece sees cece R. angustissima.
1. R. corprrouta, L. Mant. 197; DC. Prod. IV. 588; WA. Prod. I. 442; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. Il. 337. (R. Munjista, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 383; 2. scandens, Zoll. and Mor. Syst. Verz. 66; A. purpurea,
Dene. Mém. Acad. Brux. XI; Jacq. Voy. Bot. 84. t. 92).
21
162 S, Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves various, more or less scabrous on the upper side and on the margins and on the nerves beneath, but not pubescent.
Var. £. arFinis, (Rubia affinis, Wall. Cat. 6209), leaves scabrous above, softly but shortly pubescent beneath.
Has. Var. B. Ava, on Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. Nov.
92. BR. angustissima, Wall. Cat. 6207; G. Don. Gen. Syst. III. 643; Walp. Rep. II. 460. (2. charefolia, Wril. Cat. 6210; G. Don. 1. ¢. ; Walp. 1. c.).
Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).—FIl Fr. Nov.
a
Galium, L.
1. G. aspERtIrotium, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 381; DC. Prod. IV. 598; WA. Prod. I. 442.
Has. In open grassy places along the borders of the stunted hill- forests on Nattoung, Martaban, at about 7000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson). ,
DIPSACEHA. Conspectus of Genera. * Flowers not in heads, cymose or whorled. TRIPLosTEGIA. Cymes dichotomous and laxly panicled. Stamens 4. Stigma terminal, straight. Small herbs. * * Flowers in terminal rarely axillary often peduncled heads.
Dirsacus. Involucre-bracts usually herbaceous, the paleas of the receptacle rigid
or spinescent. Corolla 4-cleft, Rigid herbs, the flower-heads large. Dipsacus, L.
1. D. srricrus, Don Prod. Fl. Nep. 161; DC. Prod. IV. 646.
Var. a. GENUINA, (D. strictus, Don. 1. c. ; D. inermis, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 867), stems more or less retrorsely hispid ; leaves more or less pilose.
Var. f. mitis, (D. mitis, Don Prod. Nep. 161; D. inermis, Coult. Dips. 23; DC. Prod. IV. 646; D. longicaulis, Wall. Cat. 6856), leaves on the nerves beneath and corners of the stems sparingly beset with minute prickles, otherwise glabrous or nearly so.
Has. Martaban, plateau of the Yoonzeleen, at 2500 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis) ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. March, April.
COMPOSITA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. ASTHERACEA. Florets all tubular or bilabiate, or more usually the outer ones ligulate and forming a ray. Style-branches in the female florets always filiform, those of the hermaphrodites variously shaped (in the sterile florets sometimes the style simple). Herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees; the sap usually watery, never milky.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 163
Trib. I. Corymbifere, Vaill. Florets all tubular, or more usually the marginal ones ligulate and forming a ray. Style not thickened joint-like at or near the apex. Herbs, shrubs, or trees, usually aromatic.
* Hlower-heads heterogamous, radiate or discoid, the hermaphro- dite or male florets tubular, and the female ones ligulate or Jiliform (or rarely the heads homogamous in absence of the ray-florets).
+ Anthers free or nearly so. Female flowers all apetalous.
Flower-heads unisexual, rarely heterogamous.
Subtrib. 1. AMBROSIEZ. Style of hermaphrodite florets undivided. Anthers inflexed-appendaged. Pappus none. Leaves alternate.
Xantuium. Male florets numerous, in globular heads, the involucre small, consis- ting of free bracts ina single row. Female florets 2 together cousolidated with the involucre into a prickly burr.
+ + Anthers always united into a tube. Style-branches truncate or appendaged.
x Pappus of short stiff awns or scales, or reduced to a raised border, or none at all. (Genera with a simi- lar or no pappus, not included here, should be sought for in the next division with capillary bristles). Anther-cells not tailed at the base.
Subtrib. 2. HELIANTHOIDEZA. Flowers either heterogamous, with the female florets more or less ligulate, the central ones tubular hermaphrodite or male, or rarely discoid, with all the florets hermaphrodite and tubular. Receptacles with chaffy scales between the florets, or rarely (in Helenioidee) naked. Anthers without tails. Style branches truncate and penicillate, or appendiculate, or the style of the sterile flowers undivided. Pappus of stiff, awns or of short scales or none. Achenes 8—4-gonous, terete, or more usually variously compressed. Leaves opposite or rarely alternate.
* Receptacle paleaceous (Helianthoidee). + Pappus consisting of numerous scales, rarely awn-shaped (or none). (Galinsogee).
Gatinsoca. Flower-heads radiate. Involucral bracts in 1 or 2 series, almost
equal. Scales of pappus oblong, chaffy, fringed, or the alternate ones, or all, shortly * awned. Herbs, leaves opposite. Receptacle conical.
Tripax. Flower-heads radiate. Involucral bracts in 2 rows, membranous, or the
outer ones herbaceous. Scales of pappus feathery-fringed. Herbs, leaves opposite.
Receptacle flat or rearly so. + ++Pappus consisting of only 1—4 bristly awns, or cyathiform, or
absent. ; x Corolla of the fertile florets persistent on the achenes. Pappus of 1—3 awns (Zinniee). . ZinntaA. Receptacle conical or cylindrical. Disk-florets fertile. Achenes (at least the inner ones) 1—3-aristate. Herbs, leaves opposite. Flower-heads solitary. x x Corolla of all the flowers deciduous. + Achenes more or less compressed from the top. Pappus of 2 (rarely 4) bristles, or none. (Coreopsidee).
164 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
t Involucral bracts distinct, almost equal, the outer ones herbaceous, the inner almost conform to the scales of the receptacle.
GuizottA. Ray-florets fertile. Achenes small, almost 4-cornered, without pappus, but crowned with the densely pilose corolla-base. Flower-heads peduncled. ‘Leaves opposite, or the upper ones alternate.
SyNEDRELLA. Ray-florets fertile. Achenes almost flat, lacerate-winged, crowned with 2—3 awns. Herbs, leaves opposite. Flower-heads sessile or peduncled.
t { Involucral bracts in 2 rows, the inner ones membra- nous, often connate at the base or higher up, the outer ones small or minute.
§ Style-branches truncate, penicellate or overtopped by a short appendage.
Coreopsis. Ray-florets sterile or rarely fertile or none. Style-branches penicil- late or truncate, with a short or obsolete appendage. Achenes flat, ciliate, or winged, rarely contracted at the top, nude or more usually terminated by 2 short awns. Leaves opposite or alternate, single to pinnatisect.
DauuiA. Ray-florets sterile, rarely fertile. Style-branches terminating in an elongate hairy appendage. Achenes flat, wingless, naked. Leaves opposite, pinnate.
Biwwens. Ray-florets sterile, rarely fertile or none. Involucral bracts free or con- nate only at the base. Style-branches terminating in a short acute or shortly subulate appendage. Achenes not beaked, crowned with 2—4 stiff awns finally minutely re- trorsely bearded or aculeate. Leaves opposite, simple to pinnatisect.
Cosmos. Ray-florets sterile, often rose-coloured or violet. Achenes more or less beaked. Rest as in Bidens. Leaves opposite, simple to pinnatisect.
Giossocarpia. Ray-florets fertile, usually solitary. Achenes narrow, flat, long- ciliate, crowned with 2 stiff smocth awns recurved afterwards. Leaves alternate, pin- natisect.
§ § Style-branches terminating in a long, shortly hairy appendage.
Guossocynge. Ray-florets fertile. Achenes long, crowned with 2 or 3 stiff persis- tent awns. Leaves mostly radical, dissect to 3-toothed, the cauline ones few and small.
CHRYSANTHELLUM. Ray-florets fertile. Achenes naked, those of the disk compres- sed with the inner ones often winged, those of the ray thick. Leaves alternate, dissect.
+ + Achenes all thick, or those of the ray triquetrous, those of the disk laterally compressed. Pappus cyathimorph or of
2—3 stiff chaffy or bristly awns, with or without interme-
diate scalelets, or none (Verbesinee).
‘+ Inner involucral bracts (or outer scales of the receptacle) embracing or enveloping the achenes of the fertile ray- florets. Pappus none or of minute*free scales.
Enuypra. Involucre of 4 broad leafy bracts, the 2 outer larger than the 2 inner. Ray-florets in several rows, with very small ligules. Pappus none. Aquatic herbs, with simple opposite leaves. Flower-heads axillary, sessile or nearly so.
Srecespeckra. Outer involucral bracts leafy, narrow, spreading, gland-hairy, the, inner ones and the receptacle-scales enveloping the florets. Ray-florets in a single row with small ligules or almost bell-shaped. Pappus none. Herbs with opposite leaves. Flower-heads panicled.
~ t Inner involucral bracts all flat.
, SE ————
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 165
§ Scales of receptacle flat, very narrow, usually only few.
Ecurpta. Involucral bracts in 2 or 8 rows, the outer ones ovate-oblong. Disk- florets 4-toothed. Ligules small, almost 2-seriate. Pappus none or shortly 2-awned. Style-branches obtuse and flattened. Herbs, leaves simple, opposite.
§ § Scales of receptacle concave or complicate, more or less embracing or enveloping the disk-florets.
{ Achenes wingless, compressed or 4—5-cornered. A Pappus united at the base into a ring or cup.
Flower-heads small or rather small.
BuAINvVILLEA. Ray-florets fertile, with small ligules. Disk-achenes crowned with 2—5 persistent awns united at the base into a cup orring. Herbs, leaves opposite or the upper ones alternate. Flower-heads peduncled or almost sessile. Florets white.
Wepre. Ray-florets fertile, with conspicuous spreading ligules. Disk-achenes crowned by numerous minute scales or fringes or by 1—2 short deciduous awns united at base into a cup or ring, or rarely the pappus very minute or obsolete. Herbs, leaves opposite, simple. Flower-heads peduncled or almost sessile. Florets yellow.
4 A Pappus-seales or awns free from the base. Flower-heads usually large.
{ { Achenes of the disk laterally compressed (those of the ray sometimes dorsally compressed or 3-quetrous), ciliate or winged on the margins. Flower-heads small. ;
Spinantues. Ray-florets, if present, fertile. Style-branches truncate and not appendaged. Achenes usually ciliate. Awns of pappus if present very thin. Herbs, leaves opposite. Receptacle conical.
Tirnonta. Ray-florets sterile. Awns of the pappus deciduous or persistent, the intermediate scalelets persistent. Involucre-bracts striate at the base, stiff, elongate- leafy at apex. ‘Tall herbs, leaves alternate. Flower-heads on thickened peduncles.
Heriantuvus. Ray-florets, if present, sterile. Awns of the pappus deciduous, of- ten paleaceous, without intermediate scalelets. Tall herbs, leaves usually simple, oppo- site or alternate.
* * Receptacle naked (Helenioidez).
Tacetes. Involucre-bracts oily-glandular, in a single row, united into a toothed cup. Pappus of 5—6 unequal scales or awns. Flower-heads usually radiate. Herbs, leaves opposite, pinnatisect or serrate.
Subtrib. 8. CALENDULACEZA. Flower-heads usually heterogamous, the ray-florets ligulate, female or rarely neuter, the disk-florets tubular, hermaphrodite, but sterile or rarely fertile (very rarely the heads homogamous and discoid). Receptacle naked. Anthers usually with sagittate, but scarcely tailed base. Style-branches in the disk-florets more or less concrete and thickened at the base. Achenes often hete- romorph and variously curved. Pappus none, or replaced by a woolly crown. Leaves alternate, or radical.
CaLENDULA. Rays rather long, spreading. Achenes much incurved, muricate on the back, the margins sometimes dilated but not winged, those of the disk all abortive. Pappus none.
Subtrib. 4. ANTHEMIDEM. Flower-heads heterogamous, the females ligulate or filiform or without corollas, the disk-florets hermaphrodite or male, or very rarely all the florets tubular and hermaphrodite. Receptacle naked, or very rarely scaly, Anthers
166 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
tailless. Style-branches truncate or penicillate, rarely shortly appendaged. Pappus none, or reduced to a raised border or rarely of short scales. Leaves usually alternate. * Receptacle paleaceous. Flower-heads radiate, or rarely homogamously dis-
coid. |
AcuILLEA. Involucre ovoid, bell-shaped or rarely hemispherical. Achenes com- pressed, narrowly margined. Herbs or undershrubs, the leaves alternate.
* * Receptacle naked, or alveolate-fibrillose. x Flower-heads radiate. Involucre bracts rather broad.
CHRYSANTHEMUM. Receptacle flat or convex. Achenes regularly or irregularly 5—10-ribbed. Pappus none, or rarely of very short scales or forming a cup.
x x Flower-heads heterogamous, discoid. (Cotwlee).
+ Florets of the circumference few. Achenes obovate or rounded at the top.
ArtTEmMIsIA. Involucre-bracts in few rows. Achenes almost terete or compressed, 2- or thinly many-ribbed or without ribs. Herbs or undershrubs, the leaves dissect to simple. Flower-heads small, in racemes or panicled racemes.
+ + Florets of circumference very numerous. Achenes flat or concave at the top. Flower-heads spherical or hemispherical.
Coruna. Florets of the circumference without any or with a very short broad or conical corolla, the hermaphrodite florets 4-toothed, with a widened or thin tube. Achenes flat, obtuse or truncate. Flower-heads peduncled. Small herbs.
Mynriocyne. Florets of the circumference with a 2—3-cleft corolla nearly as long as the style, the hermaphrodite florets 4-toothed. Bracts of involucre small and much shorter than the 8—4-cornered achenes. Flower-heads sessile, minute. Prostrate herbs.
CrentirrrepA. As preceding but involucral bracts large and broad, in fruit conni- vent and covering the cylindrical slightly striate achenes. Prostrate herbs. Flowers
heads sessile, small. x x Pappus usually of numerous capillary soft bris-
tles, (rarely paleaceous or none). O Anthers tailed at the base.
Subtrib. 5. INULOIDEZ. Flower-heads heterogamous, discoid or radiate, or homogamous in absence of the ray-florets. Anther-cells terminating in a basal bris- tle or tail. Style-branches linear, obtuse and not appendaged (or the style undivided in the sterile florets), Leaves usually alternate.
* Female flowers tf present ligulate. x Bristles of pappus all conform and almost equal, capillary, copious.
Inuta. Flower-heads heterogamous. Involucre-bracts in many rows, narrow or leafy-appendaged. MRay-florets few, in 1 or 2 rows, disk-florets numerous. Anthers with double tails, Achenes not or 4—5-ribbed. Herbs or undershrubs.
x ™ Pappus unequal, the outer consisting of short bristles or more usually of minute scales, rarely no pappus at all. + Pappus present (rarely absent).
Puricarta. Flower-heads heterogamous, the ray-florets in 1 or 2 rows, yellow. Involucre broad, the bracts narrow, in few rows, the outer ones herbaceous. Achenes ribbed or not. Bristles of inner pappus in a single row, the outer pappus of very short scales more or less connate into a crown or slit cup.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 167
Vicoa. Flower-heads heterogamous or homogamous. Invyolucre usually broad, the bracts narrow, in many rows. Achenes hardly ribbed. Bristles of pappus very thin, in a’single row, rarely intermixed with a few minute scales.
+ + Pappus none.
CarprEsium. Flower-heads heterogamous, the female flowers tubular in numerous
rows. Achenes many-ribbed, beaked. Herbs. * * Female flowers if present filiform. , x Style-branches of hermaphrodites usually truncate. Flower-heads androgynous or unisexual, or homogamous Involucre-bracts usual- ly scarious, hyaline or petaloid (Gnaphaliee), + Flower-heads 1-flowered. Pappus none. Casuii1a. Flower-heads clustered, axillary, of 2 bracts only, inserted to the broad receptacle and surrounded by a leafy involucre. Aquatic herbs, the leaves simple. + + Flower-heads many-flowered.
t+ Flower-heads androgynous, usually with more female than hermaphrodite florets, or more or less unisexual, dicecious or moncecious, clustered or distinct. Involucre-bracts rare- ly petaloid. O Hermaphrodite florets all sterile, the style usually entire
or scarcely and only very shortly 2-cleft.
ANTENNARIA. Flower-heads strictly dicecious, in dense corymbs or rarely solitary. Bristles of pappus united at the base into a ring. Inflorescence not involucred.
Lrontoropium. Flower-heads unisexual or androgynous, monoecious or incom- pletely dicecious, clustered or in dense cymes. Bristles of pappus united at the base into aring. Inflorescence involucred by the floral leaves.
Anapuatis. Flower-heads androgynous or incompletely dicecious, in corymbs, rarely few or solitary. Bristles of pappus free from the base. Inflorescence not invo- lucred.
O O Most or all hermaphrodite florets fertile. Style deep- ly 2-cleft.
GnaApHalium. Flower-heads more or less androgynous, usually small and cluster- ed, rarely solitary, the involucral bracts scarious, often coloured. Ray-florets very numerous, disk-florets few. Bristles of pappus not feathery, free or united at the base into a ring.
+ t+ Flower-heads androgynous with usually fewer female than hermaphrodite florets, or homogamous with the florets all hermaphrodite. Involucre-bracts usually scarious,
Hericurysum. Flower-heads in corymbs, or rarely solitary, the involucral bracts almost all or the inner ones or their laminz opaquely scarious or petal-like. Achenes not beaked. Bristles of pappus smooth, rough or minutely bearded, rarely feathery towards the end.
x ™x Style-branches of hermaphrodite flowers not truncate, filiform. Flower-heads androgynous. + Female florets supported or enveloped by the scales of the recep- tacle or by the involucre-bracts.
ArnrotsMA. Flower-heads in dense terminal solitary clusters or short spikes. Female florets subtended by the scales of the receptacle. Achenes broad, dorsally com- pressed, ciliate on the margins. Scales of pappus very short, united into a ciliate- fringed ring. Herbs, the leaves pinnatisect.
—_
168 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2, .
+ + Receptacle naked. Involucral bracts herbaceous, or scarious, linear. . . t+ Flower-heads small, packed into dense globose or ovoid clus- ters. SpH#RANTHUS. Flower-heads in solitary terminal globular clusters. Pappus none. Anthers without tails or points at the base. Prerocauton. Flower-heads sessile, in spiked clusters or rarely solitary. Paps pus of capillary bristles. Anthers with short tails or points at the base. + t Flower-heads separate, solitary, corymbose or panicled, rarely clustered. O Pappus of a few rigid bristles or scales, or none. Epautres. Involucre-bracts rigid. Anthers with simple tails. Pappus of the female florets none, of the sterile disk-florets small. O O Pappus consisting of copious capillary soft bristles or hairs. ye BuumeA. Flower-heads racemose, spiked or panicled. Style of the disk-florets all 2-cleft. Involucre bracts narrow-linear, herbaceous or thin scarious. Herbs, rarely shrubs. PuiucuEa. Flower-heads corymbose. Some or all of the disk-florets sterile, with a simple style. Involucral bracts rigid, often broad. Shrubs or undershrubs. O O Anther-base obtuse, or only mucronate or acute, but not tailed. é Subtrib. 6. ASTEROIDEZ. Flower-head heterogamous radiate or discoid or homogamous in absence of the ray-florets. Involucre-bracts in several or rarely only | 2 rows. Anthers with obtuse almost entire base. Style-branches linear, more or less flattened, produced beyond the stigmatic lines into lips or appendages, papillose on ~ the outside. Receptacle usually naked. Leaves usually alternate.
* Female florets if present filiform or bell-shaped or 2-toothed.
x Female florets if present filiform. Pappus bristly (Conyzee).
Microcrossa. Female florets in 1 or several rows with the corollas minutely ligulate, those on the disk fertile. Pappus bristles elongate. Involucre-bracts In many rows. Shrubs.
ConyzA. Female florets in many rows with the corollas shortly filiform (rarely slightly and minutely ligulate), the hermaphrodite florets mostly fertile. Achenes compressed. Pappus-bristles elongate. Involucre-bracts in 2 to many rows. Herbs or undershrubs.
Tuxspis. Female florets in 2 to many rows, destitute of a corolla, the hermaphro- dite florets sterile. Pappus-bristles short, somewhat dilated at the base. Herbs.
x x Female florets in 2 or more rows not exceeding the disk, 2-toothed at the apex or bell-shaped. Herbs. (Gvranginee).
Cyatuociine. Receptacle almost contracted around the margin, raised, the disk concave. Achenes not beaked, compressed, bordered with a marginal nerve. Flower- heads panicled.
GrancEA. Receptacle convex or conical, naked. Achenes produced into a ring or neck toothed or almost bristly on the margins. Flower-heads solitary.
DicnrocerpuaLa. Receptacle almost contracted around the raised margin, the — disk almost flat. Style-branches of the disk-florets acute. Achenes not beaked, com- pressed, bordered by a nerve. Flower-heads racemose or panicled, }
~~
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 169
* * Female florets if present ligulate. x Ligulate female florets not yellow (white or rose-coloured to purple). + Pappus none or very short (Bedlidee).
Myruiacris. Involucre broad, the narrow bracts in few rows. Ligules in 2 or more rows, small. Achenes not or very shortly beaked, oily. Pappus none.
Ruyncnosrermum. Involucre-bracts in few rows, imbricate. Ligulesin 2 or more rows, short and broad. Achenes beaked. Pappus of a few very caducous bristles or none.
+ + Pappus of elongate bristles, rarely short and paleaceous or awned (Heterochrome). t+ Pappus consisting of very short bristles, scales, or awns, or absent in the ray-achenes.
Bottonta. Receptacle conical or convex. Bristles of pappus very short, almost paleaceous, often accompanied by 2—4 awns not exceeding the achene.
+ t+ Pappus consisting of copious capillary bristles in a single or more rows (rarely depauperate in the ray-achenes). { Ligules usually rather broad or ample.
CatuistePuvs. Involucre hemispherical, the outer bracts leafy, the inner ones membranously scarious. Achenes compressed. Outer bristles of pappus very short and forming a small crown.
Astzer. Involucre bell-shaped or hemispherical, the bracts in many rows, not or leafy appendaged, or squarrose, or with scarious margins, or herbaceous and in only 2 rows. Bristles of pappus in several to 2 rows, equal. Achenes usually much com- pressed.
{t { Ligules usually numerous, in 2 or more rows, narrow or almost filiform or minute.
Ericeron. Involucral bracts nearly in 2 rows, narrow, somewhat unequal. Achenes compressed. Bristles of pappus in a single row, or with a few very short outer ones.
x x Ligulate female florets (like the disk-florets) yellow. (Homochrome).
Sotmpaco. Ray-florets few. Involucre narrow, rather wide. Appendage of the style-branches usually lanceolate. Achenes obovoid or oblong. Bristles of pappus capillary, copious, somewhat unequal. Shrubs or undershrubs,
Subtrib. 7. SEHNECIONIDEZ. Flower-heads either heterogamous, with the female florets ligulate or rarely filiform, or sometimes homogamous, with all the florets hermaphrodite and tubular. Receptacle usually naked. Involucre-bracts usually in a single row, with or without outer small ones, rarely in several rows and imbricate. Anthers obtuse or shortly 2-mucronate at the base. Style-branches of the hermaphro- dites truncate and penicillate, or rarely with pubescent tips or appendages. Pappus of capillary bristles. Leaves alternate.
* Involucre wide, the bracts membranous or herbaceous, elongate or acuminate.
Doronicum, Flower-heads radiate. Involucre-bracts in 2 rows, equal, herba- ceous, acuminate. Receptacle hemispherical. Herbs.
* * Involucre-bracts narrow, stiff, usually ribbed or keeled. x Flower-heads heterogamous, discoid, the outer female florets filiform, shorter than their style.
Erecutuites. Involucre etc. of Senecio. Female florets in 2 or more rows, the outer ones filiform. Flower-heads usually narrow, corymbose. Herbs,
; x «x Flower-heads radiate or homogamous, bBristles of pappus not feathery. 22
170 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Gynura. Flower-heads homogamous. Style-branches terminating in an elongate shortly hairy subulate appendage. Rest as in Senecio. Herbs, often tuberous-rooted.
Emit1A. Flower-heads homogamous. Style-branches terminating in a short or rather long appendage. Rest as in Senecio. Herbs. .
Notonta. Flower-heads homogamous. Style-branches of hermaphrodites termi- nating in an-ovate appendage. Rest as in Senecio. Fleshy glaucous herbs.
Senecio. Flower-heads radiate or homogamous. Involucre wide or narrow, the bracts narrow, equal, blunt or shortly pointed, the outer ones small or wanting, or rarely gradually longer from below. Style-branches truncate or obtuse, or rarely shortly appendaged. Achenes5—10-ribbed. Herbs or rarely shrubs, the leaves alter- nate or radical.
* * Flower-heads homogamous, all the florets regularly tubular, never yellow (usually purple, violet, or white).
Subtrib. 8, HUPATORIACEA. Anther-base nearly entire. Style-branches almost terete or very elongate-club-shaped, obtuse, only minutely papillose. Leaves opposite or alternate.
* Anthers appendaged at the tip. Achenes 5-ribbed (Ageratez). x Bristles of pappus copious, smooth or minutely hairy.
Evratorium. Involucre-bracts in several, rarely in 2—3 rows, somewhat unequal, always more than 5. Flower-heads usually many (rarely 1—4) flowered, corymbose or panicled.
Mixanra. Involucre-bracts 4 only, somewhat unequal. Flower-heads 4-flowered, racemose or panicled. ‘Twining shrubs.
x x Pappus entirely or partially chaffy or awned, or consisting of 5—10 rigid bristles, or minute and coronate, or none.
AceErAtTuM. Involucre-bracts in 2—3 rows, somewhat unequal. Pappus of 5 short scales or long awns free or united into a shagged crown, or of 10—20 stiff bristles chaffy or dilated at the base. Herbs.
* * Anthers truncate at the top and not appendaged. Achenes 5-ribbed.
AprENostemMMA. Involucre-bracts numerous, almost in 2 rows, somewhat unequal. Pappus of 8—5 short stiff spreading bristles usually gland-tipped. Herbs.
Subtrib. 9. VERNONIACEZ. Anther-base sagittate. Style-branches subu- late, shortly hairy all over. Leaves usually alternate.
* Flower-heads small, sessile, usually 1- or few-flowered, packed into a head-like cluster, (Liychnophoree),.
Everuantorus. Florets slightly irregular, by 2—5 inahead. Involucre-bracts usually 8, in2 rows. Bristles or scales of pappus rigid, in 1 or 2 rows. Flower-heads clustered, the clusters leafy-involucred. Herbs.
* * Flower-heads separate, usually peduncled and in more or less lax inflorescences: (Vernonicz). x Pappus none or more usually composed of a few very caducous bristles.
Ernvurta. Involucre bell-shaped, not leafy. Flower-heads small, corymbose. Achenes 4—5-cornered, broadly truncate at the top. Pappus none. Herbs.
CrenTRATHERUM. Involucre wide, the outer bracts leafy or rarely only shortly leafy-appendaged. Flower-heads corymbose or solitary. Pappus of a few or numer- ous bristles. Herbs.
x ™ Pappus more or less persistent, composed of numerous capillary J
bristles in 2—3 rows, those of the outer row sometimes very short or reduced to scalelets.
erry] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 171
Vernonia. Flower-heads various, the bracts in many rows, scarious or the outer ones sometimes leafy-appendaged. Receptacle naked or areolate. Achenes 10-ribbed or 4—5-cornered. Outer pappus as long as the inner, or shorter, very short, or none, Shrubs or herbs.
Trib. II, COY¥NAROCHPHALZ, Vaill. Florets either regular and tubular with the style usually thickened joint-like near or at the apex, or bilabiate with the styles various. Herbs, rarely shrubs, not aromatic. Anther-base usually tailed or fringed.
Subtrib. 10. CYNAROIDEZ. Flower-heads discoid, the florets all tubular and regular or nearly so, hermaphrodite, the lobes usually narrow. Anthers usually fring- ed or tailed at the base. Style usually thickened joint-like at or below the division into branches, which latter are narrow and obtuse, or slightly pointed and often erect. Leaves alternate, often spiny.
* Flower-heads usuallg many-flowered, separate. x Achenes usually glabrous, seated in the very oblique or lateral areoles: of the receptacle. (Centauree.) + Involucre without floral leaves or outer leafy bracts.
TricHoLePis. Involucre-bracts narrow, awned-acuminate, entire, not appendaged. Filaments shortly papillose-pilose. Anthers with rather long shaggy tails. Style- branches thin. Achenes glabrous, obtusely cornered or compressed. ‘Leaves unarmed.
+ + Involucre surrounded by spiny-toothed floral leaves or outer leafy bracts.
CarrHaAmus. Outer involucral bracts with a large leafy appendage, inner ones spiny-pointed. Florets orange. Pappus none, or paleaceous. Achenes compressed or obtusely cornered. Leaves spiny-armed.
x x Achenes usually glabrous, seated in the straight areoles of the receptacle. (Carduineg). + Filaments papillose-pilose, free. Bristles of pappus united at the base into a ring and both deciduous.
Cnicus. Outer involucre bracts usually spiny armed, the innermost ones often: unarmed. Receptacle densely covered with rigid bristles often longer than the achenes themselves. Bristles of pappus feathery or shortly bearded. Leaves spiny-armed.
+ + Filaments glabrous, free.
SaussuREA. Involucre not prickly. Pappus of numerous feathery bristles in a single row with or without a few simple ones outside. Receptacle with bristles between the florets. Leaves not armed.
* * Flower-heads 1-flowered, packed into dense spherical heads. Achenes inserted in the straight areoles of the receptacle, silky-villous (Kchinopsidz).
Ecuinops. Leaves and involucres spiny-armed. Thistle-like herbs.
Subtrib. 11. MUTISIACEA. Flower-heads either heterogamous, with radiating female florets, or homogamous, with the florets all hermaphrodite and tubular, in*both cases some or all of the outer florets more or less 2-lipped. Anthers with pointed or tailed base. Style not or slightly thickened joint-like at the apex, the branches very short or elongate, rounded or truncate at the tips, not appendaged. Pappus bristly, paleaceous or rarely absent. Leaves radical or alternate, rarely opposite.
* Flower-heads homogamous, the corollas tubular with the segments of limb narrow, equal or almost 2-lipped. (Gochnatiez). x Flower-heads usually many-flowered.
172 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Dicoma. Flower-heads usually almost sessile. Style-branches linear, long or shortened. Achenes densely villous. Scales or bristles of the pappus feathery, copious. Herbs. . .
x x Flower-heads few-flowered.
LevcoMERIs. Receptacle naked. Style-branches very short, conniving or almost spreadiug. Achenes oblong, silky-villous. Bristles of pappus smooth. Flower-heads corymbose. Shrubs or small trees.
ArnstimA, Style-branches very short. Bristles of pappus feathery. Flower- heads 2—5-flowered, sessile or peduncled, racemose or panicled. Herbs.
* * Flower-heads usually radiate, the corollas ligulate-2-lipped, rarely ligulate (Gerberez).
GeERBEBA. Involucre turbinate or bell-shaped, the bracts nnequal, imbricate. Ray- florets in l or 2 rows, 2-lipped, the ligules 3—4-nerved. Achenes usually beaked. Pappus reddish. Herbs, the leaves radical.
Subord. II. CICHORIACHM, Juss. Flower-heads homogamous, all the florets ligulate and hermaphrodite. Style not thickened at the apex, the branches filiform, revolute, and puberulous. Herbs, tall or small, never woody, with fistulose stems, the sap always milky.
* Pappus paleaceous, awned, coronate or none.
Subtrib. 1. HYOSERIDEZ. Involucre various. Achenes truncate at the top. Pappus consisting more or less of small scales or scalelets alternating with bristles, or none.
Crcuorium. Inner involucre-bracts in 1—2 rows, almost equal, erect, the outer ones short, lax or wanting. Pappus none or very minute. Florets large, blue. Rigid branched herbs.
* * Bristles of pappus (at least those of the central achenes)
capillary, smooth or feathery. Subtrib. 2. CREPIDEZ. Involucre calyx-like or rarely imbricate. Achenes contracted at the base, rarely columnar. Herbs. * Hairs of indument simple. Innermost bracts of the involucre usually thicken- ing at the base. (Crepideze).
Crepis. Involucre of a single row of nearly equal bracts, with a few small outer —
ones. Achenes not at all or scarcely flattened, very shortly contracted at the top. Pappus sessile, of numerous simple capillary bristles or hairs. Herbs with leafy stems.
Picris. Outer involucre-bracts small, numerous. Achenes very shortly contrac- ted at the top. Pappus (at least of the central achenes) consisting of feathery bristles. Hispid herbs, with leafy stems.
* * Hairs of indumentum (if present) stellate often accompanied by simple ones, or the indument intricately woolly. Innermost bracts of the involucre
. not thickening. (Hieracieae.) ;
Hieracium. Receptacle naked or very shortly fibrillose. Bristles of the pappus rather stiff, fragile, persistent, simple. Herbs.
Subtrib. 3. LACTUCACEZ. Involucre calyx-like or rarely imbricate. Achenes contracted at both ends, or beaked. Bristles of pappus simple. Herbs; the hairs if present simple.
* Achenes shortly or long-beaked.
Lactuca. Achenes more or less compressed, ribbed. Bristles of pappus persistent
or deciduous, Florets yellow or blue.
SEE Se eee
i
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 173
* * Achenes not beaked. PrenantuEs. Achenes almost terete or somewhat compressed, bluntish 3—5-cor-
nered, not or scarcely ribbed. Bristles of pappus more or less persistent. Florets purple to white, never yellow.
Soncuvus. Achenes more or less compressed, ribbed. Bristles of pappus soft,
white, at base united into a ring and deciduous with it. Involucral bracts often incras- sate-dilated in fruit. Florets yellow.
Microruyncuus. Achenes columnar, truncate at both ends, bluntly 4—5-ribbed, sometimes narrowly 2—3-winged. Florets yellow.
Xanthium, L.
1. X. strumaRivum, L. sp. pl. 1400 DC. Prod. V. 524; Bth. FI. Hongk. 181; Clark. Comp. Ind. 1382. (X. Indicum, Roxb. FI. Ind. TIT. 601 ; DC. Prod. V. 528; Wight Icon. t. 1104; Griff. Not. Dicot. 232 ; A. Roxburghii, Wallr. Beitr. Bot. I. 233; Walp. Rep. VI. 151; X. disco- lor, Wallr. l.c.; Walp. l.c.; X. drevir eee Wallr. E"e.y- Walp. Lc. ; X. — DC. Prod. V. 523; Wallr. Beitr. Bot. 932 Walp. Rep. VE I51).
Haz. Frequent in rubbishy or waste places, along river-banks, etc., not only in the mixed forests, but more so in and around villages, all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.
Tridax, L
*]. T. procumBens, L. sp. pl. ed. 1. 900; DC. Prod. V. 679; Clark. Comp. Ind. 142.
Has. A weed like wild on old walls, in rubbishy places, etc., common about Chittagong ; less so about Akyab in Arracan, and in Rangoon, and probably around other seaports, but not yet spread over the country as in India.— Fl. Fr. ©.
Synedrella, Gertn.
*]. §S. ‘nopriFtorA, Gertn. Fruct. II. 456. t.171; DC. Prod. V. 629 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 139. (Verbesina nodiflora, L. Amoen. IV. 290). Has. Rubbishy places and neglected garden land in and around villages, rather frequent about Akyab, Arracan ; Upper-Tenasserim, Moul- mein (Dr. Stoliczka) ; on the Andamans now very common and penetrating
to the clearings in the jungles.—Fl. Oct.—March ; Fr. Febr.—May.
Cosmos, Cav. Conspectus of Species. Florets all purple to rose-coloured ; achenes long and slenderly beaked, the beak termi- nated by 2 stiff awn-like bristles,....... : we eae. CO, caudatus. Florets all yellow ; achenes long but thickly besked. ‘the ble aikpouks4 pappus-bristles, o> C, sulfureus.
174 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
*1, ©. caupatus, H. B. K. Nov. gen. Amer. IV. 240; DC. Prod. V. 606 ; Griseb. Fl. West. Ind. 373.
Has. As wild in neglected lands in and around Rangoon.—Fl. Nov., Dec.
*2. .C. SULFUREUS, Cav. Icon. I. 56. t.. 79; DC. Prod. V. G06: Griseb. Fl. West. Ind. 373. (Coreopsis artenisiefolia, Jacq. Icon. III. t. 595; B. calva, Clark. Comp. Ind. 141 ; Adenolepis calva, Schultz. Bip. in Zoll. Cat. 123 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 4 9).
Has. Not ieee in the savannahs, and in aN places near villages, about Akyab in Arracan, and in similar places in Rangoon up the valley as far as Phoungyee.—F 1. Nov.—Feb.
I am not at all sure whether the above synonymy is correct. The same plant (Adenolepis calva) has become quite a nuisance about Buitenzorg and other places in Java, entering freely the hill-savannahs.
Bidens, L. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Platycarpea. Achenes flat and rather broad.
Leaves divided into 3 lanceolate serrate segments, or pinnatifid, ........B. tripartita. Subg. 2. Psilocarpea. Achenes slender, 4-cornered.
Leaves mostly pinnately 4—3-foliolate. Ray-florets white, .... ...eeeee sees B. pilosa.
Leaves mostly bipinnate. Ray yellow. Slender dry herb,.........eee0. B. bipinnata.
1. B. proosa, L. sp. pl. 1166; DC. Prod. V. 597; Clark. Comp. 141 quoad var. a (B. leucantha, Willd. sp. pl. ITI. 1282 ; DC. Prod. V. 598; B. Sundaica, Bl. Bydr. 913 ; DC. Prod. V. 598).
Has. Here and there springing up in deserted hill-toungyas and in betel-nut gardens of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 2—4000 ft. elevation ; apparently more frequent in the northern hilly parts of Ava.— Fl. Fr. Sept.—March.
2. 3B. prprnnata, L. sp. pl. 1166; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 411; DC. Prod. V. 603; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 548. (B. Wallichii, DC. Prod. V. 598; B. pilosa, var. B. Wallichii, Clark. Comp. Ind. 141).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.). Fl. July—Oct.
Siegesbeckia, L 1. S. onrenraris, L. sp. pl. 1269; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 482; DC. Prod. V. 495; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 182 and Fl. Austr. IV. 5385 ; Wight Icon. t. 1103; Clark. Comp. Ind. 183. (S. brachiata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 432). Has. Here and there in deserted toungyas, but more frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, at 2000—7100 ft. elevation ; also Ava, Bha- mo.—Fr. Jan.— March.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 175
Enhydra, Lour.
1. E. Frivucrvans, Lour. Fl. Coch. II..625; DC. Prod. V. 687. (£. Heloncha, DC. Prod. V. 637; Clark. Comp. Ind. 1383; 2. paludosa, DC. l.c.; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 546; 2. longifolia, DC. 1. c.; Hingtsha repens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 448).
Haz. Not unfrequent in swamps and swampy grass-lands of the cul- tivated plains of Pegu and Arracan, and probably all over the country ; also Ava, Bhamo.—FI. Fr. CS.
Eclipta, L.
1. EK. arpa, Hassk. Pl. Jay. rar. 528; Maiq. Fl. Ind: Bat. IT. 65; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 181 and Fl. Austr. IV. 5386; Clark. Comp. Ind. 184. (Z. erecta, L. Mant. 286; DC. Prod. V. 490; Verbesina alba, L. sp. pl. 1272 ; A. longifolia, Schrad. ap. DC. Prod. V. 490).
Var. a. ERECTA, Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. IJ. 65; Clark. 1. c.; more or less erect and appressed hispid ; peduncles elongate, $—2 in. long.
Var. £.PROSTRATA, Miq.1. c.; Clark 1. c. (£. prostrata, L. Mant. 286; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 438 ; DC. Prod V. 490; #. parviflora, Wall. in. DC. 1. ¢. ; EF. thermalis, Bung. Enum. Pl. Chin. bor. No. 224; DC. 1. ¢.; #. pro- ewmbens, Michx. Flor. Bor. Amer. II. 129; DC. 1. c. 491; EH. brachypoda, Mchx. 1. ec. 180; DC. 1. c. 491), more or less prostrate, appressed hirsute ; flower-heads shortly peduncled.
Var. y. Zrepeviana, Miq. |. c.; Clark. 1. c. (4. Zippeliana, Bl. Bydr. 914; DC. Prod. V. 490; #. hirsuta, Bartl. in Linn. XIII. Litt. Ber. 95), erect or spreading, more robust in all parts, spreadingly hirsute ; flower- heads shortly petioled.
Has. Var. a. and 8. common in waste and in cultivated lands, along roadsides, ruined pagodas, etc., not only in the leaf-shedding forests, but more so in the cultivated plains, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim; also on the Andamans (here introduced, but rapidly spread- ing) ; var, y. along the banks of the Irawaddi in the Prome District.—Fl, Fr. C. and H. 8.
Wedelia, Jacq. Conspectus of Species. * Some of the outer involucral bracts more leaf-like and longer than the others. Pappus cup-shaped, Flower-heads on very elongate peduncles, always solitary ; leaves oblong to lanceolate, almost sessile or narrowed into a short petiole, ....cevevecseseeee W. calendulacea. Flower-heads rather short-peduncled, usually by pairs or few, axillary, terminal and in the fork of the branchings ; leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, slenderly petioled, . W. urticifolia. * * Outer involucre-bracts not longer than the inner ones. Pappus none or of 2 or 1 deciduous bristles. Flower-heads longer or shorter peduncled, by 2—3 or few, axillary, terminal, and in the branch-forkings.
176 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Strageling perennial ; leaves ovate or broadly ovate-lanceolate, .... .ssseeee W. bifiora. Erect, coarse annual ; leaves lanceolate, .....000 eesecece cers seserecees VW’. asperrima.
1. W. carenputacea, Less. Syn. 222, non Rich. ; DC. Prod. V. 539; Wight Icon, t. 1107; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 182 and FI. “eee IV. Sar 3 Clark. Comp. Ind. 186. (Verbesina calendulacea, L. sp. pl. 1272 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 440).
Has. Frequent in the tidal forests and along river-banks as high up.
as the tidal waves, all along the coast from Chittagong and Arracan down to Tenasserim.—F]. RS.
2. W. uRticrFor1a, DC. in Wight Contr. 18 and Prod. V. 539; Wight Icon. t. 1106. Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 588. (W. biflora, Clark. Comp. Ind. 187. excl. syn. sub. a. ; Verbesina biflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 440, non I.)
Has. Prome hills (Wall.).—FI. Fr. Sept., Oct.
3. W. Birtora, DC. in Wight Contr. 18; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 589. (Verbesina biflora, L. sp. pl. 1272, non Roxb. ; Wollastoma biflora, DC.
Prod. V. 546; Wight Icon. t. 1108. Bth. Fl. Hongk. 183 excl. syn. ?; -
W. scandens, Clark. Comp. Ind. 186; Verbesina scandens,’ Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 401; Wollastonia insularis, DC. Prod. V. 548; Wollastoma Horsfieldiana, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 72). Has. Frequent in the tidal, and more especially in the beach-forests, all along the coasts from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Anda- mans.—Fl. Fr. o. Tithonia, Desf.
*1. T. tragerirtora, Desf. Ann. Mus. I. 46. t. 4; DC. Prod. V.
584; Bot. Reg. t. 591. Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran (Dr. Brandis), no doubt only an escape from cultivation. Spilanthes, L.
Conspectus of Species. Prostrate or ascending, branched ; flower-heads solitary in the leaf-axils or in the forks Of the ranches, © ..«: ss eis. s>-0» sme! age © Sis uaputeleaia/ee's aks wunikicls Gee S. Acmella, Erect, simple-stemmed ; flower-heads panicled,......ee+eceeeccsevcvees S. paniculata,
1. S. Acmetta, L. Syst. Veg. 610; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 410; DC. Prod. V. 623; Clark. Comp. Ind. 188 excel. var..6.
Var. a. ACMELLA, Clark. 1. c. (Sp. calva Wight Icon. t. 1109), achenes marginate, with the borders bristly-rough, usually crowned by 1 or 2 bristles.
Var. £. catva, Clark. 1. c. (Sp. calva, DC. in Wight Contr. 19 ; DC. Prod. V. 625 ; S. pseudo-acmella, L. syst. veg. 610; DC. 1. c.), achenes not
or scarcely marginate and smooth on the margins ; pappus usually obsolete.
Var. =y. OLERACEA, Clark. 1. c. (S. oleracea, Jacq. Hort. Vind. II. t.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 177
135 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 410; DC. Prod. V. 524), all parts more robust, the flower-heads more than twice the size and often solitary at the ends of the branchlets.
Has. Var. @ common in waste and rubbishy places in and around villages, on road-sides, fallow fields, and toungyas, along river-banks, ete., not only in all leaf-shedding forests but more so in the cultivated tracts, up to 3000 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. C. and HS.
2. S. panrcutata, Wall. Cat. 3186; DC. Prod. V. 625. (S. aemella var. 0. paniculata, Clark, Comp. Ind. 189).
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, and more so as a weed in toun- gyas, poonzohs, and other cultivated and waste lands in and around villages from Pegu and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. CS.; Fr. ©. and HS.
In my eyes a very distinct species. It is the ein-bee-zat of the Bur- mese, used for poisoning fish.
Tagetes, L. Conspectus of Species.
Peduncles elongate and almost cylindrical ; involucral bracts plain, ........ T. patula. Peduncles elongate, much swollen at the apex ; involucral bracts almost angular 7. erecta.
*1. TT. patuua, L. sp. pl. 1249; DC. Prod. V. 643; Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 150; Clark. Comp. Ind. 142.
Has. Frequently cultivated not only by the Burmese but also by the Karens, and often seen springing up in recently abandoned toungyas.—FI. CS.
*2. 'T. erecta, L. sp. pl. 1249; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 435; DC. Prod. V. 643 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 148.
Has. With the preceding, but less frequently seen.—FI. CS.
Chrysanthemum, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Hu-Chrysanthemum. Achenes of the ray almost triquetrous, the inner nerve produced at the apex into a tooth. Pappus scarcely any. Flower-heads large, on long terminal or almost terminal peduncles; ray yellow, e+ O. coronarium. Subg. 2. Pyrethrum. Achenes oblong, irregularly 3—5-cornered. Pappus scarcely any. Flower-heads numerous, on slender peduncles, in terminal corymbs; rays yellow, or in garden varieties variously (purple to white and orange) coloured, ....C. Indicum.
*1. Cu. coronarium, L. sp. pl. 1254; DC. Prod. VI. 64; Clark. Comp. Ind. 146. (Ch. Roxburghii, Desf. Cat. Hort. Par. ed. 3. 170; Bot. Mag. t. 1521; DC. Prod. VI. 64; Pyrethrum Indicum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 436; Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 152).
23
178 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Much cultivated in native gardens, especially in the drier dis-
tricts, as Prome ; also Ava.—F I. HS.
#2. ' CH. aan L. sp. pl. 1253; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 436 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1287 and 1502 (fl. plen.) ; Bot. Mag. t. 2556; Clark. Comp. Ind. 147. (Pyrethrum Indicum, Cass. Doct. XLIV. 149, non. Roxb. ; DC. Prod. VI. 62; Chrysanth. tripartitum, Sweet FI. Gard. t. 193 ; Ch. Chinese, Sab. in Trans. Hort. Soc. Lond. IV. 330. t. 14; Pyrethrum Sinense, DC. Prod. VI. 62; Bot. Mag. t. 327 and 2042; Bot. Reg. t. 4. 445 and 616).
Has. Ava, Taongdong (Wall.), probably cultivated.
Artemisia, L. Conspectus of Species.
Sect. 1. Dracunculus. Flower-heads heterogamous, the ray-florets in a single row and female, the disk-florets bisexual but sterile by abortion of the ovaries. More or less glabrous, the lower leaves simple, obovate-oblong, toothed at the apex, .. A. parvifiora. Sect. 2. Abrotanum. Flower-heads heterogamous, the ray-florets female, the disk-florets hermaphrodite: all fertile. Leaves once or twice bipinnatifid, the segments rather broad and elongate, more or less greyish or silky-villose beneath ; flower-heads in large panicles, ...... A. vulgaris. Leaves twice or thrice bipinnatifid, glabrous, the segments almost filiform, acute ;
flower-heads rather large, im loose panicles, .... .... sseccsee soevas A. carvifolia,
1. A. PARVIFLORA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 420; DC. Prod. VI. 100; Clark. Comp. Ind. 159. (A. glabrata, Wall. Cat. 418; DC. Prod. VI. 100; Wight Icon. t. 1111).
Has. Martaban, on the Nattoung hill (Rev. F. Mason); Ava hills east of Bhamo.
2. A. vuteaRis, L. sp. pl. 1188; Engl. Bot. t. 978; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 420; Fl. Dan. t. VII. t. 1176 ; Hayne Arzn. Gew. IIT. 12; DC. Prod. VI. 112; Clark. Comp. Ind. 161. (A. leptostachya, DC. Prod. VI. 118).
Var. a. VULGARIS, Clark. Comp. Ind. 161, leaves beneath white-tomen- tose, the segments usually sharply serrate and laciniate ; young Omen heads often woolly-villous.
Var. 8. Inpica, Clark. Comp. 162 (4. Indica, Willd. sp. pl. ITI. 1846 ; DC. Prod. VI. 114; Wight Icon. t. 1112; A. dubia, Wail. Cat. 3307 ; DC. 1. ¢. 110), leaves usually green or greyish and little pubescent ; flower- heads lax and remote, adult nearly glabrous, often on short capillary peduncles.
Has. Var. ao. Karenee hills (O’Riley, Rev. F. Mason) ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) ; var. 6. Ava, Khakyen hills, Taong-dong, ete. Bigs Febr.—March.
3. A. CARVIFOLIA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 422, err. typ. carnifolia ; DC. Prod. VI. 119; Clark. Comp. Ind. 162.
” $877.) Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 179
Has. Prome, banks of the Irrawaddi near Meaday (R. Scott).—Fl. Apr.
Cotula, L.
1. C. aytuemorpes, L. sp. pl. 1256; DC. Prod. VI. 78; Bth. Fl, Hongk. 185; Clark. Comp. 149. (Pleiogyne anthemoides, C. Koch in Bot. Ztg. 1843. col. 40 ; Pleiogyne cardiosperma, Kdg. in Linn. Trans. XX. 71).
Var. a. GENUINA, achenes winged.
Var. 8. HEMIsPHERICA, (Machlis hemispherica, DC. in Deless. Icon. Select. IV. t. 50; and Prod. VI. 140; Artemisia hemispherica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 422; Cotula hemispherica, Wall. Cat. 3236; Clark. Comp. Ind. 150), achenes not winged.
Has. Var. oa. Ava, Irrawaddi valley near Sway-koo; and Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; var. £. rather rare on the banks of the Trawaddi in Pegu; Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. Jan.—March.
Myriogyne, Less.
1. M. minora, Less. in Linn. VI. 219; DC. Prod. VI. 189; Bth. Fl. Hongk. and Fl. Austr. IV. 553 excl. syn. Lour. (Cotula minuta, Forst. Prod. 301; Centipeda minuta, Bth. ap. Clark. Comp. Ind. 151; Artemisia sternutatoria, Roxb, Fl Ind. III. 423; Déichrocephala Schmidii, Wight Icon. t. 1610; WW. Cunninghamii, DC. Prod. VI. 189; F. Muell. Pl. Vict. t.41; Centipeda Cunninghamii, A. Braun and Aschers. Ind. Hort. Berol. 1867.6; Centipeda orbicularis, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 89, non Lour. ; Sphe- romorphea Russeliana, DC. in Deless. Icon. sel. IV. t. 49; DC. Prod. VI. 140 ; Centipeda minima, A. Braun. and Aschers. in Ind. Hort. Berol. 1867. 6. ; Cotula, sp., Griff. Not. Dicot. 237 ?).
Has. Frequent in fields, fallow or under cultivation, in wastes and rubbishy places, river-banks, &c., all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; Andamans, now frequent on rice-fields (originally in- troduced).—F 1. Jan.—March ; Fr. HS.
Centipeda, Lour. 1. ©. orpicunaRts, Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 602; Clark. Comp. Ind. 151. (Spheromorphea ? Centipeda, DC. Prod. VI. 140). Has. Adjoining provinces of Siam, in dried up marshes near Rad- booree (Teysmann).—Fl. HS.
Inula, L. Oonspectus of Species. x Stems not winged. Villous or villous-pubescent undershrubs. Bracts of the involucre narrow-linear. Flower-heads corymbose panicled. .. J. cappa. x x Stems leafy-winged from the decurrent sessile leaves. Densely woolly villous tall annuals.
180 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [Wor 2
Flower-heads thick, woolly, and rather large, corymbose, the outer involucre-bracts leafy linear-oblong, ......00 ssvees coesee susesses eeveve sone seen I. polygonata.
1. I. cappa, DC. Prod. V. 469; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 1805):Giare Comp. Ind. 124. (L. pseudo-Cappa, DC. 1. c. 469; L. eriophora, DC. 1. ce. 470; I. salviodora, Schultz. Bip. in Zoll. Cat. 122; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. III. 62; Duhaldea Chinensis, DC. Prod. V. 366; I. oblonga, DC. Prod. V. 469).
Has. Common in the drier hill-, more especially the pine-forests of Martaban and Upper Tenasserim, up to 4000—5000 ft. elevation, descending into the eng- and hill-eng-forests, where it is not unfrequent; also Ava hills. —FI. Febr., March; Fr. April, May.
2. I. potyeonata, DC. Prod. V. 465; Clark. Comp. 119.
Has. Common in the eng- and hill-eng-forests all over Prome, Pegu, and Martaban, up to 2000 ft. elevation, most probably also in Ava.—F. CS: 3 Pr ts:
N. B. L. Oculus-Christi, Clark. Comp. Ind. 120, has nothing to do with the Linnean plant, and is J. obtusifolia, Kerner Nov. sp. pl. IL. 18.
Vicoa, Cass. Conspectus of Species. Slender, more or less roughish; leaves short ; flower-heads only 2—23 lin, across, . V. Indica. More robust, more glabrescent ; leaves elongate-linear ; flower-heads }—? in. in dia- TAGUED, <a wis Ais 50 sive apinle 3 sist asic e ate tse sce sie ei a eee V. appendiculata.
1. V. Inpica, DC. Prod. V. 474; Wight Icon. t. 1148; Clark. Comp. Ind. 127. (aula Indica, L. sp. pl. 1287; V. aurita, DC. 1. ¢.; V. awriculata, DC. 1. ¢.; Doronicum calcaratum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 434).
Has. Frequent in the eng and dry forests of the Prome District.— Fl. Jan.—March ; Fr. March, April. |
2. V. appEnpicuLaTA, DC. Prod. V. 474; Clark. Comp. Ind. 127.
Haz. Ava, apparently not unfrequent along the Irrawaddi.—FI. Decb., Jan.
Pulicaria, Geertn.
1. P. etavcescens, Clark. Comp. Ind. 180, excl. syn., non seh
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helfer 3176).
Evidently no Pulicaria, and certainly not identical with the Persian plant. It looks more like Pluchea, but the pappus is different. The material at disposal is defective.
Ceesulia, Roxb.
1. C. axi~taris, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 93 and FI. Ind. 447 ; Bot. -
Rep. t. 481; DC. Prod. V. 482 ; Wight Icon. t. 1102 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 116. (Meyera orientalis, Don Prod. Nep. 180). Has. Chittagong.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 181
Anaphalis, DC. Conspectus of Species. Leaves adnate but not decurrent at the base, 1-nerved; flower-heads peduncled, 3—4 ‘lin. in diameter, corymbose ; an adnate-lanate herb, .......... oc cece. hoyleana. Leaves more or less decurrent at the base, 3-nerved ; flower-heads half the size, sessile and clustered, in corymbs ; densely white adnate-woolly stout herb,....4. adnata. 1. A. RoytEeana, DC. Prod. VI. 272; Clark. Comp. Ind. 104. Has. Here and there in the hill-toungyas of Martaban east of Toun- ghoo, at about 4—5000 ft elevation ; also Ava hills —Fl. March. 2. <A. apnata, DC. Prod. VI. 274; Clark. Comp. Ind. 108. Has. Frequent in the drier hill-, especially the pine-forests, and on the hill-pastures of the higher ridges of Martaban, from 5400—7100 ft. ele- vation.—F 1. Nov.—Febr. ; Fr. Febr.—March.
Gnaphalium, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Flower-heads corymbose, or the corymbs contracted and almost head-like. x Leaves linear, with a rounded base half-stem-clasping.
Tall annual; flower-heads laxly corymbose, tha involucral bracts yellow or brown,
. G. hypoleucum. x x Leaves more or less spatulate-linear to cuneate-obovate. Silky-villous herb much branched from the base; flower-heads densely clustered and forming leafless more or less lax corymbs, the involucre-bracts bright yellow or ereyish pale yellow, 1.2... 0008 Pe Reece ere ie Se ea ne aah G. luteo-album. Simple or almost simple tender herb, thinly viscid-pilose; leaves obovate-cuneate, almost half-amplexicaul, thinly herbaceous; flower-heads in dense terminal almost head-like corymbs, the involucral bracts almost membranous, often more or less steel-blue coloured, .......... Sermete Ware ee ha ee dae Mase veers Wes ~G. flaccidum. * * Flower-heads clustered or rarely solitary in the axils of the leaves and usually gradually passing into a leafy terminal spike or head. Erect or spreading from the base, more or less silky-pilose; leaves elongate obovate- cuneate ; flower-heads only about a line long, leafy spicate, ........ G. Indicum. As preceding, but flower-heads about 2 lin. long, the involucre-bracts firmer,
. G. purpureum Prostrate and spreading, the branchings only slightly leaved at the lower parts, more so upwards, the upper leaves forming stellate involucres to the densely crowded PME CRORE oss rinse oc Sind nate Kew neseieee Pe re COE OC weve G. crispatulun.
1. G. HypotEUcUM, DC. in Wight Contr. 21 and Prod. VI. 222; Wight Icon. t. 1114; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 187; Clark. Comp. Ind. 114. (4. confertum, Bth. in. Lond. Journ. Bot. I. 488).
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-, especially the pine-forests, and freely springing up as well in the clearings as on the hill-pastures, of Martaban, at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation ; also Ava-hills—Fl. Fr. March.
-2. G. LUTEO-aALBUM, L. sp. pl. 1198; Engl. Bot. t. 1002; Fl. Dan. t. 1763, DC. Prod. VI. 230; Clark. Comp. Ind. 114. (G. pallidum, Lamk.
182 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a [No. 2,
Dict. II. 750; DC. Prod. VI. 230; G. confusum, DC. Prod. VI. 222; G. multiceps, Wall. Cat. 8949; DC. Prod. VI. 222; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 188; G. ramigerum, DC. Prod. VI. 222; G. oriwense, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 425; G. Javanicum, DC. Prod. VI. 222; G. Reinwardtianum, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II 91).
Has. Common in cultivated lands, along river-banks, in deserted toungyas and open waste places, in all leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma and adjacent islands, up to 4000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Fr. Febr.—May.
3. G. FLAccrIDUM, Kurz MS.; Clark. Comp. Ind. 115.
Has. Here and there in light bamboo-jungles (of Bamb. arundina- eed) in the alluvial lands between the Irrawaddi and Lhein rivers in Pegu. —Fl. Jan.
4. G. Inpicum, L. sp. pl. 1200; DC. Prod. VI. 231; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 655; Clark. Comp. Ind. 114. (G. strictum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 424;
G. multicaule, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 425; G. Niliacum, Raddi in Spreng. |
Syst. veg. III. 480; DC. Prod. VI. 231).
Haz. Common on fallow fields, along river-banks and roads, in waste places near and around villages, etc. of all the cultivated plains, but also in open somewhat moist or temporarily inundated grounds in all the leaf- shedding, especially the mixed forests, all over eee down to Tenasserim. —Fl. Fr. Jan.— May.
5. G. CRISPATULUM, Del. Fl. Aeg. 128 t. 44. f. 3 ; DC. Prod. VI. 231; Clark. Comp. Ind. 115. (G. depresswm, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 425; Milago prostrata, DC. Prod. VI. 249).
Has. Not unfrequent in temporarily inundated places, in fallow rice-
fields and along river-banks of the alluvium of Pegu and Prome.—FI. CS.
Athroisma, DC.
J. A. LactntatumM, DC. Prod. V. 369; Clark. acka Ind. 98. (A. viscrdum, Zoll. and Mor. Cat. 122; Miq. FI. tad: Bat. IT. 35).
Haz. Frequent in dried up river-beds and other temporarily inun- dated places and on the banks of the larger rivers, as Sittang, Irrawadi, Lhein, etc., of Pegu, Prome, and Martaban ; also Tenasserim (Helf. 8127).—F. Fr. Jan.— May.
Pterocaulon, Ell.
1. P. Brouarprert, F. Muell. Descript. Not. Papuan Pl. III. 43. (Monenteles spicatus, Labill. Sert. Nov. Caled. 43. t. 43; DC. Prod. V. 455 ; P. cylindrostachyum, Clark. Comp. Ind. 99).
Has. Frequent in fallow fields, in neglected culture-land, along river- banks, all over Prome ; Ava, along the Trrawaddi, and on Taongdong.—FI. Fr. Jan.—March.
ee ee ee ee eee
| Pa , i Pa 2 , t Ss
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 183
Spheeranthus, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Polycephalos, Forsk. Outer bracts of the flower-heads longer than the flower-heads themselves, scarious and long-awned. Glabrous, the branches only slightly winged; heads more oval, sessile, the empty bracts
glabrous, ...... Ce cern ee cee eeeee wesc ce es ceeseeee sacs es oo. 8. amarantoides, Glandular-puberulous, the branches leafy- and serrate-winged ; heads shortly peduncled, the empty bracts appressed bristly and ciliate,........ ..e00 cusee eo S. Peguensis.
Subg. 2. Eu-Spheranthus. Bracts shorter than the flower-heads and almost en- tirely hidden by them. Branches leafy-winged.
Pubescent or hirsute ; heads globose ;—3 in. thick, the involucre-bracts tapering into a subulate ciliate point, .... ssceee seose vik dtataas Baa hele rusths Mu aren «cates S. hirtus. Glabrous ; heads half the size, the involucre-bracts scarious, often jagged at the ends, ' » S&S. Indicus.
1. S. Peauensis, Clark. Comp. Ind. 97.
Has. Frequent on fallow fields and in waste lands of Prome; pro- bably also Ava.—Fl. March.
I have not seen the Ava specimens of Sph. amarantoides referred to by DeCandolle, but suspect they belong to the above species.
2. S. mrervus, Willd. sp. pl. III. 2895; Wight Icon. t. 1094; Clark. Comp. Ind. 97. (S. mollis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 546; DC. Prod. V. 369).
Has. Common in fallow fields, in cultivated or deserted toungyas, along river-banks and similar places, all over Burma, from Chittagong down to Tenasserim.—F 1. November to April; Fr. April, May.
3. S. Invicus, L. Fl. Zeyl. 812; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 446. CS. micro- cephalus, Willd. sp. pl. III. 2895 ; DC. Prod. V. 369; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 522; Clark. Comp. Ind. 97).
Has. Prome district; Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein.—Fl. Sept.—
Apr.; Fr. C. and HS.
P Epaltes, Cass.
1. E. prvartcara, Cass. Bull. philom. 1818. 189 ; DC. Prod. V. 461 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 96. (Hthalia divaricata, L. Mant. 110; Burm. Fl. Ind. 176. t. 58. £.1; (2. linearifolia, DC. 1. c.; E. pygmaea, DC. 1. ¢.).
Has. Prome hills (Wall ).—FI. Sept., Octob.
Blumea, DC. Conspectus of Species.
* Cauline leaves not decurrent on the branches. Florets golden to pale yellow, (except in the white or blue-flowered B. Wightiana). (Apteree, DC.)
x Flower-heads on long peduncles arising singly from the axils of the leaves, or rarely appearing compound from the reduction of the
leaves.
184 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 2,
Shrubby annual; leaves small, sessile with broad base and almost half-stem-clasping ; involucre-bracts narrowed into filiform tails ; peduncles almost glabrous, .. B. amplectens. Low perennial, branched and ascending from the base, thinly pubescent; peduncles spreadingly pubescent; involucre-bracts very acute; leaves rather large, sessile with a rounded base, ....sceeses cee evans Peers Miotwis pied! . 2B. bifoliata. x x Flower-heads in siecle racemes, or rs densely packed into shorter or lorger spikes. + Serratures or teeth of the leaves spiny indurated at their tips. Spreading perennial, branched from the base and procumbent, sparingly pilose ; leaves small, the serratures few and coarse; flower-heads few, forming irregular depau-
PCTULe panicles sen. < ses stot ee eee eee ee eS PH ee ec . B. oxyodonta. Erect, simple or branched scan more or less appressed silky-pilose; leaves rather large, doubled-spiny-serrulate ; flower-heads in regular panicles, ....B. spinellosa. + + Serratures or teeth of the leaves various, bat never spiny-
indurated.
t+ Herbs, or biennials, simple or branched from the base, and more or less villous, pubescent, or viscid-puberulous, rarely almost glabrous.
O Flower-heads irregularly disposed and more or less pe- duncled, forming panicles or rarely the panicle con- tracted,
A Receptacle glabrous. { Florets blue to violet, rarely bluish white.
Tall herb, reduced and small, more or less viscid-pubescent ; leaves simple and petioled ; flower-heads only 2 lin. long, on shorter or longer filiform peduncles, forming lax PUICION, avs vapousiss, CCCe me ess a ep iaiherailt oakley ater cee ccresese Do, WIGhtih ts
¢ { Floretsall yellow. Flower-heads in lax pani- cles. Peduncles slender, although sometimes very short. Annuals, rarely becoming bien- nials.
Erect, branched from the base, more or less silky-villous, but not viscid, the cauline leaves simple and sessile or nearly so; flower-heads 3—34 lin. long, in panicles sometimes pretty contracted but elongate,....... i em aleiete Somnieey cscccees De LaCera.
Erect, branchy, thinly viscid-pubescent, the cauline leaves simple and petioled ; flower- heads about 4 lin. long, on long slender glandular peduncles, forming lax panicles,
. BL. glandulosa.
Erect, branchy, thinly puberulous, the cauline Teeves (except in isteed states) almost runcinate and petioled ; flower-heads about 3 lin. long with the involucral-bracts green and glabrous, on spreading stiff capillary glabrous or glandular peduncles, dnt IDK PANICLOS, 5:55: vin sc os seem ee inten et ie esas a neon eee oeee BD. diffusa.
Erect, simple or branched, almost glabrous or usually more or less hirsute, the cauline leaves (especially the lower ones) more or less runcinate ; flower-heads nearly 4 — lin. long, with the involucral-bracts and the ee slender peduncles pubescent, It Lax WATICIeS, "nn sos curs escee feecn einen Ne lactucafolia.
A A Raosptadls nity podadles slender.
Branched or simple annual, shortly or rarely glandular-pubescent, the cauline leaves usually runcinate ; flower-heads about 33 lin, long, longer or shorter peduncled, forming lax leafless panicles, ...¢essss acess ¢oee cote peaninn veveee B, laciniata. ‘
me
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 185
O O Flower-heads clustered in the axils of the upper leaves and passing more or less gradually into a con- tracted spike-like panicle, or crowded in a dense termi- nal spike, or the sessile clusters remote and in simple or panicled slender spikes.
A Receptacle hairy. Flower-heads sessile, clustered, or rarely solitary simple or panicled spikes.
Erect, simple or branched annual, slightly or rarely densely pubescent or pilose, the cauline leaves narrow and simple ; flower-heads about 3 lin. long, often pilose or RM OUMER Caer a cee k ceed nh eue noeveets beet 5 ifeeoweet oa ee 6 B. fistulosa.
A A Receptacle glabrous. Flower-heads more or less peduncled to almost sessile, clustered in the leaf- axils and forming leafy or leafless contracted spike-like panicles or spikes (rarely the panicle developed).
Erect slender annual, long silky-pilose, the leaves all cuneate-oblong to linear ; flower- heads silky-pilose, nearly 4 lin. long, on longer or shorter slender peduncles or almost sessile, clustered in the upper leaf-axils and passing into a leafy spilke-like OTE EE TMEMOLO oes a'e's Bae ev ce 6 oop Coe ne pvt ers Pee gree es Wen ale B. barbata.
Erect robust annual, villous to silky pubescent, the lower stem-leaves more or less spatulate-oblong or linear; flower-heads 4—} in. long, on short, thick, woolly- tomentose peduncles or almost sessile, forming dense spikes or spike-like (rarely lax) panicles often accompanied by clusters of flower-heads in the upper leaf-axils,
.. B. hieracifolia, + t Erect or scandent shrubs or under-shrubs, or tall shrub- like biennials.
O Erect. ;
A Peduncles thick and short, densely tomentose. Leaves more or less villous or tomentose, especially beneath. Receptacle more or less hairy.
Leaves pubescent, especially beneath, decurrent and entire at the base ; flower-heads 4 lin. long, the involucral bracts narrow, almost glabrous ; pappus rufescent ; recep-
MMMEMTUEGLS DILOSCy coco ee gto sing px eos PONS Case Gg oh Oo pinaee B. macrophylla. As preceding, but flower-heads larger, the involucral bracts densely pubescent, pappus 1 3 ie Si Rit Mite ad tee vauea tat Sof are A tes nema B. procera.
Leaves silky to silvery villous beneath, with one or two pairs of small dissevered pinnz on the petiole ; flower-heads 4 lin, long, the involucral-bracts densely pubes-
cent; pappus rufescent ; receptacle almost glabrous, .....0 ..ssee- . B. balsamifera. A A Peduncles long and slender, puberulous to glan-
dular-pubescent. Leaves narrow. Glandular-pubescent, especially the leaves beneath, the cauline leayes all sessile, membra- nous ; flower-heads 4—5 lin. long; receptacle glabrous, ..,....... .. B. aromatica, Almost glabrous, or the thick almost coriaceous leaves beneath shortly hirsute, the lower cauline leaves long-petioled ; flower-heads 4—4 lin. long ; receptacle densely
Sena kt A DEOUG ae ua vats p(les dds tee sper ewes ARS Te B. sessilifolia. O O Scandent shrub. Leaves almost coriaceous, simple.
Almost glabrous ; flower-heads 5 lin. long, in small axillary corymbs transforming into terminal pubescent panicles ; receptacle villousg pappus white, ........ B. riparia. * * Cauline leaves decurrent and forming entire or interrupted-lacerate leafy wings.
24:
186 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Flower-heads long peduncled. Florets purple or rose-coloured (Caulopterae,
DC.) x Leafy cauline wings cut or variously interrupted. Leaves pinnatifid-auricled at the base, .... ssesceees ih so ate pam Sick eee B. aurita. Leaves entire at the.base,. .s0%i. Sw. hice newest Senne else oS oo. DB. pterodonta. x x Leafy cauline wings all entire and continuous.......... . B. alata.
1. B. amprecrens, DC. in Wight Contr. Ind. Bot. 18 and Prod. V. 433 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 71. (B. arenaria, DC. Prod. V. 433? ; B. tenella, DC. l..c. ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 40; Conyza amplexicaulis, Lamk. Dict. II. 85 ; Hrigeron obliquum, L. Mant. 572 ?).
Has. In rubbishy places near Chittagong ; Andamans, introduced.— Fl. Fr. March, April.
2. 3B. prrotrata, DC. Prod. V. 434; Clark. Comp. Ind. 72. (Conyza bifoliolata, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1920; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 430; B. anagalli- difolia, DC. Prod. V. 483; Bl. oligocephala, DC. Prod. V. 434; Conyza oligocephala, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bot. II. 41? ; Conyza humifusa, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 41). :
Haz. Chittagong, in pastures and along roads; Pegu (Belanger).— Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. April.
3. B. oxyoponta, DC. in Wight Contr. 15 and Prod V. 444; Clark. Comp. Ind. 85. (Oonyza spinidens, Miq. Fl. Ind, Bat. II. 44 excl. syn. ?)
Has. Not unfrequent in dry sandy pasture-land, in waste places around and in villages, also river-banks of the Sittang and Irrawaddi delta of Pegu.—Fl. Fr. April—June.
4. 5B. sprne~tosa, DC. Prod. V. 433? ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 84.
Has. Prome (Wall.).
De Candolle’s B. spinellosa seems to be a spiny-toothed form of the silvery silk-hairy form of B. hieracifolia ; Clarke’s is near B. lacera (with slender peduncles), or near B. barbata ?
5. B. Wieuttana, DC. in Wight Contr. 14 and Prod. V. 4385; Clark. Comp. Ind. 74. (B. parvifolia, DC. Prod. V. 437 ? ; B. trichophora, DC. 1. c. 486 teste Clark. ; B. hymenophylla, DC. Prod. V. 440; B. lacera B. hymenophylla, Clark. Comp. Ind. 77). .
Haz. Common in all mixed forests, especially along choungs, freely springing up in agrarian and waste lands, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim; also Andamans, here introduced and now spreading.—F I. Fr. DS.
The colour of the florets and the much smaller size of the flower-heads combined with a viscid pubescence ought to remove all difficulties in distin- guishing this species from B. lacera, with which Bentham and Thwaites are inclined to combine it. B. hymenophylia has pale blue or white florets and is certainly nothing but a slendeyshade-form which I found in all transitional states in company with B. Wightiana (not B. lacera, as Clarke states).
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora, 187
6. B. xacera, DC. Prod. V. 436; Clark. Comp. Ind. 79 quoad var. a. (Conyza lacera, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 428).
Has. Arracan, waste places near Akyab ; no doubt to be found all over Burma and only overlooked.
7. B. euanpuosa, DC. Prod. V. 488; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 177. (B. lacera, 8. Heyneana and y. glandulosa, Clark. Comp. Ind. 78; B. Heyneana, DC. Prod. V. 441; B. cernua, DC. Prod. V. 486. teste Clarke).
Has. Chittagong.
8. B. pirrusa, (Conyza diffusa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 429; B. virens, DC. in Wight Contr. 14 and Prod. V. 489 ; Clark. Comp; Ind. 79; B. lap- sanoides, DC. Prod. V. 440).
Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim. and the Andamans.—F I. Fr. C. and HS.
9. B. tactucm@roria, DC. Prod. V. 485; Clark. Comp. Ind. 76. (B. lacera var. «. subcapitata, Clark. Comp. Ind. 77. excl. syn. DC.).
Var. 8. SUBSIMPLEX (B. subsimplex, DC. Prod. V. 441; Clark. Comp. Ind. 80; B. paucifolia, DC. Prod. V. 440; A. cuneifolia, DC. Prod.. V. 441, teste Clarke), more glabrous and almost simple, the leaves obovate- cuneate and not lobed, but often passing into the runcinate form.
Var. y. viscosuLA, Clark. Comp. Ind. 80 sub B. virente, excl. syn. DC., densely and shortly glandular-pubescent, the leaves small and rather rigidly runcinate.
Var. 56. NUDIPES, more hirsute instead of pubescent; panicles more squarrose ; stem usually naked and destitute of leaves to }—3 ft. from the ground.
Hap. Frequent in waste and cultivated lands, along river-banks, on walls, in and around villages, ete., all over Pegu and Martaban, and no doubt generally over Burmah ; var. 8. with the normal form and only a reduced state of it ; var. y. common in waste lands, on old pagodas and walls, ete. all over Pegu and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; var. 6. frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah, but rare in those and in the eng-forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo.—FI. Fr. C. and HS.
Mr. Clarke refers var. 8. to his B. fasciculata, but the long peduncled flower-heads and indeed the whole inflorescence are entirely different.
10. B. wacrnrata, DC. Prod. V. 486. (Conyza laciniata, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 427 ; B. runcinata, DC. Prod. V. 488; Clark. Comp. Ind. 78;
’ B. sonchifolia, DC. Prod. V. 488; B. cinerascens, DC. 1. ¢., teste Clarke).
Has. Prome, Meaday (R. Scott).—Fr. April.
“11. B. Fisrunosa, (Conyza fistulosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 429; B. fasciculata, DC. Prod. V. 442 ; Clark. Comp, Ind. 81). Var. a. FASCICULATA, Clark. Comp. Ind. 82 (B. fasciculata, DC. 1. ¢. ;
188 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
B. fistulosa, Roxb. 1. ¢.), spikes more or less panicled ; receptacle tawny velvety, the velvet sometimes intermixed with a few white soft hairs.
Var. 8. RAcEMOSA, Clark. 1. c. (B. racemosa, DC. Prod. V. 442), spikes almost simple or little branched ; receptacles yellowish velvety.
Var. y. GLOMERATA, Clark. 1.¢. (B. glomerata, DC. Prod. V. 4438 Conyza Burmeana. Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 44), spikes more or less panicled ; receptacles velvety, the velvet intermixed with copious soft white hairs.
Var. 6. HoLosERICEA, Clark. 1. c. (B. holosericea, DC. Prod. V. 442), more simple, thinly silky pilose, the spikes usually simple, rarely with a few additional basal ones, long-silky-pilose ; receptacle shortly white pilose.
Has. Var. a. 8. and y. equally common in all deciduous forests, es- pecially the drier ones, on ruined pagodas and walls, in rubbishy places, along river-banks, etc.; and as a troublesome weed in deserted toungyas, especially in those of the hills, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim, up to 4,000 ft. elevation ; var. 6. is a laterite form pretty frequent in the eng-and hill-eng forests of Martaban and Tenasserim, but rather rare in the upper dry forests of the Prome Yomah, up to 3,000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.
The above varieties are, with the exception of 6, hardly worth keeping up. Bentham (Fl. Hongk. and Fl. Austr. IV. 526) refers B. holosericea DC. to his B. hieracifolia, but a scrap of Wallich’s authentic specimens shews small sessile heads, indeed represents the upper part of the form cor- rectly referred by Mr. Clarke to the above species. A Hongkong specimen named B. holosericea by Dr. Hance—I suppose on Bentham’s authority— seems to belong either to the silvery-silky form of B. Jacera or to B. hieracifolia (the flower-heads are too young).
12. B. parpata, DC. Prod. V. 484; Clark. Comp. Ind. 73.
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves broader or narrower; flower-heads on slender or short peduncles in a diffuse usually long-pilose panicle, or the panicle reduced and raceme-like but laxly contracted.
Var. 8. SERICANS, leaves more elongate-cuneate to almost linear, ap- pressed silvery pubescent like in B. Jacera; flower-heads larger, almost sessile or thickly peduncled, clustered in the axils of the leaves and gra- dually passing into terminal dense spikes.
Haz. Var. a. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer); var. 6. in the upper mixed forests, rare along the Zamayee choung in the Pegu Yomah,
but more frequent in those along the Toukyeghat river in Martaban
east of Tounghoo.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. March, April. 13. B. wreractroria, DC. Prod. V. 442; Wight Icon. t. 1099;
Clark. Comp. Ind. 82.
Var. a. TyPIca, Clarke 1. ¢. 88 (incl. his var. 6. Hamiltonit (B. Hamil.
tonii, DC. Prod. V. 489), little or not branched except from the base ;
oo ee
= Das ae Pe 5 ee ee os ee oe
Png Sey
¥ Tr
al ee
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 189
flower-heads clustered, forming dense terminal spikes. Radical leaves chiefly developed. :
Var. 8. pvo~uTIor, Clark. 1. ¢. 83, panicles more or less branched, larger or smaller ; radical leaves none or marcescent.
Has. Var. a. Tenasserim, Mergui (Wall.), a smaller form; var £. Ava hills.
A species apparently very variable as to inflorescence and habit, the panicled form approaching B. crinita and B. jflewuosa (if these be really distinct from one another), while the subscapiferous forms look somewhat like Gnaphalium. B. lacera, var. ¢«. suwbcapitata, Clark. (B. subcapitata, DC. Prod. V. 489), is in my eyes the same as Clarke’s var. y. Nilagirica of this species.
14. B. macropuyiua, DC. Prod. V. 446; Clark. Comp. Ind. 88. (Conyza macrophylla, Bl. Bydr. 896 ; B. procera, DC. Prod. V. 445 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 86; B. semivestita, DC. Prod. V. 445).
Var. 6. PROCERA (B. procera, DC. Prod. V. 445; Clark. Comp. Ind. 86 ; B. semivestita, DC. 1. ¢.), flower-heads larger ; involucral bracts densely pubescent ; pappus white.
Has. Var. £2. not unfrequent in the pine-forests of the Martaban hills, at 3—5000 ft. elevation, descending into the damp hill-forests and becoming more robust and large-leaved (B. macrophylla) ; also Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. March, April; Fr. April.
15. B. pansamiFeRa, DC. Prod. V. 447; Clark. Comp. Ind. 89, (Conyza balsamifera, L. sp. pl. 1208 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 427; B. densi- flora, DC. Prod. V. 446; Clark. Comp. Ind. 88; B. excisa, DC. Prod. V. 446; B. grandis, DC. Prod. V. 447 ? ; Inula oblonga var. a. DC. Prod. V. 4 quoad specim. e Taong-dong).
Hap. Common and freely springing up inand often exclusively cover- ing deserted toungyas, but also in savannahs, along river-banks, etc., all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim, up to 3,000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Fr. HS.
16. B. aromatica, DC. Prod. V. 446; Clark. Comp. Ind. 88.
Has. Tenasserim.
Looks like a grandular-pubescent from of B. sessilifolia, DC.
17. B. sesstntFonta, DC. Prod. V. 447. (Conyza sessilifolia, Bl. Bydr. 897; B. myriocephala, DC. Prod. V. 445; B. sqguarrosa, Clark. Comp. Ind. 87).
Var. a. GENUINA, receptacle more or less densely pilose ; leaves beneath and involucral bracts often more hairy.
Var. 8. LANCEOLARIA (Conyza lanceolaria, Roxb. Fl. Ind. VII. 432 ; B. longifolia, DC. Prod. V. 446; B. Wallichiz, Clark. Comp. Ind. 87, excl. syn. plur.; Conyza nitida, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 55. teste Clarke), recep- tacle glabrous, or in forms sparingly pilose.
»
190 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a | [No. 2,
Has. Both varieties frequent along choungs in the tropical forests, and also often seen in the hill-toungyas, of Martaban and the Andamans ; Upper Tenasserim ; Ava, Khakyen hills.—FL Febr., March.
Nicobar specimens, and indeed Blume’s Conyza sessilifolia itself, have the receptacle glabrous or sparingly silky pilose, and thus invalidate this artificial character.
18. B. nrparta, DC. Prod. V. 444; Clark. Comp. Ind. 85. (Conyza riparia, Bl. Bydr. 899, non Kth).
Has. Forests of South Andaman.—F 1. March.
19. B. anata, DC. Prod. V. 448; Wight Icon. t. 1101; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 177. (Conyza alata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 480; B. vernonioides, DC. Prod. V. 447 ; Conyza nutans, Bl. Bydr. 896; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 57; Laggera alata, Bth. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 91).
Has. In the drier hill-forests, and in hill toungyas, of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo; Karenee hills (Revd. Mason).
20. B. preroponta, DC. in Wight Contr. 15 and Prod. V. 448 ; Wight Icon. t. 1100. (Laggera pterodonta, Bth. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 92).
Has. Frequent in toungyas and poonzohs, chiefly of the hilly parts, of Pegu, Martaban, and Upper Tenasserim ; also not unfrequently seen in the drier hill-forests, and ascending up to 6000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Kha- kyen-hills ; Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. March, April.
21. B. aurira, DC. Prod. V. 449. (Conyza aurita, Roxb. FI. Ind. IIT. 428 ; Laggera aurita, Bth. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 92).
Has. Here and there springing up in toungyas of Pegu and Marta- ban ; more frequent along the Irrawadi in Prome ; Ava (Griff. 3164). —Fl. Fr. March, April.
Doubtful Species.
1. B. napifolia, DC. Prod. V. 440.—Tavoy (Wall.). 2. B. membranacea, DC. Prod. V. 440.—Prome (Wall.). 3. B. viscosula, DC. Prod. V. 441, non Clark.—Taong-dong (Wall).
Pluchea, Cass. Conspectus of Species.
* Annuals, glabrous. Florets intensely yellow. Corymbs irregular, small. Erect, simple or branched, the cauline leaves sessile with broad rounded base ; flower- heads about 23 lin. long, on rather short smooth peduncles, .......... P. Doniana. * * Shrubs or undershrubs. Florets purple to lilac. Corymbs dense, terminal.
(Receptacle glabrous).
Leaves obovate, blunt or acute; flower-heads 223 lin. long, the bracts shortly pubes- cent, bluntish to acute; shrub, ......... Lek .. P. Indica. Leaves linear, glandular- abet: Ped EE ii Mower canes as in n peocoine but the inner bracts more acuminate, ssrssseeveveevcccsceseevccsececesede eupatorioides.
=. =
6 ool
li tel ine 4 ee ee Be ae
CP ar 2
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 191
1. P. Dontana, (Erigeron falcatum, Don. Prod. Fl. Nep. 172; B. flava, DC. Prod. V. 439; B. senecioides, DC. Prod. V. 489; Laggera flava, Bth. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 90; Conyza repanda, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 431, teste Clarke).
Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, more especially in the eng-forests, where it is often reduced:to a mere pygmy; all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.
I place this species only reluctantly in Pluchea. But I cannot find any ally to it in Blwmea, while here it has a very near one in P. lineari- folia.
2. P. Inpica, Less. in Linn. 1881. 150; DC. Prod. V. 451; Wight - Illustr. t. 181 (flowers wrongly coloured yellow) ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 93 (Baccharis Indica, L. sp. pl. 1205 ; Conyza corymbosa, Roxb. Fl, ind. III. 426; P. foliolosa, DC. Prod. V. 451? ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 95 ?).
Has. Frequent in the beach- seal tidal forests, entering also the tidal savannahs ; all along the coasts, from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F]. CS.; Fr. HS.
3. P. EUPATORIOIDES, Kurz For. Fl. IT. 575.
Has. Adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree (Teysmann).—FIl, Fr. April, May.
N.B. Laggera arida, Clark. Comp. Ind. 92 = Pluchea frutescens, Bth. in Hook. Icon. pl. t. 1157.
Microglossa, DC.
1. M. voruprnr1s, DC. Prod. V. 320 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 57. (Sonchus volubilis, Rumph. Herb. Amb. V. t. 104. f. 1.; Conyza pyrifolia, Lamk. Dict. II. 89 ; Conyza prolifera, Bl. Bydr. 897; Hrigeron pyrifolius, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 176).
Has. Frequent in grass-jungles and old deserted toungyas all over Martaban and Tenasserim, up to 3500 ft. elevation; Ava, Khakyen hills, —Fl. Febr. ; Fr. March.
Conyza, Less. Conspectus of Species.
* Flower-heads very small, not above a line long, very numerous, corymbose. Erect branched annual, shortly pubescent, the leaves small, simple or 3-cleft ; pappus more or less rufescent, we CRD.) PONSA San > aie alee Os oc elniel ae win’ » be PP
* * Flower-heads 6 lin. ha x Pubescence not viscid nor glandular ; leaves serrate to almost lobed, cuneate at base.
Erect, more or less branched annual, more or less hirsute ; flower-heads spherical, Corymbose ; pappus white, creo erovcevecvvecsre seer vesevevele SEmipinnatifidd.
192 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
oe)
Erect, simple or more usually branched from the base, hirsute or pubescent; flower- heads not spherical, in dense terminal corymbs or clusters; pappus rufescent, ».C. veronicefolia.
x » Glandular, otherwise almost glabrous ; leaves almost entire, narrow. Erect, branched ; flower-heads 2—23 lin. long, on Tate a ti peduncles, corymbose ; pappus pinkish to pinkish white,.......seeseeeees . B. viscidula.
1. C. prynatiripa, Roxb. FI. Ind. IIL. 430. (0. absinthifolia, DC. Prod. V. 388 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 64).
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests and more so in deserted and cultivated toungyas and open waste places, etc., of the Martaban hills, at 2—5000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen hills.—FIlL Fr. Febr.—April.
2. C. SEMIPINNATIFIDA, Wall. Cat. 3058; DC. Prod. V. 382 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 62.
Has. Frequent along the banks of the larger rivers, such as the Irra- waddi and Sittang, from Prome and Martaban southwards.—Fl. Fr. HS.
3. C. VERONICHFOLIA, Wall. Cat. 3005; DC. Prod. V. 882; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 176; Clark. Comp. Ind. 62. (C. Japonica, Less. Syn. 204; DC. Prod. V. 382).
Has. Martaban, Nattoung, in the pine-forests, at about 7000 ft. elevation.—F 1. March.
4. (C. viscrpuna, Wall. Cat. 8006; DC. Prod. V. 383; Bth. Fl. ‘Austr. IV. 496; Clark. Comp. Ind. 63. (C. striata, Wall. Cat. 8065 ; DC. Prod. V. 388 ; C Wallichu, DC. 1. ¢. 384 ex part. ; C. polycephata, ‘Edg. in Linn. ieee XX. 66; Walp. Rep. VI. 720).
Has. Common in toungyas and in open grassy spots, as well in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, up to 6000 ft. elevation, as in the Pegu and Prome Yomah, here descending as low as to 8—400 ft. elevation ; also
Tenasserim.—F 1]. Fr. Jan.—March.
Thespis, DC. 1. Tu. prvaricata, DC. Prod. V. 375; Clark. Comp. Ind. 65. (Th. erecta, DC. Prod. V. 375). Has. Rather. frequent along the banks of the larger rivers, as along the Sittang and Irrawaddi in Pegu ; Chittagong, on the banks of the Megna.—Fl. May, June; Fr. RS.
Cyathocline, Cass.
1. C. uyRrata, Cass. in Ann. d, se. nat. 1829. 34; DC. Prod. VY. 374; Wight Icon. t. 1098; Clark. Comp. Ind. 37 (Artemisia hirsuta, Rottl. in Spreng. Syst. III. 490; ©. stricta, DC. Prod. V. 874).
Haz. Common on rock-walls and mossy boulders, ete. in the choungs and torrents all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Pegu and Arracan.—Fl. Fr. CS.
| |
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora, 193
Grangea, Ad.
1. G. Maperaspatana, Poir. Dict. Suppl. III. 825 ; DC. Prod. V. 373 ; Wight Icon. t. 1097 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 37. (Artemisia Maderas- patana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 412).
Has. A common weed in fallow agrarian lands, along the banks of rivers, waste places in and around villages, ete., all over Burma, down to Tenasserim.—Fl. C. and HS.; Fr. HS.
Myriactis, Less. 1. M. Wattuicur, Less. in Linn. 1881. 127; DC. Prod. V. 809; Clark. Comp. Ind. 38. Has. Martaban, in open grassy places and along the outskirts of the hill-forests on Nattoung, at about 6—7000 ft. elevation.—Fr. CS.
Rhynchospermum, Rwdt.
1. RB. vERTICILLATUM, Rwdt. in Bl. Bydr. 902; DC. Prod. V. 296; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 82; Clark. Comp. Ind. 39. (Leptocoma racemosa, Less. and NE. in Linn. 1831. 180 ; DC. Prod. V. 280 ; Zollingeria scandens, Schultz. Bip. in Reg. Flor. 1854. 274; Walp. Ann. V. 250.)
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. September.
Boltonia, L’ Her.
1. B. Inprca, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 174; Clark. Comp. Ind. 40. (Aster Indicus, . sp. pl. 1230; Burm. Fl. Ind. 181; Asteromoea Indica, Bl. Bydr. 901; DC. Prod. V. 303 ; Calimeris integrifolia, DC. Prod. V. 259, teste Clarke ; Callistemma Indicum, G. Don in Lond. Hort. Brit. t. 348 ; Hisutsua Cantoniensis, DC. Prod. VI. 44; Hisutsua serrata, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Beech. 265 ; Chrysanthemum cuneatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 436).
Haz. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. May—September.
Callistephus, Cass.
*1. C. Curvensis, NE. Aster. 221; DC. Prod. V. 274; Clark. Comp. Ind. 41. (Aster Chinensis, L. sp. pl. 1282; Roxb. FI. Ind. III, 433).
Haz. Cultivated in gardens of Burma (teste Clarke).
Erigeron, L.
1. E> Meyerrtiacum, L. Mant. 112; Jacq. Hort. Vindob. ITI. 19. (Conyza Algyptiaca, Ait. Hort. Kew. III. 183; DC. Prod. V. 382; Bth. F). Austr. IV. 497 ; E. asterotdes, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 432 ; 2. hispidum, DC. Prod. V. 292; Clark. Comp. Ind. 54; Conyza asteroides, Wall. Cat. 3052, non L.; DC. Prod. V. 382; Blumea pubiflora, DC. Prod. V. 484; E. sublyratum, Roxb. ap. DC. Prod. V. 292 ; Conyza Jerdoni, Clark. Comp. Ind, 62, fol. subpinnatifidis et radio apparenter deficiente).
25
194 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Pegu and Martaban, not unfrequent along the banks of the Sittang ; most probably also elsewhere.—F I. Fr. May.
The ligulate ray-florets seem to be sometimes absent, at least in dried specimens they appear so. The Egyptian plant agrees in all parts with the Indian, but appears to be often ray-less.
N. B. Conyza angustifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 429. (DC. Prod. V. 83), appears from the description and MS. figure to be a luxuriant form of H#. Canadensis, L., or EH. linifolius, Willd., and is, therefore, hardly an Andamanese plant.
Gynura, Cass. Conspectus of Species.
Pubescent; leaves rather small, ovate to linear-lanceolate, repand-toothed, acuminate ;
peduncles and involucral bracts hoary pubescent, ....... eee Sense G. Nepalensis. Pubescent, the root tuberous ; leaves more or less laciniate to pinnatifid; peduncles and.involucre-bracts less hairy, ...owsdliete cvvns se ovnaces si ows Tees vee G. sinuata.
1. G. Nepatensis, DC. Prod. VI. 3000; Clark. Comp. Ind. 171. (G. foetens, DC. 1. €.).
Has. Ava, Irrawaddi, on the Pingee rocks (Wallich).—FI. Oct.
. 2. G. stnuata, DC. Prod. VI. 301; Clark. Comp. Ind. 178.
Has. Frequent in the eng- and low forests of the Sittang valley in Pegu, and in those of Martaban.—Fl. April, May ; Fr. June.
As long as it is young, the plant looks almost scapiferous and the leaves are then simpler and smaller, but at the rate that the tuberous roots enlarge the plant becomes more robust, larger, and branched from the base with the leaves up to 7 in. long.
Notonia, DC. 1. N. crasstsstua, DC. Prod. VI. 442. (Composita, Griff. Not. Dicot. 252. t. 470). Has. Ava, on the limestone-hills near Segain (Wall., Griff.)—FI. May. Emilia, Cass. Conspectus of Species.
Achenes papillose-rough ; style-branches erect, half-cylindrical with a short conical
appendage ; lower leaves more or less lyrate,.........00s seeccccess E. sonchifolia. Achenes quite glabrous; style-branches elongate, recurved, almost club-shaped at the apex ; lower leaves elongate-spatulate, ..... En aiewintvgs ¢ cceeesvens . £. prenanthoidea.
1. E. soncuiror1a, DC. Prod. VI. 302; Clark. Comp. Ind. 174. (Cacalia sonchifolia, L. sp. pl. 1169, non Forsk. ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 413; Gynura ecalyculata, DC. Prod. VI. 298; 2. sagittata, DC. Prod. VI.. 302 ; H. flaccida, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 102; Senecio sonchifolius, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 189).
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 195
Has. Common in agrarian and garden land, in deserted toungyas, in waste and rubbishy places, along river-banks, ete., also in the savannahs, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F. C. and HS. ; Fr. HS.
2. EH. PRENANTHOTDEA, DC. Prod. V. 303; Clark. Comp. Ind. 176 (2. angustifolia, DC. 1. ¢.).
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. Aug.
Senecio, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Hw-Senecio. Anthers not tailed at the base. Achenes all with, or those of the ray, without pappus.
* Achenes all with pappus.
Almost glabrous, the flower-stems almost scapiform ; lower leaves elongate-cuneate- oblong ; flower-heads short peduncled, in dense corymbs ; achenes of the disk papil- lose-rough ; pappus white, ....... altos wan Rae een ee Cee ae wee. S. obtusatus.
Almost glabrous or more or less hirsute; leaves narrow-linear, with involute margins ; flower-heads long-peduncled, few; achenes papillose-rough ; pappus more or less pubescent, ....... apie le olathe onan tere ss By otis db Mead ioetsts ee o deanee Su GPEpethits
bg Aedes of the ray without pappus.
Roughish hirsute ; leaves elongate-linear, narrowed at the base ; flower-heads in lax corymbs; achenes striate, glabrous.; pappus rufescent, .... cecesscoveeeNe Sanatilis.
Subg. 2. Synotis. Anthers tailed, the tails free or adnate.
* Erect shrubs or undershrubs. Stem and leaves beneath white-tomentose ; flower-heads radiate, rather large, in dense
corymbose panicles ; achenes glabrous ; pappus white, ............ S. densiflorus. Glabrous or nearly so; flower-heads small, glabrous, discoid, in small dense corymbs ; achenes glabrous ; pappus white, ...... Neel male WE ee 96s be Bere > es CFE MIELES,
* * Scandent shrubs or undershrubs.
Stems almost zigzag-flexuose, slightly woolly and glabrescent; flower-heads discvid, rather large, in divaricate corymbose panicles ; achenes difform, those of the disk 5- gonous_ with pilose corners and white pappus, the See ey almost PEIPOMOUS. oi cece wees cove secs ios .S. Chinensis.
1. S. oprusatus, Wall. Cat, 3133 ; DC. Be VL 367 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 192.
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo. (J. Anderson). Fl. May.
2. S. Grirritui, Hf. and Th. MS. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 193.
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves longer and glabrous or nearly so ; flower- heads longer peduncled, the involucral bracts nearly glabrous.
Var. £. Kurz, Clark. Comp, Ind. 194. a fruticulose undershrub, the leaves hirsute on both sides or almost chaffy pilose along the midrib beneath; flower-heads shorter peduncled, the involucral-bracts more pubescent,.
Has. Var. f. rather frequent on rocks and in open grassy places in the pine-forests of the highest ridges of the Martaban hills, at 6000—7100. ft. elevation. —Fl. Jan., Febr.; Fr. March.
196 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2
3. 8S. saxarinis, Wall. Cat. 3181; DC. Prod. VI. 367.
Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).
Judging from the description only it seems allied to S. linifolius, S. pilosulus, etc. .
4. §. pENsIFLoRUS, Wall. Cat. 3116; DC. Prod. VI. 369 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 185. (S. angulosus, DC. 1. c. ; S. uneimellus, DC. 1. ¢. 368).
Has. Frequent in grassy and open places in the drier hill-forests, especially the pine-forests, of Martaban, at 8000—6000 ft. elevation.—F Il. Febr., March ; Fr. March, April.
5. §. tRimnicuLatus, Ham. in Don. Prod. FI. Nep. 178; DC. Broa: VI. 368. (S. vagans, Wall. Cat. 8108; DC. Prod. VI. 868; Clark. Comp. Ind. 188).
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. March.
6. S. Curvensis, DC. Prod. VI. 363 ; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 190. (Ciner- aria Ohinensis, Spreng. Syst. ITI. 549 ; Cineraria repanda, Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 618, non Willd. ; S. campylodes, DC. Prod. VI. 376; Clark. Comp. Ind. 183; S. Hindsii, Bth. in Lond. Journ, Bat. I 488).
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—FI. March.
Doubtful species. 7, §.? Prevanvs, DC. Prod. VI. 365. Has. Pegu (Belanger). This, according to Aug. Pyr. DeCandolle, has the habit, leaves, and achenes of Ovneraria.
Eupatorium, Tournef. Conspectus of Species.
x Leaves penninerved.
Corymbs of few small few-flowered flower-heads, ...... eisenew Se ass ae EE. Birmanicum,
Flower-heads numerous, in corymbose, elongate panicles, ...... esses LE. Punduanum. x x Leaves triplinerved.
Flower-heads numerous, IN COryYMDS, sssceessseveee snes Peper ere tte Wallichit.
1. E. Bremanticum, DC. Prod. V. 179, viz Clarke.
Has. Ava, Segain (Wall. 3290).
2. EK. Punpvuanum, Wall. Cat. 3170; DC. Prod. V. 179; Clark. Comp. Ind. 33. (H. nodiflorum, Wall. Cat. 3166; DC. Pred: Vag Clark. Comp. Ind. 38).
Has. Burma (teste Clarke, non DC.)
Bentham (Fl. Hongk. 172) refers this species to the following, and the penninervation really seems to be a fallacious character.
3. HEH. Watticuu, DC. Prod. V.179. (£. cannabinum, Clark. Comp. Ind. 34, non L.).
Has. Upper Burma (este Clarke).
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 197
Mikania, Willd.
1. M. scanprEns, Willd. sp. pl. ITI. 1748; DC. Prod. V. 199; Clark. Comp. Ind. 34. (Hupatoriwm scandens, Burm. Fl. Ind. (1746) 176. excl. syn. ; Hupatorium cordatum, Burm. Fl. Ind. 176 t. 58. f. 2; Hupatorium volubile, Vahl. Symb. (1794) ITI. 93 ; IL volubiiis, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1743, meiProd, VY. 199).
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran (Wall. Cat. 3174).—Fl. May.
Ageratum, L.
1. A. conyzorpEs, L. sp. pl. 1175; Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 15; DC. Prod. V. 108; Schlechtdl. in Linnea XX XTX. 493, Clark. Comp. Ind. 30. (Ageratum cordifolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 415).
Haz. A common weed in all cultivated and waste lands, along river- sides, deserted toungyas, etc., springing up in the forests wherever light permits, all over Burma and adjacent islands; Andamans, introduced and rapidly spreading. Fl. R.S.
Adenostemma, Forst.
1. A. viscosum, Forst. Nov. gen. no. 15; DC. Prod. V. 111; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 171; Clark. Comp. Ind. 28. (Ageratwm aquatieum, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 416; A. fastigiatum, DC. Prod. V. 111; A. Roylei, DC. Prod. V. 112; A. elatum, Don Prod. Fl. Nep. 181; DC. Prod. V.112 ; Wight Icon. t. 1087 ; A. rugosum, DC. Prod. V. 112; A. Madurense, DC. Prod. V. 112; A. rivale, Dalz. in Hook. Kew. Gard. Mise. III. 231).
Var. oa. veRUM, Clark. Comp. Ind. 29 (incl. varr. elatum and latifo- lium, Clark. 1. ¢.), larger, the leaves larger and broader, often somewhat succulent ; flower-heads larger ; achenes more or less glandular muricate.
Var. £. MIcROocEPHALUM, Clark. 1. c. 29 (4. microcephalum, DC. Prod. V. 111), as preceding, but usually thinner and the leaves smaller ; heads very small.
Var. y. ANGuUSTIFoLIUM, Clark. 1. c. 29 (A. angustifolium, Edg. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. XXI. 173; Walp. Ann. V. 153), leaves elongate- linear, rest as in var. a.
Var. 6 ReEticuLatTuM, Clark. |. c. 30 (A. reticulatum, DC. Prod. V. 112 ; Wight Icon. t. 1088 ; A. leiocarpum, DC. Prod. V.112; A. erectum, DC. Prod. V. 118), as var. a., but leaves somewhat rough above and often more or less lacunose, tawny pubescent on the nerves beneath ; achenes smooth.
Has. var. a. frequent in the mixed forests of the Pegu and Arracan Yomah; Ava hills; var. @. along with the typical form but scarcer ; var. (2) y. Tenasserim (Helf. 3109).—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.
198 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Elephantopus, L.
1. E. scaper, L. sp. pl. 1818; DC. Prod. V. 86; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 445 ; Wight Icon. t. 1086; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 171; Clark. Comp. Ind. 28. (EZ. sp Griff. Not. Dicot. 222).
Has. Common in dry grass-land, rubbishy places, along the borders of fields and rivers, of the cultivated plains and also in the mixed forests (especially the upper ones), all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down ~ to Tenasserim.—F 1. Sept.—March.
Ethulia, L. 1. E. conyzorpes, L. sp. pl. 1171; Linn. f. Dec. I. t. 1; Bot. Reg. t. 695; DC. Prod. V.12; Clark. Comp. Ind. 1. (£. ramosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 418). Has. Chittagong, banks of the Megna near Comillah (Clarke).—FIl. April, May; Fr. RS.
Vernonia, Srhreb. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Cyanopis. Flower-heads small, Achenes 4-—5-cornered or terete, not
ribbed. Outer row of pappus bristly or paleaceous. Low annual herbs. * Achenes 4-cornered. (Cyanopis, Bl.)
Greyish puberulous or thinly pubescent; flower-heads broad, in poor corymbs ;
involucral bracts stiff, squarrose, acuminate, ..ssseee seve cesececvce Do ChINENSIS. * * Achenes terete (Tephrodes).
Greyish puberulous ; flower-heads 23—3 lin. long, corymbose-panicled, ....V. cinerea.
Subg. 2. Hu-Vernonia. Flower-heads rather large or rarely small. Achenes longi- tudinally ribbed. Involucre-bracts all scarious, not leafy nor leafy-appendaged.
* Undershrubs or herbs. Involucre-bracts elongate, especially the inner ones, and usually narrow. x Outer involucral bracts subulate and squarrose, passing on to the peduncle. Outer pappus consisting of numerous almost chaff-like bristles.
Slightly puberulous ; leaves narrow or broad, shortly petioled or almost sessile ; flower- heads rather large, on long stiff peduncles, corymbose-panicled; achenes densely villous, ..... oo: ayp into aap! jn aleeas mloleaieei ls aihamibes dleg ie. s)-'p i veccceee V. bracteolata.
x x Outer involucral bracts rather broad and short, more or less ap- pressed-imbricate. + Outer series of pappus consisting of a few caducous bristles or . almost wanting. t+ Flower-heads large, many-flowered, solitary or few, or in poor corymbs. Involucral-bracts very acuminate. Harsh- leaved undershrubs or herbs. (X¢ipholepis.)
Flower-heads long-peduncled, in lax corymbs; achenes 2 lin. long, glabrous; bristles of pappus bristly, ...... PRC OS Nee « nae da hie ee coee V. bracteata.
Flower-heads short-peduncled, in compact corymbs; achenes 1 lin. long, sparingly pilose; bristles of pappus smooth, ....0. cecescccsveccecesses eres Vo Lowburghit.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 199
Flower-heads sessile or nearly so, clustered or solitary; achenes 1 lin. long, appressed. pilose ; bristles of pappus smooth, .........6. Sida « de N ee ERE veces Vo SQUATTOSA.
t+ + Flower-heads small or rather small, few- (not above 15- )
flowered, in ample corymb-like panicles. Involucral
bracts bluntish orhardly acuminate. (Gymnanthe-
mum.) Roughish puberulous; leaves narrow, rarely broad; flower-heads only 3 lin. long, menerous, i axillary and terminal corymibls, ..scv0 ccs cscccs cuecave . V. aspera. Roughish puberulous ; leaves rather broad or narrow; flower-heads 4—5 lin. long, shortly peduncled, in axillary and terminal panicled corymbs, ........ V. saligna.
+ + Outer series of pappus consisting of numerous or copious bris- tles. Involucral bracts acuminate. (Lepidaploa.)
Leaves broad, roughish puberulous ; flower-heads peduncled, in small sessile pubescent axillary corymbs, or corymbose-panicled at the end of the branches; involucral ete WG, WOOT 6 ans ce as g ie OSU cel en, ane cane aver oh dio ste ort ala tale V. Kingit.
Leaves narrow, roughish puberulous, chartaceous ; flower-heads shortly peduncled or sessile, solitary or few in the leaf-axils, irregularly disposed raceme-like or form-
ing terminal poor corymbs ; involucral bracts nearly glabrous, ...... V. attenuata. * * Large shrubs or trees, rarely scandent. Flower-heads usually smal and few- Jlowered.
x Pappus more or less tawny to red-brown. Involucre-bracts elongate especially the inner ones. Scandent shrubs.
Glabrous or nearly so ; flower-heads 4 in. long, shortly peduncled, in small corymbs panicled at the end of the branches ; leaves petioled ; achenes pilose, .. V. blanda.
As preceding, but shortly puberulous ; achenes glabrous,............0045 V. scandens.
x x Pappus white or whitish to pale straw-coloured, Involucre-bracts short and rather broad. Flower-heads small. (Strobocalyz.) + Trees or erect shrubs. x Leaves sessile or very shortly petioled.
Small tree, pubescent or puberulous; leaves cuneate-narrowed, shortly petioled ; flower-heads shortly peduncled, corymbulose, in terminal leafless panicles ; invo- lucre-bracts slightly and fugaceously appressed pubescent, ....V. volkameriaefolia.
x ™x Leaves rather long-petioled.
Meagre shrub or small tree, softly tomentose; leaves broad ; flower-heads shortly peduncled, corymbose-panicled ; involucral bracts densely white-tomentose,
.. Ve Kurzit.
Tree ; leaves coriaceous, long-petioled, densely tomentose beneath, glabrescent above or rarely also beneath ; flower-heads sessile or nearly so, clustered, in corymb-like tomentose panicles ; involucre-bracts thinly appressed pilose, ........V. arborea.
+ + Scandent shrubs.
Stem and leaves beneath appressed silvery pubescent; flower-heads almost sessile, divaricate corymbose and panicled ; involucre-bracts glabrous, ciliate,
.. V. elaeagnifolia.
Subg. 3. Hololepis. Outer involucre entirely leafy and large, or smaller and pro- duced into a leafy appendage.
* Outer involucre-bracts large and leafy, entirely concealing the inner ones (Hololepis, DC.).
Leaves broadly oval, almost sessile, rather glabrous ; flower-heads peduncled, corym-
DOSE, cvocceever ssevee cusene veer veeves srvnee evereres serves veve Ve COYCING
200 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
* * Outer involucre-bracts scarious, produced at the tips into a foliaceous linear appendage. (Stengelia.)
Shortly and thinly pubescent; leaves petioled; flower-heads corymbose; pappus
rifescent,. |) a'ciisns warns Ce eee CHL e a eS Res Rie ee V. anthelminthica.
1. V. crnerza, Less. in Linn. 1829, 291 and 1831. 673 ; DC. Prod. V. 24; Bth. Fl. Austr. IX. 459; Clark. Comp. Ind. 20. (Conyza cinerea, L. sp. pl. 1208; Serratula cinerea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 406 ; V. abbreviata, DC. Prod. V. 25; V. physalifolia, DC. 1. c. 24; V. laxiflora, Less. in Linn. 1881. 646; DC. Prod. V. 25; Chrysocoma purpurea, G. Forst. Prod. 54).
Has. Common, not only in all leaf-shedding forests but still more so in all cultivated and waste lands, along river-banks, on old pagodas, etc., all over Burma, down to Tenasserim, up to 4000 ft. elevation ; Andamans, introduced and now common..—F. Fr. C. 8. ;
2. V. Curnensts, Less. in Linn. 1881. 674; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 18; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 169; Clark. Comp. Ind. 18. (Oonyza Chinensis, Lamk. Dict. II. 83, non L.; Cyanopis pubescens, Bl. Bydr. 890; DC. Prod. V. 69; Cyanopis villosa, DC. Prod. V. 69).
Has. Frequent, especially in rubbishy and waste places in and around villages, along river-banks, ete., of the cultivated plains, less so in open places of the mixed forests, all over Pegu, Arracan, Martaban, and Tenasserim —Fl. Aug.—Jan. ; Fr. CS.
3. V. BRACTEOLATA, DC. Prod. V. 62. (V. subsessilis, DC. Prod. V. 62; Clark. Comp. Ind. 10).
Var. a. BRACTEOLATA, Clark. Comp. Ind. 10, leaves obovate to obovate-oblong, acute ; pappus often darker rufescent.
Var. 8. suBSESSsILIs, Clark. 1. c., lower, the leaves linear to linear- oblanceolate, acuminate ; pappus usually paler coloured.
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson),.—FI. Fr. CS.
4. V.BractEata, Wall. Cat. 2921; Clark. Comp. Ind. 17. Geen newron Silhetense, DC. Prod. V. 67 ; Wight Icon. t. 1083).
Has. Karenee hills (Revd. F. Mason).
5. V. Roxpurenn, Less. in Linn. 1831. 674. (Hupatorium asperum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 415; V. aspera, DC. Prod. V. 31, non Ham. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 17).
Haz. Ava, apparently frequent about Bhamo and the hills east of it. —FIl. CS. ; Fr. C. and HS.
6. V. squarrosa, Less. in Linnea 1831. 627, note of p. 678. (V. teres, Wall. Cat. 2926; DC. Prod. V. 15; Clark. Comp. Ind. 16 ; Acilepis sqguarrosa, Don Prod. Nep. 169; V. rigiophylla, DC. Prod. V. 15).
Has. Frequent in the eng and dry forests of Pegu, Prome, and Ava. —Fl. CS. ; Fr. HS.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 201
Lessing called two different plants by the above name, but according to the laws of priority Don’s name has precedence, and the Brazilian plant must be called either V. rubricaulis, Less. or V. plantaginoides, Less., two names for the same plant published two years previously to Lessing’s Brazi- lian V. squarrosa.
7. V. ASpERA, Ham. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIV (1825) 219, vix Less., nec DC. Clark. ete. (V. multiflora, Less. in Linn. 1831. 642 ; DC. Prod. V. 31; Decaneuron divergens, DC. in Wight Contr. 8 and Prod. V. 68 ; Wight Icon. t. 1084; V. divergens, Clark. Comp. Ind. 64; Hupatorium divergens, Roxb. Fl. Ind, III. 415 and Icon. MS. XIII. t. 23).
Var. £6. NILGHERRYENSIS, (V. Nilgher ryensis, DC. Prod. V. 32; Wight Icon. t. 1078; V. aspera, Less. in Linn. 1831. 643 ?), more jae cent, the pappus ike or nearly so.
Haz. Var. a. frequent in all leaf-shedding as along river-sides, ete. all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; freely springing up in deserted toungyas and also in the savannahs.—Fl. CS. ; Fr. HS.
8. V. santana, DC. Prod. V. 33; Clark. Comp. Ind. 138. (V. longi- eaulis, DC. Prod. V. 33).
Var. a. GENUINA, corymbs more or less panicled ; involucre-bracts more acute to mucronate-acuminate, more glabrous.
Var. 8. Peavensis (V. Peguensis, Clark. Comp. Ind. 18), a shade- form, panicles spreading, terminal, leafless ; involucre-bracts more or less © acute, usually more glabrous.
Has. Var. a. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) ; Chittagong, Seeta- khund hill; var. 8. in the upper-mixed forests of the southern parts of the Pegu ees CS.; Fr. C. and HS.
9. V. Kryart, Clark. Comp. Ind. 12.
Has. Here and there in the tropical and moister upper-mixed forests of the southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and in those of Martaban east of Tounghoo ; also Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. CS.
10. V. attenuata, DC. Prod. V. 33; Clark. Comp. Ind. 12.
Var. a. GENUINA, flower-heads about half an inch across, longer or shorter peduncled and usually in the axils of the leaves.
Var. 8. JuNcEA, judging from the material at hand, the whole plant seems to be transformed into an ample leafless panicle, the flower-heads only half the size, all sessile and solitary, in very elongate slender poor spikes ; achenes only a line long or somewhat longer, the pappus pale rufous.
Has. Var.a. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer) ; var. B. ad- joining Siamese province of Radburi (Teysmann).—Fl. Fr. CS.; Fr. C. and HS.
Var. 8. may form a distinct species, but there are no leaves.
26
202 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
11. V. Brianna, DC. Prod. V. 32; Clark. Comp. Ind. 25. (V. blandula, Clark. Comp. Ind. 26; V. Andersonii, Clark. Comp. Ind. 27).
Has. Rather frequent in the grass jungles along choungs and desert- ed toungyas of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban; Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. Jan., Febr.
V. inten sonit (Birma. Griff. 3099) has the receptacle densely hirsute, but in V. blanda, as well as in V. blandula, the same is also hispid, although much less so.
12. V.scanpEns, DC. Prod. V. 32; Clark. Comp. Ind. 26. (Decaneu- ron obovatum, DC. Prod. V. 67 ; Miq. FJ. Ind. Bat. II. 21; V. vagans, DC. Prod. V. 82; Clark. Comp. Ind. 26).
Has. Pegu (R. Scott) ; Ava hills, up to 4000 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. CS.
13. V. VOLKAMERIZFOLIA, DC. Prod. V. 32; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 225. (V. acuminata, DC. Prod. V. 32, non Less. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 22 ; V. Punduana, DC. Prod. V. 32; V. euspidata, Buek Ind. Cand. II. p. V).
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill and the hill-eng-forests of Martaban, at 2—4000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—FI. Febr., March; Fr. April.
14, V. Kurz, Clark. Comp. Ind. 24.
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 2—3000 ft. elevation, often springing up amongst the shrubs of poonzohs.—Fl. March; Fr. April.
15. V. aRBoREA, Ham. in Trans. XIV. (1825) 215; DC. Prod. V. 22; Clark. Comp. Ind. 23. (V. Javanica, DC. Prod. V. 22; Hupatorium Javanicum, Bl. Bydr. (1826) 903; V. Blumeana, DC. Prod. V. 22).
Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 3103).
16. V. ELmHaGNIFOLIA, DC. Prod. V. 22; Clark. Comp. Ind. 24.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein. (Wall.; Fale.) and adjoining Siamese provinces (Teysmann).—Fl. Jan., March; Fr. HS.
17. V. catycina, Wall. Cat. 2924; DC. Prod. V. 60; Clark. Comp. Ing. 9.
Has. Prome (Wall.). 18. V. antHELMintuica, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1684; DC. Prod. V. 61;
Clark. Comp. Ind. 10. (Conyza anthelminthica, L. sp. pl. 1207; Serratula anthelminthica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 405).
Has. Ava, Taongdong (Wall.). Tricholepis, DC. 1. TT. Karenstum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 318; Clark. Comp. Ind. 288 (Karensis).
Has. Martaban hills, Yoonzeleen (Brandis, O’Riley) ; Karenee hills (Rev. F. Mason).
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 203
Carthamus, L. 1. C. Trncrortvs, L. sp. pl. 1162; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 409; Bot. Reg. t. 170; DC. Prod. VI. 612 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 244. Has. Much cultivated in Prome District.—Fl. March, April. There are two forms in cultivation, the one with almost entire leaves and involucral leaves and very slightly and shortly spiny, and the other, coming near O. oxyacantha, armed with long spreading spines.
Cnicus, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Corolla lind bell-shaped, 5-cleft to the middle. Flower-heads bisexual, the inner tnvolucral bracts not in any way dilated at the tips, but terminating in
spines. Leaves white-tomentose beneath, pinnatifid, spiny ; flower-heads large, hemispherical, SESEOMOIO-WOOM Ys «05 sree vee sdera vente Sia deta ts nats we cant sree Seaiiaais ss C. eviophorus. * * As preceding section, but the inner involucral bracts dilated into a terminal appendage.
Slender but stiff; leaves narrow, entire or somewhat sinuate-lobed, shortly spiny, usually whitish tomentose beneath ; flower-heads rather small, not leafy-involucred atthe base, long-peduncled, .... .ccsseee vances erereare t ou nes ewes s CotOHINONSsa,
1. C. mrtiopHorvs, Hoffm. Deutsch FI. 286; Roth Tent. Fl. germ. II. 286; Clark. Comp. Ind. 217, (Cirsium eriophorum, Scop. Flor. Carn. II. 180; DC. Prod. VI. 688; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 743 ; Carduus erio- phorus, L. sp. pl. 1153 ; Jacq. Austr. t. 171; Engl. Bot. t. 386).
Var. B. invotucRAtTUs, Clark. Comp. Ind. 217 (Cirsium involucratum, DC. Prod. VI. 639), leaves above covered with sharp sometimes spine- like bristles ; involucre-bracts glabrescent ; florets purple.
Has. Var. 8. Karenee country (O’Riley) ; Ava, Kakhyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—F I. August, September.
2. C. Cutnensts, Clark. Comp. Ind. 219. (Simensis). (Cirsium Chinense, Gard. and Champ. in Hook. Kew. Journ. Bot. I. 323; Bth, Fl. Hongk. 168).
Has. Ava, hills east of Bhamo.
Saussurea, DC. Conspectus of Species.
Leaves lyrate with a deltoid or hastate end-lobe, the upper cauline ones often entire or lobed, tomentose beneath ; flower-heads long-peduncled, laxly racemose and panicled, the involucre-bracts nigrescent, often blunt and erose-toothed, S. deltoidea.
Leaves pinnatifid, also the cauline ones, the end-lobe rather elongate, tomentose be- neath ; flower-heads shortly peduncled or almost sessile, clustered and forming an elongate contracted almost raceme-like panicle, the involucre-bracts greyish villous,
. S. Peguensis.
acute, eoreeoe eeoreeeo ceeeee eee eeceoe ee ee eres Gee eee eee eeeoveeoeee
1. §S. penrorpra, Clark. Comp. Ind. 235 (Aplotaxis deltoidea, DC. Prod. VI. 541; Aplotawis nivea, DC. Prod. VI. 541.)
204 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Var. a. VERA, Clark. Comp. Ind. 236 (incl. var. B. nivea, Clark. 1. c.), flower-heads long-pedunceled, laxly racemose, larger, the involucre-bracts nearly entire at the tips; upper leaves entire or the end-lobe deltoid and large.
Var. 8. POLYCEPHALA, Clark. Comp. Ind. 2386, flower-heads smaller, shorter peduncled, and more crowded, laxly racemose and panicled, the involucre-bracts blunt and erose-toothed ; upper leaves or their end-lobe sagittate.
Has. Var. a. Martaban on the Nattoung hill (Rev. F. Mason) ; var. B. frequent in open and grassy places in the drier hill-, especially the pine- forests on the highest ridges of the Martaban hills, at 6000—7100 ft. eleva- tion.—Fr. March.
2. S. pEa@uENSIS, Clark. Comp. Ind. 235.
Has. Karen hills (O’Riley).
Dicoma, Cass.
1. D. romentosa, Cass. Bull. phil. 1818.; Dict. XIII. 195-and XLVIT. 503; DC. Prod. VII. 86; Clark. Comp. Ind. 86.—(D. lanuginosa, DC. Prod. VII. 86; Wight Icon. t. 1140).
Has. Ava, limestone-hills about Segain (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. Nov.
N.B. Hochstetteria Schimperi, Clark. Comp. Ind. 246, non DC. = Pegolettia Senegalensis, Cass. I cannot see in what Hochstetteria and Pegolettia do differ, and still less can I understand how they can be placed almost at the opposite ends of the order, considering that two of the Pegolet- tias have the corolla even more bilabiate than are those of Hochstetteria Schimper, as figured by A. Pyr. De Candolle.
Leucomeris, Don. Conspectus of Species.
Flower-heads on short slender peduncles or almost sessile, in peduncled corymbs from the axils of the upper-leaves and terminal; leaves almost coriaceous, white-tomen- tose beneath, ....... ha ary & 425 ihe deans bts Bi Gis als Nials Soe ge L. spectabilis.
Flower-heads solitary, in dense terminal umbel-like corymbs, the involucral bracts gradually shorter and passing into the thick short densely imbricate-bracted peduncle ; leaves membranous, glabrous, . i. si esss ccesce arent seen .. L. decora
1. L. pecora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 817; Clark. Comp. Ind. 245.
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng- and dry forests of the Prome Dis- trict.— Fl. March; Fr. May.
Ainslizea, DC. Conspectus of Species.
x Leaves narrowed at the base and decurrent wing-like on the petiole. Sparingly pilose, the flowering stems more or less sessile-leaved ; leaves membranous obscurely crenate-toothed; flower-heads sessile or peduncled, in lax spikes or
diffuse narrow panicles, COO CHE OH EO OHHH Chee er erento nD Ceeneees A. pteropoda.
et Oe il ae
ee ee ee eee
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 205
x »x Leaves more or less cordate at the base, the petiole not winged. Flowering stem leaved, the leaves thin membranous, sinuate-toothed, long-petioled, sparingly pilose or almost glabrous ; flower-heads sessile, or peduncled, in racemes OF PAMICION, cece cee se Gees 2eae ss os ems .» A. aptera. Flowering stem radical a Sietat scepitorn aa aves: eats aiiaet coriaceous, entire, hirsute, often glabrescent above, densely villous-fringed; flower-heads Merona VY CUURO PUMICIOS, vi aweci sce acees esd costes atecsuse A. Brandisiana.
1. A. PrERoPpoDA, DC. Prod. VII. 14; Clark. Comp. Ind. 246.
Var. a. GENUINA (A. pteropoda B. lobelioides, Clark. Comp. Ind. 246 ; A. pteropoda, DC. 1. ¢.; A. Silhetensis, Clark. in Linn. Journ. XIV. 411), flower-heads sessile, usually clustered, forming a simple elongate lax spike.
Var. 8. ErFuSA, Clark. 1. c., flower-heads slenderly peduncled, almost racemose, forming a spreading narrow panicle.
Has. Var. a. frequent in open grassy places of the drier hill-, espe- cially the pine-forests, and on the hill-pastures of the higher ridges of the Martaban hills, at 5|000—7100 ft. elevation; Upper Tenasserim, top of Moo- lee (Rev. Parish).—Fl. Fr. March.
2. A. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 318; Clark. Comp. Ind. 247.
Has. Not unfrequent along choungs in the damp hill-forests of the Martaban hills, at 2000—4000 ft. elevation.—FIl. March.
Gerbera, Gron.
1. G. PILOSELLOIDES, Cass. Dict. XVIII. 461 ; DC. Prod. VII. 16; Bth. Fl. Hongk. 191. (Arnica piloselloides, Linn. Amoen. VI. 103; G. ovalifolia, DC. Prod. VII. 17; Clark. Comp. Ind. 249).
Has. Karenee hills (Rev. F. Mason.)
The Cape-plant grows on sand-hills and has larger flower-heads and shorter, more robust scapes.
Cichorium, L.
*1, C. Inrysus, L. sp. pl. 1142; Engl. Bot. t. 589 ; DC. Prod. VII. 84; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 357 ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 250.
Var. a. GENUINA, floral leaves from a broader half-stem-clasping base, lanceolate, the lower leaves often runcinate.
Var. £6. Enpivia, Clark. Comp. Ind. 250. (C. Hndivia, L. sp. pl. 1142 ; DC. Prod. VII. 84; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 357), floral leaves broad- ly ovate, half-stem-clasping with a cordate base, the lower leaves usually only sinuate.
Has. Var. 8. cultivated in gardens of the drier parts of Burma, as Prome.—Fl. CS.
Crepis, L
1. ©. Javontca, Bth. Fl. Hongk. 194. (Prenanthes Japonica, L.
Mant. 107 ; Thbg. Fl. Jap. 802; Youngia Japonica, DC. Prod. VII. 194;
206 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Prenanthes lyrata, Thbg. Fl. Jap. 303 ; Crepis lyrata, Clark. Comp. Ind. 253; Youngia Mauritiana, DC. Prod. VII. 192; Prenanthes procumbens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 404: Youngia Thunbergiana, DC. Prod. VII. 192; Youngia runcinata, DC. Prod. VII. 192; Youngia napifolia, DC. Prod. VII. 198; Wight Icon. t. 1147; Youngia ambigua, DC. Prod. VII. 193; Youngia Poosia, DC. Prod. VII. 193; Youngia striata, DC. Prod. VII. 193 ; Prenanthes striata, Bl. Bydr. 835).
Has. Frequent in garden-land and in toungyas under cultivation, in betel-nut-gardens, &c., of the Martaban hills; also Ava-hills, apparently frequent.—Fl. Fr. Jan.— March.
Hieracium, L. 1. H. Sruruerenst, DC. Prod. VII. 218; Clark. in Journ. Linn. Soe. XIV. 411. and Comp. Ind. 257. Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 3369).
Lactuea, L. Conspectus of Species.
Stout annual; leaves runcinate and spinulose-toothed, half-stem-clasping with a sagit- tate base ; panicle large, furnished with auricled stem-clasping bracts ; flower-heads nearly 5 in, LON, w 5 ae-0 os se wines ves ae Klee wee Cafelees0.nl eile be ce eee LI. Scariola.
Slender annual ; leaves linear, entire or runcinately lobed, sessile with a sagittate base ; panicle lax and corymb-like, poor, the bracts subulate, small; flower-heads rather broad, 8—3$ lin. long, wasiccesseccvvee seccccce sevves eves cscs L. polycephala.
1. L. Scartona, L. sp. pl. 1119; DC. Prod. VII. 1387 ; Hayn. Arzn. Gew. I. t. 46; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 369; Clark. Comp. Ind. 268.
Var. a. GENUINA, panicle pyramidal.
*Var. £. sativa, Clark. Comp. Ind. 263 (Z. sativa, L. sp. pl. 1118 ; DC. Prod. VII. 188; Hayn. Arzn. Gew. V. t. 80; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 369), panicle fastigiate.
Has. Cultivated in the drier parts of Burma, as in Prome.—F. CS. ; Fr, HS;
2. UL. poLtycePHALA, Bth. Clark. Comp. Ind. 272. (Iveris polyce- phala, Cass. Dict. XXIV. 50; DC. Prod. VII, 151 ; Izeris fontinalis, DC. 1.0.)
Haz. Ava, Tapan near Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. Feb.
N. B. Lactuca bialata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 1854. 247, = L. breviros- éris, Champ. (1852). Prenanthes, L.
Conspectus of Species. x Leaves pinnatifid to pinnate.
Annual, almost glabrous ; panicle lax and spreading, .sssevacovee eves Le Ahasiana. x ™ Leaves simple.
at Pins a a ox
ES77-| Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 207
Leaves sagittate, the petiole long and broadly leafy-winged and sagittately or auricular- dilated at the base; panicle lax, the flower-heads nearly 4 in. long, nodding, on
slender bracted peduncles, .. £. alata. Leaves, at least the cauline ones, sessile with a sagittate base; flower-heads long and slenderly peduncled, forming a narrow terminal panicle, ........ cove Le HOLhG.
1. P. anata, Hf. and Thoms. ; Clark. Comp. Ind. 274.
Haz. Grassy open places in the drier hill-forests of the higher ridges of the Martaban hills, at 5—6000 ft. elevation.
2. P. Horum, (Sonchus Hotha, Clark. Comp. Ind. 276).
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. Aug.
The base of the involucral bracts becomes slightly thickened and in- durated in fruit, but the inflorescence and the narrow few- and apparently purple-flowered flower-heads are those of a Prenanthes, not of Sonchus.
Sonchus, L. Conspectus of Species.
* Involucral bracts glabrous or puberulous, but not glandular-pilose or hispid. Achenes much compressed, 3-ribbed on both sides, the ribs perfectly or almost perfectly
smooth ; leaves usually runcinnate-pinnatifid, ....... € fala, she siaioue te dhelorstass ~ S. asper. Achenes compressed, the ribs marked with transverse asperities, and muricate ; leaves Peeukiale-PINTAitd: OF SUMPLe,' id ss ss e's isle Geneon se succes ob isle wiles we S. oleraceus.
* * Involucral bracts and peduncles glandular-hispid or glandular-pilose. Achenes hardly compressed, the ribs thick and transversely muricate ; leaves more or less slightly runcinnate, the upper ones simple,...... ceeece cecescce Ne APUENSIS.
1. S. oneracevs, L. sp. pl. 1116; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 402 ; Hayn. Arzn. Gew. II. t. 48; FI. Dan. t. 682; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 371; Clark. Comp. Ind. 275. (8. ciliatus, Lamk. Fl. France. II. 87; DC. Prod. VII. 185 ; Wight Icon. t. 1141; S. Wallichianus, DC. Prod. VII. 185).
Haz. Ava.—Fr. June.
2. S. asper, Vill. Delph. III. 158; Hayn. Arzn. Gew. IT. t. 48; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 871; Clark. Comp. Ind. 275. (S. fallax, Wallr. Sched. 432; Fl. Dan. t. 893 ; DC. Prod. VII. 185).
Haz. Burma (teste Clarke).
3. S. arvensis, L. sp. pl. 1116; Engl. Bot. t. 674; DC. Prod. VII. 187 ; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 371; Clark. Comp. Ind. 276. (S. Orixensis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 402; 8. Wightianus, DC. Prod. VII. 187; Wight Icon. t. 1142).
Haz. Not unfrequentin cultivated and rubbishy places, in toungyas and betel-nut-gardens, etc., also along river-banks, of the Martaban hills ; Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—F I. April, May ; Fr. June.
208 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Microrhynchus, Less. Conspectus of Species.
Leaves narrow, slightly-lobed or entire; flowering stems erect ; achenes strongly 4—5 ribbed, the ribs smooth, ..... ets YA i hoene cu abae ® ney sea ergerman .- LL. acaulis. Leaves pinnatifid with the lobes all rounded; flowering stems divaricate and much dichotomously branched; achenes strongly 10—12-ribbed, the ribs transversely WTC) i, Geeatn ao! o Biniateatid a the mk ea enlodstaccets meen wo cescseee DA, asplenifolius.
1. M. acauris (Prenanthes acaulis, ge PL Tad. III. 403 ; Youn- gia acaulis, DC. Prod. VII. 1938; Prenanthes sp. Griff. Not. Diese 251. t. 469; I. glaber, Wight Icon. t. 1145 ; Lactuca glabra, DC. in Wight Contr. 26 and Prodr. VII. 185; Clark. Comp. Ind. 272).
Has. Frequent in savannahs and other grassy places, along and in the bed of stony choungs, ete., all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March, April ; Fr. April, May.
2. M. aspLentrouius, DC. Prod. VII. 181; Clark. Comp. Ind. 276. (Prenanthes asplenifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 404).
Has. Not unfrequent on dried up beds of the Irrawadi and in fields in Pegu.—Fl. Jan.
De Candolle cites Hieraciwm dichotomum, Roxb. FI. Ind. ITI. 404 ; there is no such name in Roxburgh’s book, and Prenanthes asplenifolia was no doubt meant.
CAMPANULACEL. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. 1. CAMPANULEH. Corolla regular, more or less bell- shaped to almost rotate. Anthers free. Ovary 2—3—5-celled. * Capsule opening by an apical opercle-like disk. SpHeNnoctea, Stigma shortly 3-lobed. Ovary 2-celled.—Glaucous herbs. Flow- ers in dense spikes. * * Capsule dehiscing by pores or valves. x Stigma lobed. + Fruit a capsule. Corolla bell-shaped.
WaAHLENBERGIA. Capsule dehiscing by 3—5 apical valves bearing the septa. Herbs.
CAMPANULA. Capsule opening laterally by 3 or 5 pores.
+ +. Fruit a berry.
Campanuma@a. Corolla bell-shaped. Berry supported by the adherent large calyx-lobes.—Twining herbs, the juice milky. Flowers yellowish.
Cyctopon. Corolla shallowly bell-shaped. Calyx-lobes linear, entire or laciniate, adnate to the base of the ovary or free. Erect annuals, the juice milky. Flowers small, white.
PentapuraGMa. Corolla persistent, the tube short. Stigma shortly 3-lobed. Calyx-lobes broad and blunt. Succulent herbs, Flowers in one-sided bracted racemes.
x x Stigma capitate.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 209
Crepruatostiema. Corolla almost rotate, deeply cleft, the lobes linear. Capsule dry. Delicate herbs,
Subord. 2. LOBHIIEA. Corolla irregular, usually more or less slit on the back. Anthers united round the style, Ovary 2-celled.
* Anthers united round the style. Ovary 2-celled. (Eu-Lobelieae), Pratia. Berry indehiscent. The 2 upper anthers terminated by a single bristle. Herbs, Lopetia. Capsule herbaceous or membranous, dehiscent. The upper 2, or all the anthers bearded. Small or tall herbs. * * Anthers free. Ovary 1 or 2-celled. (Goodeniaceae). Scmvota. Corolla 1- or 2-lipped, posteriorly split tothe base. Soft-wooded trees or shrubs. Sphenoclea,, Gertn.
1. §S. Zeyuantca, Gertn. Fruct. I. 183. t. 24; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 106; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 569.—(Sph. Pongatium, DC. Prod. VII. 548; Wight Ill. t. 188 ; Sph. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 276).
Has. Frequent in agrarian lands, especially in wet fields, along river- banks, ete., all over Burma.—F Il. Fr. C. and HS.
Wabhlenbergia, Schrad.
1. W. q@ractiis, DC. Prod. VIL 433; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 187; Smith Exot. Bot. t. 45; Bot, Mag. t. 691.—(W. agrestis, DC. 1. c. 434; Wight Icon. t. 1175; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. IL, 21, cum syn. ; Cam- panula dehiscens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IL 96; Campanula agrestis, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 97).
Has. Not unfrequent in fallow agrarian lands of the Prome and Irrawaddi Districts.—Fr. April.
Campanula,, Fuchs. 1. C. canescens, Wall. Cat. 1289; DC. Prod. VII. 473. (Cephalo- stigma spathulatum, Thwait. Ceyl. Pl. 422). Has. Frequent on brick-work of old pagodas, on rock-walls, &c., of the dry and eng forests of Prome, Pegu, and Martaban.—Fl. Febr—April.
Campanumea, Bl.
1. ©. Javanica, Bl. Bydr. 726 ; Hf. and Th.in Linn, Proce. II. 9. (Codonopsis Javanica, Hf. and Th. in Ill. Him. Plant. t. 16. B; Codonopsis cordata, Hassk. Retz. I.9; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 566, var. fol. subt. sparse hirsutis).
Has. Martaban, Karen hills (O’Riley).
Cyclocodon, Griff. Conspectus of Species. Calyx-segments removed from the ovary by means of the ovary-stalk, C. parviflorwm, Calyx-segments halfway adnate to the Sessile OVALY, «+ scevvesevesese Cy lancifolium.
27
210 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
1. C. Lancrrotium, Kurz in Flora 1872. 3038. (Campanula laneifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 96; C. truneatum, Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proe. II. 18; Codonopsis truncata, Wall. Cat. 1801; DC. Prod. VII. 423 ; Codo- nopsis albiflora, Griff. Not. Dicot. 279; C. distans, Griff. Icon. Dicot. t. 481; Codonopsis lewcocarpa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 565).
Has. Not unfrequent on shady moist rock-walls along choungs, in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah, Martaban, and Chittagong down to Tenasserim, up to 8000 ft. elevation ; also Ava, Pingee rocks in the Irra- waddi, just above the images (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. Febr., March.
Pentaphragma, Wall.
1. P. BEGoNIzFoLIUM, Wall. Cat. 1813; DC. Prod. VII. 495. (Phy- teuma begonifoliwm, Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 108; Jack in Mal. Mise. in Hook. Bot. Mise, I. 277. t. 57).
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).
Cephalostigma, A. DC.
1. C. pantcutatum, A. DC. Prod. VII. 421.
Has. Common on laterite and calcareous grounds in the eng and dry forests all over Prome, Pegu, and Martaban.—Fl. Decb.—Febr. ; Fr. Jan. —March.
N. B.—Wahlenbergia perotifolia, WA., Wight Icon, t. 842, appears . to me to belong to C. hirsutum, not to the above, as Hooker and Thomson state.
Pratia, Gaud.
1. P. Numuusartia, Bth. (Lobelia nummularia, Lamk. Dict. III. 589 ; Piddingtonia nummularia, DC. Prod. VII. 341 ; Lobelia begonfolia, Wall. in Asiat. Res. XIII. 377; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed, Wall. II. 115; Pratia begom- folia, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 18738).
Haz. Martaban hills, Yoonzeleen plateau, at 2500 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).
Lobelia, L. Conspectus of Species. * Small erect procuwmbent or creeping herbs. Flowers solitary or im spurious racemes, small, 1—4 lin. long. x Stems terete. Calyx puberulous ; flowers solitary, axillary, ........ Tore e Rr oo LL. Zeylaniea. x x Stems angular.
Stems 3-gonous; calyx quite glabrous; flowers solitary and axillary, or more usually in, SPUTIOUS TACEMES, . . v.. eau oda ad we mee Sey ee hip wle 9s «oon alka wie L. trigona.
Stems 4-gonous; flowers in poor racemes; calyx small, .......0 eeeeeees L. Griffithii. * * Robust erect simple or branched herbs, 2—5 ft. high. Flowers 3—1 in. long, in leafy-bracted terminal simple or panicled racemes.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 211
All parts, also the white corolla, quite glabrous; capsule glabrous, ....L. Wallichiana. All parts, also the rose-coloured corolla and the capsule, velvety puberulous, ..L. rosea. 1. L. Zeyuantca, L. sp. pl. ed. 1. 932 ; Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 113. Var. a. GENUINA, (L. Lobbiana, Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proce. II. 28), an aquatic form, the branches more or less ascending or erect, up to 1} ft. long ; all parts more robust ; leaves up to 2in. long ; corolla 4—5 lin. long. Var. 8. AFFINIS, (L. affinis, Wall. Cat. 1811; DC. Prod. VII. 360; LL. succulenta, Bl. Bydr. 728; DC. 1. ¢. 873), creeping or prostrate, all parts smaller; leaves shorter petioled, ;—1 in. long ; corolla only 2 lin. long.
Has. Var. a only, frequent along choungs in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenas- serim.—F]. Fr. Febr., March.
2. LL. rricgona, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 111. (Z. subincisa, Wall. Cat. 1810; DC. Prod. VII. 867 ; ZL. subracemosa, Mig. in FI. Ind. Bat. ITI. 576).
Var. a. TRIGONA, (LZ. trigona, Roxb. 1. c. ete.), all parts more suc- culent, the floral leaves more ovate ; peduncles thicker and flowers much larger.
>? Var. £. stipuLaRIS (L. stipularis, Wall. Pl. As. rar. IL. 48; Z. trialata, Ham. in Don Prod. Fl. Nep. 157; DC. Prod. VII. 360; Z. mz- crantha, Hook. Exot. Fl. I. t. 44?) slender, erect, branched, all parts less succulent ; peduncles filiform ; flowers minute, the floral bracts often very narrow. Probably a distinct species.
Has. Frequent in swampy grass-land, borders of tanks, in wet paddy fields, and more especially on the banks of rivers, all over Burma; var. £. is a hill-form (or species?) of Martaban ; also Prome, and Ava, on Taong- dong.—Fl. Fr. Octob.—Deec.
Vatke (in Linnea XXXVI. 718) identifies Z. trigona of Roxburgh with ZL. alsinoides of Lamarck ; the description of the latter, however, does not in the least agree with the Indian plant. JL. stipularis, Wall., will take precedence, if it is not specifically different, but I am at present inclined to believe it may be different.
3. L. Grirrivuii, Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proce. II. 28.
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves reduced to scales ; flowers only a line long.
Var. £. DOPATRIOIDES, Kurz in Flora 1872. 302 (L. dopatrioides, Kurz m Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 77 ; Z. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 281), leaves developed ; flowers nearly twice the size.
Haz. In wet fields and swampy pastures of Pegu, near Rangoon (R. Scott) ; var. B. in long grass along rivers of Arracan, frequent ; Tenas- serim, Attaran (Brandis) ; Mergui (Griff.).—FI. Fr. Octob.
4, L. Waxnicurana, Hf. and Th, in Linn, Proce. II. 29 (L. pyrami- dalis var. B. DC. Prod. VII. 381).
212 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Rare on wet sandstone-walls in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah ; more frequent in the damp hill-forests and in open hill-pastures of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, also Ava, Khakyen hills.—Fl. Jan. —March; Fr. March, April.
5. L. rosea, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 115 and Plant. As. rar, IT, 42. t. 152; DC. Prod. VII. 881. (ZL. trichandra, Wight Icon. %. 1171): .
Has. Martaban, Karennee hills (Revd. F. Mason); Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. March.
Sceevola, L Conspectus of Species. Glabrous or silky-hairy, long silky villous in the leaf-axils ; berries velvety or pubes- —
cent, eevoeeceo eevee es eevee ew eee eee ee ee oo @ eeeoee se doe che. oaqoeelgwwie ola lOk foleiodS sieeve Glabrous, not or slightly silky-villous in the denfinsil a: paetion glabrous, ..S. Kenigit.
1. 8. Kanter, Vhl. Symb. III. 86 ; DC. Pend: VII. 505; Bot. Mag. t. 2732; Bth. Fl. Austr. IV. 86.—(S. Zaccada, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II, 146 ; Wight Ill. t. 187; Griff. Not. Dicot. 275).
Has. Frequent along the sea-coast, especially on coral-banks and beaches, of Tenasserim and the Andamans.
STYLIDIEA. Stylidium, Swartz. Conspectus of Species. Leaves palmatinerved, almost rosulate, the stems terete ; flowers white, in dichotomous leafless or few-leaved radical glandular-puberulous spikes or panicles,.. 8. wliginoswmn. Leaves 1-nerved, scattered, the stems angular ; flowers rose-coloured, in a simple stiff Gla bROUs SPLUKC, | or.a sind, ap00,6 Wie a6 Biss 5 spiephanhip & Bas ta eee a eee ee S. roseum.
1. §. vLiervesum, Swartz in Magaz. Nat. Gesch. Berl. 1807. 52. t. 2. f.4; DC. Prod. VII. 336; Kurz in Flora 1872. 303.—(S. Kunthii, Wall. Cat. 3759; DC. Prod. VII. 335; S. Brunonis, Griff. Not. Dicot. 275 ; S. tenellum, Swartz Magaz. Naturf. Ges. Berl. 1807. 51. t. 2. £. 8; DC Prod. VII. 336, a reduced state).
Has. Frequent in swampy grass-lands, swamps, etc., of the alluvial and diluvial plains of Pegu; also Chittagong and Martaban down to Tenas- serim as far south as Mergui.—F 1. Sept.—Nov. ; Fr. Nov., Dee.
2. 8. RosreuM, Kurz in Journ, As. Soc. Beng. 1876. 137.—(S. tenel- lum, Kurz in Flora 1872. 804, non Sw.).
Has. Swampy grass-land of Chittagong, rare.—Fl. Octob.
VACCINIACEZ.
Conspectus of Genera. * Calyx jointed with the pedicel. Vaccinium. Calyx terete. Corolla various, from large and tubular and bell- shaped to small and urn-shaped. Anthers 8 or 10, the tubes short or long. * * Calyx continuous with the pedicel. PENTAPTERYGIUM. Calyx 5-winged. Rest asin Vaceiniwm,
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 213
Vaccinium, L. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Agapetes, Don. Flowers large, rarely small ; pedicels more than an inch long, thickened upwards and often cup-shaped-dilated at the apex. Epiphytical shrubs.
* Corolla large, 3—23 in. long, tubular to bell-shaped, slightly curved or straight. O Filaments more than $ in. long. Anthers short, connate ; corolla tubular, slightly curved ; racemes glabrous, .. V. macrostemon. O O Filaments thick and short, only 1—2 lin. long. x Calyx and pedicels glandular-hirsute. Corolla glabrous, tubular or campanulate-tubular ; anthers without bristles between the TUDES is yon, 0.8.ue ns sei seles voce heed coebeeetene Be ee o covcce coos V. verticillatum. x x Calyx and pedicels quite glabrous. + Anthers without a pair of reflexed or uncinate bristles be- tween their tubes. Anthers exserted ; nerves of leaves uniting into a marginal nerve; corolla 2 in. long or
HOMERS Lie tins ees aes a Pina gia els Cavde ceseee erveens v cove sees VY. variegatum. As preceding, but corolla only $ the size, scarlet, .... 0.0.05. cCRskte ie Gi Gites oo V. Roylet. Anthers included ; nerves of leaves not uniting within the margin, ...... V. miniatum.
+ + Anthers with a pair of bristles between their tubes at the base or halfway up. Corolla tubular bell-shaped ; calyx-toothed, the teeth subulate-lanceolate,
. V. odontocerum. Corolla bell-shaped, wide ; calyx-limb cupular, with sinuate acute teeth,
.. V.campanulatum, * * Flowers rather small or small, + in. to 2 lin. only long, shortly or elongates urn-shaped. (Corallobotrys, Hf.). Corolla $ in. long, elongate-urceolate ; flowers in peduncled terminal racemes, .. V. auriculatum. Corolla 2 lin. long, urn-shaped ; flowers in short umbel-like racemes arising laterally PME RNG HEAMCNOS, . ssc ee eevee eses GESe Cove beceueesres e eeveee Ve acuminatum. Subg. 2. Epigynium, Klotsch. . Flowers small, urn-shaped or urceolate-campanu- late ; pedicels short, slender, not or only at the very joint thickened. Racemes one- sided. Berries globose. * Kpiphytical shrub. Bracts deciduous. Branchlets pubescent ; corolla villous inside at the mouth; anthers with 2 bristles at THO CIDER? Mes ve cc ce 2s bes ee Ms ee Whase Wi W'e%e ms 6 Wis RWG S oe We oie Wes wean a ny bt Ste ee * * Terrestrial shrubs or trees. Bracts deciduous. All parts, also the pedicels, corolla, and calyx, glabrous, ......00e+00 «eee Ve Donianum. Young shoots and racemes (sometimes also the calyx) pubescent ; corolla glabrous, .. V. exaristatan, 1. V. macrostEemon, Kurz in Journ. As, Soc. Beng. 1873. 85. Haz. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests (especially the drier ones) of Martaban, at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fl, March. 2. V.VERTICILLATUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 83, non Wight (Agapetes verticillata, D. Don Gen. Syst. III. 862 ; DC. Prod. VII. 554).
214 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 2,
Var. a. GENUINUM, (Lhibaudia obliqua, Griff. Icon. Dicot. t. 515), corolla only # in. long ; flowers in shortly peduncled umbel-lke-racemes.
Var. £. ELEGANS, but the flowers solitary or by 2—3 in the axils of the leaves ; leaves usually broader.
? Var. y. GLANDIFLORUM, corolla 13 in. long ; flowers in short-pedun- cled or sessile umbel-like racemes, occasionally also solitary.
Haz. Var. f#. in the upper dry forests on the Kambala ridges of the Pegu Yomah, at 2800 to 3000 ft. elevation ; var. y. in the hill-forests of Martaban and Tenasserim as far south as Tavoy, at 4000 to 7000 ft. eleva- tion.— Fl. March.
3. V. vartedatum. Kurzin Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 84 (Agapetes |
variegata, Don Gen. Syst. III. 862; Ceratostemma variegatum, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 413; Griff. Icon. Dicot. t. 502; Zhibaudia macrantha, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4566).
Haz. Moulmein, Kola mountains (Lobb).
4. V. Royer (Thibaudia variegata, Royle Ill. Him. Pl. t. 79. £.1; V. variegatum B. parviflora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 84).
Has. Frequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, at 8000 to 5000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March; Fr. April.
5. V. mintatum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 85. (Ceratos- temma miniatum, Griff. Icon. Dicot. t. 504).
Has. Burma, probably Ava (Griff. 3475).
6. V. opontocerum, Wight Icon. t. 1187 (Ceratostemma angulatwm, Griff. Dicot. Icon. t. 503).
Has. Ava, Patkaye ranges (Griff.).—Fl. March.
7. V.cAMPANULATUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 85.
Has. In the stunted hill-forests on the top of Nattoung, Martaban hills, at about 7000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March.
8. V. auRicuLatuM (Zhibaudia auriculata, Griff. Dicot. Icon. t. 508).
Haz. In the hill-forests on the Taipo mountains, Martaban, above 4000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. March.
9. V. acumiInatuM (Agapetes acuminata, D. Don Gen. Syst. IIT. 862 ; Hpigyniwm acuminatum, Klotzsch in Linn, XXIV. 51; Bot. Mag. t. 5010; Corallobotrys acuminata, Hf. and Bth. Gen. pl. II. 575).
Haz. Burma, probably Moulmein hills (Griff. 3471).
10. V.Pumitum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 85.
? Var, 6. cunEatTUM, leaves of thinner texture, obovate-cuneate to cuneate, rounded or blunt at the apex ; flowers longer pedicelled.
Has. Epiphytic in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 5000 to 6000 ft. elevation; var. 8. in the same forests on Taipo hill, at 4000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).—F1, March.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 215
11. V. Dontanum, Wight Icon. t. 1191; Walp. Ann. I. 478 (Hpigy- nium Donianuwm, Klotzsch in Linn. XXIV. 51.; V. affine, Wight Icon. t. 1190).
Var. a. GENUINUM, anthers with a pair of bristles between the tubes; pedicels longer.
Var. 8. EXARISTATUM, anthers without bristles ; pedicels longer.
Haz. Frequent in the drier hill-, especially the pine-forests of the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo, at 38000 to 6000 ft. elevation—FI. Jan., Febr. ; Fr. March.
12. V. ExaRisTatTuM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 86.
Haz. Common in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted ones, of Martaban, at 5000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fyr. March.
Possibly only an exaristate form of V. Leschenaultii, Wight. V. Ma- laccense, one of this vicinity, differs in the puberulous corolla.
ERICACEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. 1. ARBUTEZ. Corolla deciduous. Fruit a drupe or berry.
Pernettya. Corolla globular urn-shaped, the limb 5-toothedand reflexed. Sta- mens 10. Hypogynous scales 10, 3-lobed. Ovary 5-celled, the cells many-ovuled. Trib. 2. ERICH. Corolla deciduous or persistent. Fruit a capsule.
* Capsule loculicidally 5—6-valved. (Andromedez).
GAULTHERIA. Calyx 2-bracted at the base. Corolla urceolate, the revolute limb 5-cleft. Stamens 10; anthers 2-cleft, the cells terminating in 2 awns. Hypogynous scales 10, usually united at the base. Calyx fleshy or succulent in fruit.
AnDROMEDA. Corolla globular to tubular-urn-shaped, the reflexed Hmb 5-toothed. Stamens 10, included ; anther-cells usually one-awned. Calyx open in bud, dry in fruit.
* * Capsule dehiscing septicidally from the apex. (Rhododendreae).
Ruopopenpron. Corolla funnel- or bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Stamens 5 or 10, decli- nate; anthers opening by terminal pores. Capsule 5-celled.
Gaultheria, L.
1. G. punotata, Bl. Bydr. 856 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1055.
Var. a, BuuMmEt, leaves linear-oblong to oblong, very shortly petioled or almost sessile. A shrub, glabrous, the branchlets triquetrous.
? Var. B®. FRAGRANTISSIMA, (G. fragrantissima, Wall. in Asiat. Res. XIII. 207. c. icon. ; Wight Icon. t. 1196; Bot. Mag. t. 5984), leaves obo- vate to obovate oblong and oblong, longer (up to 3 in.) or shorter petioled. A small bushy tree or at high elevations reduced to a shrub of a few feet in height, the branchlets triquetrous.
? Var. y. Lescuenavrtit, (G. Leschenaultii, DC. Prod. VII. 593 ; Wight Icon. t. 1195 and Illustr. t. 141. C.; Andromeda Kathagerensis,
216 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Hook. Icon. t. 246), branchlets more or less terete, covered with appressed blackish bristles ; leaves often smaller, shortly petioled, the glands beneath often produced into appressed bristles. A shrub, large or often only $ to a foot high.
Has. Var. B. and y. frequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted ones, of the Martaban hills, at 6000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—FI. Febr. ; Fr. March.
The forms here brought together vary greatly in the length of the petiole, the pubescence of the corolla inside, size of plant, &c., and require further study.
Andromeda, L
1. A. ovatrrorta, Wall. Cat. 763 and in Asiat. Res. XIII. 391 cum icon. ; Clegh. in Journ. Agr. Hort. Soc. Beng. XIV. 260. cum tab. ; Wight Icon. t. 1199. (Pieris ovalifolia, Don. Gen. Syst. IIT. 882; DC. Prod. VII. 599; A. lanceolata, Wight Icon. t. 1198 ?).
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted ones and in the pine-forests, of Martaban, at 5000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—Fr, March,
Rhododendron, L Conspectus of Species.
* Leaves shortly appressed tomentose or lepidote beneath. Calyx inconspicuous. Leaves beneath silvery and shortly tomentose beneath ; ovary rusty puberulous; bracts
Of leat-buds ViLlOUs a> a: s:0:sie:0.0c0'n.4'0)Fr> 9-4 ala)s a ible cead & bess sl cee R. arboreum. Leaves beneath and ovary and style rusty lepidote; bracts of leaf-buds silky ciliate OTL, is via pisn’s 9 este bie ede s ee a ae Ce weve cecccce © cceceee ... BR. formosum,
* * Leaves glabrous and smooth. Ovary and style quite glabrous ; bracts of leaf-buds ciliolate,........ 2. Moulmeinense.
1. R. arsoreum, Sm. Exot. Fl. t.6; Bot. Reg. t. 890, 1240 and 1982 ; DC. Prod. VII. 720; Hook. Exot. Fl, t. 168; Bot. Mag. t. 3290; Houtt. Fl. d. serr, IX. t. 945; Wight Icon. t. 1201; Bedd. FI. Sylv. Madr. t. 228.
Has. In the hill-forests of the Karenee country (Rev. F. Mason).
2. KR. Frormosum, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 8. t. 207; DC. Prod. VII. 721; Bot. Mag. t. 4457.
Var. f. Vurrcuranum, (2. Veitchianum, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4992), flowers nearly twice the size ; leaves not ciliate.
Has. Martaban, not unfrequent on the top of Nattoung, at 7200 ft. elevation.—var. 8. Moulmein hills—FI. March.
3. KR. Movutmetnense, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4904.
Haz. Common in the hill-forests, especially the damper ones, from Martaban down to Tenasserim, at 4000 to 7000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March.
: ! : :
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 217
Near allied to &. Javanicum, from which it differs in its perfectly glabrous style and ovary and somewhat different nervation (the lateral nerves arising almost rectangularly from the midrib).
EPACRIDEA. Leucopogon, R. Br.
1. L. Matayanvs, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. No. 2 and in Hook. Bot. Mise. II. 71; Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 301; DC. Prod. VII. 744.
Var. a. GENUINA, leaves larger and broader, 13 to 2 in. long, acute and mucronate ; spikes about } in. long.
Var. £6. Motvccanvs, (LZ. Moluccanus, Scheff. Obs. phytog. 97). leaves $ to an in, long, 1} to 23 lin. broad, subulate-pointed ; spikes only a; —2-nn, long.
Has. Var. a. Burma, probably Tenasserim (Griff. 3453/1); var, £. Tenasserim (Helf. 3453).
PLUMBAGINEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. 1. STATICEZ. Styles entirely, or at least at the summit free. Fruit an utricle bursting at the base or circumsciss at the top.
AXeraritis. Styles glabrous, free; stigmas capitate. Petals coriaceous, jointed beyond the connate base ; fruit elongate, exserted ; albumen none. ‘Treelets.
Trib. 2. PLUMBAGEA. Styles entirely connate. Pericarp more or less de- hiscing into 2 valves.
Piumpaco, Calyx glandular-muricate. Fruit included in the calyx. Herbs, Aigialitis, R. Br.
1. A. annutata, R. Br. Prod. Nov. Holl. I. 426; DC. Prod. XII. 621. (49. rotundifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 111; Griff. Not. Dicot. 207. t. 461. f. 2).
Has. Frequent in the littoral forests all along the shores from Chit- tagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Fr. CS.
Plumbago, L. Conspectus of Species.
Spikes glandular-pubescent ; corolla white; bract ovate, leafy ; bractlets subulate, . LP. Zeylanica.
Spikes glabrous or nearly so; corolla rose-coloured or scarlet; bract ovate-oblong, scarious, brown ; bractlets conform with the bracts, ...... ap he sae ne o cosets 108s
1, P.Zeyianica, L. sp. pl. 215; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 468; DC. Prod. XII. 692.
Has. In rubbishy places in and around villages, along river-banks and in toungyas, not unfrequent all over Burma, but apparently nowhere really ~ wild.— FI. Fr. «.
28
218 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
2. P. rnosna, L. sp. pl. I. 215; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 463 ; Bot. Mag. t. 230 and t. 5863.—(P. coccinea, Boiss. in DC. Prod. XII. 693).
Has. Not unfrequent in the moister mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban hills down to Tenasserim ; also Ava. Often cul- tivated and springing up in toungyas, along the river-banks, ete.—Fl. Fr. CS.
PLANTAGINE A. Plantago, L.
1. P. masor, L. sp. pl. 163 ; Engl. Bot. t. 1558 ; Flor. Dan. t. 461; DC. Prod. XIII/1, 694.
Var. £. Astatica, Dene. in DC. Prod. XIII/1, 694 (P. Asiatica, L. sp. pl. 163 ; Wight Illustr. t. 177).
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).
Endlicher places Plantaginee near Plumbaginee, and I believe this to be the true affinity, for, with the exception of the stamens being alternate with the petals, the characters are all reducible to the Plumbaginaceous type.
PRIMULACEZ, Conspectus of Genera.
Trib. 1. PRIMULEZ. Capsule quite free (not adnate to the base of the calyx), dchiscing usually by longitudinal valves. Primuta. Corolla salver- or funnel-shaped, furnished at the throat with 5 gibbose swellings. Capsule opening by 5-valves. Scapigerous annuals or perennials. LysimacuiA. Corolla rotate or bell-shaped, with gibbose swellings at the throat. Capsule usually 5-valved. Erect or creeping simple or branched herbs. Flowers soli- tary and axillary, or in racemes or spikes. Trib. 2. ANAGALLIDEZ. Capsule quite free, circumsciss-dehiscing. AnaGALLis. Corolla rotate or bell-shaped. Herbs with alternate or opposite leaves. Lysimachia, L. Conspectus of Species. * Flowers solitary or by pairs in the leaf-axils. Glabrous ; stem erect, terete ; leaves linear ; flowers slenderly pedicelled, .. L. linearifolia. Glabrous, erect, the stem 4-cornered ; flowers slenderly pedicelled ; leaves lanceolate, oe L. peduncularis. * * Flowers in terminal racemes, x All parts glabrous. Stamens shorter than the petals, narrowly bordered, ...... cseceece coos Le multifiora. Stamens exserted ; sepals broadly-white-bordered, .. ...sseve cece verses Le Cobelioides. x ™ Stems and racemes (glandular ?) hairy. Habit of LZ. lobelioides, corolla twice the length of the calyx, ........ L. Griffithiana,
1. L. winearirori, Griff. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 86. Haz. Burma, probably Ava (Griff, 3532),
ie aver ee en
A ea
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 219
2. L. PEDUNCULARIS, Wall. Cat 1489.
Haz. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.) ; Tenasserim, Zwakabin (Rev. C. Parish),—Fl. Fr. Octob.
3. L. muttirrora, Wall. Cat. 1487; DC. Prod. VIII. 68; Klatt, Gatt. Lysim. 14. t. 4.
Has. Ava, near Bhamo (J. Anderson).—FI. Febr.
4. lL. LoBEetiormes, Wall. in Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 29; DC. Prod, VIII. 61; Bot. Reg. t.6; Klatt, Gatt. Lysim. 16. t, 2.
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. May.
5. L. Grirrrrmrana, Kurz in Journ, As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 86.
Hap. Ava, in fields towards Karmein.—FI, April.
Apparently allied to the preceding species.
MY RSINEA. Conspectus of Genera.
Subord. I. HU-MYRSINEA. Fruit an indehiscent berry or drupe. Seeds with albumen. Trib. 1. ARDISTEZ, Staminodes none. Anthers not transversely chambered. Ovary inferior to superior. * Ovary inferior or half-inferior. (Mesee). Masa. Corolla bell-shaped or nearly so, imbricate in bud. Calyx 2-bracted. Drupe crowned by the calyx-limb, globular. Erect shrubs or trees. * * Ovary superior. Drupes globular. (Ardisiee). x Flowers pedicelled, clustered, lateral or axillary. Myrsinz. Corolla gamo- or rarely poly-petalous, imbricate or valvate. Flowers often polygamously dicecious. Ovules few. Erect trees or shrubs. x x Flowers in racemes or panicles. Samara. Corolla of 5 or 4 free petals imbricate in bud, Anthers as long as or shorter than the filaments. Ovules few. Climbers. Arpista. Corolla gamopetalous, usually rotate, twisted in bud. Anthers longer than the filaments, free. Ovules numerous. Trees, shrubs, or undershrubs. Trib. 2. TEOPHRASTEA. Staminodes 5, alternating with the stamens. (Ame- rican). JAcauinia. Corolla rotate-bellshaped, deeply 5-cleft. Berry few-seeded. Subord. II. AVGICHREA. Fruit a dry cylindrical follicle-like drupe rupturing irregularly. Seeds elongate, germinating while still on the tree. Albumen none. Anther-cells many-chambered. Aieiceras. Corolla twisted in bud. Filaments connate at the base. Flowers in umbels. Trees.
Meesa, Forsk. Conspectus of Species.
* All parts, also the inflorescence, quite glabrous. x Inflorescence very short (hardly as long as the petioles). Branchlets verrucose ; leaves minutely and remotely callus-toothed, ., 22, Andamanica.
220 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
x x Inflorescence very much longer than the petioles. t+ Leaves entire. Racemes compound, shorter than the leaves, ........ ccsedsusescase J. rainenigem + t+ Leaves coarsely serrate. Racemes compound, shorter than the leaves; calyx only ? lin. long,...... M. Indica. Racemes compound, very slender, as long as or longer than the leaves; calyx nearly a Line IONS. 5 sss vewen ees bia ie ale an Shd Ri pte tea & woaa telete Soa are ue erdstats M. paniculata. * * Inflorescence, and more or less also the sinuate-toothed leaves and softer parts, pubescent or otherwise hairy. Leaves softly pubescent, especially beneath ; panicles or racemes dense, rusty pubes- cent, shorter than the petiole ; bracts minute, ...essee cece seeese LM. mollissima. Leaves glabrous, midrib beneath sparingly hairy; panicles densely rusty-hairy and mossy, much longer than the petioles ; bracts about as long as the pedicels, .. MM. muscosa. 1. M. Anpamantca, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 575. (AL verrucosa,
Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 98, non Scheff.).
Has. In the tropical forests of South Andaman.—Fl. May, June.
2. M. ramenracea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 230; DC. Prod. VIII. 77; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1006; Scheff. Comment. Myrsin. 15. (JL. glabra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 560 ; 1. Sumatrana, Scheff. 1. ¢.).
Haz. Common in the tropical and moister mixed forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans, up to 2000 ft. elevation ; freely springing up in deserted toungyas.—FIl. Jan. ; Fr. March, April.
3. M. Inpica, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 1384; DC. Prod. VIII. 0; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1008. (Beobotrys Indica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 557 ; Wight Icon. t. 1206). }
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and more so in those from Martaban down to Tenasserim up to 3000 ft. elevation; Chittagong ; Ava, Khakyen hills—Fl. March.
4. M. pantcunata, A. DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 183 and Prod. VIII. 78. CAL montana B. elongata, DC. Prod. VIII. 79 ?).
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 3559) ; Tavoy (Wall.).— Fl. Dee.
5. M. mouzuisstma, A. DC. Prod. VIII. 81. (AZ. mollis, A. DC.1. ¢. 82; I. permollis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 66, forma latifolia).
Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and more so from Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim, Thoungyeen (Brandis) ; Ava, Khakyen hills.—Fl. March, April.
6. M. muscosa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 87.
Has. Burma, probably Ava (Griff, 3556).
Myrsine, L. Conspectus of Species. * Stigma 2—3-lobed, usually fringed. x Style longer or shorter. Leaves more or less serrate, especially towards the. apex. :
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 221
Pedicels slender and stiff, 3—5 lin. long, ....66 coves sees wees cove cess MM. Khasyana.
Pemicols thick, J—2% lim. long, i ies cs elee Gi ea eewccdedbeubee evs + +++, semiserrata. x x Stigmas almost sessile. Leaves entire.
Leaves exactly those of IM. capitellata ; pedicels thick, shorter than the flower or drupe ;
stigmas small, ... cee seveeeece cece e ene sees cecece eves cessed. ENS.
* * Stigma simple, linear Sie ees ‘thick. Leaves entire.
Flowers almost sessile or Dank nae Mae arse clustered ; lateral nerves thin but usually distinct, .... ++ aulbre . IL. eapitellata.
1. M. SEMISERRATA, Wall. in ‘Roxb. PL Ind. Tr. 294: (1824) and Flor. Nep. Tent. 34. t. 24; DC. Prod. VIII. 93. (MZ. subspinosa, Don Prod. Nep. 147 (1825 ?) ; DC. Prod. VIII. 94 ?).
Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests of Martaban east of Toun- ghoo, above 6000 ft. elevation.—FIl. Fr. March.
Iam not sure about the plant which Wallich figures in his Tent. Nepal ; but as all the specimens of Wallich’s Herbarium seen by me belong to the short-pedicelled form, I have followed DC. and others in regarding them the same. But there is a form common in the Khasi hills (apparent- ly restricted to this locality) which has very slender, long, and stiff pedicels and this I am inclined to treat as a distinct species (JZ. Khasyana).
2. M. avents, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 108. and Prod. VIII. 96; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 47. (Ardisia avenis, Bl. Bydr. 691).
Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 7000 ft. elevation. —Fl. March.
IT am not sure whether the Burmese tree is Blume’s species, which I have not seen. Scheffer’s IZ. avenis, from Banca, is hardly the same as Blume’s.
3. M. carrrernatTa, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 295 and Tent. FI. Nepal. 35. t. 24; Bot. Mag. t. 8222; Wight Icon. t. 1211; DC. Prod. VIII. 95; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 234. I. lucida, Wall. Cat. 2298; DC. Prod. VIII. 95.
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of the Prome District ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.) ; Martaban, Nattoung hills (Rev. Mason).
Of this species there are two forms, or more likely two distinct species,— the genuine one, represented also in Burma, which has clustered sessile or almost sessile flowers, and the nerves of which are thin but pretty distinct,— and the pedicellate form, the flowers of which rest on short thick pedicels, and this also has the lateral nerves very obsolete.
Samara, L. (1767). (Embelia, Burm, 1768.) Conspectus of Species. * Inflorescence terminal, or terminal and axillary. Filaments short and thick.
x Leaves softly pubescent. Inflorescence brown puberulous; pedicels capillary, ........ eseeves eo veee Se microcalyx.
922 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
x x Leaves™glabrous. Branchlets and inflorescence greyish or tawny velvety or puberulous; pedicels terete,
. S. Rides. As preceding, but the velvety pubescence always greyish ; flowers sessile, S. sesstliflora. All parts, also the inflorescence, quite glabrous; pedicels 4-cornered, ....8. floribunda.
* * Inflorescences axillary only. Filaments longer than the anthers, slender and jiliform. Young shoots more or less pubescent. x Leaves beneath more or less pubescent (at least the nerves). Flowers 5-merous. + Leaves on long’ petioles.
Leaves 8—5 in. long ; racemes elongate ; pedicels short, .... sssees Leaves 2—23 in. long ; racemes short ; pedicels very iong and slender, ......S. vestita.
+ t Leaves almost sessile. Leaves 1—1 in. long, distichous, not pellucid-dotted, only the midrib puberulous ; racemes very short and almost umbel-like, ........ cc... ce eeoeee S. parvifiora. x ™x Leaves quite glabrous. Flowers 4-merous. Leaves $—1 in. long, serrately 3-toothed at the apex, conspicuously gland-dotted be- neath; racemes very short and almost umbel-like,.......... sssees S. Myrtillus,
1. 8S. Rises, Bth. and Hf. (Hmbelia Ribes, Burm. Fl. Ind. 62. t. 23; DC. Prod. VIII. 85; Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 586; Scheff. Comm. Myrs.
388; Hmbelie sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 293 ?). Var. a. GENUINA, leaves destitute of hollow glands ; flowers racemose,
oe ccecee Os VOOMSER,
in panicles.
Var. £. GLANDULIFERA, (Eimbelia glandulifera, Wight Icon. t. 1207 ; Walp. Ann. I. 494), leaves with many or only few hollow glands along or near the midrib ; flowers often in simple axillary racemes, only those at the ends of the Goatecnl tte panicled.
Haz. Var. a. frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Te-
nasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fr. March.
2. s. SESSILIFLORA, (Hmbelia sessiliflora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soo. Beng. 1871. 66).
Has. Burma, probably Karen hills.
Probably only a sessile-flowered variety of the preceding species.
3. 8. FLoRIBUNDA, Bth. and Hf. (Hmbelia floribunda, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 291; DC. Prod. VIII. 85; Hinbelia garciniefolia, Miq. Pl. Jungh. 187 ; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 40).
Has. Not unfrequent in the stunted hill-forests of the Nattoung, Martaban, at 6000—7200 ft. elevation.—F1. March.
4. §S. ropusta, Bth. and Hf. (Hinbelia robusta, Roxb. Fl. Ind, I. 587; DC. Prod. VIII. 86; Hmbelia picta, DC. 1. ¢.).
Var. a. Roxpureui, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 108.
Var. £. vi~Losa, Kurz 1. c. (imbelia villosa, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 289; DC. Prod. VIII. 85 ; Embelia ferruginea, Wall. ap. DC. Prod.
I. c. 86).
1877. | : Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 223
Has. Only var. 8. but this form common in the upper mixed forests, all over the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F. Aug., Sept.; Fr. Jan., Febr.
The extreme forms of Hmbelia robusta, and EH. villosa, look very different, but they offer no characters fora safe distinction. The length of the pedicels and of the bracts and the thickness of the rachis of the racemes vary as much as the indumentum. The striz on the drupes of E. robusta are not always present.
5. §. vesTita, Bth. and Hf. (Hmbelia vestita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 288; DC. Prod. VIII. 88; Hmbelia nutans, Wall. 1. e. 290).
Has. Mather rare in the tropical forests, especially along choungs, of the Pegu Yomah.
6. S. parvirnors, (Hmnbelia parviflora, Wall. Cat. 2307 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 86; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 44).
Has. Ava (Griff. 3545) ; Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. March.
7. S. Myrrrinus, (Myrsine Myrtillus, Hook. Icon. t. 825; Walp. Ann. V. 473; Hmbelia Myrtillus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 67).
Has. Burma (Griff. 3542).
Ardisia, Sw. Conspectus of Species.
* Panicles irregularly branched and compound, terminal, or accompanied by smaller ones in the axils of the upper leaves. + Pedicels much shorter than the calyx, or the flowers almost sessile. Leaves entire ; panicle stiff and stout, rusty puberulous ; calyx-lobes acute, ...A. rigida, x x Pedicels much longer than the calyx. + Leaves entire. Leaves coriaceous, decurrent on the strong petiole, the nerves arising at an acute angle ;
panicle glabrous or nearly so, ample; peduncle angular, ..........d. paniculata, Leaves almost chartaceous, not decurrent, the nerves diverging almost rectangularly, numerous ; panicle slightly puberulous ; peduncle compressed, ........ A. anceps.
Leaves chartaceous ; panicles rusty-puberulous, chiefly from the axils of the upper eaves; calyx-lopes lamccolate, scccaccovertiecyeccenscccvce cuges se MUSOU, + t+ Leaves serrulate. Habit of the preceding ; calyx-lobes linear,.......... Roce vae kde e @cewes 06 2ey CORRE * * Flowers in racemes often contracted wmbel-like, rarely the racemes or umbels simply compound, axillary, lateral or axillary and terminal. x Umbels in small axillary corymbs or cymes. (Pimelandra, DC.) Nearly glabrous ; leaves thin coriaceous ; flowers minute ; cymes rusty velvety, of the length of the petiole, ..... TEAL epee et oo agus bins 9 os 9 senle ues wath. CGC I EATER, x x Umbels or racemes simple or compound. + Umbels forming a simple terminal panicle. Very like A. attenuata, but umbels panicled; leaves much dotted ; pedicels 3—1 in. VODs cacncee nenedevs aceses enone evetes sevecn secves seseven ste ANAUMANICKs
224 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
+ t+ Umbels or racemes simple, very rarely slightly compound, axil- lary or lateral, rarely spuriously terminal, 7. e. arising laterally from the summit of an axillary shoot. O Leaves entire. { Calyx-lobes acute or acuminate, lanceolate or narrow. Racemes almost terminal, umbel-like, puberulous, ....0. 2.20 sseeee oe .. A. grandifolia. t { Calyx-lobes broad, rounded or blunt. A Young shoots, and often also the inflorescence or under surface of leaves, puberulous or pilose. Pedicels 8—10 lin. long, recurved ; calyx-lobes a line long, ..........4. Amherstiana. A A Quite glabrous. Pedicels 4 in. long; leaves 5—10 in. long, obovate-lanceolate,.... «+++... polycephala. Pedicels about an inch long. Leaves 3—5 in. long ; corolla-lobes nearly 23 lin. long,...... ye? ga hewehae A. oblonga. Leaves 8—5 in. long, obovate-lanceolate, the lateral nerves rather distant, thin but strong, irregular, ..... oietatalwibis 1 ark o eapeablr pata ot eee A, humilis. Very similar to the above but the leaves more coriaceous, the lateral nerves rather crowded, straight, thin and often obsolete, ........ scree cecove ces . A. littoralis. O O Leaves more or less serrate or crenate (at least towards the apex). { Inflorescence peduncled, simple. A Calyx-lobes bluntish. Glabrous or the young shoots and slender-bracted racemes puberulous ; leaves acute,
. A. Wallichit.
Glabrous ; leaves blunt ; racemes umbel-like, puberulous or glabrous, somewhat shorter than the leaves, ...... eraiZat tlio Macs aie ein aim sree gala oon ahora ce cevcecwedde BrQndisiant. A A Calyx-lobes acute. Rusty tomentose or pubescent ; leaves acuminate, ..... 008 cece saat ase 1:y eer { { Racemes peduncled, simply compound. Habit of A. crispa, but leaves larger and green, callous-repand-toothed, conspicuously gland-dotted beneath; pedicels up to } in. long; berries the size of a pea, striate, . A. membranacea. Very similar to the above, but racemes divaricately corymbose and souriooatl terminal ; pedicels up. tos2 inet oso suns yy eee ee ee Perr Oro ees. «A. virens. ba i Udeecseenes umbellate, sessile, or at least the pri- mary racemes sessile and the lateral ones pedun- cled. Umbels sessile, like the leaves glabrous ; calyx-lobes aline long,........ «+++. crispa. Leaves beneath and the sessile umbels brownish or rusty tomentose ; calyx-lobes 25 lin, longs vy vacances ae cae aap Nie, amin (050, 06.08 00 (6,0 6A aan 1, A. Riera, Kurz in ie ourn. As. she zee 1873. 87. Haz. ‘'Tenasserim (or Andamans) (Helf. 3568). N.B. Ardisia chrysophylloides, Mig. = A. tuberculata, Wall. 2. <A. PantcuLatTa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 580; DC. Prod. VIII. 126; Bot. Reg. t. 688 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2364. Has. Hilly parts of Chittagong (Roxb.).
3. A. ANCEPS, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 280; DC. Prod. VIII.
|
—r
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 225
127. (A. Blumei, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 117 and Prod. VIII. 128, teste Scheffer).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas- serim, up to 8000 ft. elevation.—Fr. Febr.—May.
Scheffer attributes black berries to the Blumean species, while the Rox- burghian has them white when fully ripe.
4. A. nERirFonIA, Wall. ap. DC. Prod. VIII. 127.
Has. Burmah (Griff. 3581), probably Ava hills.
5. A. SERRULATA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 87.
Has. Burmah (Griff. 3562), probably Ava hills.
6. <A. EUGENTHFoLIA, Wall. Cat. 2276; DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 120 and Prod. VIII. 130.
Has. Burmah (Griff. 3598, with smaller flowers) ; Martaban, Taipo Mountains, at 4000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Febr.
7. A. AnpAMANICA, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. IT. 108.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andaman islands. —Fl. June.
So very near to A. oblonga, DC., that the inflorescence only distin- guishes it.
8. A. @RaNDIFOLIA, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 122 and Prod. VIII. 132.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy.
Unknown to me.
9. A. AmueERSTIANA, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 120 and Prod. VIII. 181.
Has. Pegu, near Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Tenasserim, apparently fre- quent around Moulmein (Wall., Falconer).—F 1. March; Fr. Febr., March.
N. B. A. reflexa, Wall. Cat. 2282. p. p.; DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 122, and Prod. VIII. 182, is a species unknown to me and comes from Tenasserim. The description does not point out differences from the pre- ceding species.
10.. A. POLYCEPHALA, Wall. Cat. 2293 ; DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 118 and Prod. VIII. 181.
Var. £. acuminata, leaves acuminate, the nerves strong and anas- tomosizing within the margin of the leaves. Probably a distinct species.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Salween river above Murgyee, near the large mount (Wall. ; Helf.) ; var. 8. frequent in the tropical forests all along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and in those of Martaban.—Fl. Fr.
_ March—May.
N. B. A. arborescens (Wall. Cat. 2289; DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 120 and Prod. VIII. 181, from Taong-dong, Ava), is unknown to me. 29
226 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
11. A. optoneaa, A. DC. in Iann. Trans. XVII. 121 and Prod. WITT. 13%;
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and tenes serim ; also Andamans.—F Il. June; Fr. Sept.—March.
N. B. A. attenuata, Wall. Cat. 2286 p. p. ; DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 119 and Prod. VIII. 181 from Tavoy, is unknown to me but a not different from the above.
12. A. HuMInIS, Vahl Symb. Bot. III. 40 (1794) ; DC. Prod. VIII. 129 ; Wight Icon. t. 1212.—(A. solanacea, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 27. t. 27 and Fl. Ind. I. 580 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1677; A. elliptica, Thbg. Nov. gen. pt. 8. (1795) ?)
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah, Arracan
and Martaban.— Fl. March—April; Fr. Octob.
13. <A. Lirroratis, Andr. Repos. X. t. 630 (1804).—(4A. obovata, Bl. Bydr. 688 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 182 ; A. umbellata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 582 (ed. prior II. 273) ; Climacandra obovata, Miq. Pl. Jungh. I. 199 and FI. Ind. Bat. II. 1080; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 95; Climacandra umbellata, Miq. l. ce. pet Uepieeaiuane littoralis, Kurz in Journ. me Soc. Beng. 1871. 68).
reer In the beach-jungles and along the sea-coasts of Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F 1. May, June.
14. A. Waxuicuit, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 123 and Prod. 137.
Var. o. GENUINA, the young shoots and inflorescence covered with a
rusty-brown floccose-pilose pubescence, the net-venation more On and
more prominent, the dots more conspicuous.
Var. £. GLABRIUSCULA, young shoots glabrous; inflorescence and pedicels indistinctly puberulous ; net-venation almost obsolete.
Has. Frequent all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim ;
var. a. in the low and eng-forests; var. . chiefly in the mixed forests. *
Fl. Fr. Sept.—Jan., chiefly April, May.
15. A. Branprstana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 67.
Has. Martaban, Salween, along a choung near Toumbjotseik, below 500 ft. elevation, (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. May.
16. A. Hetrertana, Kurz in Journ, As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 86.
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 3589).
17. A. vrrEens, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 575.
Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).
Leaves and inflorescence very like those of Amblyanthus glandulosus.
18. <A. crispa, DC. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 127 and Prod. VIII. 134. (Bladhia crispa, Thbg. Fl. Jap. 97? ; A. erenulata, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 2.,non Vent. ; A. crenata, Bot. Mag. t. 1950; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 588, in icone ined. flores flavescentes depicti; 4. Jentiginosa, Bot. Reg. t. 553 ; A. densa, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 575; A. macrocarpa, Wall. in Roxb. Fl.
ae a i at a i tl i i oe en
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 227
Ind. IT. 271; DC. Prod. VIII. 134; A. polysticta, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatyr. I. 576; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 75, sepalis acutis).
Has. Not unfrequent in the damp hill-forests of the Martaban hills, at 4000—7000 ft. elevation ; Burmah, probably Ava (Griff. 8583/1).—FI. —Fr. March.
Thunberg’s species has not only a different nervature but is charac- terised also by the numerous conspicuous gland-dots. Khasi specimens (Hb. Hf. and Th. No. 41), however seem identical with the Japan plant.
19. A. vintosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 582; DC. Prod. VIII. 1386.—(A. mollis, B\. Bydr. 689 ; A. villosa, B. mollis, DC. 1. c. ; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 90; A. vestita, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 274; DC. 1. ¢.)
Var. a. RoxpurGuiana, leaves more or less rusty pubescent, at least on the nerves.
Var. £6. graBRrata, (A. glabrata, Bl. Bydr. 692; DC. Prod. VIII. 136), leaves glabrous at least when full-grown; calyx glabrous or nearly so.
Hap. Var. a. only, Martaban, Taipo mountain, at 4000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis) ; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).—Fl. Sept., Octob. ; Fr. Oct.— Febr.
fGigiceras, Gertn.
1. A. cornicuntaTA, Blanco Fl. Filip. 79. (Rhizophora corniculata, L. sp. pl. 685; Rheed. Hort. Malab. VI. t. 86; 4. majus, Gertn. Fruct. I. 216. t. 46. f. 1; DC. Prod. VIII. 142; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 180; Scheff. Comm. Myrs. 97 ; 4. minus, Gertn.; DC. 1. ¢.; 4. fragrans, Koen. Ann. Bot. I. 129; Hook. Bot. Mise. ITI. 84. t=. 21; Griff. Not. Dicot. 294. t. 548. f. a.).
Has. Frequent in the mangrove and tidal forests all along the coasts, from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Febr., March. |
SAPOTACEAL.
Oonspectus of Genera.
Trib. 1. Isomeri. Calyx-lobes equal in number to the corolla-lobes. * Calyx-segments uniseriate. x Staminodes entirely absent. Curysopuytium. Flowers 5-, rarely 6—7-merous, with as many ovary-cells and stamens. x x Staminodes as many as stamens and usually alternating with them. SmERoxyLon. Flowers 5-merous. Ovary-cells 5—2. Stamens 5. Seeds albu- minous. SarcosperMA. Flowers 5-merous. Stamens and ovary-cells 5 each. Seeds with- out albumen. Stipules caducous. * * Calyx-segments in 2 distinet series. x Stamens as many as petals and alternating with as many staminodes.
228 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Acuras. Flowers 6-merous. Stamens 6. Ovary-cells 12.
x x Stamens twice as many as petals, or numerous. Staminodes none. TsoNANDRA. Flowers 4-merous. Stamens 8. Seeds withalbumen. Ovary-cells 4. Dicuorsis. Flowers 6-merous. Stamens 12. Albumen none. Ovary-cells 6. Trib. 2. Anisomeri. Corolla-lobes usually 2—8 times as many as calyx-lobes.
* Staminodes none.
x Ovary-cells twice as many as calyx-segments.
Hexameria. Calyx-lobes 6. Corolla-lobes and stamens each 12. Ovary-cells 12. Payrena. Calyx-lobes 4. Corolla-lobes, stamens, and ovary-cells 8 each. x x Ovary-cells as many as calyx-segments.
Bassia. Calyx-lobes and ovary-cells 4 or 6; corolla-lobes 8—-14. Stamens about 2 or 3 times as many as corolla-lobes, in 1—3 series. * * Staminodes 6 or 8.
Mimvusors. Calyx-lobes and ovary-cells 6 or 8 each; corolla-lobes 2 or 3 times as many. Chrysophyllum, L 1. Cu. Roxsureui, G. Don in Mill. Dict. IV. 33; Bedd. Sylv. Madr. t. 236. (Ch. acuminatum, Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 599, non Lamk. ; Ch. Sumatranum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 579.)
Haz. Rather rare in the tropical forests above Rangoon, Pegu.—F. June; Fr. Dec.
Sideroxylon, L Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. Oligotheca, DC. Calyx-lobes acuminate or acute. Young shoots and under-surface of leaves more or less villous-tomentose. Armed with long solitary supra-axillary spines; calyx-lobes acute,...... 8. armatum, narmed ; calyx-lobes acuminate, 5 edie. sas cs eis eaes aha cove cces Me COMCKEOSWIN, Subg. 2. Eu-Sideroxylon. Calyx-lobes rounded or blunt. * Berries 1—2-seeded. Younger parts coppery or rusty-silk hairy ; leaves coriaceous,..........S. attenuatum. * * Berries several (5B—10)-seeded.
Glabrous ; leaves-chartaceous, .. vsti! eo meng ave)t Gate am oo «cca eae S. grandifolium.
1. S. TomEentosuM, Roxb. Caton ‘ade L 28. t. 28 and FL. Ind. I. 602. (Sapota ? tomentosa, DC. Prod. VIII. 175).
Var. £. SPINESCENS, the younger branchlets armed with short sharp spines in the leaf-axils.
Has. Not unfrequent in the eng and dry forests of Prome; var. f. Pegu, more probably Prome (Dr. Brandis). |
I have only leaf-specimens, and the identification is, therefore, some- what doubtful.
2. S.? parvirotium, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 576 (Mima par- vifolia, Kurz For. Fl. Burm, II. 123, exel. flor.)
Has. KRather rare in the eng-forests of Prome ; Ava, below Yenang- choung (Wall. Cat. 4146 G.).
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 229
Very like 8. elengotdes. It is rather a small tree, spiny armed, but Wallich’s incomplete specimen (although doubtless identical) is unarmed. The flowers (loose) attached to Wallich’s specimen resemble those of J/imu- sops littoralis, and I now entertain little doubt that they do not belong at all to the leaf-specimens.
3. 8S. attEnuatum, DC. Prod. VIII. 178; Wight Icon. t. 1590; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1037.
Has. ‘Tropical forests of Tenasserim, from Moulmein (Falconer) down to Mergui (Helfer, Gfiff., etc.) ; also Andamans, Narcondam island.— Fl. March.
4. S. aranprronium, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 349; DC. Prod. VIII. 178.— (8. regiwm, Wall. Cat. 4156).
Has. Martaban, hill-ranges between the Beeling and Sittang (Dr. Brandis) ; Pegu (Wall.) ; tropical forests of the Andamans.—F 1. April; Fr. Febr., March.
The seeds of this species are albuminous.
Sarcosperma, Hf. 1. S. arsoreum, Hf. in Bth. Gen. Pl. II. 655. (Sideroxylon arbo- reum, Ham. ; Sapotea, Griff. Not. Dicot. 291. t. 501). Has. Upper Burma, Namyoon (Griff.).
Achras, L.
*], A. Sapota, L. sp. pl. 470; Jacq. Amer. 57. t. 41; Bot. Mag. t. 3111—12 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 181.—(Sapota Achras, Mill. Dict. No. 1.; DC. Prod. VIII. 174; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1036).
Has. Of American origin, now frequently planted along roads at Rangoon and other larger stations.—Fl. RS.
Isonandra, Wight. Conspectus of Species.
Subg. 1. Eu-Isonandra. Flowers 4-merous. Seeds albuminous. Subg. 2. Apobassia, DC. Flowers 4- or 6-merous. Seeds without albumen. * Flowers 4-merous. Leaves chartaceous, strongly nerved,...... TR et ceeeves . I. caloneura. * * Calyx 6-parted, the 3 outer segments valvate (Dichopsis, Thw.). Leaves coriaceous, glaucous beneath, the nerves obsolete ; filaments as long as the an-
thers, densely villous, 1... ...5 cee ceveccee cennen ceveee ceceees « LI. polyantha. Leaves coriaceous, glaucous beneath, the nerves strong and parallel ; filaments long and slender, See t meee eres Ooh Bees Peed weseee Fees SHH HH BEEED eee reer eves I. obovata.
1. I. catoneura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 69 and 1873. 88 (calophylla).—(Bassia calonewra, Kurz in Andam. Rep. 41).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fr. May.
230 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Dichopsis and Isonandra differ in the number of floral parts and in the absence or presence of a rather scanty albumen. ‘This species, however, has 4-merous flowers and no albumen, and hence I fear that the character derived from the albumen is of the same value as in Linociera, etc., amongst Oleaceae.
2. J. potyantua. (Bassia polyantha, Wall. Cat. 4166; DC. Prod. VIII. 198 ; Dichopsis polyantha, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. II. 658).
Has. ‘Tropical forests of Boronga-island, near Akyab, Arracan, at 500—1000 ft. elevation.
There is another Zsonandra in HBC. in leaf only, from Martaban, Mittigate (Falconer), with large chartaceous strongly parallel-nerved leaves glaucous beneath. It seems very near allied to the above.
3. I. opovata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 293. (Bassia ? hypoleuwca, Migq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 582).
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Griff, Helfer) ; Moulmein (Falconer).—Fr. March. .
Payena, A. DC. Conspectus of Species. Subg. 1. HEXAMERTA, Griff. Calyx 6-parted. Filaments very short, villous; anthers glabrous, mucronate-acuminate,.,..P. Grifithii. Subg.2. HU-PAYENA. Calyx 4-parted. * Anthers pilose (Ceratophorus, Hassk.).
* * Anthers glabrous. Connective of anthers produced into a broad blunt beak; sepals blunt or nearly so ;
nerves somewhat irregular ; petiole about {—3 in. long, ...... ca scsveed« MUGidm. Connective terminating in a bristle; sepals at nerves thin, parallel; petiole about an. in, long, slender,......+ + wlecee coves , cece eee cece eve ts PA GNONEUT a.
L.» P:. vers; DC. Prod. Vii 197; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, ehoas: —(Ceratophorus Wightii, Hassk. Retz. I. 601 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 1039 ; Lsonandra polyandra, Wight Icon. t. 1589).
Has. Burma (rather Malacca?) (Griff. 8605).
2. P. PARALLELONEURA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 70.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban down to Tenasse- rim (Helf. 3611).—FI. March; Fr. April, May.
Bassia, Koen. (Dasyaulus, Thw.; Kakosmanthos, Hassk.). Chaep edits of Species.
* Anthers aristate, included, on very short filaments or almost sessile. Corolla-lobes very short (about + as long as the tube) ; anthers in 3 rows; berries obo- vate-Oblome, :.:/ s'araw eer ate satis Metamieate wetter see, Sara ccccncee De Uatifolia. Corolla-lobes as long as the tube ; anthers in 2 rows; berries unknown,.... B. villosa. * * Anthers blunt, on long slender filaments and exserted.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 231
Corolla-lobes as long as the tube; anthers in a single row inserted at the throat; ber- PE OVALe, ROOMMMATO, Ait cir aitae o> Sete wy foe Olive re ita er B. butyracea,
1. B. vittosa, Wall. Cat. 4165; DC. Prod. VIII. 198. Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Nov.
Mimusops, L. Conspectus of Species.
Leaves rounded or retuse ; flowers solitary, rather small; anthers blunt (?); berries the
size and shape of a wood-apple, 5—6-seeded, ..........00 ceee wees M. littoralis. Leaves bluntish acuminate or apiculate ; flowers clustered, conspicuous ; anthers very acuminate ; berries oval, usually l-seeded, ...... 0... ccccccsescceecs M. Elengi.
1.. M. tirrorais, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1876. 188. CL Indica, Kurz Andam. Rep. 42 and in Journ. As. Soc. 1871. 70).
Has. Frequent in the coast-forests of the Andamans; also Tenasse- rim, Moulmein (Wallich, Theobald) and further south (Griff. 3613).—FL June, July; Fr. CS.
2. M. Exvenat, L. sp. pl. 497; DC. Prod. VIII. 202 ; Roxb. Corom. Pl. 1.15. t. 14. and Fl. Ind. II. 236; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1042 ; Wight Icon. t. 1586; Bedd. Sylv. Madr. t. 40).
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman, also in those of Martaban and Tenasserim; generally planted in villages all over Burmah.—F 1. Febr.—Sept.
EBENACEZ. Conspectus of Genera.
* Ovary-cells with 2 ovules.
Masa. Calyx- and corolla-lobes usually trimerous. Ovary-cells usually as many as corolla-lobes.
Caras. Calyx and corolla 4—6-merous. Ovary-cells usually twice as many as corolla-lobes.
* * Ovary-cells 1-ovuled. x Anthers opening by longitudinal slits.
Gunisantuus. Calyx-and corolla-lobes usually 4, rarely 6. Ovary-cells usually as many. Male and female flowers all solitary. Calyx of males divided to the base, the lobes narrow, membranous.
Drosprros. Calyx-and corolla-lobes usually 4—6. Male flowers clustered or cymose, the females solitary, or rarely in cymes or panicles. Calyx of males gamo- sepalous.
x x Anthers opening laterally by apical pores.
Lxrvcoxyiton. Characters of Diospyros.
Maba, Forst. Conspectus of Species.
* Ovary 6-celled, the cells 1-ovuled. Glabrous or nearly so; ovary glabrous, ....... Sccspevcuaveccusens ih, Mopguecnsis. * * Ovary 3-celled, densely pubescent.
232 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Leaves small, glabrous ; berries globular, the size of a pea, ..+. es. sevee ML. buxifolia. Leaves large, hirsute along the nerves beneath ; berries oblong, more than an inch long, ». M. Andamanica.
1. M. Merevrensts, Hiern Monog. Ebenac. 134.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui Archipelago (Helf. and Griff. 3618).—F1. Jan.; Fr. Febr.
I separate the species with l-ovulate and 2-ovulate ovary-cells, and from this point of view the above species, which has 1-ovulate ovary-cells apparently twice as numerous as the floral parts, cannot be a true Haba, but may be referable to Diospyros. I have seen no specimens of it.
2. M. puxrrouia, Pers. Ench. II. 606; DC. Prod. VIII. 240 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 1050; Wight Icon. t. 763; Hiern Monog. Eben. 116; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. 148. t. 19. f. 4. (Ferreola buxifolia, Roxb. Corom. PL I. 35. t. 45. and Fl. Ind. III. 790; MW. WNeitlgherrensis, Wight Ilust. t. 148 bis; JZ. Hbenus, Wight Icon. t. 1228—9). |
_* Has. Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards (Griff., Wall., Falco- ner).—Fl. Febr., March.
3. M. Anpamanica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1876. 138. (Macreightia Andamanica, Kurz And. Rep. 42; Hiern Monogr. Ebenac. 124). .
Has. Frequent in the moister upper mixed forests of the Andamans. —FIl. RS. ; Fr. April.
Gunisanthus, DC. Conspectus of Species. Not flowering branchlets sparingly pubescent ; leaves glabrescent ; calyx-tube half the
length of the corolla-lobes, s.u.c.c4 dc tevead aes cnies epee a eee G. pilosulus. Not flowering branchlets densely villous; leaves beneath permanently softly pubes- cent ; calyx-tube a little shorter than the corolla-lobes, ........00 seeees G. mollis.
1. G. prtosus, DC. Prod. VIII. 220.—(Diospyros pilosulus, Wall. Cat. 4132 ; Hiern Monog. Eben. 188).
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; also in those of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. April ; Fr. May, June.
2. G. moxiis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 88. |
Haz. Not unfrequent along choungs in the tropical forests of Mar- taban east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March.
Very near allied to the preceding species.
Diospyros. L. Conspectus of Species. . Subg. 1. AMUXIS, Hiern. Calyx in bud globular and closed, the lobes connate but afterwards bursting irregularly into 2 or 3 lobes. Corolla tubular, 5-lobed. Ovary- cells as many as corolla-lobes.
|
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 233-
Glabrous ; leaves coriaceous and rh Bane net-veined ; corolla eet about 4 lin. long, very coriaceous, «..... staventies wu. eopOmds Subg. 2. HU-DIOSPYROS, DO. Daag ‘teoEHed | or "1668, rarely truncate.
Ovary-cells often twice as many as corolla-lobes.
* Calyx in males short and truncate-toothed, in females large, deeply lobed ; corolla urceolate, the lobes notched ; anthers 830—50.
Glabrous ; leaves coriaceous, .:..cccesesenes : acwncacncv esse veD» LORUrYOplErias * * Calyx toothed or lobed ; corolla- ibe not CROCS oibtlibrs about 20 or fewer. x Corolla urceolate, in bud globular or conical, the tube short and in-
flated, the lobes usually rounded and short. + Flower-buds globular ; corolla quite glabrous; flowers small,
hardly a line long.
Leaves thin chartaceous, with strong prominent nerves, the net-venation distinct, lax ; MUCRMMERICOUIAS sowie duce snes'eved goed veteeeete @ Sec ecect sccnsad ore ve De Chartaced.
Leaves thin-coriaceous, the nerves strong, the net-venation inconspicuous; ovary OEY VIMOUSE Ait eve tt eee dd esis e. TNs e erates ee anne wy . D. ehretioides.
+ + Flower-buds conical, acute, but never elongate. + Ovary pubescent or villous. Leaves quite glabrous and glossy.
Flowers rather large, clustered, from. the older branches, ......... seove de D. ramiflora.
Leaves glaucous-green when dry, almost polished, the nerves very inconspicuous and impressed ; peduncles 4—5 lin. long; nearly 5—6 lin. long, axillary,.. D. oleifolia.
+ t Ovary glabrous or nearly so. { Leaves more or less rigid, quite glabrous, glossy.
Leaves drying blackish, the nerves and net-venation thin but prominent; flowers small axillary, the males cymose ; berries globose, the size of a cherry ; albumen homo- pomnomey bor ade Gnletaedaewen dees re. ee Se ccevccce oD. Kureii.
+ { Leaves membranous, at least while somewhat young more or less puberulous or pubescent, O Berries sessile or nearly so.
Calyx-lobes of males acute ; leaves more or less acuminate ; berries the size of a cherry ; albumen homogeneous, ....cesecevece sees O88 wise see, eiuleie cer ecevcee sD. mollis.
Calyx-lobes blunt ; leaves acute or apiculate ; berries 2 or 3 times as large,....D. Kaki,
O O Berry rather long-peduncled.
Leaves glaucescent, glabrescent ; berries the size of a cherry ; albumen homogeneous ; Spimy-armed tree, ...ccencccccceccvece cesses sscees sseces seeeee ssDe Montana.
Leaves pubescent beneath ; berries about an in. in diameter; albumen ruminate on the outer face ; unarmed tree, peduncles shorter and stout,.....+......(D. cordifolia ?)
x x Corolla salver-shaped, elongately (very rarely shortly) conical, the tube not or hardly widened, the lobes as long or nearly as long as the tube.
+ Borders of the calyx-lobes of female flowers reflexed or revolute, at least at the base, and often appearing somewhat auricled. + Corolla in bud short-conical. (Ctogyne, DC.).
All younger parts tawny or greyish tomentose ; leaves coriaceous, glabrescent above ; flowers usually 5 (4—6)-merous ; albumen ruminate, ...+++++ eeee++D. Burmanica,
Slightly appressed pubescent ; leaves thin chartaceous ; flowers 4-merous ; calyx-lobeg silky-pubescent, especially, inside ; ovary densely fulvous-tomentose,..D. rhodocalyzx,
+ + Corolla in bud elongate conical, 4-angular, Flowers 4. merous,
. 30
234 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
O Flowers (both sexes) forming tomentose bracted usually compound cymes. Berries globular. Peduncles long, the cyme often compound ; net-venation of leaves obsolete, D. densiflora. Cymes large, corymb-like, fuliginous-velvety; net-venation strong but lax, D. Horsfieldiz. O O Flowers short-peduncled or sessile, axillary. Flowers short-peduncled, clustered ; net-venation indistinct; berries elliptical, ..D. flavicans. Flowers sessile or nearly so; net-venation lax but distinct ; berries globular, rusty- pubescent; albumen homogeneous, ....0. ssseee ee cece Pe eo . DD. undulata. As preceding, Dut ovary plabrots,. | wisi cia >oosen acdak dilaeoeee eee D. sapotoides. + + Borders of the calyx-lobes in female flowers plain, not reflexed nor recurved. + All parts, except the very young shoots, quite glabrous. Flowers almost sessile. Flowers rusty-tomentose; calyx short, the lobes acute; leaves strongly net-veined ;
berries tawny-tomentose ; corolla 4-cornered in bud, .. . ...+...20- D. lanceefolia. Male calyx bell-shaped, the lobes short, rounded, tomentose ; leaves strongly net-veined berries rusty-tomentose ; corolla terete in bud, .......000 sssseece D. pyrrhocarpa. Calyx ample, puberulous, the lobes rounded ; male cymes very short and stout ; leaves ; strongly. net-veined ; corolla terete. im; Dud, vac. « o: 0.00000 sie 9 sesame D. variegata.
¢ t All parts, especially the leaves, more or less pubescent or
otherwise hairy ; male flowers in cymes; berries glabrous.
Leaves not cordate, softly pubescent beneath; calyx-lobes and bracts acute; flowers
4-MECFOUS, ..es00 esses ore asst gd Ra SoMa on Nir Serb aC a Ais oo 00 De stricta.
Leaves not cordate, adult almost glabrous and chartaceous ; calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate ; cymes branched, arising from the stem and older branches ; flowers 5-merous,
..D. Brandisiana.
Leaves with cordate base, softly pubescent ; ig aaa and bracts rounded ; cymes
short, stout; flowers 4-merous, ........ ek a Aaa ..D. dasyphylla.
1. D. Tovrosta, Ham. in Linn. Trans. XV. 115; Bedd. Icon. plant.
t.122; DC. Prod. VIII. 237; Hiern Monogr. nneeae 263.—(D. race- mosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 586; DC. Prod. VIII. 239 ; Wight Icon. t. 416).
Has. Chittagong.
2. D. Empryopreris, Pers. Ench. II. 624; Bot. Reg. VI. t 499; DC. Prod. VIII. 235; Griff. Not. Dicot. 289; Hiern Monog. Eben. 257 ; Bedd. Sylv. Madr. t. 69. (Embryopteris glutinifera, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 49. t. 70; Wight Icon. t. 848—44; D. glutinosa, Koen. ap. Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 538).
Hap. Martaban and Tenasserim, apparently not unfrequent ; often cultivated in villages.—Fl. Aug. ; Fr. Febr.—April.
3. D. cuartacua, Wall. Cat. 4135; DC. Prod. VIII. 232; Hiern
Monogr. Ebenac. 230. Haz. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban and Upper-
Tenasserim.—Fl. March, April. 4. D. EHRETIOWES, Wall. Cat. 4137; DC: Prod. VIII. 231; Hiern
Monogr. Eben. 162.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 235
Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding, especially the mixed forests, all over Burmah, from Ava and Martaban down to Pegu, up to 3000 ft. eleva- tion.— Fl. April, May ; Fr. Decb., Jan.
5. D. namrrnora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 535; DC. Prod. VIII. 233 ; Wight Icon. t. 189 ; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 235.
Has. Mather rare in the tropical forests of Arracan ; also Chittagong.
6. D. overrorta, Wall. Cat. 4128; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871, 72 ; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 204.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Upper Tenas- serim.—F 1. March, April; Fr. RS.
7. D. Kurzit, Hiern Monogr. Ebenac. 162.
Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of the Andamans.—F I. May, June; Fr. Febr.—April.
8. D. moxiis, Griff. in Journ. Agr. Hort. Soc. Beng. III. 145. ec. icon.
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, at 2—4000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen hills.—Fl. March.
9. D. montana, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 37. t. 48; DC. Prod. VIII. 230; Wight Icon. t. 1225 and Illustr. t. 148 ; Hiern. Monogr. Eben. 220.
Var. a, G@ENUINA, Hiern. 1. c. 222. (D. heterophylla, Wall. ap. DC. Prod. VIII. 230, teste Hiern).
Var. £8. corpiForia, Hiern 1. c. 222. (D. cordifolia, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 38. t. 50 and FI. Ind. IT. 5388; DC. Prod. VIII. 230; Wight Ilustr. t. 148 ; D. punctata, Dene. Hb. Timor. Descr. 79; DC. 1. c.; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 1046; D. Waldemarii, Klotzsch in Waldem. Reise 101. t. 55).
Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the dry and eng-forests, of Ava, Prome, and Pegu.—Fl. April, March ; Fr. Decb.—Febr.
A variety of this (in the analytical key separated as D. cordifolia?) is frequent in the mixed forests of Pegu. It has the leaves much larger (83—4 in. long), but offers (in fruit only) no tangible characters for specific separation. I rely upon the rumination of seeds as little in Diospyros as in Calamee.
10. D. Burmayica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 73 ; Hiern Monogr. Ebenac. 166.
Haz. Common in the dry and open, especially the eng-forests of Prome and Ava ; less frequent in those of Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. March, April; Fr. Dec., Jan.
11. D. ruwopocatyx, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 71; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 241.
Has. Siamese provinces of Radburi and Kanburi (Teysmann),—FI.
HS.
236 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Habit and affinity of D. chloroxylon,
12. D. penstriora, Wall. Cat. 4140; DC. Prod. VIII. 233; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 171.
Has. Rather rare in thé tropical forests of Arracan and Martaban ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr. ; Fr. March.
13. D. Horsrreipi, Hiern Monog. Eben. 198.
Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 8620), teste Hiern.
14. D. Fuavicans, Hiern Monog. Eben. 205 (Hbenacea 2, Griff. Not. Dicot. 291.) :
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helfer 3623 and 3639, 3640).
Helfer’s No. 8632 (not seen by me) from Tenasserim or the Andamans is referred by Hiern to D. Moonii, Thw. (D. hirsuta, L.). I fear there is a mistake.
15. D. unpunata, Wall. Cat. 4186; DC. Prod. VIII. 288; Hiern Monog. Ebenac. 216.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, Tenasse- rim and the Andamans.—Fr. April, May ; Fr. Octob.—Febr.
16. D. sarororpEs, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878 88.; Hiern Monog. Ebenac. 206.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah (especially along the Choungmeneh choung, Khaboung).—FI. April.
17. D. tancrzrorta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 587; DC. Prod. VIII. 282; Hiern Monogr. Ebenae. 213.
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer).—FIl. March.
18. D. pyrruocarpa, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 583 ; Hiern Monog, Eben. 266.
? Var. £. AnpDAMANTCA, leaves oblong to narrow-oblong, the lateral nerves faint and numerous, net-venation more lax.
Has. Var. £. Rather rare in the tropical forests of the Andamans.— Fl. May.
The Andaman tree, I have little doubt, is a different species, but the material is too incomplete for description.
19. D. vartueata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 78 ; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 203.
Has. Not unfrequent in the moister upper mixed and the tropical forests of Pegu and Martaban, up to 1000 ft. elevation.—FI. April.
20. D. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 589; DC. Prod. VIII, 232, Hiern Monogr. Eben. 201.
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.) ; Tipperah (Roxburgh).
21. D. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 72, Hiern Monog. Eben. 184.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 237
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Domdamee forests (Brandis) ; Ava, Kha- kyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr., March.
22. D. pasypuyiia, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 71; Hiern Monogr. Eben. 203.
Has. Martaban, Taépo hills, at 4000 ft. elevation (Brandis).
STYRACEZ.
Conspectus of Genera.
Styrax. Calyx somewhat enlarging and enclosing the fruit for one half. Corolla slightly twisted or almost valvatein bud, Stamens 10, the anthers elongate. Drupe dry, sometimes valvately dehiscing.
Sympiocos. Calyx wholly or nearly wholly adnate to the ovary. Corolla-lobes imbricate in bud. Stamens numerous, indefinite, the anthers short. Drupe more or less succulent, crowded by the calyx-limb.
Styrax, L Conspectus of Species. * All parts more or less tomentose, the under-surface of the leaves particularly so. Leaves white-tomentose beneath; calyx slit een conspicuously subulate- GOothed, wees cee cues dei Gratalele dt a elalgisiats ai atevalein iors ose cece ee cee e We TUGOSUM, * * Younger parts more or acs tomentose ; dass spar staal y aud meats y stellate- puberulous, glabrescent and green. Calyx 5- or 6-toothed ; corolla-lobes narrow-oblong, about 4 lin. long ; leaves serrulate. . SS. serrulatum. Calyx truncate and minutely toothed ; corolla-lobes ovate, nearly ? in. long; leaves remotely and minutely toothed, .... 0... cee eee sign vet ete cee S. virgatum. 1. S. rugosum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 61. Haz. Martaban, on the hills between the Sittang and Salween, at 4000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. May. 2. §S. seERRULATUM, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 415; DC. Prod. VILL. 267 ; Bot. Mag. t. 5950. (S. floribunda, Griff. Not. Eiroe. 287 ?) Haz. Chittagong (Roxb.) ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) ; (Tenas- serim, between Kulweng and Mergui, Griff.)—Fl. March; Fr. Octob. 3. S. viraatum, Wall. Cat. 4400; DC. Prod. VIII. 267.—(S. grandi- florum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 287. t. 423). Has. Burmah (Griff. 3671), probably Ava.
Symplocos, L. Conspectus of Species. * Ovary 8-celled. Drupes oblong or elliptical, 3-celled. Embryo straight. x Drupes sulcate-ribbed. Young parts more or less rusty-pubescent ; flowers sessile or nearly so, in simple to- mentose spikes, eoeeeeee ses eee eevee ee see oe eo Ceres e Oe ee eee eeee ery S. sulcata. x x .Drupes smooth and terete. + Racemes or spikes not glabrous,
238 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Glabrous ; flowers sessile, in compound puberulous spikes, ....2.....0+006+ S. lucida. Young shoots more or less pubescent ; flowers shortly pedicelled, in simple or branched villous-tomentose TACEMES, |... s whsiis'ene)sscubwuy «cick wise ths 6s 'sple oleh iO.
t+ t¢ Racemes quite glabrous.
Glabrous ; petioles and rib beneath sparingly hairy ; racemes slender, ..S. leiostachya. * * Ovary 2-rarely 3-celled. Drupes more or less turbinate or obversely pear- shaped, by abortion usually 1-seeded, the endocarp often intruding so as to
cause the seed to be more or less curved. Embryo curved.
x Stamens in 2 or more series, not fascicled. t+ Flowers sessile, in simple or compound spikes. O Drupes ribbed or torulose.
Young shoots, spikes, and leaves beneath more or less rusty pubescent or tomentose ;
drupes tibbed,:.. ss)... See wets ee See ye dey Bn) SOS .. 8. Savanica. Glabrous ; spikes glabrous ; drupes torulose-ribbed, .....6 nese ceeese ces ..S. spicata. O O Drupes terete and smooth. Glabrous, also the spikes ; drupes ovoid-turbinate, ..... S nivisis. «216% iS. polycarpa. + t+ Flowers pedicelled, in simple or ee racemes. Drupes terete. : Glabrous; racemes compound, minutely appressed pubescent, stout; drupes ovoid- turbinate (AMUIpe)s.:. . ciswawieateineolpoe ssw teks Fedele edhe » SOK me teeNee S. pedicellata. Glabrous; leaves caudate acuminate ; racemes simple, slender, pubescent ; drupes ovoid-turbinate, ..... Chis Aces a Nain esehele shed is Sie iS Ned Sih ee eee S. caudata, x x Stamens collected into 5 bundles. Flowers white. Racemes shortly tomentose, short ; pedicels very short and thick, ........S. dewcantha.
Racemes appressed pubescent, forming slender panicles ; pedicels long, filiform, ..S. cerategoides,
1. S. suncara, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 65.
Var. a. GLABRIOR, leaves more coriaceous, quite glabrous and shining above ; drupes larger and glabrous.
Var. £. PUBESCENS, leaves narrower and longer acuminate, less glos- sy and almost opaque, pubescent on the midrib beneath ; young shoots rusty villous-tomentose ; drupes (unripe) pubescent.
Har. Not rare in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, at 3000 to 6000 feet elevation; var. 8. Upper Tenasserim, Daunat pass, 4000 ft. (Dr. Bran- dis).—Fr. March.
2. S. tuctpa, Wall. Cat. 4414; DC. Prod. VIII. 255.
Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, especially on the Nattoung ridges, at 5—7000 ft. elevation.—F 1. March.
3. S. nacemosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 539; DC. Prod. VIII. 255. (S. Hamiltoniana, Wall. Cat. 4420 ; DC. 1. c. 254).
Var. a. RoxBURGHIANA, racemes usually simple or nearly so, leaves quite glabrous (S. rigida, Wall. Cat. 4422), or the midrib beneath slightly appressed pubescent.
Var. £. coMPosITA, racemes more or less branched ; leaves glabrous.
Has. Rather frequent in the open and dry forests, all over Ava and
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 239
Pegu down to Martaban and Upper Tenasserim, up to_ 2000 ft. elevation.— Fl. Jan., Febr.
4. §. LErostacnya, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 89. and in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 329.
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 3656). | 5. S. Javanica, (Dicalyx Javanicus, Bl. Bydr. 1117; S. ferruginea,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 542; DC. Prod. VIII. 257 ; Miq. Fl. Ind.. Bat. 1/2. 466 ; S. rubiginosa, Wall. ap. DC. 1. ¢.; 8. Horsfieldiana, Miq. Suppl. FI. Sumatr. 475, auctore ipso “ foliis latioribus” tantum differt).
Haz. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 3645).
6. S. sprcata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 541; DC. Prod. VIII. 254, non Bth. Fl. Austr.
Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 8660 and 38664), from Moulmein south- wards.—Fl. Aug.
If Myrtus lawrina, Retz, Obs. IV. 27, is really the same as Roxburgh’s plant, the specific name will have to be changed in favour of Retz’s.
7. S. Potycarpa, Wall. Cat. 4423°A. and B.; DC. Prod. VIII. 255. (S. attenuata, Wall, Cat. 4426; DC. 1, ¢. 256).
Has. Frequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, especially Nattoung ridges, Taipo &c., at 4—5000 ft. elevation; Tenasserim, from Moulmein (Falconer) to Tavoy (Wall.).—FI. Febr., Aug.
8. S. pEpIcELLATA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 89.
Haz. Rare in the tropical forests of Toukyeghat east of Tounghoo, Martaban.—Fr. April, May.
9. S. caupata, Wall. Cat. 4418; DC. Prod. VIII. 256.
Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.) ; Upper Tenasserim, Taoo road (Dr. Brandis).—Fr. April.
10. S. tevcanrHa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 89.
Haz. Frequent in the swamp-forests between the Irrawaddi and Lhein rivers of Pegu.—Fl. Jan
11. S. cratmeormEs, D. Don. Fl. Napal. 145; DC. Prod. VIII. 258.
Has. Martaban, Nattoung hills (Rev. F. Mason).
OLEACEA. Conspectus of Genera. Subord. I. OLHACHA. Stamens 2 only, situated between a pair of
corolla-lobes. Trib. 1. JASMINEZ. Corolla-limb 5—12-lobed. Ovules erect. * Fruit a dry compressed capsule. Nycrantues. Corolla twisted in bud. Albumen none, Scabrous trees, with sim-
ple leaves. * * Fruit a 2- or by abortion 1-lobed drupe.
J40 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Jasminum. Corolla twisted in bud. Albumen none. Shrubs, usually scandent, rarely trees; leaves simple or compound. Trib. 2. OLEEA. Corolla 4-lobed, rarely 6—8-cleft or wanting, with or without a tube. Ovules pendulous or attached laterally near the summit of the cell. * Corolla-lobes twisted in bud. Ovules pendulous. Fruit a dry capsule or samara. ScureBERA. Corolla salver-shaped. Ovary 2-celled, with 3—4 ovules in each cell. Capsule’2-valved. Seeds winged. Albumen none. ‘Trees or shrubs, the leaves pinnate or rarely simple. * * Corolla lobes valvate in bud or nearly so, rarely imbricate. Fruit drupaceous or berry-like. Leaves simple. x Corolla-lobes more or less imbricate. Osmantuus. Corolla-lobes blunt. Endocarp of drupes thin. Flowers clustered, axillary. x x Corolla-lobes induplicate-valvate. Curonantuus. Petals usually elongate, free or very shortly united at the base. Seeds with or without albumen. Trees; inflorescence various. Ouza. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled. Seeds albuminous. Panicles axillary or terminal. Trees or shrubs, erect. Myxopryrum. Flowers minute, in-axillary panicles. Seeds albuminous. Woody climber, with sharply 4-cornered branches. Subord. II. SAIZVADORACEZ. Corolla 4-parted, without tube. Stamens 4, alternating with the corolla-lobes. Ovules erect.
Azma. Petals free, linear. Stamens free. Ovary 2-celled, the cells 2-ovuled. Shrubs, spiny armed.
Nyctanthes, L 1. N. Arzor tristis, L. sp. pl. ed. 2.8; Roxb. FL Ind. I. 86; Bot. Reg. t. 399 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 314; Bot. Mag. t. 4900 ; Bedd. Sie Madr. t. 240. : Has. Rare in the low forests above Rangoon; Ava, Irrawaddi valley (J. Anderson) ; Tenasserim (Helf. 8697) cult. P—FI. Fr. CS.
Jasminum, L. Conspectus of Species,
Ser. 1. Unifoliolate. Leaves simple, with a jointed petiole. * Bracts minute or short and filiform, rarely wanting. x Calyx-lobes short, or the calyx almost truncate. + Flowers corymbose. Glabrous ; pedicels 2—4 lin. long ; calyx 5-cornered, almost truncate, ....d. extensum.
Pubescent; flowers sessile ; calyx-teeth as long as the calyx-tube, ..... J. decussatum. + + Flowers in poor axillary racemes ; pedicels 3—1. long ; calyx- teeth distinct.
t+ Corolla-lobes blunt, glabrous. Nerves conspicuous on both sides, usually with a gland in the axils; corolla-lobes usually 8, rarely 57, fs eed vedved es otis Sab. A tbe cerns ceeeced. Subglandulosum. Nerves thin and obsolete, without glands ; corolla-lobes usually 5, ......d. attenuatwm. + t Corolla-lobes acuminate,
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 241
Glabrous ; leaves more or less narrow, very long acuminate ; corolla-lobes 9—12, . J. laurifolium. x x Calyx-lobes longer than the calyx-tube, subulate. Small shrub, almost erect ; branchlets puberulous ; leaves penninerved, ....J. Sambace. Twining, glabrous ; leaves 3-nerved, ...... ssssccce sesece iccewneee .J. anastomosans. * * Bracts leafy, conspicuous, shorter or longer than the calyx. x Bracts longer than the calyx, leafy, white-discoloured.
More or less pubescent, especially the branchlets; corolla-tube about § in. long or
BOR ois, cern tan 5 oe De IR ae Maia gl acviys vac, hove, ve oe niejae o90ck J. Rottlerianum. Glabrous when adult, tufted-hairy in the nerve-axils beneath ; corolla-tube about an MOR dicey eis ee es Si stetteni a ofthe e's @ s Pei Ge a ain Sete Wee os bys e wr Ke J. coarctatum. x x Bracts shorter than the calyx; calyx-lobes subulate ; pedicels 1—2 lin. long.
More or less pubescent; corolla- and calyx-lobes each 6—9, the latter 4—4 lin. long, pubescent, 25.50... Saw ee wearai te cis ature ce Cds e's wiels's te Seale slo e v6 ip J. hirsutum.
Glabrous or puberulous ; corolla- and calyx-lobes each 6—7, the latter only a line long, UNERE EEG) PRD OSCOL My oe ie dans Vs cnte'crv's KE CMY Ko sN Pes ae ee eee J. io aan
Ser. 2. Foliolate. Leaves unpaired-pinnate or pintake 3-foliolate, rarely occa- sionally 1-foliolate. Glabrous ; leaves unpaired-pinnate ; calyx-lobes subulate, about 3—4 lin. long, oe J. grandifiorum.
1. J. ExTEeNnsum, Wall. Cat. 2862; DC. Prod. VIII. 308.
Has. Ava, towards the base of the Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. Nov.
2. J. pEcussatum, Wall. Cat. 2860; DC. Prod. VIII. 306.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, from Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim, up to 3000 ft. elevation.—Fl. Febr. ; Fr. March.
3. J. SUBGLANDULOSUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 329, and For. Fl. Burm. II. 151.
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah above Rangoon; Tenasserim; South Andamans.—FL Decb. ; Fr. Febr.
4, J. ATTENUATUM, Wall. Cat. 2864; DC. Prod. VIII. 309.
Has. Not unfrequent in the damp hill-forests of Martaban, especially the Nattoung mountains, at 5000 to 7200 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. March.
5. J. LAURIFOLIUM, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 91; DC. Prod. VIIT. 803
Var. a. GENUINUM, calyx-lobes up to 4 lin. long, much longer than the calyx-tube.
Var. (£. BRACHYLOBUM, calyx-lobes as long or a little longer than the calyx-tube, more or less recurved.
Has. Var. £. frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas- serim ; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr.—April; Fr. April, May.
31
242 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 2,
6. J. Sampac, Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. I. 8; Wight Icon. t. 704; DC. Prod. VIII. 301; Bot. Reg. t. 1 and t. gues quinquefiorum, Heyne ap. DC. Prod. VIII. 802.)
Has. Frequently cultivated all over Burma and often met with in neglected lands, poonzohs and rubbishy places near villages, but apparently not really wild. Said to be wild in Prome district.—F]. March, April.
7. J. ANASToMOSANS, Wall. Cat. 2863 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 305.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and in those from Martaban down to Tenasserim.—FlL March, April.
8. J. RorrneRtanum, Wall. Cat. 2865; DC. Prod. VIII. 305; Wight Icon. t. 1249.
Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, especially along the Choungmenah choung (Khaboung). FI. April.
§. J. coarctatum, Roxb. FI. Ind. 1.91; DC. Prod. VIUI. s0Saias reticulatum, Wall. Cat. 2869; DC. Prod. VIII. 303).
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and in those of Martaban east of Tounghoo ; also hills of Chittagong.—F 1. April, May.
Roxburgh’s plant has the calyx 5-lobed while Wallich’s has it usually 8-lobed. :
10. J. Hirsutum, Willd. sp. pl. I. 36; Smith Exot. Bot. II. 117. t. 118; Wight Icon. t. 702; Bot. Mag. t. 1931; Bot. Reg. t. 15. (Wyetan- thes hirsuta, L. sp. pl. 8; J. multiflorum, Andr. Bot. Repos. t. 496, non Roth; J. pubescens, Willd. sp. pl. I. 87; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 91; DC. Prod. VIII. 302). x
Has. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson); Pegu (Dr. Brandis).—FI. Jan.
11. J. scanprens, Vhl. Symb. III. 2; DC. Prod. VIII. 306; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 89. (J. syringefolium, Wall. Cat. 2861; DC. Prod. VIII. 306.)
Var. a. GENUINUM, all parts more glabrous, the branchlets and leaves —
especially so. Var. 2. LzTUM, (J. letwm, Wall. Cat. 2859 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 806),
the branchlets, nerves of the leaves, and sometimes also the under-surface of
the leaves themselves puberulous.
Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding Sones agpesintle the tropical and open ones, all over Burmah, from Arracan, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Dec.—Febr. ; Fr. April, May.
12. J. eRanprriorum, L. sp. pl. 9; DC. Prod. VIII. 313; Bot. Reg. t. 91 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 100,
Has. Burmah (accord, Rev. F. Mason.)
om
i Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 24:3
Schrebera, Roxb.
1, ScH. swreTentotpEs, Roxb. Corom. Pl. IT. 1. t. 101 and Fl. Ind. I. 109; DC. Prod. VIII. 675 ; Bedd. Sylv. Madr. t. 248.
Var. a. GENUINUM, all parts glabrous, also the inflorescences, calyxes and corollas ; capsules 2 in. long.
Var. f. puBEscuns, (Sch. pubescens, Kurz in Flora 1872. 399), all younger parts and inflorescence softly pubescent ; calyx densely and minute- ly tomentose ; corolla sparingly puberulous outside ; capsules much smaller.
Has. Var. a. not unfrequent in the mixed forests all over Pegu and Martaban, entering also the savannahs.—Fl. April; Fr. Jan.
Chionanthus, L. (Linociera, Swartz). Conspectus of Species.
* Petals or corolla-lobes very narrow, involute. Glabrous ; nerves prominent beneath; petals } lin. long, .......0.. Ch. minutiflorus. * * Petals or corolla-lobes broader, flat or concave, but not involute. x Veins visible between the strong lateral nerves. (Leaves 8—6 in. long). Panicle ample, leafy-bracted ; nerves impressed on the upper side of the leaves; drupes
1—15 M. long,...... secvas veces Beaten WeimeWabwrv eiew es eeeds Ch. Palembanicus.
Panicles rather small, with minute bracts; nerves prominent on both sides; drupes 4
in. long, ee ee ee Cece eee cesses sore Ch macrophyllus. x x No visible veins between the nerves. (Leaves 6—10 in. long.) Panicle minutely puberulous ; petals linear ; drupes about an in. long, .. Ch. montanus.
1. CH. mrnvrirtorvs, Kurz in For. Fl. Burm. II. 159. Haz. Martaban hills east of Tounghoo (Dr. Brandis). 2. Cx. PatemBanicus, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 558 ; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1876. 189. Has. Not unfrequent in the coast-forests of the Andamans.—F. May, June. 3. CH. MACROPHYLLUS, (Linociera macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 2826. A.; DC. Prod. VIII. 297; Linociera attenuata, Wall. Cat. 2839 ; Lino- ciera picrophloja, K. Muell. Fragm. III. 139. t. 24 ?). Has. Ava (J. Anderson) ; Pegu (Brandis) ; tropical forests of Upper Tenasserim (Wall.).—Fr. Jan. 4. Cu. montanus, Bl. Bydr. 681; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 552. (Ch. insignis, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 559). Has. Rather rare in the hill-eng-forests of Martaban east of Toun- shoo, at 1500 to 2000 ft. elevation ; Upper Tenasserim (Falconer; Hell.
3688).
-_—"
244 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 2,
Doubtful Species.
1. Linociera? oblonga, Wall. Cat. 2844; DC. Prod. IV. 298. Has. Ava, Taong-dong. 2. L.? loranthifolia, Wall. Cat. 2842 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 298. Has. Upper Tenasserim, Amherst. The fragments seen by me look Olacinaceous, Olea, Tournef. Conspectus of Species.
* Corolla almost rotate, the limb spreading. Inflorescence axillary, or at the same time terminal. (Olea, L.) x Petals only a line long or thereabouts.
Leaves rigidly coriaceous, the nerves prominent ; panicle glabrous, ........ O. dentata.
Leaves thin-coriaceous, the nerves prominent ; panicles glabrous, ......+. ooo O. Miotcd. x x Petals about 3 lin. long.
Leaves veinless between the nerves ; drupes nearly $ in. long, .....eeeee O. ternifiora.
* * Corolla funnel-shaped, with a longer or shorter tube. Panicles all terminal. (Ligustrum, Towrnef.) Panicles glabrous or pubescent ; drupe 3—4 lin. long,....... Werth poh O. robusta.
1. O. pentata, Wall. Cat. 2840; DC. Prod. VIII. 286.—(O. ? salz- cifolia, Wall. Cat. 2821 ; DC. 1. c.).
Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests and the hill-eng-forests of Martaban and Upper Tenasserim, at 2000 to 3000 ft. elevation ; also in the tropical forests above Rangoon.—Fl. June—Jan. ; Fr. April, May.
2. O. piorca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 106; DC. Prod. VIII. 286.
Has. Hills of Chittagong.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. July.
3. O. TERNIFLORA, (Linociera ? terniflora, Wall. Cat. 2845; DC. Prod. VIII. 297 ; Linociera ? acuminata, Wall. Cat. 2844; DC. 1. c. 298 ; O. linoceroides, Wight Icon. t. 1241 ?)
Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong. —Fl. Dec., Jan.; Fr. Jan.
4. O. rnosusta (Phillyrea robusta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 101; Vistania robusta, DC. Prod. VIII. 289 ; Ligustrum robustum, Kurz Pegu Rep. App. A. 88.)
Var. a. GENUINA, panicle puberulous and more or less glabrescent ; leaves glabrous.
Var. £B. PUBESCENS (Ligustrum pubescens, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 44 in adnot. ; DC. Prod. VIII. 294; Vistania Sumatrana, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 549 ; Ligustrum punctatum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 741).
Has. Hills of Pegu (Brandis) ; Chittagong ; Var. 6. Ava, Taong- dong (Wall.) andin forests around Moulmein, Upper Tenasserim (Griff.). Fl. July, Aug. ; Fr. Nov., Decb.
1877. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 245
Myxopyrum, Bl.
1. M. sminactrorium, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 320.—(Chondro- spermum smilacifolium, Wall. Cat. 2837 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 801 ; Chionan- thus ? smilacifolius, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 108).
Var. a. GENUINUM, leaves more or less entire or remotely and minute- ly spinescent-toothed ; panicle ample, slender, as long as or longer than the leaves.
? Var. £6. ILICIFOLIUM, leaves somewhat narrower and stronger nerved and veined, strongly and crowdedly spinose-serrate ; panicles rather con- tracted, not above 2 in. long, axillary and leaf-opposed, rarely terminal, the peduncle and branchings strong and 4-cornered.
Hap. Var. a. in the forests of Chittagong ; var. 8. rather frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and in those of the Andaman and Cocos- islands.—Fl. April, May.
Chondrospermum ? coriaceum, Wall. Cat. 2888; DC. Prod. VIII. 301. (nomen nudum), from Ava, Taong-dong, is unknown to me.
Azima, Lamk.
1]. A. rerracantHa, Lamk. Encycl. Bot. I. (1783) 343 ; Poir. in Lamk. Ill. Gen. III. (1823) 401 t. 807.—(Monetia barlerioides. L’ Her. Stirp. Nov. I. (1784) I. t. 1; Tulasn. in Ann. d. se. nat. 4 ser. VIII. 113 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2 596 ; Fagonia montana, Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. 1/2.
496, teste Hf.).
Has. Frequent in the dry forests and shrubberies of Ava and Prome, occasionally entering the savannahs.—Fr. March.
APOCYNACEA. Conspectus of Species.
Ser. I GYMNOSPERMZ. Seeds naked, 7. e., without a deciduous tuft of hairs at their extremities, sometimes persistently hairy-fringed all round, more so at the extremities. Anthers free.
* Corolla valvate in bud. | Trib. 1. STRYCHNEZ. Ovary entire, 2-celled, with axile placentas. Srrycunos. Corolla-throat naked or bearded. Berry corticate or sappy, the
seeds imbedded in pulp. Albumen horny. Trees or scandent shrubs.
* * QOporolla twisted-imbricate in bud.
Trib. 2. CARISSEZ. Ovary entire, 2—1-celled, with axile or parietal placentas. * Ovary l-celled, with 2 parietal placentas. x Fruit an indehiscent drupe or berry. ’
Cumocarrus. Corolla-throat naked. Seeds in pulp. Albumen horny. Scan-
dent shrubs. Wivenpera. As preceding, but seeds without albumen. Scandent shrubs.
x x Fruit a dehiscent capsule.
24G S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
ALLAMANDA. Corolla-throat with scales, the anthers included in the tube; albu- ~ men scanty. Erect shrubs, with showy 5-merous flowers. * *® Ovary 2-celled, with axile placentas. x Corolla-throat furnished with 5 or 10 scales or appendages. Disk none.
TuevetiA. Calyx many-glanded inside. Drupe unequally 2-celled, not pulpy. Trees or shrubs, with large flowers.
Metopinus. Calyx glandless inside. Drupe incompletely 2-celled, the seeds in pulp, Albumen fleshy. Scandent shrubs.
x ™ Corolla-throat naked.
Carissa. Corolla salver-shaped, hairy within. Style short or filiform. Ovary- cells 1—4, rarely many-ovuled, the ovules in 2 rows. Berry 3—1-celled, sappy. Albumen fleshy. Shrubs or trees, usually spiny-armed.
Wrvcuta. Apparently like preceding, but the style deeply 2-cleft and the ovules in numerous rows. Unarmed, with ternary leaves.
Trib. 3. PLUMERIEZA. Ovary consisting of 2 more or less distinct carpels, each with a single placenta.
* Fruit-carpels indehiscent, not follicular. x Calyx gamosepalous.
Ravwotria. Calyx toothed. Corolla si aikaig cael shaped. Disk cupular or annular. Drupes sappy, usually connate at the base or up to the middle. Albumen fleshy. Herbs, under-shrubs, or shrubs.
Ocurosta. Calyx toothed or lobed. Disk none or obsolete. Drupes usually pair- ed, fleshy-fibrous. Trees or shrubs.
x x Sepals free, reflexed.
CERBERA. Calyx glandless inside. Disk none. Drupes usually single by abor-
tion, fibrose-woody. Trees. * * Fruit-carpels follicular, dehiscing along the ventral suture; rarely indehis- cent. Corolla-throat naked. x Seeds in no way winged nor hairy-fringed. + Seeds not imbedded in pulp. { Albumen none.
Kopsta. Follicle elliptical to oblong, indehiscent, 1-seeded. Trees.
Catricarpum, Follicle broad, obliquely truncate, slowly dehiscing, 1-seeded. Shrubs.
{ { Albumen present. °
Vinca. Follicle elongate-linear, continuous, many-seeded. Albumen fleshy. Krect shrubs or under-shrubs.
Gynopocon. Follicle elongate, moniliform-contracted between the seeds. Albu- men horny, homogeneous. Shrubs, more or less twining. |
Hunteria. As preceding, but albumen ruminate.
+ t Seeds imbedded in pulp.
TABERNEMONTANA. Follicles continuous, several-seeded. Albumen none, Disk none. Erect shrubs.
x x Seeds winged or hairy-fringed..
Puiumieria. Disk none or fleshy and adnate to the calyx. Follicles elongate, many-seeded. Seeds winged. Albumen none. Fleshy trees.
Axstonra. Corolla salver-shaped. Anthers included. Seeds fringed all along the borders, more so at both extremities. Albumen scanty. Trees or shrubs.
.
SEE
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 247
Ser. IT. COMESPERMA. Seeds furnished at one or both ends with a deciduous tuft or crown of long silky hairs ; anthers usually cohering
in a cone. Trib. 4. ECHITIDEZ. Characters as above. * Corolla-throat naked, without scales. Seeds comose at the apex only or rarely Sringed ail round. x Disk annular, cupular, or consisting of 5 free or connate scales. Scandent shrubs. + Ovary entire, 2-celled. + Anthers included. Bzraumontia. Calyx-segments leafy. Disk-glands 5, free or connate. Albumen fleshy. Flowers large and showy. + ¢ Anthers more or less exserted. Vatiaris, Calyx small. Corolla almost rotate-bell-shaped. Disk 5-lobed. Al- bumen scanty. Flowers rather showy. ParsonsiA. Calyx small. Disk-scales 5, free or connate. Filaments often spi- rally twisted. Flowers small. + + Ovary-carpels 2, distinct. + Anthers exserted, cohering in a cone round the stigma. . Portsta. Disk 5-lobed. Flowers small, panicled. + ¢ Anthers included in the corolla-tube. Disk cupular or 5- cleft. O Corolla induplicate-valvate. Urcroza. Corolla urceolate or globose. Calyx glandless inside. Disk entire or 5-lobed. Flowers small. O O Corolla twisted-imbricage. { Seeds narrowed at apex into a long slender neck. § Follicle moniliform. Parameria, Corolla salver- or almost bell-shaped. Calyx many-glanded inside. Flowers small. § § Follicle continuous, not moniliform. EcpysaANTHERA. Corolla almost urceolate, the lobes sinistrorsely twisted. Disk entire or 5-lobed. Flowers small. ANODENDRON. Corolla salver-shaped, the lobes narrow. Disk truncate or 5-lobed. Follicle woody-coriaceous. Seeds albuminous. Flowers small. Czrcocoma. Corolla salver-shaped, the lobes broad. Disk 5-cleft. Follicle coria- ceous. Albumen none. Flowers rather showy. — t £ Seeds not contracted into a long neck. § Ovary-carpels more or less immersed in the fleshy disk. Acanosma. Calyx large and leafy, divided almost to the base. Disk-lobes short. Anthers appendaged. Flowers large and showy. Icunocarpus. Corolla salver-shaped. Disk-lobes on the top of the ovary, dis- tinct. Flowers small. Calyx gamosepalous, 5-toothed. Ericynum. Corolla salver-shaped. Disk-lobes epigynous round the ovary and almost connate. § § Ovary entirely superior.
248 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 2,
CHONEMORPHA. Corolla very large, salver- or funnel-shaped, the lobes twisted. Follicle woody. Albumen scanty. ‘ew x x Disk none, or rudimentary. ‘Trees. HoLARRHENA. Corolla salver-shaped. Stamens included. Seeds comose at the apex only. Albumen none. * * Corolla-throat with a corona of scales or fringes. Disk none. x Anthers included in the corolla-tube. Seeds comose at the apex. Nerium. Corolla-tube with 6 laciniate-toothed scales. Seed albuminous. Erect trees or shrubs, x »x Anthers exserted, united or cohering in a cone round the stigma. Seeds comose at the hilum. STROPHANTHUS. Corolla-lobes elongate or caudate, bordered by membranous 1abes or scales, each produced into 2 longer or shorter segments. Shrubs, usually scandent, WricutTia. Corona of corolla consisting of 5 or 10 erect scales either distinct or united, or rarely the throat naked. Trees or erect shrubs.
Strychnos, L Conspectus of Species. * Erect trees, without tendrils. x Corolla glabrous at the throat, the tube long. Corymbs peduncled, terminal or terminating axillary shoots; berries the size of an orange or smaller, many-seeded, the pericarp thick and corky, ....S¢. nux-vomica. x x Corolla villous at the throat. Panicle very short, axillary ; corolla-tube about 2 lin. long; berries 1-seeded, the peri- carp coriaceous, ns Seb aes untae te: csfePre bali iahata tsa aie vonele nae w Aeeeea eres St. potatorum. Panicle brachiate, large, terminal; corolla-tube 4—5 lin. long, ...... St. Wallichiana. * * Scandent shrubs with woody, 2-cleft hook-tendrils. Corolla-tube 14 lin. long, bearded at the throat ; berry oblong, 1-seeded, the pericarp
MNCMDLANOUS, Ue ules WS apick Sem W pis’ ByOalale Bie slgs S.tis, 6faie nS aye ante we. St. laurina. Corolla consisting of 5 free Batiand petals ; berry globular, 1- (or 2 ?) seeded, the peri- GAL /COPIACEOUS, .:\< ops 6 is v's sale lois wie vatsve wieie es Raneee a Ceiete een anne . St. acuminata.
1. Sr. nux-vomica, L. sp. eT 274; ich. Corom. Pl. I. 8. t. 4 and Fl Ind. Te. 6453" DC) Prod: Wx, as (exél. syn. S. colubrina, Wight Icon. t. 434) ; Bth. in Linn. Proc. I. 103 (excl. syn. 8. ligustrina, Bl.) ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 82. t. 411. f. 1; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 243.
Has. Common in the leaf-shedding forests, especially the upper mix- ed and low ones, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasse- rim, up to 2000 ft. elevation.—FI. April, May ; Fr. CS. '
2. Sr. poratorum, L. f. Suppl. 148 ; Wight Illustr. IT. t. 156; DC. Prod. IX..15; Boxb. Corom. Fl-L .9.t..5 and EE Ind. 1. 576;
Haz. Not unfrequent in the open and dry forests of the Prome Dis- trict ; also Ava.—F r. Sept.—March.
3. Sr. WaxLticutana, Steud. Nomencl.; DC. Prod. IX. 18; Bth. in Linn. Proce. I. 103.
Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, as along the northern Choungmenah (Khao choung).—F. April.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 249
4, St. taurina, Wall. Cat. 1591; DC. Prod. IX. 18; Bth. in Linn. Proc. I. 102; Griff. Not. Dicot. 83.
Has. Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—FI. Aug.
Of St. ovalifolia, Wall. (Bth. 1. c. 103) I have seen only Penang spe- eimens with young inflorescences which may belong to the above. The panicles, however, are long-peduncled and axillary, and the tube seems very long and not bearded at the throat. _
5. Sr. acuminata, Wall. Cat. 1593; DC. Prod. IX. 14.
Has. Not unfrequent along the rocky sea-coasts of the Andamans; Tenasserim (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. April, May.
Willughbeia, Roxb. Conspectus of Genera. Inflorescence shortly peduncled ; berry ovate, smooth, .... ccee sssseeeecees W. edulis. Flower-clusters sessile or nearly so; berry globular, wrinkled, ...... W. Martabanica. 1. W. Epvutis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 280 and Fl. Ind. II. 57; DC. Prod. VIII. 321. Has. Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. nearly o. 2. W. Marrapantca, Wall. Pl. As. Rar. IIT. 45. t. 272; DC. Prod. VIII. 321. Has. Martaban, Thoungyeen (Dr. Brandis); Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wallich.).—Fr. April.
Allamanda, L. © *1. A. caTHartTica, L. Mant. 214; DC. Prod. VIII. 318. Has. Much cultivated in villages all over Burma, and in the Moulmein District apparently half-wild (Falconer).
Thevetia, L. *1. TH. NERIIFOLIA, Juss. in Steud. Nomencl. cit. ; DC. Prod. VIII. 343. (Cerbera Thevetia, L. sp. pl. 804; Bot. Mag. t. 2809). Has. Much cultivated in Burmese villages, especially in Prome.—F. March.
Carissa, L. Conspectus of Species. * * All parts glabrous. Ovary-cells 4-ovuled; berries the size of a plum ; leaves usually blunt or retuse, . C. carandas. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled ; berries the size of a pea or somewhat larger; leaves usually
BCULC, woven d caves Oe PE Oe PROT Cee CCT RT OL CHCOC. Tem ais C. diffusa. * * All parts, especially while young, shortly and softly puberulous. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled ; berries the size of BxPCAs tian Meives eos we coniusve ness noite Menwenae
32
250 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
1. ©. Caranpas, L. Mant. 52; Roxb. Corom. Pl. L 55. +. 77 and Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 528; DC. Prod. VIII, 3382; WA. in Comp. Bot. Mag. I. 276. t. 12; Wight Icon. t. 426; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. 156. t. 19. Fe Gs |
Var. £. coneEsta, Bedd. Man. For. Fl. Madr. I. 157 (C. congesta, Wight Icon. t. 1289), leaves almost orbicular ; cymes short.
Var. sy. PAUCINERVIA, Bedd. 1. c. (C. paucinervia, Wight Icon. t. 1290), leaves linear-lanceolate.
Has. Var. a. Very frequent in the dry forests of the Prome District. Fl. March.
2. ©. prrrvsa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 524; DO. Prod. VIII. 38082; Wight Icon. t. 427.
Haz. Andamans, Termoklee island, along the rocky coast.—Fl. Fr. May.
3. C. HIRsuTA, Roth Nov. pl. sp. 128; DC. Prod. VIII. 333. (0. villosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 525; Wight Icon. t. 487).
Has. Ava, apparently frequent in the Irrawaddi valley.—Fr. Jan.
Winchia, A. DC. Conspectus of Species.
Panicle glabrous, ....... 4/0 0.0 e'vtn@ niesa We pining ciao cs mal’ pam ops ele ene Panicle minutely pita! sevevoee oie «fables a it ieee hi eis eee ee W. atroviridis.
1. W. catopHytia, DC. Prod. VIII. 326. ; Deless. Icon. sel. V. 6.
46.
Haz. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wall.)—FIl. March.
2. W. arrovirivis, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 170. (Chilocarpus ? atroviridis, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 158 ; Hunteria ? aba Wall. Cat. 1614; DC. Prod. VIII. 351).
Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Gomez).
Probably not sufficiently distinct from the preceding species. —Hunte- via cuspidata, Wall. Cat. 1609 (DC. Prod. VIII. 351) without indication of locality seems to be a Malayan plant and is probably the same as Melo- dinus orientalis, Bl.
Rauwolfia, L 1. R. serpentina, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. II. 697. (Ophioxylon ser- pentinum, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 979 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 580; DC. Prod. VIII. 342 ; Wight Icon. t. 849). Has. Very frequent in the mixed and open, especially in the savan- nah forests, all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fl. April, May.
1877.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 251
Ochrosia, Juss. 1. O. sanusBRis, Bl. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 158.—(Cerbera oppositifolia, Lamk. Enc. Bot. I. 62; DC. Prod. VIII. 354). Haz. Rare in the tidal and beach-forests of the Andamans.—Fl. Fr. Febr., March.
Cerbera, L.
1. C. Opattam, Gertn. Fruct. II. 1938. t. 124; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 692; DC. Prod. VIII. 313; Bot. Mag. t. 1845; Wight Icon. t. 441.
Has. Not unfrequent in the littoral, chiefly the tidal, forests, from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fk March—May.
Calpicarpum, G. Don.
1. C. Roxzsurentu, G. Don. Gen. Syst. Dichl. IV. 100 ; Wight Icon. t. 431. (Kopsia vinceflora, Bl. Bydr. 1030 ; DC. Prod. VIIT..352 ; Kopsia JSruticosa, DC. Prod. 1. ce. ; Bot. Mag. t. 4220; Cerbera fruticosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. I. 690).
Has. Martaban, tropical forests, as in Yoonzeleen (Brandis ); Tenas- serim, Tavoy (Wall.) ; Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; generally planted in all Bur- mese villages.—F 1. Aug.—Decb.
Vinea, L. *1. V. rosea, L. sp. pl. 305; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 1. ; Bot. Mag. t. 248; DC. Prod. VIII. 382. (V. Guilelmi Waldemarii, Klotzsch Bot. Ergebn. Prinz Waldemer. t. 70). Has. A South-American plant much cultivated in villages all over the country, and sometimes domesticated in rubbishy places.—Fl. Jan.— May. | Gynopogon, Forst. (1786). (Alywia, Banks.) Oonspectus of Species.
Corolla-tube nearly $ im. long, coee ws ceceeees cece sceeee sess ewenserees G. stellatum. Corolla-tube only about 2 lin. long,...... cece cece sree seer veeesveeee G. breviflorum. _ . G. sreriarum, Lab. Sert. Austr. Caled. 30. t. 34.—(Alyaia stel- lata, Roem. and Schult. Syst. Veg. IV. 489; DC. Prod. VIII. 346; Mig. F]. Ind. Bat. II. 407; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. II. 689 ; Alyxia odorata, Wall. Cat. 1606 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 347).
Haz. Along the rocky sea-coasts of Tenasserim and the Andamans. —Fl. April, May.
2. G. BREVIFLORUM, Kurz in For. Fl. Burm. 177.
Has. In the tropical forests of Martaban, Yoonzeleen (Brandis) : Upper Tenasserim, Taco table-land, at about 2000 ft. elevation (Brandis).
252 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a [No. 2,
Hunteria, Roxb.
1. H. nancronata, Wall. Cat. 1611; DC. Prod. VIII. 350. (Gyno- pogon lanceolatum, Kurz in For. Fl. Burm. II. 177.)
Has. Tenasserim Tavoy (Wall.).
Unknown to me. Can it be the same as my Gynopogon breviflorum ?
Tabernemontana, Plum. Conspectus of Species. * Bractlets persistent, conspicuous, longer than the pedicels. Corolla-tube longer than the tube ; calyx-lobes 2—3 lin. long, linear-lanceolate, .. I. recurve:
Corolla-lobes half as long as the tube, ..ssse cece vcevee cere ececenee cece Le calycind. * * Bracts and bractlets very deciduous and small, or persistent and minute. x Calyx-lobes acute or acuminate. Follicles tapering at the base but not
stalked, without an appendage (usually cylindrical, with 6 longi- tudinal lines often raised.) + Cymes branched from the base and the branchings i re- curved or horizontal. O Flowers large, showy, the corolla-lobes as long as the tube. Corolla about an in. across, the lobes as long as the tube ; all parts glabrous, . LT. divaricata. O O Flowers small, the corolla-lobes only $—+4 the length of the tube. Glabrous ; calyx-lobes acute ; corolla-tube hardly 4 in. long, ........Z. ophiorrhizoides. Glabrous, very like the preceding ; calyx-lobes rather acute; corolla-tube nearly an
inch long ; follicles long-beaked, .......... ore, a, ae Cie ae oes ce sa seeel. rostrata. + + Cymes brachiate, longer or shorter peduncled, more or less erect, O Calyx-lobes broad, leafy, 3—4 lin. long. Glabrous ; corolla-lobes nearly as long as the tube,....scee ceeeccveee ce Le alternifolia.
O O Calyx-lobes narrow, small.
Glabrous, the cymes short-peduncled ; calyx-lobes subulate-acuminate; corolla-tube slender, # in. long, the lobes half as long or shorter ; anthers inserted below the middle of the corolla-tube, .i.ccebeweccee senses succes cevvce «a Le MECMDIMME An
Glabrous, leaves exactly as in preceding ; cymes long-peduncled ; calyx-lobes said to be ovate, rather blaine, “cs yewscuans Nsenie.ess as wa o asesce eens seu hips fs nnn
Glabrous ; Baan 3 times as long as the 4—-5 lin. long petioles ; calyx-lobes ovate, ACUUR, lccaw tense es tom aes Bnet A rs sis ope tail T. nucrocarpa.
Sep ‘Daly 24a spanAea: Follicle long- stalked, with a coriaceous acuminate dorsal appendage.
Glabrous ; cymes small, longer or shorter peduncled, ...... seee seve cee 2 subcapitata.
1. T. Recurva, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 20 at Fl. Ind. IT. 26 ; Wight Icon. t. 476; DC. Prod. VIII. 371.—(2. gratissima, Ldl. Bot. Reg. t. 1084).
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the southern spurs of the Pegu Yomah above Rangoon; also in Upper Tenasserim and Chittagong, apparently always in the neighbourhood of tidal streams.—Fl. May, June.
: | | N
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 253
2. T. catycrna, Wall. Bot. Reg. in adn. ad t. 1273 and Cat. 1577; DC. Prod. VIII. 372.
Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).
Not seen by me, and probably same as preceding.
8. T. prvaricaTa, Bl. Bydr. 1027, non Don. (Nerium divaricatum, L. sp. pl. 806 ; 7. coronaria, R. Br. Hort. Kew. II. 72; DC. Prod. VIII. 373 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 23 ; Wight Icon. t. 477).
Has. Generally planted in villages all over Burma and the adjacent islands.—F 1. Oct.—Dec.
4. 'T. OPHIORRHIZOIDES, Kurz in Journ. Asl Soc. Beng. 1873. 89.
Has. Frequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, at 3000 to 5000 ft. elevation.—Fl. April.
5. T. rostrata, Wall. in Bot. Reg. adnot. ad. t. 1278 and Cat. 1578 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 371.
Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley, at Segain (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. Nov.
I have seen only fruiting spetimens, which in foliage quite agree with the preceding species (which is a hill-species),
6. T. avrERNIFOLIA, L. sp. pl. 308; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 24. (Z. eris- pa, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 20 and Fl. Ind. IT. 24; Wight Icon. t. 470; DC. Prod. VIII. 371).
Has. Frequent in the beach-forests, and along the coasts generally, of the Andamans.—Fl. Febr.—May ; Fr March, April.
7. T. MEMBRANIFOLIA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 90.
Has. In the tropical forests of Toukyeghat, east of Tounghoo.—FI. April, May.
I fear referable to the following species, of which I have now seen only a very imperfect specimen. ‘The leaves are the same in both.
8. 'T. GRACILIFLORA, Wall. in Bot. Reg. adnot. ad. t. 1273 and Cat. 1576 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 372.
Has. ‘Tenasserim, Amherst (Wall.).
9. T. microcarpa, Wall. in Bot. Reg. adnot. ad. t. 1273 and Cat. 1581. ; DC. Prod. VIII. 372.
Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).
Unknown to me.
10. T. supcaprTata, Wall. Cat. 1579; DC. Prod. VIII. 373.
Has. Pegu (more probably Martaban) (Dr. Brandis) ; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).—Fl. Dec.
‘ Plumieria, Tournef. *1, P. acurtroti1a, Poir. Suppl. II. 667; DC. Prod. VIII. 392. —(P. acuminata, Ait. Hort. Kew ed. alt. I. 70; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 20; Bot. Mag. t. 83952 ; Wight Icon. t. 471).
25 4 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Haz. Very frequently planted in Burmese villages.—FIl. March,
Alstonia, R. Br. Conspectus of Species.
Inflorescence densely pubescent, |. ic isisicsids su idea ble ceetem eeu nes bee e Pele A. scholaris. Peduncles glabrous, the calyx and pedicels minutely puberulous, ........ A. spectabilis.
1. A. scHonaRiIs, R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. I. 76; DC. Prod. VIII. 409 ; Wight Icon. t. 422 (mala) ; Bedd. Sylv. Madr. t. 242.
Has. Not unfrequent in the leaf-shedding, especially the open and dry, forests, from Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chit- tagong.—Fl. Oct.—Sept.
2. A. sPECTABILIS, R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. I. 76; DC. Prod.
VIII. 409. Hazp. Coast-forests of the Andamans.
Hardly specifically different from the preceding species.
Beaumontia, Wall.
1. B. @ranprriora, Wall. Tent. Fl. Napal. 15. t. 7; Bot. Reg. t. 911; Bot, Mag. t. 3218; DC. Prod. VIII. 403.—(Kchites grandiflora, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 14, non Roth).
Has. Chittagong hills.—Fl. DS.
Vallaris, Burm.
1. V Heywet, Spreng. Syst. veg. I. 685; Dalz. and Gibson Bomb. —
For. 144 (V dichotoma, Wall. Cat. 1621 ; Wight Icon. t. 438 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 400 ; Hehites dichotoma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II, 19; Peltandra solana- ced, Roth. nov. sp. 182).
Var. a. GLABRA, all parts glabrous. Var. 8. PUBESCENS, all the softer parts puberulous, the leaves (adult)
minutely rough-puberulous beneath. Has. Frequent in the dry, especially the mixed dry, forests of the
Prome District.—FIl. Fr. March.
Doubtful Species. 1. V.? anceps, Wall. Cat. 1622; DC. Prod. VIII. 400 (nomen nu- dum).
Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.). I have only seen leaves, which seem hardly referable to Apocynacee.
Parsonsia, R. Br. 1. BP. sprrauis, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 1681; DC. Prod. VIII. 402. (Heligme Javanica, Bl. Bydr. 10483 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 425; P. oblonga,
. ;
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 255
Wall. Cat. 1632 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 402 ; Heligme Rheedii, Wight Icon. t. 1803? ; Spzrostemon spiralis, Griff. Not. Dicot. 80. t ? 411 f. 1.)
Has. Pegu, above Rangoon ; Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wall.), —Fl. April.
Pottsia, Hook. and Arn. ;
1. P. Cantonrensts, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Voy. Beech. 198. t. 43; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 450 (Huthodon paniculatus, Griff. Not. Dicot. 48- t. 458. f. 2.)
Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).
Urceola, Roxb.
1. U. tuctpa, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. II. 716 (Chavannesia lucida, DC. Prod. VIII. 444; Chavannesia esculenta,, DC. Prod. 1. c.; Urceola esculenta, Bth. in Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 184).
Has. Common all over Pegu (¢este G, W. Strettell) ; Tenasserim (Wall.).
Parameria, Bth.
1. P. GLANDULIFERA, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Pl. II. 715. (Hedysanthera glandulifera, DC. Prod. VIII. 448; Wight Icon. t. 1807 ; #. Griffithic Wight in text pedicellis et calyce pubescente ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 452; Ecdysanthera barbata, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iI. 451).
Has. Not unfrequent along the borders of the tidal forests of the coast of the Andamans ; also Tenasserim.—Fr. March, April.
Ecedysanthera, Hook. and-Arn.
1. E. Bracutata, DC. Prod. VIII. 443. Hap. Ava; Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. RS.
Anodendron, A. DC. 1, A. pantcutatum, A. DC. Prod. VIII. 442. (Hchites paniculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 17 ; Wight Icon. t. 396). Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah, Martaban, and Tenasserim, especially along choungs.—FI. Jan., Febr. ; Fr. the following year.
Cercocoma, Mig. non Don. (Rhynchodia, Bth.). 1. C. Waxuicuit, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 445. (Hehites rhyncosper- ma, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 43. t. 49; Rhyncosperma Wallichit, DC. Prod.
VIII. 431).
256 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 2,
Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban down to Tenasserim, rare along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah ; also Ava (Mrs. Burney).—Fl. April.
Ichnocarpus, R. Br.
1. I. Frurescens, R. Br. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. 69; DC. Prod. VIII. 435 ; Wight Icon. t: 480. (Hehites frutescens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 12).
Var. a, GENUINA, leaves and follicles glabrous.
Var, 8. PUBESCENS, leaves beneath (while young on both sides) and the young follicles appressed rusty-pubescent.
Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding, especially the mixed and savan- nah-, forests all over Burma; var. £. chiefly in the dry forests of Ava and Prome.—Fl. CS.; Fr. HS.
Aganosma, G. Don. Conspectus of Species. Calyx-lobes nearly an inch long, tawny-velvety ; nerves of leaves impressed, . A. calycina.
Calyx-lobes only 2—3 lin. long, glabrous; nerves of leaves prominent beneath and uniting towards the margins; .°, 7.5 ves uses snes ssise cen kine Some A. marginata.
1, A. catyorna, DC. Prod. VIII. 432. (4. Wallichit, Don Gen, Syst. IV. 77.) .
Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Gomez).—Fl. Sept.
2. A. MaReinata, G. Don. Gen. Syst. IV. 77; DC. Prod. VIII. 433 ; Wight Icon. t. 425. (Hchites marginata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II, 15; A. macrocarpa, DC. Prod. VIII. 434).
Has. Frequent in the open and lower mixed forests from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. March, April; Fr. the next year.
Epigynum, Wight. 1, EH. Grirrirainum, Wight Icon. t. 1808 ; Walp. Ann III, 42. Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).
Holarrhena, R. Br.
1. “H. antipysentrerica, Wall. Cat. 1672; DC. Prod. VIII. 413; Brand. For. Fl. 326. t. 40.—(Chonemorpha antidysenterica, G. Don Gen. Syst. Gard. IV. 79; Wight Icon. t. 439).
Var. a. GENUINA, all parts (also the inflorescence) glabrous.
Var. 6. Copaca (H. Codaga, G. Don Gen. Syst. Gard. IV. 78 ; DC. Prod VIII. 414; Wight Icon. t. 1297; H. pubescens, Wall. Cat. 1678 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 413), all parts (also the inflorescence) shortly velvety pubescent.
Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and open forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; var. 8. chiefly in the drier upper mixed forests—Fl. March, April ; Fr. CS.
1877. | Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 257
Chonemorpha, G. Don. (Epichysianthus, Voigt.)
1. Cu. M@RopHYLLA, G. Don Gen. Syst. IV. 76; DC. Prod. VIII. 430 ; Wight Icon. t. 482.—(Zchites macrophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 13; Ch. mollis, Miq. FJ. Ind. Bat. II. 444),
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans, especially along choungs.—F 1. May.
Nerium, L. 1. N. oporum, Sol. Hort, Kew. ed. 1. I. 297; Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 2; Bot. Mag. t. 2032; DC. Prod. VIII. 420. Has. Often cultivated in villages, especially around monasteries, all over Burma.
Strophanthus, DC. Conspectus of Species. * Corollaelobes acute or acuminate, but not produced into long tails. Floral bracts ovate, acute, stiff, only 14 lin. long, .... ..ceeeeesevece St. brevicaudatus. * * Corolla-lobes produced into tails 2 or more inches long. x Floral bracts and the conform calyx-lobes stiff, linear-subulate.
Corolla (without the tails) about an inch long, ....... Paediatr ake eee St. Griffithia.
Corolla (without the tails) about } in. long, ..... CR EY aCe Cnr St. longicaudatus, x x Floral bracts and the conform calyx-lobes flaccid, reflexed, linear.
Corolla about 3 in, long ; bristles twice as long as the anthers,..... obese S. caudatus.
1. Sz. BREVicauDATUS, Wight Icon. t. 1802.
Has. Doubtful, probably Mergui, Tenasserim (Griff.).
N. B. The Griffithian specimens of this species in H. BC. are from Malacca. .
2. Sv. Grirritai, Wight Icon. t. 1800; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 44.2.— (St. pentaphyllus, Griff. Not. Dicot. 78; St. Horsfieldianus, Maiq. Fl. Ind, Bat. IT. 442).
Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer).
3. ST. LoNGicaupatus, Wight Icon. t. 1299; Mig. in Fl. Ind. Bat. IT, 442.
Hazs. South Tenasserim.
4. Sr. caupatus, (Hchites caudata, Burm. Fl. Ind. 68, t. 26; Sz. dichotomus, DC. in Bull. Soc. Philom. III. 128 and Prod. VIII. 407; We. rium caudatwm, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 9).
Has. ‘'Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Tavoy (Rev. Parish, Fal- coner).—Fl. Jan.
258 Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.
Wrightia, R. Br. Conspectus of Species. * Throat of corolla furnished with scales or fringes. x Corolla-throat fringed with a ring of branched long filiform scales. All parts glabrous ; corolla white, the lobes linear-oblong........ 5 5 copes W. tinetoria. x ™ Scales of corolla-throat thick and fleshy, entire or lobed. All parts especially the leaves, shortly and densely pubescent ; corolla-lobes broad, the scales of the throat cuneate, 2—3-lobulate,...... cece ee es else ete W. mollissima. All parts glabrous ; corolla red, the lobes broad, the scales large, rounded, obsoletely
GOT ETIAUG ss oc iota dls is\hv 0 a oe TILT PL SERRE ee * oe Cor olla-throat viitie alee’:
Glabrous, the leaves small and narrow ; pedicels filiform ; corolla small, white, . W. religiosa.
1. W. trincrorta, R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. I. 73; Wight Icon. t. 444; Bot. Reg. t. 933; DC. Prod. VIII. 406; Bedd. Sale Madr. t. oats (Miaum tinctoriun, Hoek Fl. Ind. IT. 4).
Has. Burmah (according to Rev. F. Mason), probably Ava ?
2. ‘W. moxtissima, Wall. Cat. 1627 and Pl. As. rar. II. t. 146; DC. Prod. VIII. 405. (W. Wallichit, DC. Prod. VIII. 405; Dalz. and Gibs. Bomb. Fl. 145 ?).
Haz. Common in the lower and upper mixed forests, from Chitta- gong and Ava down to Tenasserim, up to 2000 ft. elevation.—Fl. April, May; Fr. CS.
3. W. coccINnEA, Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 2696 ; Bot. Cab. t. 894; Wight Teon. t. 442 ; DC. Prod. VIII. 407. (Nerium coccinewm, Roxb. FI. Ind. a1 2):
Has. Chittagong hills.
4. W. retratosa, Bth. Gen. pl. II. 713. (Achites religiosa, Teysm. and Binn. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXV. 48).
Has. Tenasserim and the adjoining Siamese provinces.—Fl. Fr. HS.
a ee
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
——O— Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
ees
No. III.—1877.
VII.—On an apparently undescribed Weasel from Yarkand.—By W. T. BianFrorD, F. R. S., &e.
Amongst the collections brought by Dr. Stoliczka ftom Eastern Tur- kestan was the skin of a weasel which had been kept in confinement. Judging from the skin alone, the animal appeared chiefly to differ from the common European weasel in colour, and it was difficult to say how far this difference was due to the circumstances under which the individual had been kept. Although I strongly suspected that it was a distinct species, still I thought it safer not to form conclusions from a single skin, and in the list of species J. A. S. B., 1875, Vol. XLIV, Pt. 2, p. 106, I noted the specimen as Mustela vulgaris ? var.
A year later Dr. Scully brought from Turkestan another skin of the same weasel, but the second specimen had belonged to a male wild indivi- dual. This skin was also entrusted to me together with some other inter- esting specimens for description, and I regret that other work has prevented my noticing it sooner. On comparing this second specimen more carefully with IM. vulgaris, I found that it differed not only in colour, but in size, being a much larger animal. The length measured on the fresh carcase by Dr. Scully, shews that the Yarkand weasel is nearly as large as an ermine, whilst the tail, the vertebra of which are for the most part preserved, ap- pears to be proportionally longer than in the common weasel. The weight and some other details are also carefully recorded on the label. ‘The name in Eastern Turkestan is Agha makan.
33
\
260 W. T. Blanford—Weasel from Yarkand. [No.2
The following is a deseription :—
MUSTELA STOLICZKANA, sp. Nov.
Mustela ad M. vulgarem proxime accedens sed valde major, superne fusco-arenaria, subtus albida, caudd longiore, quartem partem totius longt- tudinis subequante, cum dorso concolore ; labris ambobus genisque inferiori- bus albis, maculd utrinque post angulam oris fulvd, alteraque ante oculum utrumque alba, palmis plantisque confertim pilis indutis. Long. tota cum cauddé 12:2, caude, pilis inclusis, 3, cranii 1'8, pedis posterioris a caleaneo 14 poll. Angl. 4
Has. Yarkand (Stoliczka, Scully).
Colour pale sandy brown above, the hairs rather paler and whitish at the base, white below. Fur short, dense and soft. Tail throughout the same colour as the back. There is a small white spot close to the anterior - angle of each eye, and a rather larger sandy brown spot a little behind the gape in the lower part of the cheeks which are white to within a short dis- tance below the eye. Upper lip white. Upper whiskers dark brown to- wards the base, and of about the same length as the head. Fore feet white mixed with pale brown above, hind feet only whitish at the edges; soles of all the feet thickly clad, only the toe pads being naked, and even they are almost concealed by the long hair. Tail nearly cylindrical, about one- third the length of the head and body.
The whole length, measured by Dr. Scully when the animal. was fresh, and noted on the ticket, was 12°2 inches, the tail, of which the vertebre are preserved, now measures 3 inches including the hair at the end, or 2°3 without it. The hind foot and tarsus are 1:4 inches long without the claws. Fur on the back about 0°3 in. long. The weight marked by Dr. Scully on the label was 5:2 oz.*
The skull is sightly imperfect behind, the occipital plane having been cut away, but as the occipital crest remains, the total length can be mea- sured with close approximation. The cranium shews the specimen to have been just adult, the dentition being perfect, although the sagittal crest is only rudimentary. ‘The following are the dimensions:
in, metre. Length of skull (approximate) from occipital plane to alvedlar margin. cee tetcoriet | 2... ae 175 0425 Breadth of brain case across parietal region,...... Nie tee 0°83 021 Ditto across zygomatic arches oo oot eos s.. s0d-cp ee ee 0°98 "024 Ditto behind post-orbital processes, ...........0...ceccec ceases 0:4: ‘O1 Length of suture between nasal bones, ................ceses eee 0:28 ‘077
* The weight of the common weasel, according to Pallas, Zoog. Ros. As. I. p. 98,
is only 2 ounces and a drachm in the largest individuals, 14 oz. in smaller animals, chiefly females,
1877. ] J. Anderson— New and little known Asiatic Shrews. 261
Length of bony palate from anterior alveolar margin to
the opening of the posterior nares,..........00..00c0 cee cee 0:75 ‘0185 Length of carnassial tooth along outer edge,..............0006 0:2 ‘005 Breadth of tubercular (hinder) molar, ................ce cesses 0°15 ‘0938 Breadth of bony palate between hinder molars, ............ 0:3 ‘0075 Length of lower jaw from condyle to symphysis, ............ 1: ‘025 Height of ditto from the coronoid process,................0e00 05 ‘0125
VIII.—Deseription of some new and little known Asiatic Shrews in the Indian Museum, Caleutta.n—By Joun Anperson, M. D., Superin- tendent.
In preparing a Catalogue of the Mammals in the Indian Museun, it has been necessary to examine in detail the now somewhat extensive collec- tion of shrews which has been formed since the Asiatic Society’s collections were practically transferred to the Government of India, nearly eleven years ago.
To show the progress which has been made since 1866, in a department which has never attracted many cultivators, it may suffice to state that Blyth’s Catalogue of Mammals which was published in 1863 contained only 15 species of Asiatic Shrews. These were represented in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, in 1865, by 22 mounted and 18 alcoholic specimens, and by 5 skulls and 2 skeletons.
At present, there are 38 species of these small Mammals in the Indian Museum, illustrated by nearly 180 alcoholic specimens, 29 dried skins, 71 skulls and 5 skeletons.
The most important additions to the Indian Museum in this section of the vertebrates, since the publication of Blyth’s Catalogue, have been Anwro- sorex, and the water-shrew of the Himalayas, the so-called Crossopus himalaicus.
The discovery of the former, remarkable, generic type in Assam was made by Mr. S. E. Peal of Sibs4gar, in 1871, about one year after it had been described by M. A. Milne-Edwards from a specimen obtained in Sé-tchouan and Tibet by the distinguished traveller, M. l’Abbé David.
The first specimen of the Himalayan water-shrew in the Indian Museum was obtained by the late Dr. Jerdon in Sikkim, and the second example was procured by myself to the east of Bhamé, in the Kakhyen hills which form the natural western boundary of the Chinese Province of Yunnan. It has been again obtained by Mr. Mandelli of Darjiling who has done so much to extend our knowledge regarding the fauna of Sikkim. No information that
262 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. [No. 3,
I am aware of, is on record regarding the localities and heights at which this water-shrew has been found in the Himalaya, but judging by the elevation at which it occurs in the Kakhyen hills which are essentially Himalayan in their fauna, this most interesting shrew most probably lives at elevations of 3000 up to 5000 feet, or perhaps even higher.
It is very closely allied to the aquatic shrew of Japan named Sorex platycephalus, Temminck, but apparently differs from it specifically.
By its general structure, it appears to be more nearly allied to Mectogale than to Crossopus from which it is generically separated by the character of its teeth, leaving out of view other and more important considerations such as its long, attenuated body, and the much stronger ciliation of its feet and tail, in all of which characters, as in those of its skull and teeth, it evinces a closer relationship to Nectogale than to any other known genus of shrew. It is, however, less aquatic in its habits than Nectogale, as is proved by its hind feet not being webbed as in that genus, but there can be no doubt of the close generic relationship of Wectogale with the Himalayan water- shrew. The structural features, however, of the latter and of the Japan shrew are such that they cannot be referred to any existing genus of mammalia, and I therefore propose the following genus for their reception.
CHIMARROGALE, n. g.
Teeth white = x 5 x — small talon on their inner side. Three intermediate teeth of nearly equal size; feet and toes scaly, ciliated with short coarse rigid hairs along their external and intérnal margins. Toes not webbed. ‘Tail long, scaly, quad- rangular, covered with longish, coarse, adpressed hairs. Snout elongate : ears almost wholly hidden, valvular.
The more immediate object, however, of this paper is to describe a number of shrews which appear to be new to science and to indicate a few others which have hitherto been seemingly wrongly determined.
They belong to the genera Crocidura and Soriculus. A large number - of the species belonging to Pachyura, the sub-division of the first-named genus distinguished by 80 white teeth, are possessed of a series of cuticular ageregated glands on the side of the trunk, emittimg a strong musky odour, whilst a few of the same sub-division are devoid of these structures; whereas the majority of the shrews belonging to the second sub-division of Crocidura with 28 white teeth, are devoid of musk glands on the side, and are thus inodorous. Some very small shrews, such as C. (P.) macrotis and C. (P.) nitidofulva, have musk glands, like their larger compeers, while others of the very same, sub-generic division want them, e. g. C. (P.) pygmeotdes.
In estimating the age of individuals, I have always been guided by the
= 28. Front upper incisors with a
1877. | J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. 263
condition of the bones of the skull, and I have judged those adult in which the basi-occipital and basi-sphenoid bones have been united. This is the last suture to disappear, and its obliteration in shrews is the only reliable test of full maturity. In skulls, however, with this suture entirely lost, the teeth very frequently do not present any marked indications of wear, so that union takes place before the animals are aged.
In all the newly born shrews that I have examined, the teeth have never been through the gum, but they have always been so well developed that the position, and in some cases the form, of each tooth was clearly defined.
Genus CROCIDURA, Wagler. Sub-Genus Pacuyura, NSelys. (Lateral gland.)
CrocrpuRA, (P.) FULVOCINEREA, N. s.
Form of the body as in C. (P.) gigantea.
The snout is long and pointed ; feet well developed and moderately haired, Tail swollen at the base and rather long and densely haired. Snout and feet yellowish, and lower portion of limbs with short sparse hairs, as usual. Claws long and pointed. Fur dark-slaty. in the hidden por- tion, but broadly tipped with pale fawn producing a_brownish-gray mixed with tawny resembling the colour of Lepus cuniculus, but with a distinct rusty tinge on the head. Under parts more grayish brown, with a little tawny. Whiskers nearly all white, or pale gray. Hairs on the feet and tail pale yellowish-brown or nearly white, the short tail hairs being rather longer and much more numerous than is generally the case in the allied species, and those at the tip occasionally longer.
Adult @ Adolescent @
Length, tip of snout to vent, ..0.........cseceeeee eee ees in. 6°07 in. 4°35 OMEN ON GAN ity ccgey ac seniaie's srs tsyeon sce rertenee cass 3°90 2°83 Length of hind foot without claws, ..................64. 1:00 0:82 MRRP UIRO, CYC, Foo tenes nae ass cos vedere ecko tncces 1:00 0:70 RR tM as wai tre cada nc tenes Mon pack ove bce noe ve 0:57 0°35 OT Se BEY Ae), ES eee seed eee 0°50 0°35 Reet MIG Te Us a fire vs vinsctinb Soe no ser stes oct 0°41 0:40
The first upper incisors are not very long ; their posterior process is on a level with the third incisor and canine, and their longitudinal breadth about equals the breadth of the base of the dependent portion of the teeth. There is a small internal process of the cingulum. ‘The second incisor is not very large and is hardly twice the size of the third incisor. This last mentioned
264 J. Anderson—Wew and little known Asiatic Shrews. [No. 3,
tooth and the canine are of equal size and their tips are nearly on the same level. The premolar is very small and lies behind the canine and slightly internal to the first molar, so that only half of it is externally visible. It is very small and its tip reaches only a short way below the cingulum of the canine. The cusp on the anterior, external angle of the first molar is well developed and its point is on a level with the point of the eanine in some, and below it in others. The chief cusp of this molar is not
prominent. g g
Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, in. 135 in. 1:15 © Greatest breadth-across maxilla, 5.65. Addcuesuess cy seve ie wees 0:50 0°41 Breadth at posterior border of infraorbital foramen, ......... 0:28 0 25
o4 auberior tobraimwcase sf Ac Jos fetta veoh ee eee 0°33 0°30
A exsernal to glenoid Toss", Ac ee Jo. s bk eee 0:53 0:45
Es joo MOM yan Paley us rep ee ot ees SER ee ee 0°66 0°58 Length of upper alveolar lind; s.aiccdsescts Pia ke be ee ope ee 0:65 0-54 From condyle of lower jaw to end of alveolar line,............ 0:85 0:70
The skull is distinguished from the skull of ©. blythii by its greater size and much larger teeth. The first upper incisors are stronger and the second incisor relatively smaller than in that species: on the other hand, the skull, as is shown by the measurements given of a perfectly adult ¢, is considerably smaller than the skull of C. gigantea, and the teeth are propor- tionally less.
This species, in its proportions, appears to be closely allied to C. tytlerd, from Dehra Din, but the characters of the latter have been so vaguely de- fined that it is impossible to decide whether the two are identical or not. Blyth does not give any information about the teeth. It is also distinguish- ed from C. gigantea by its more profuse and fawn-coloured fur and by its well-haired tail, and from C. b/ythii by its larger size, by its dentition and by its pale fur.
It inhabits the valley of Assam (Gauhati).
Crocipura (P.) BiyTuit, Andr.
Sorex murinus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, Vol. XXIV, 1855, p. 28, in part. | | Sorex caerulescens, Tomes, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, 1856, p- 16. Sorex Griffithii, Blyth, As. Soc.’s Mus. 1863, p. 83, No. 247. Pachyura Griffithi, Andy., Proc. Zoo. Soc., 18738, p. 281. Snout narrow, long and pointed. Lars rather flattened above, rounded posteriorly and of moderate size. Feet only moderately large. Fore limb
pee »
1877. | J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. 265
with long hairs to the wrist, longer than those on the corresponding portion of the hind limb. Feet covered with short brown hairs, a few longer, overhang- ing the claws. Claws strong, but short. Snout, ears, feet and tail brownish. Tail thickened at the base, rounded, ringed and rather thickly clad with brown hairs, with a few longer whitish hairs intermixed, and nearly equalling the length of the trunk without the head. Fur soft, rather long: a rich rusty brown, with a golden sheen in certain lights. Under surface rusty gray. Some are darker than others.
Adolescent ¢ Adult ¢
Memeo, Ti) OL SHOUT FO VENt, .........6.cccereeeseedends in, 4°72 in. 5°00 Pee veni tos tip OF tail.) 2 oles dee ce dee nes sss tenet 2°80 2°50
fen oe bind: foot, without claws)... 0......0c. cc. 0°83 0°75
ee som tip ok -sndut: to eye, yi.0.6 2.1 veel eiei eles 075 0:75 Re PARCOVA CO CAL) 210 Bai sidstcsdieartede debe odise. 0°42 0:40 MME CINCHER HD, 3chle do sde decane ecbieey abeidsv lta dence dlaedti 0:32 0°34 MMMM CP COI yd sci UES y dad Pas ae Uebic Da the dds Da 0°42 0°36
These measurements would seem to indicate that the males have rather longer tails than the females, but the specimens at my disposal are not sufficiently numerous to permit of this point being settled, but there can be no doubt of the specific identity of the specimens which yield these results.
The skull of the type appears to be that of a male, not fully mature, as its basi-occipital suture is still unclosed. The posterior process of the first upper -incisor is moderately developed: and there is only a very obscure process on its inner side. It is not so broad as the base of the front portion of the tooth. The second incisor is large, and broader than the conjoint third incisor and canine, but its tip is above the level of the point of the central cusp of the first molar. The canine is considerably larger than the
- third incisor, and its point is below the level of the anterior cusp of the
first molar.
There appears to be a considerable difference between the size of the sexes, as Indicated not only by the body measurements but by their skulls. The skulls also indicate that the species is smaller than C. fulvocinerea, because its skull although not very much older than the skulls of which the measurements are given below exceeds them in size. Comparing the skulls of these two species, the first upper incisors of OC. fulvocinerea are seen to be larger than in CO. blythii, whereas the second upper incisor of the latter is considerably larger than the corresponding incisor of OC. fulvo- cinerea, and its canine is more pointed and larger than the third incisor. The premolar of CO. blythii is relatively larger than the premolar of C. fulvo- cinerea and it has a small cusp-like process of the cingulum on its outer side, which is partially visible externally.
266 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatie Shrews. [No. 3,
Adolescent ¢ Adult ? Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, in. 1:20 in. 1:13
treatest breadth. across ‘maxilla; °:5)..”. Juiuls, cid metteas be ees 0°44: 0°45 Breadth behind infraorbital foramen, ............ccececececeeees 0 27 0:26 Breadth anterior te bain C486, (fics. cls chads deeiiwok Booted a 0 28 0 30 , external to glenoid fosse, ......... OSA bie RARE 0°50 0:45 9 i; MOST yTOPOMIC Ledgers. 44. :eete= Beye dee 0°54 0°55 Len¢th of upper alveolar line, ............wivas a. Baden ae 058 059
Length from condyle of lower jaw to end of alveolar margin, 0°70 0:68
Tomes describes the type of S. gr2ffithit as characterized by the large size of its teeth which exceeded, he states, those of any example of S. cerulescens he had ever seen, Such a description however is in no way applicable to the types of 8. griffithit as understood by Blyth, and it is therefore perfectly evident, apart from external characters, that they are not the S. griffithit of Horsfield. Tomes, however, did not concur with Horsfield in considering the fur as either short close or soft, but describes it as of medium length, deep blackish gray, glossy and rather coarse. The specimens from Arakan described by Blyth as 8S. murimus (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, 1851, p. 15) were afterwards the types of Blyth’s 8. griffithii, but these specimens were regarded by Tomes as S. c@rulescens.
Blyth was under the impression that the type of S. griffithit was from
the Khasia hills, although described from Afghanistan, because he saw a fine |
skin of a shrew he believed to be S. griffithii from Charapinji in the possession of Griffith. This specimen had been forwarded to the India House by Dr. M’Clelland, and Blyth seems to have concluded that it was the type of S. griffithii, Horsfield. But the evidence is unsatisfactory. And, more- over, Blyth’s specimens do not agree with the description of 8. griffithit.
It inhabits the hilly region of Assam, (Sibsagar), the Khasia Hills (Charaptnji) and Arakan.
CrocipuRA (P.) SINDENSTIS, n. s.
Snout moderately long, and pointed ; ears full and rounded, sparsely clad, the margins and flaps with longish, somewhat stiff hairs. Lower half of limbs seminude ; feet slender and toes rather long. Tail rounded, slightly swollen at the base and about four-fifth the length of the trunk. Fur moderately long soft and glossy ; neutral gray and washed with umber, but not obscuring the gray ; under-parts pale neutral gray with a silvery sheen in certain hghts. Snout gray ; feet yellowish, sparsely clad with whit- ish hairs ; claws rather long and hooked. ‘Tail ringed, sparsely clad with
white hairs, with a few longer interspersed but much shorter than in the
generality of Indian Shrews,
O44.
1877. ] J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatie Shrews. 267 meet, tip Of snout to. Vomty oes iii di. sient ares ceestonkerveasenebus dens in. 4°70 MRC MRED) Hee a kuick sl ca EU éseew at cee. PARAL TUN. teak t ibe Gee 2°80 Wen ee Re TIC OCH GT css sldo da veces Seaal eee Ne cicstee hials ool aACas hPaee RE Re eee 0°82 Mer ET MALE BMGT GOL OY Os. . cick idk Lith vch Hives dol stu cdldcasse cubeeB bebauals 0:70 RRC IPCIAM SS. 2574, Se), « Lats’ bx eae ails Vac HE TY Us Chnadabenwaueres odegete tbba. 0°39 RCI, a sj isriNe ia 2e vcd DEP okh aie veka daveb thaw vdacldlleeee ane’ 0°38 OM: Cicer) 50 Lee Sass a wes oR LS dade oda eau lad ce Chae eka eEeOD 0°38
Upper incisors short and stout, curved, nearly convergent at their tips. No eminence of the cingulum on the inside of the posterior portion of the tooth which is rather broader than the base of the elongated portion. Second incisor not very large, but equalling the conjoint breadth of the third incisor and canine. The third incisor is considerably smaller than the canine, but the tip of the latter is somewhat above the level of that of the former. The premolar is not very small and it is nearly as broad as the canine behind which it directly lies, but externally it is nearly wholly hidden by the first molar. The anterior cusp on the first molar and its large cutting cusp are not strongly developed: the point of the latter is below the level of that of the second incisor. The anterior portion of the frontals is not much narrower than the portion behind the orbits. This skull is fully adult, __as all the sutures have disappeared even to the basi-occipital suture.
2 Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ......... in. 1°10 ene geross Maxiilcs (MOATS) |... i. cee eeeue csc. cee lee SDemennecetonnders 0°40 Pe enti. TMLTAOTNIbAl LOLAMECD, 666.5. cc vacce- sss 0c seceseceeceseuerses 0 25 Goo amuerior to braim Case}... .<.....2.... DMG MEE) os v0 bie Seas whe are 0:26 BO TENE Cee CV CHOT, TOSS gcse de cekcscgesteseevee sss sever coedae 0-48 ne os ets VO NOU ODE iy dnd vive sce nas. 0 sees ene cerca : 0°55 emecmrar upper alvedlar lime, 3... ...0..c0cyccec cone cea cee coer eneeoeee aS rhe 0:58 Condyle of lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line, .................. 0°60
It inhabits (Sindh) Karachi.
De Filippi in his description of C. fwmigata mentions, as a character of | the species, the presence “along the lower jaw, on each side of the mento- gular region, of four small prominences each bearing a long hair.” These hairs, however, are common to all shrews as far as my observations go.
Crocrpura (P.) PEALANA, 0. Ss.
Body slender ; snout long and pointed ; feet moderately slender ; lower half of limbs with short hair, but the feet are moderately well clad. The claws are rather short and strong. The tail isa little more than two-thirds the length of the trunk, rounded, clad with brownish black hairs, with a few,
34:
268 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. _ [No. 3,
long white hairs intermixed. Ears of moderate size, tolerably well clad, the margins of the flaps fringed with longer white hairs. Fur moderately long. General colour gray with a deep wash of brown, but with gray hairs inter- mixed in the adults, giving to the fur a somewhat grizzled aspect in certain lights. In aged specimens, a grayish area occurs below the eye and behind the angle of the mouth. Under surface sooty brown, or grayish, more or less washed with brownish on the chest.
Heigth hip or SHous CO VEU, 6 ess .s es sae cles sstere snes OMe PREP in. 470 POM) ik LSPA A RP ROE MC lS 2°30 Mh Bari POOG, 8.52.0 Se RE co Or a eae CFs jo RU Bm@upmocteme: 1S SIE AU aY Boots A one Re Meee PEE 070 AMP SVS NO MOAN Sc bs caso sce s Gidd Oen owe SEDs aN «ae el « 9 > asbes on eae 0°40 BBN SE eae Ne 2d lee te won ek Poe gt oa eak eer 0°30 Birth Ob eat ie ot Ae a cocks « Cte ds wae ens oes tone eee er 0:36
The upper incisors are well developed but not very long. The posterior process is prominent but not so broad as the base of the long part of the tooth. The second incisor is large, and more than the breadth of the third and the canine: the latter is only a little smaller and shorter than the former. The anterior cusp of the first molar is about the same level as the canine. The premolar is behind the canine and is only partially visible externally. In the adult, female skull, the teeth are much worn and therefore appear very short, and the premolars have broken off, level with the alveolar border.
This species is distinguished from C. blythii and C. heterodon ae its smaller feet and by its colour, ot by the character of its upper incisors and by its small premolar.
2 Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ......... in. 1:13 Breadth across maxille,;:) 000.0) seen ee dee, Lee > eee 0-41 »' -behind infraorbital foramen, (\.%s-<.32...:<.02) ateeas eee 0:22 » anterior to brain ©980j23.2.4.siak f.as4)-4 ¢0500540 od ee ee 0:30 » external to glenoid fosse,: .i..6..40 dus necgeocesnsd-¥ss00 setae 0:47 n . LO, iy POpaIG Pees cee en ce Fak « Dosw soled ss Ooh rece 0°52 Length of upper alveolar line, | .......¢2c.5. nec. -s8.0 02: -¢eee ee 0°56 » from condyle of lower jaw to end of alveolar line, ......... .. 0°65
This form is one of the many additions which have been made to the fauna of Assam by Mr. S. E. Peal. The specimens were obtained at Sibsagar.
1877. | J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. 269
CrocrpuRA (P.) BLANFORDTI, n. s.
Snout long, slender and attenuated. Har moderately developed, sparsely clad with short-hairs which appear as a pale fringe along the margin; flaps with longer and stronger pale hairs. Feet.rather long and slender, also the toes moderately well clad with brown hairs, uniform with the body; claws yellowish, moderately strong, compressed, curved at the tips. Tail a little thickened at the base, well haired, with short, brown hairs completely obscur- ing the rings: long hairs white and numerous. Tail apparently consider- ably shorter than the trunk. [ur very short, dense and mole-like, grayish at the base, the remainder wholly brown, and showing a somewhat finely speckled appearance in reflected lights; under-parts grayish-brown with a silvery sheen; snout, feet and tail brownish ; skin of ears blackish.
Adult 9 Memeih; tip of snout to vent,..i:....i..1....60 + EE RET CE in. 4°15 EMR TEL Teese Stott S eset ae aioe age dacs CAD Nadia Wd Be Sons bie 2°35 RAPA EDS Se fen lee ele te. hee cad tas ines aaads caxgarcent wrancd dahe 0:70 <P UNROLLISL NSS 9 SEEGERS oh Deeg UA aR ae S)S/ Ore 0:67 PU CCUURP EEE eA Li rae\ ch eagedsnsbay Flores saeas > given bavel- tanmsrg tangy ies 0°30 Ss een ee ee ee tase fied as tad eaeoat Be 0:37 MN eo ee na a ake Gt peed cht Ea a dctnwneby Sindee Ave dh diay 0-34
First upper incisors moderately long and close together: basal cusp conically pointed. Second incisor very large, canine somewhat larger than _ the third incisor. The two nearly equalled by the horizontal or basal length of the second incisor. The premolar is very small and wedged in between the canine and first molar. The point of the second incisor is some- what below the level of the point of the chief cusp of the first molar.
= Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ......... in. 0°98 ee rae ORE Ci UREA EULA oes) pace Sec 3677 \iabeelidsci ces esebeavcecsiclocsecas 0°35 Peres eninig WiimaOnDEal Loramie, i. wnsy secs a vases niieegcede sk ones are 0:22 Pm PRPECOEIGSE Gey OFILIE CGO OFS) A hs... ce cee wc <deesa libs toes +p erronre gs 0°26 puma cmncmtial bo: Slenold EGaac. A ie 2 yi yee eka ct nade dacdeles cgereschneas 0°39
ms x AMG MA PERRIN Se Ry PPT Rs 2 i202 1022s yas taacendesrseataadeepees 0:5 PE mISr MCP Ot abve@lal LMG) aye. eet. oles cet dys deren ded pase neoagene 0°49 », 4from condyle of lower jaw to end of alveolar margin, ......... 059
This shrew was obtained by Mr. W. T. Blanford at Khandalla, on the Western Ghats, near Bombay, at an elevation of 2000 ft.
270 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatie Shrews. [No. 3,
CrocrpuRA (P.) STOLICZKANA, 0. 8s.
Snout rather short, and broad anteriorly, not densely clad; ears not large but well developed, sparsely clad with short hairs ; feet well developed but not large, and rather thinly clothed with short pale-coloured hairs ; claws moderately long and pale yellow. ‘Tail not swollen at the base, some- what tetragonal, sparsely covered with short brown hairs, with intermixed whitish hairs which are deep black or brownish in the lower halves; tail finely ringed, 55 rings to the half inch. Snout, hands, feet and upper surface of the tail yellowish-brown, paler on the under-surface of the tail. Fur soft, silky, moderately long, dull brown above, and dark gray on the under-parts.
Length, tip ot snout to venb;.. 2s. Ros. eh toed. Ae Se in. 2°50 on) Remora ah era, Para eb eda, a RSID PA hdd A 1:90 JP AOEMMUINEL TOOL, ct. do i lawis'c ea munis Seek cba ts cae oe ee 0:50 Pe SOOUS FOIE, os deipd veges vans ss hys be eee eae kemoee Gee ke oe 0°40 gy MOVE MO, RAY, ad cu sise os~ coh sealvpaiele’ Seneran aagow em speeney - enema 0-16 PRS Ub SO WN ac cccmese sss ns apne oh ace be ghGp Ceattn oeaet Cee ae eee 0:25 Presa el WL BAL, . < 55 .gisdiw cin eatin Res cese sao be Roe eee ea 0:23
The first upper incisors are well developed, meeting in the mesial line, anteriorly and downwardly directed, with but little backward curve. There is a small but well developed tubercle on the inner side of the posterior portion which is sharp and conical. The second incisor is very large, broader than the third and the canine, and downwardly projected to almost the same level as the tip of the chief cusp of the first molar. The third incisor is slightly smaller than the canine. The premolar is about two- thirds of the size of the third incisor, but its tip is considerably below the level of the point of the anterior cusp of the first molar ; it lies immediately be- hind the canine and is almost wholly visible externally. The skull is young, but the species does not appear to attain to any great size, and it probably
does not exceed, when fully adult, more than 3 inches in length, exclusive of the tail.
Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ......... in. 0°66 Breadth across wmaxillea EA scenes cos sews ponies ome oo oe 0:23 » abovevand behind infraorbital foramen,-<..................0..0e0s 0-17 » * anterior to ‘brain case, ..5).5...c0.c++> Sse. cased phen sep een nnn 0°19 » external to glenoid fosse, ..3..500\ ven). das ua. ony os pone 0°30 " i tO GYMPAaNIG, ooo. sos see oad ones ee -n6 ses eae 0°32 Length of upper alveolar line, ......2.2....3hese.ce 0» sss 0-000 esee nnn . 0:32 Condyle of lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line, .,............000s 0°39
Hab.—Bombay. Dr. Stoliezka.
i uJ
1877. | J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. 271
Crocrpura (P.) macrotis, Anderson.
Sorex peyrottetii, Blyth, (in part.) Journ. As. Soc. Vol. XVI (1847) p. 1275.
Sorex nudipes, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. XXIV, 1855, p. 34, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVII, 1856, p. 21; Wagner, Schreber, Satigeth, Vol. V, Suppl. 1856, p. 805.
Pachyura nudipes, Blyth, Fitzinger Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien. 1868, p. 172, Andr. Proc. Zoo. Soc. 1873, p. 2381.
Snout seminude, long, and rather broad across the incisors, with the nasal portion attenuated. ars very large and rather patulous, their ante- ro-posterior breadth equalling two-thirds of the distance from their lower angles to the tip of the snout; sparsely covered with short brown hairs on their outer, and partially so, on their inner surface. Limbs rather feeble, shortly haired from the elbow and knee downwards; feet only sparsely covered with short brown hairs which are paler on the toes which are rather short. Claws well developed. ‘Tail equalling the length of the trunk, rounded, tapering and ringed, nearly nude in appearance, owing to the shortness of the brown hairs which sparsely clothe it; moderately long, white hairs interspersed as usual. Fur very short, shining dark-brown above, which is also the colour of the upper surfaces of the snout and tail ; lower half of ears, chin and feet, yellowish-brown.
Adult ? Length, tip of snout to vent,.............c.ccecee ees ae clin ene in. 1°75 Date OF GAL Locate. NE a iy PER Fock ns Sans toes nes wn'e vd oeegeee 1:27 6 ESTTEES SSS TRS Saees BO a doe cnn Ah ee ee 0°34 ee atrCerh GE OVC cite trce mi Rad at vee dae elk ous wees de vs none aeveee 0:30 PE MCE COL GAT cron Nee cia PM oiaahat Boece ie ncda ven ee 20s hg. ckace eende deus es 0°14 NSN, Chak Cot RU LU Ta VIL g sos cap ANF RNS. S ea eles shaves cadens ccd oneame 0 20 RIUM tts, ee Sahl oer gta Geo as, = hans hd and h dans venue dbed vad ceeded 0:24
The first upper incisors are rather widely apart, directed forwards and downwards. A well developed tubercle on the inner side of the posterior portion which is conically pointed. The second incisor is large and more than equalling the longitudinal length of the third and canine ; the third incisor is only a little smaller than the canine; the premolar is placed behind the canine and has a sharp point and is visible externally, but its point is much above the level of the point of the anterior cusp of the first molar: the chief cusp of this last mentioned tooth is but little longer than the second incisor.
272 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. [No. 3, 3 ?
Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, in. 0°45 in. 0:50
Breadth ‘across ‘maxilla... 2.240. 21 Viussened. eb bs dL 0) oe oleh heck eae 0-18 — » behind infraorbital foramen, <2... .4.cs.-s:esscen see eee ee 0-14 90) apterior to brain Case, 1.(2\),.10. 70 Ae. lalla tee ae 0°16 ;,.' external to:glenoml feséa,, 6i.1 2. .Us0 dee ee eee 0°20 0:24 Ss . bo bymMpaMmic,, «5.0 kbs sida kop Sede Mera 0:25 0:27
Length of upper alveolar line, ........... x3 O20 0:20 » irom condyle of lower jaw to end co BBs re: st a 0:25 0:23
Blyth in describing this species stated that 1t was “remarkable for its naked feet and very large ears ; also for the odoriferous glands on the sides being strongly developed, whereas we can detect them in no other of these minute species.’’ 'The feet however of the type specimens, named in Blyth’s own handwriting, appear to be quite as well haired, if not more so than in some other species, and, moreover, the glands on the sides are not peculiar to it as a small species, because they also occur in the two following species which are minute shrews. As the character assigned by Blyth, viz., naked feet is misleading, I have re-named this species after its distin- guishing feature, namely, its large ears. |
It is closely allied to OC. (P.) perrottetii from the Nilgiris but is distinguished from it by the character of its teeth, the first incisor being well curved with a prominent eminence at the base, and the first intermediate tooth being large and conical. Its body also is heavier than is C. perrottetit, Duvernoy, which resembles it in its large ears.
Inhabits 'Tenasserim.
Crocipura (P.) NITIDOFULYVA.
Sorex melanodon,* Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, 1855, Vol. XXIV, p. 33. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 17, 1856, p. 20.
Sorex (Paradoxodon) melanodon, Wagner, Schreber Suppl. Vol. V, 1855 p. 805.
Paradoxodon melanodon, Fitzinger, Sitsgb. Ak. Wiss. Wien. 1868, p. 134.
Pachyura melanodon, Blyth, Andr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878.
Snout pointed, but little swollen across the incisors and only partially clad with short brown hairs. ars not very full, only moderately projecting,
* Wagler in 1833 (Isis, p. 54) named a red toothed shrew, Sorex melanodon ( = 8. vulgaris). If we regard the genus Crocidura as of the same rank as Sorex, there is no necessity why this Shrew should be re-named on the ground that both forms are co- generic. But an altogether different consideration induces me to suggest another name for this shrew, v7z., that its teeth are not black, but white.
1877. | J. Anderson—LNew and little known Asiatic Shrews. 273
seminude. Limbs rather feeble, seminude in lower portion of legs ; the upper surface of the feet only sparsely clad with short whitish hairs. Claws well developed, yellowish. General] colour of animal, shining brown above, and on the feet and tail yellowish, under surface grayish brown with a silvery sheen. Fur short, soft and silky. Tail tapering, rounded, not quite equalling the length of the trunk, ringed and only very sparsely covered with short brown hairs, with longer white hairs intermixed.
Adolescent ¢ Fully adult ¢
Peer tdpOL SNOTIE CO VeONb ss oon. cccnenedasdsanece isaces in. 1°67 in. 1°80 RNG 2h se i a an rch x gunh o ebs cig Me desing ewes 1:08 1:05 A OCU ia. a Ae ek cnet ak debonair eaiares 0:32 0°32 MONEE OF SMOUD LOCV Cy ees ali n3h fs son ten ep shad ates 0:27 0:27 PICO cnn. wag oth aida g Cade he a ve ctse Sa glee + da, 0:17 0-17
OG OE CAR. oy ihe. ase aeeredacech aRisye. eee eee 0:19 0:18
EMMRMEAGREN OUT 7 (2.0. ks an ous oneeh aod Pay Asad seh cs ee 0:15 0-16
The first incisors are considerably apart anteriorly, rather short and projected forwards and downwards, a small tubercle on the inside of the posterior portion. The hinder portion of the tooth is relatively large for the size of the tooth. The second incisor is more than the breadth of: the third and the canine, and is rather shortly pointed. The canine is some- what larger than the third incisor. The premolar is very minute and is wedged in between the canine and first molar and is partially visible externally. Its point is much above the level,of the cusp on the anterior _ border of the first molar and the apex of the latter is somewhat below the level of the point of the second incisor. There is a slight eminence on the external margin of the lower incisors near their free ends.
g ?
Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, in. 0°48 in. 0:47
Remi gerogs ANAxIIAC, 80 oobi fed. dull). as hiss ee dee cdo. Gis 0-16 0-18 ayy io DENG iniraor brea) Loramens! ioe. is. 0... edacve-sendde es 0-12 0-12 », anterior to brain case, ...... Se OR OEE coer ero eee O15 0-15 i reese beniiad ac) SIEN@s POSH, 0.45) 65:3 Lie sng ede db. tet ds 0:20 0:21 = a! SOU YOUU Hy 514. ARS Wy. Ueda) Hele ae 0:24 0°25
Length from condyle of lower jaw to end of alveolar line, ... 0°27» Stee Upper abvreqian WHO. 4 brikuie- dy. willbe le do 0:23 0:22 5» lower UE sad AM okade. Suds. F7d. Gatien hee 0:14 0:13
The skull of the type of 8. melanodon, Blyth, is that of a young animal, and the character which suggested to Blyth the term 8. melanodon was
; é 274 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatie Shrews. [No. 3,
doubtless due to the blood of the pulp coagulating in the tooth and shining through the translucent structure, as the teeth of none of these specimens which are undoubtedly identical with S. melanodon ever exhibited any trace of pigment on the outer surface of the teeth.
It inhabits Lower Bengal (Calcutta) and the valley of the Brahma-
putra to Goalpara.
CrocipuRA (P.) NILGIRICA, n. s.
Form small, slender. Head long, somewhat flattened; snout rather broad, but long and rather abruptly rounded towards the nostrils. Snout densely haired, and moustachial bristles rather numerous. Lars of moder- ate size and not hidden, rounded and sparsely clad with short hairs. Limbs clad to the wrist and ankle, and the upper surface of the feet sparsely clad, Claws well developed and sharp; pads of feet rather prominent. Tail equals about the length from the vent to the front of the shoulder, not swollen at the base, finely ringed, about 12 to 18 rings to the one-tenth of an inch; numerous short strong hairs between the rings, with scattered, long black hairs. Fur short, dense and velvety ; general colour, snout, ears, tail and upper surface of limbs, deep fuliginous velvety black, paler below
with a silvery lustre. Claws yellowish. Adult male.
Hieneih trom tip Of Snow TO Vent, eA). cises oo.ocs conte soos tes eay ream in. 1°78 tee OT WOM” ne sage eee aeeree waa tet cacbers bet stoe es «ke cere e eee 1:12 he. A MUNIN LOOU, ches fies sonsie Gates re ons Poe epee ee sate ee 0°35
Gterstt tok ears) see... esnne Be fo cieehint sles stbens teeth sats ate O15
Breadth of ear 1. ise bed ade sae soane nwetess cesees cee Speen.) 5a
The skull proves this specimen to be fully adult, as the sutures on the base of the cranium are obliterated. A small portion of the occipital has been broken off, but sufficient remains on one side to indicate that the fora- men magnum has been very large ; measured from the inferior border of the foramen magnum to the end of the palate anteriorly, the total length of the adult skull is only 0-45. The condyles are large, and there-is a consi- derable concavity or depression immediately over the temporal fossa. The most marked feature of the skull is the character of the teeth, more espe- cially of the first upper incisor which is short and but little if at all hooked and destitute of the marked eminence at its base posteriorly which is so distinctive of the generality of shrews. There is a slight indication of the position of the eminence on the outer side of the tooth, but no more, and the tip of the first intermediate tooth is but little below the basal portion of the first incisor, and the immediately succeeding teeth gradually diminish in size to the fourth intermediate tooth which is well developed,
1877. | J. Anderson—Wew and little known Asiatic Shrews. 275
and in the line of the teeth before it, and almost wholly visible externally. The anterior portions of the crowns of these three teeth are rather sharply pointed. The apex of the crown of the first molar is on a level with the base of the first incisor. The last tooth has two distinct cusps. The condyle of the lower jaw is not divided by a notch. :
Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ............ in. 0.45 IE RRC TOES oy 5 occu ov Beer wavy oo cvieg + essex edu e sve }@By ddedntodsewere 0:17 », at posterior border of infraorbital foramen, .................6605 0°16 a ay muddle dt frontal Gontraction, «05.60 icssvivee hs (uo ice dae Yes 0°13 PP CELCENAL GO ClONGIG LOS, , 1. saaimemisineeinaeven bos SMEs de rede whe 0:21 ve eee bor AUC OP Canale: ALONe stiad. dsitdds V0 i ai ie dislce PRs oe 0:26 meee ee per TON. OF GCCUD,... 5s. oscused-nssane: Sad dede Li loSal se vasevih soe 0'21 MRCOG ey ee a Pe ead. Sho ieee. 01 hac) Cert: EE O14
Inhabits the Nilgiris, and the two specimens, exactly alike, were procured at Utakamand. The Indian Museum is indebted to Colonel Beddome for these two specimens of this small, black shrew which is at once distinguished from the other minute shrew of the Nilgiris C. perrottetiz by its much smaller ears. |
CROCIDURA (PH.) TRAVANCORENSIS, n. s.
Head more elongated before the ear than in P. nitidofulva; ears moderately developed and sparsely clad; feet seminude, with short white hairs, hardly hiding the scaly skin. Claws well developed, sharp. Tail equalling the length of the trunk without the head, not swollen at the base, tetragonal, scaly, ringed, 43 rings to the quarter inch, not obscured by the hairs which are extremely few and short, those at the tip being longer. Long white hairs interspersed. Fur very short dense and soft; reddish brown above, the under surface grayish, with a warm tint, silvery in certain lights. Feet yellowish-brown. ‘Tail above, concolorous with the upper surface of the body.
re)
Length from tip of snout to vent,............60. Peso hids. <adiiants eee in. 1°66 RR et Pe late re TN sv ss coigteus ov ekeeieps core knm's wold ceeege bi CRM, Ne ge te ak CS ook Zoo i osicewngnovvl ana save ctue teenies 0:31
De Oe Oa Pe Oe STIG TR CYC o.oo en cdecenenn vaviten tees sessecnnicrsuaoueg 0:30
‘ DOOR ee ie acadls cy aiesige cig de gece stu tens ae naa comida 0-14: ee ee EN ey pend Sow iidie fio icv hacancetetn iu? scveeyoddgeaas bee Mswene 0:19 Sema ERED FUR eG ci oa Seals vi edna pig vs Ook vaievde ceorcemaneeeean 0-21
The skull has the facial portion more elongated than in C. nitidofulva.
The front upper incisor is short and directed downwards, and the
posterior portion of the tooth has a small tubercle on its inner side, and is 35
276 J. Anderson—WNew and little known Asiatic Shrews. — [No. 8,
large and rather sharply pointed. The second is considerably larger than the third incisor and the canine combined, and its apex reaches as far down- wards as the anterior point of the first incisor. The third incisor and the canine are of equal breadth, the first of the two being the longer. The small premolar is largely visible externally although it lies between the canine and first molar. There is a slight swelling on the outer border of the lower incisor near its free end.
$ Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille,............ in. 0°49 Breadth across ma xilss, «.. s.c55c0sedeee nay ved ledudew sued Cevedues <4at hee 0:18 7 aabehind aniraorbital foramen, 222.5. ).65,001 sts 8. sh oe eee 0:13 jy 4 DOLORES IbFAaln GARE, & J duscsnes cde esieals abeatsuee vec oh tee Renee 0-15 Dues Oxpernal to, glenoid Losses, vi sels. vs.s0-cus deoceays )esomerane Oe 0:20 4 53.) BO PYMPAMICS 1155. he che een cand eeeseoteseay eee 0:26
Length from condyle of lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line,... 0:25 », of upper alveolar line, aga yy LOWEN,
This small South Indian shrew is distinguished from the small shrew of Bengal and the valley of the Brahmaputra by the absence of a lateral gland, by its more elongated skull, larger ears and longer tail.
Inhabits Travancor.
CrocrmpuRA (P.) BIDIANA, 0. 8s.
Snout long and pointed. ars moderately large and round, and rather well haired. Feet large and seminude; the lower halves of the radial and tibial portions are also seminude ; claws with rather long sharp curved points. Tail not much swollen at the base, equalling the length of the trunk and one half of the head, well covered with short brown hairs, with long whitish hairs intermixed, their bases being dark brown. Snout, ears and feet, pale reddish brown, tail darker. Fur long, fine and dense, 0°35 in length, reddish brown above and below, the basal portion of the fur, as usual, being dark slaty. The under surface has also a grayish gloss.
Length, tip of snout to vent,.............0606 edishweetwperevageacs ana in. 3°20 gp OE MM SS eri Sie cad ann cee ven hae ce pan ene as tae ete 2°60 5 OL Bind Toot, f... sasuuawnd on) sub ¥0eis bd Seu tee erect antes ty cae 0°80 5» | tip’OE snout bo CYS, «6. 2). is livs ia ckcadecdite ven sexs scneeeeeennn 0:70 5. UBy¥e Bo Caria.) tedaaceciee cove WF ov Male vias ots Laces fad bd a O27 micight Of,60T,) cin <sn: diwdeucs she «Sunes veaad als hes eeeeeeen ee in dived an 0:27
Breadth of ear, .......40 ca veda ales vido gy ¥vus pole aaa dx Oba bapvis emt enn
es i
1877. | J. Anderson—WNew and little known Asiatic Shrews. 277
The foregoing specimen is a male with nearly all the sutures of the skull obliterated. The upper incisors are not very prominent and but little curved, and there is a small, but well defined tubercle on the inner side of the posterior portion of these teeth forming a sharp conical cusp. The second incisor is large and nearly equals the length of the chief cusp of the first molar. The third incisor and canine are almost of equal size, but the latter, as is generally the case, is slightly larger than the former. The premolar is small and wedged in between the canine and the first molar, is sharply conical, and nearly wholly visible externally. The anterior cusp on the first molar is small and rather blunt, and considerably above the level of the point of the canine. There is a minute eminence on the outside of the lower incisor near its tip. The total length of the upper line of tooth is 0-45.
The skull unfortunately met with an accident before it was measured. This shrew would appear to attain to a greater size than C. serpentarius and to be a medium-sized species. ‘The smaller and more rounded ears, and the short interval between the eye and the ear, its larger size and the presence of a lateral gland separate it from C. rubicunda ; and its strong feet distinguish it from C. stolicekana.
The Museum is indebted for this species to Dr. Bidie of the Madras Central Museum, whose name [ have associated with it.
(No lateral gland.) CrocipuRA (P.) RUBICUNDA, 0. s.
Snout long and pointed, not much swollen across the moustachial re- gion, well haired. ars largé, round, very sparsely haired, rather long white hairs on the flaps. Feet slender, covered with short, nearly white hairs so as to obscure the skin and projecting over the yellow claws which are rather large and curved at the points. ‘Tail equalling the distance from the vent to the middle of the ear measured along the side, slightly swollen at the base, round, and rather thickly clad with longish pale yellow, almost white hairs, with long white hairs intermixed. Muzzle, ears, feet and tail, pale yellowish. Fur rather long and soft, and pale rusty fawn. Under parts gray suffused with fawn.
Wetec, Gip Of SHOU TOVEME Slo. ec see cco cosesceee dee veecvecte cas veeeete in. 3°40 CSM D PR ge Rr ITN tree, duce teY ceoccotedde ws dee tSelas sas vedeve ferme 2°30 et? Om Hint foot, 020.04... OPEN EC ae UR rican co cea 0:64 Peet UIPLOE SHOW CO CYC... ie. eeeve cece sven ceeeeetoneer eee carensesens 0°63 PR OR GON COU aioli, vlbenw co's sav cnpase « nbd dew sev sey sessivescsasecsuenWepuege 0:36 Ue Ce eh dase la dwobe tab deter vee AEE Rey 0°33
Vr aoth 01 Co Oa 0 See eer Tere arene ee oer eee 0°40
278 J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatic Shrews. [| No. 8,
The first upper incisors of this female are longer, stronger and more curved than in the adolescent male of C. b¢diana, and there is no tubercle on, the inside of the posterior portion of the tooth which is not so sharply pointed as in CO. bidiana. The second incisor is also a broader and more blunted tooth than in that species, and the third incisor is notably smaller than the canine. The premolar is largely visible externally. The lower incisors are notched in the middle, and their points are not so upwardly bent as in O. bidiana.
4
Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille,............ in. 0°93 Breadth across aaaxahe. | 4.4... 4. vis: (b> codes sends Gedes tak arenes eee 0°32 »/ o Behind sartraprbital Torameny!).2.4). 2507 adesee. fey ape 0:20
jp ehore brain Case,” .:.0..2.1.a deus: denne sees cutee seioe Se eee 0:25.
jue @xtermal to, plenoid. fossa: ; $j. Phar. Mahe vie 0:39
55.) 5 UO “byMIpaMey ads tes ods A de cot Cae Ue. Oe 0°42
asa ox upper alveolar ling, : i). 2j:/605.4, 04 i)... poo 8. Sent ome ee 0°49,
» irom condyle of lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line,... 052
The only specimen is from Parisnath, where it was found by Dr. Stoliczka.
CrocripurA (P.) SUBFULVA, N. Ss.
Crocidura murina, Andr. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. XLI, 1872, p. 228.
Snout rather short and broad: ears moderately developed, rather flat- tened above and rounded posteriorly and sparsely clad with pale-coloured hairs. Feet moderately large, and tolerably well clad, with pale-coloured hairs which ~ hang over the claws which are yellow and strong. The tail equals the length of the trunk and is not swollen at the base, but it is rather thick throughout and somewhat abruptly tapers towards the point, and it is some- what tetragonal. It is relatively well clad with short pale hairs which hide the rings, and at the point the hairs form an imperfect pencil: long white | hairs are intermixed. The snout, ears, feet and tail are pale yellowish-brown a! the tail paler on its under surface. General colour of the upper surface pale fawn; silvery gray on the under parts.
Tip of snout to vent 1°90; tail 1°30; hind foot 0°42.
Front upper incisors directed foenanla and downwards, posterior por- tion moderately developed and sharply conical, a very feeble but distinct tubercle on the inside. Second incisor large, sharply pointed and nearly equalling in length the first tooth, twice as broad as the third incisor and canine. ‘The premolar is very minute and wedged in between the canine and first molar and is partially visible externally.
1877. | J. Anderson—WNew and little known Asiatic Shrews. 279
Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxillw, ......... in. 0°62 mm EREEY. SOCOM DUAR. acy civ aks cs cadeaccesaveatisd Vein titeki ae. Une 0:23 re LeECL THEPAOPDAGAL LOPAMNOT, «44.44 .csuds vesbes cas neuen vee bbeoi neha 0:12 PoP GEE. LOUIE CABG. | «cc acs sudas €¥ewuscndsancbades one GOAL ANAL ED: 0:20 Pee ecietanl (OG Slevoid LOSS, ..<..s0is cesansonky Oe ede i panne 0:26 ¥ SOE EO UV ISUP ANIC, cig cnniernslinn tousere sats budyon irene eh Mae ee 4 0°30 mere Oman per alyveaqlat Line, <6... cancssnnc nunca ueecannascnasonthlemeeths 0:32 » trom condyle lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line, ...... 0°36
These are rather young shrews, but from the condition of the skull of which I have given the measurements, it is apparent that the animal does not attain to a much larger size. It might be mistaken for the young of C. bidiana, or C. rubicunda, but the teeth being complete it is evident from the measurements of the upper dental line that its teeth are considerably smaller than the teeth of either of these species.
This species was discovered in Khach by Dr. Stoliczka who remarked that it was far from common.
Crocipura (P.) Pr@MmorpEs, Andr.
Sorex peyrottetii, Blyth, (in part) Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Vol. XVI, 1847, p. 1276.
Sorex micronyx, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Vol. XXIV, 1855, p. 33, (in part) ; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVII, 2nd series 1856, p- 20 (in part) ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 85, (in part).
Pachyura micronyx, Blyth, Fitzinger, Sitzgsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1868, p..171, (in part) Andr. Proc. Zoo. Soc. 1873, p. 231.
Snout rather long, narrow and pointed ;.well clad. Ears well developed and prominent, sparsely clad with short hairs, feet well developed, rather long and slender, the hind foot being especially larger than in C. nitido- fulva, Andr. Toes moderately long, claws strong and curved. Lower portion of both anterior and posterior limbs clad with short brown hairs. Feet rather sparsely clad with short brown hairs. Tail rather long, somewhat tetragonal, and nearly equalling the length of the trunk and half of the head, ringed, 35 rings to quarter of an inch, rather densely covered with short brown hairs which nearly hide the rings. Long white interspersed hairs. Fur rather short, soft and silky. General colour rich, deep, rusty brown. Snout pale rufous brown, feet yellowish brown. Under-parts brownish with a marked silvery sheen.
280 J. Anderson—WNew and little known Asiatie Shrews. [ No. 3,
z Length, tip of snout $0 Vent, cise. ics ses veeteserewserdeisetees ven baehente rane in. 1:85 nT) £1) | PMMA ere ue fa 1°40 gt OL Dnind Booty... (A ivecwesescwaiaeiolablnen en balicin SUM TCe LALA eNn eae mena 0:37 39, itp.OF SNOUL MO CYC, occas ceedaceces ste) deemeey apmeae ees eee ee . OSE op) YC FO. CAT)... sence ese ynu ote dasensckuensnueeuiey ceeded ceeiE enn 0-15 Height of CBB it ces cas vwnnioiire's Comin ece-es isle wiieschelgle ea UUAD alec inte dt eee 0:20 Broeadth.of €ary 50) 2 Aas eae aE ae A es Phe ee ee 0:23
Anterior incisors well developed ; posterior portion with no internal pro- cess of the cingulum; conical point, slightly directed backwards. Second incisor large, broader than the conjoint 3rd incisor and canine which have the usual relations ; premolar placed behind the canine, visible externally. The anterior cusp of the first molar large, its point almost on the same level as the point of the canine; the point of the chief cusp of the first molar is nearly on the same level as abe point of the first incisor,
Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille,............ in. 0'50 Breadéh across max lee.) sis cuss ses sveess cv ae enccedus hab ton ved een 0:19 ,, - behind infraorbital foramen, .z. .¢.45 2.04 sel oD. a 0-14 x) prone Worai GAse, © 5 M88 oi 5s oul staseaves ote pus we wales ee 0:15 ,' “external to glenord Tossa; fo yc..8 5 Wis adedees eeaece-s cea 0:23 . if .. PO MyM paMmie, +. 05 S60) fa fees one sag ee eee 0:27 Length of lower jaw, condyle to anterior end of alveolar line, ......... 0:26 3 OF upper alveolar line Oe. fc. oc. 5 J. ca. ads dss ony ges tanh oe poe 0°13 » of lower by W072, Sede ecea seers bape ofan site egpeen tenn 0°13
Habitat, Himalayas.
Sub-genus Crocrpura, Wagler. (Lateral gland.) CrocripuRa (Cr.) RUBRICOSA, Nn. Ss.
Snout pyramidal, moderately broad, well clad ; nostrils, rounded, divided, but not much prolonged. Ears of moderate size and sparsely clad. Limbs in their lower halves sparsely clothed ; also the feet which are, however, cover- ed with short brown hairs, long over the claws which are well developed but not much curved. Tail mouse-like, equalling the distance from the vent to the angle of the mouth, somewhat tetragonal, not swollen at the base, ringed, densely covered with short brown hairs, the long white hairs con- fined to the basal third of the tail. Reddish brown above, more rufous on the head and snout. Feet, and under-surface of tail paler, yellowish brown, Under-parts grayish brown with a prevailing silvery sheen.
1877. | J. Anderson—New and little known Asiatie Shrews. 281
g Gir, Gap OL SNOW TO VOUDy sic lévive tie vvaeeesdaceeepwetiacrwens tree tan in. 2°85 BN UAE Saale chee is oud ve eund y4siad peau igilaxATHV ya aekineh RUELE: DOttC eRe 2°20 PUNE Cee TIRHLCR EOOU 2 51): : .ovccvexs .02tbc ie atansdo'dus deo ucatomameacen tee tueeiel 0°56 BHP Erk SOUL TO CY Os 256.60. ce aca cededdgad vent epeds ca¥ dtiapercrervieyn 0°50 DU ERO 0s is codec oc by ce pide ba sa eab ead cadeneagtshandabedtereeMens 0°21 MBNNN CIEE DENT 705 dan he Sie osc ihite nieve bigdanevsecas edavecgiii1? OeReeeee 0°26 ENE CPR foro cc ele pi a's ccc BOR ak le Ge ens Raha cg dada ah ov ROE RPS 0:29
The skull of this species is moderately elongated, with the upper, front incisors close together anteriorly, but not touching, and there is a well de- fined tubercle on the inside of the posterior portion of the teeth which is narrow, sharp and conical. The second incisor is large and equals the third incisor and canine, the former being somewhat smaller than the latter. The anterior cusp on the first molar is sharply defined but wholly developed from the cingulum. There is a marked tubercle on the outer margin of the lower incisor and anterior to the middle.
$ 2 Anterior border of foramen magnum to premaxille,......... in. 0°72 in. 0°65 pe ee POSS MAND fic occ cd occ cde ess dos cedvencciiaccseccdevss 0:27 0:25 uunenid, méraorbital foramen. isyys6dece sedate sueace- sede) 0-18 0:19 Pr mecwiOr tO Draltl CASC,. iiss ccsdcassay cacsss sds noc cadteeninses 0:23 0:22 Pr exvcrnah ta olenoid, Losses 4.5. .2¥dvesexess es ded see cesses des 0°32 0:30 .. Para: WOR NY URDAMIC TY fide nk rem mre i kiad ceveed his cdod aes 0:37 0 35 Length of lower jaw, condyle to anterior end of alveolar line, 0-41 0°39 Pree mapper avcolar IMG, yo scsd ree dneede oe gtslesdiaecadeoeses 0:36 0°35 », of lower - SPMSATUE NS AN) Sead ke eeeiisda Une eiviaseat 0°21 0°30
The female which yielded this skull had her uterus enlarged, whilst the basi-occipital suture was perfectly intact, and her teeth surfaces unground.
This species was discovered by Mr. 8. H. Peal, Sibsagar, Assam, but the Museum has since obtained specimens from Purniah, Charaptinji, and the Garo Hills.
(No lateral gland.) CRocIDURA (Cr.) KINGIANA, N. §.
Snout moderately long, somewhat pointed and not densely clad. Ears not prominent. Feet rather narrow and small, with dark coloured pads ; claws strong and curved; lower portion of limbs partially clad; upper surfaces of feet with short whitish hairs. Tail equalling the distance be- tween the vent and the tip of the lower lip ; slightly swollen at the base ; somewhat tetragonal; sparsely covered with very short dark brown hairs, -
282 J. Anderson—WNew and little known Asiatic Shrews. [No. 8,
and a few long white hairs along its basal half. Fur dense, moderately long, velvety, dark brown above, gray or silvery brown below. Snout conco- lorous with the body ; feet yellowish brown.
o Length;-tip of snout to venty icke ic eerie Vee hee a ee in. 8:20. MS eo Evtands ci fhrscc alee neh eee pare seh inc Sea eS 753 20k Cen Olen 2 42 1 ~ OE Tina Pooh 135 cisee ghee tet icedss hoi ay cee ee Cees eee 0°60 5 > -byp of smoubl toreyes of: corcisc1. heen tse ee eee 0°51 op. = RYO MO WANS. psec ceset ahs ca tastiek sah Seaso cee ph ee ase hoe an 0:22 STG GE ar ie ee eee a eran Meecdt oat one okie ci ee 0:28 Breadeh. far ee ee ee eee eee ee etn aan er 0°30
The front, upper incisors are close together and thus produce a more pointed snout than in C. fuliginosa. A well developed, tubercular eminence on the inside of the posterior portion which has a sharply pointed cusp, this portion of the tooth in C. fuliginosa being more blunt. ‘The second and third incisors and canine have much the same form as in C. fuliginosa but they are smaller. The first molar is smaller and its anterior cusp is considerably less than in that species.
Anterior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille, ......... in. 0°73 Mreadth 'derokstnaxillee 2. coc. cles aadicacddedscaeeeq Gadel. td Ud. Len eis ae 0°27 ), bebind infracrbital’ foramen,,......+.s0200). 3) dah. Oe eee 0°19 ), | <bekdke brain. Case; 54: ca.sctcaskeredsiees nied gdawanaekene Chae 0-21 3, _ external to glenoid fossx, » i.....5.0. celeb seecescee ele tee cee ses Seulttennann _ yy. ho byanpamic,. |. 6.02 toes ees teed gel bean ee 0:37 Length from condyle of lower jaw to anterior end of alveolar line,... 0°22 » . Of upper alveolar line, -.. ...../.osu-:eceeet-s «denen a0 0°36 » Of lower a py Ulli d pate k Cetol SORES AE. KORE eal iifioaeee 0:21
This species which is closely allied to C. (Or.) fuliginosa is yet distin- guished from it, among other details in its structure by its narrower feet, although it is a larger form. .
It inhabits Sikkim, whence the Museum received it from Dr. King, along with some other interesting, small mammals.
Genus SORICULUS, Blyth. (Wo lateral gland.) . SoRICULUS GRACILICAUDA, 0. 8.
Snout pyramidal, pointed, not very thickly clad. Hars moderately large» rounded, almost hidden, and clad externally with rather long hairs on their - inner surfaces and their margins, The upper and lower halves of the ear
aaa a
1877.) R. Lydekker—WNotes on the Mammalian Fauna, &e. 283
are almost opposed to each other and the antitragus is thickened and placed against the orifice. The feet are rather broad and with longish claws; the lower portion of the limbs is semi-nude ; the upper surface of the feet scaly, a few brownish hairs on the dorsi, with still fewer on the toes ; a few long hairs projecting over the claws. Tail coarsely scaly-ringed, almost naked, but with a few short, brown hairs, with no long hairs intermixed; not swolleu at the base ; tetragonal, long, narrow and tapering, and equalling the length of the trunk and head ; no longer hairs at the tip. Fur dense and rather long, not velvety, but soft ; dark slaty in its hidden portion, the visible portion being broadly tipped with brown, the general colour of this red-toothed shrew.
Remerine vig) OL Stub, EO VEDE, ject) Me es Sil ldaedl dlsde vec ace in, 2°35 ETS eh ee Se ea en 213 EEE SSS SAS Ene ive rc Alm DONS AME ees Sane ee oe 0°52 Pome di snout to eye; 2/100 Se. 48 Op ABO Sz, baa 8 0:45
POR CIR EH Sa gos A soten cir ae ocd Rita e doce cues dbs dean dl 0:20
The upper front incisors are close together and are small, the posterior portions of the teeth are not acutely pointed. Second incisor rather rounded at the point and not very much larger than the third incisor which is larger than the canine; the tip of the latter tooth is slightly longer than the ante- rior, external, small cusp of the first molar. The central cusp of the last mentioned tooth is sharply conical but feeble, and its tip is on a level with the point of the third incisor. The points only of the intermediate teeth and the central cusp of the first molar are fully tipped with reddish, and in the lower jaw, only the incisors and canines show a feeble touch of pigment.
This shrew was found in Sikkim by Mr. W. T. Blanford.
a —eaooeeoeeeeeeeer ee eee
IX.—Notes on the Mammalian Fauna of the Wardwin and Upper Chinab Valleys—By R. Lyprexxer, B. A., Geological Survey of India. (Recd. July 11th,—Read August 1st, 1877.)
Knowing the great importance, at the present time, of authenticated lists of the faunas of different districts, [ have thought it worth while to bring to the notice of the Society, the following observations on the mam- malian fauna, of the valleys of the Wardwdn and upper Chinab rivers, made by me during a tour of these regions, in the course of my profession- al duties. The country noticed includes the greater part of the course of the WardwAn river, (namely, the part from Inshin, to its junction with the Chindb river) ; and also the valley of the Chinab from Kishtwar upwards - to the point where this river divides into the two smaller streams of the
36
284 R. Lydekker—Notes on the Mammalian Fauna [No. 3,
Chandra and the Bagha, in British Lahtl. The country 1s particularly interesting as being the border land between the Tibetan region on the one hand, and the so-called Himalayan region on the other.
The list of mammalia, given in the present paper, is confessedly imper- fect, as it takes scarcely any notice of the micro-mammalia and none of the Chiroptera; while such larger mammalia as are noticed are chiefly those which have come under my own observation, or of which I have seen fresh- ly-killed skins or skulls; I think, however, that the list of larger mammalia is tolerably complete.
PRIM ZETES.
Of this order I believe only two species exist in the region at present under consideration,—viz., Inuus rhesus and Semnopithecus (Presbytis) schistaceus.
Inuus rhesus I have observed only in the Chindb valley, a short dis- tance above Kishtwar, at an elevation of about 5600 feet ; Jerdon in his “Mammals of India” mentions the occurrence of this species in the Hima- laya, at an elevation of 5000 feet, as being the highest range of which he knew.
Semnopithecus schistaceus ranges to greater heights than the last species, and is not unfrequently seen in pine trees when covered with snow ; in our district this species ranges from a short distance above Kishtwar up the Wardwan valley as far as the village of Mart or Petgam which has an elevation of about 7500 feet, beyond which point I did not observe it. In the Chinab valley I saw large numbers of this species near the village of Seri, or Sereri, at an elevation a little below 9000 feet ; I think it does not range much further up the valley than the above-mentioned village. According to Jerdon the species has been observed at greater elevations than those here mentioned. |
CARNIVORA.
felis pardus is extremely common throughout the greater part of the Wardwan and upper Chindb valleys ; in the latter I picked up a portion of a skull as far up as the village of Tindi. The species ranges to a consi- derable height in pursuit of Ibex. :
Helis tigris ; I have been told by a friend that an individual of this species was killed some years ago in the Wardwan: even if this be true, the species can only be regarded as an occasional straggler into these regions.
felis wncia ; of this species I have seen two skins of individuals which were killed on the southern side of the great snowy range separating the Chinab valley from Zanskar ; I believe the species has never been found to the south of the Chindb, nor can I hear of its occurrence in Wardwan : its proper home is undoubtedly the Tibetan region.
1877. | ot the Wardwan and Upper Chinéb Valicys. 285
I have not come across any specimens of the smaller Felide, and- can say nothing as to their presence in, or absence from, the districts under con- sideration.
The two species of Himalayan Bear—Ursus isabellinus and Ursus tibetanus—range over the greater part of our district ; the latter species is found generally at a lower elevation and in more forest-clad ground than the former; U. isabellinus is found over the whole of the upper Wardwan | and Chinab valleys, but does not extend down to the lower elevation of Kishtwar, and becomes scarce above Triloknath ; it also occurs abundantly to the south of the Chinab in the upper Chamba district. U. tibetanus does not, so far as I can learn, extend much higher up the Wardwan valley than the village of Petgam, something over 7000 feet in height; it is found, chiefly in the forests near the river, along the whole of the Chindb valley from Kishtwar to Tindi, beyond which I have not heard of it; like the last species it is alse common in Chamba. The north-easterly range of both species (except in the case of a few stragglers) is limited by the ranges of high mountains which separate the Wardwan valley, and the Chinab valley, from the Tibetan regions of Sart and Zanskar.
Among the Canid@e, Canis (Vulpes) montanus is exceedingly common throughout the Wardwan and Chinab valleys: I have also procured speci- mens of another large fox* which has some resemblance to the black varie- ties of Canis (Vulpes) leucopus ; but I am by no means certain as to the identity of the two forms, especially as C. Jewcopus is not mentioned by Jerdon as occurring in the Himalayas. The back of the Chinab form is fulvous, the under-parts and limbs are nearly black, with a few dirty white streaks, the outer surfaces of the ears jet black, and the tail blackish, with a white tip.
Cuon rutilans, if I may judge by tracks, occurs both in the Chinab and Wardwan valleys.
Herpestes griseus and Mustela subhemachelana, which are so common in Kashmir, I have not seen anywhere in the upper Chinadb or Wardwan
valleys. On the Chinab, however, I have seen two specimens of a species of
weasel, which I cannot identify with any of the species described in Jerdon, unless it be a variety of Mustela kathiah, which is only known from Nepal. Unfortunately both times that I saw these animals I had only a rifle with me, so I was unable to procure them. The fur of the body and tail is of a reddish brown colour, and there isa large white blaze on the face, quite different from any described species. RODENTIA.
Marmots occur on the snowy range which separates the Chinab valley
from Zanskar, but they do not occur on the range to the south of the * Mr. Blanford tells me that this form is probably C. montanus,
286 R. Lydekker—Wotes on the Mammalian Fauna [No. 3,
Chinab ; I have been shown a considerable number of skins from the former range, all of which are characterized by having short tails and which I have no doubt therefore belong to Arctomys himalayanus ; I have seen no speci- mens of Arctomys caudatus, from this district.
I am not aware whether or no Marmots occur in the Wardwan.
Lagomys Roylet occurs not uncommonly in the upper Chinab between Kilar and Tindi; I did not see any specimens lower down, nor any in Wardwan.
Pteromys inornatus occurs throughout the Wardwan valley and in the upper Chinab valley as far as Saneh, in considerable numbers ; its peculiar cry is very frequently heard at night, especially in wooded districts.
UNGULATA.
Cervus cashmeriensis is found on the Kashmir side of the Wardwan valley, but does not extend to the opposite side, or into the Chinab district. The comparatively few individuals that are found in Wardwan may be re- garded as merely stragglers from Kashmir.
Moschus moschiferus occurs throughout the Wardwan valley, and very abundantly in the Chindb valley some distance above Kishtwar; I am not aware whether or no it extends into Chinab; it becomes somewhat rare above Saneh in the Chinab valley.
Hemitragus jemlaicus is exceedingly common in the thickly wooded districts of the lower Wardwan valley, and of the lower half of the upper Chinab valley ; in the latter region the village of Kilar (except in the case of stragglers) seems to mark its eastern range; this species also occurs in Chamba. ‘The females are very generally found in the thick forests which extend down to the level of the Chinab above Kishtwar, while the males appear to prefer the more open ground which occurs at a higher level ; on more than one occasion I have seen a flock of this species numbering twen- ty individuals.
Nemorhedus goral is found in considerable numbers on the southern or Chamba side of the range of mountains running along the southern bank of the Chinab, and a few individuals may be found on the northern side of the same range ; but the range of the species is limited to the north by the Chinab.
Nemorhedus bubatina ; of this species I have not heard of or seen any individuals in our country.
Cupra sibirica ; the range of this species in the Kishtwar district is limited to the west by the Wardwan river ; and to the south by the Chinab ; proceeding up the former river, however, as far as Petg4m and Inshin, we find the species occurring on the western or right bank of the river, though not in such numbers as on the eastern or left bank. In the same manner
0 a Fe Pe ee
a ae
1877.] of the Wardwin and Upper Chindb Valleys. 287
if we follow the course of the Chindb above Kishtwar, we find that beyond the village of Tindi, Ibex, though in small numbers, occur on the southern or left bank of the river; generally they are not found on the Chamba side of the range of mountains running along the southern bank of the Chinab ; but early this season a small flock was observed which had crossed the range into the Barmaor district ; this being, as far as I can learn, the only instance of Ibex being seen there. To the east of the Wardwan, and to the north of the Chinab, Ibex in great numbers range over the Tibetan districts of Stiri, Zanskar and Ladak.
Wherever Ibex are found either to the west of the Wardwan or to the south of the Chinab, these rivers are bridged over during some portion of the year by snow, across which bridges the Ibex have doubtless passed from the country to the east and south of the two rivers, which is their proper home.
Capra Falconeri is not found within the district under consideration.
Sus indicus is found in the Chinab valley at and below Kishtwar, but I believe it does not range above that place, either in the Chinab or the Wardwan valley.
Though not strictly belonging to the wild fauna of the district, I may mention that the half-breed between the Indian cattle and the domesti- cated Yak is commonly employed in agriculture, in the Chinab valley, at and above the village of Guldbgarh, the elevation of which place is but slightly over 6000 feet above the sea-level: this is the lowest elevation at which I have seen the half-breed living constantly in the Himalaya.
From a perusal of the above notes, it will be apparent that the valley of the upper Chinab, and in a lesser degree that also of the Wardwan, forms an ill-defined boundary-line between the faunas of the so-called “ Himalayan” and “ Tibetan’ regions.
If we refer to a list of the Mammalia proper to the plateau of Tibet, given by Mr. W. T. Blanford in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,* we shall find that the following four Tibetan species, v7z., Helis uncia, Canis montanus, Arctomys himalayanus and Capra sibirica extend their range into the “ Himalayan” region of the Chinab, where they either mingle with or closely approach to the proper fauna of that region, such as Ursus tibetanus, Ursus isabellinus, Hemitragus jemlaicus, and Nemorhe- dus goral. It is worthy of notice that the last of the four above-menticn- ed species does not occur on the ground where the outlying “Tibetan” forms range, while the other three “ Himalayan” species mingle with the “ Tibetan,”
There appears to be some doubt as to which of the two faunas the Musk-deer properly belongs; Mr. Blanford, in his above-quoted paper,
* 1876, p. 633.
288 W. T. Blanford—On the Metad Rat. [No. 8,
considers that it should be referred to the “ Alpine-Himalayan,” and doubts the fact of its occurrence anywhere on the Tibetan plateau. I am not in a position to say definitely, in the face of such authority, that the species does occur in the latter region, but I am rather inclined to think that it must, since I have been shewn skins of this species in Ladak, said to have been procured there ; moreover the Ladakis have a distinct name for the animal, wiz., Ldwad,—which is not usual in the case of animals which do not occur in the country. Again Jerdon in his ‘* Mammals of India,’ in treating of this species, says (taking the statement for what it is worth) that it extends into Central Asia as far as Siberia.
In separating so markedly the “'Tibetan” from the “ Himalayan” fauna, it must be borne in mind that there is evidence of the two having for a long period of time had means of communication with each other ; otherwise we are unable to explain the very close relationship which un- doubtedly exists between Ovis Vignit of the Tibetan plateau, and Ovis eycloceros of the hills of the Panjab. It is probable that the latter must be regarded as originally a wanderer from the Tibetan fauna, which has become modified into a distinct species, now confined to the outer Hima- layan district.
OO OO eee
X.—On the Metad Rat (Golunda meltada, Gray) with a note on Golunda Elliotii— By W. T. Buanrorp, F. R. S., &e. (Received June 21st ;—Read July 4th, 1877.) (With Plate I.)
In a paper published in the Journal for last year, Vol. XLV, Pt. 2, p- 165, I gave an account of the Golandi rat (Golunda Hllioti). The great difficulty which I found in recognizing this rat from the published descriptions, and the identification of the genera G'olunda and Pelomys have induced me to study some of the other peculiar murine forms found in India. The affinities of these species cannot be clearly made out without fuller descriptions of their structural peculiarities than have hitherto been available, and the skulls and teeth especially need comparison with those of other MWuride. We are indebted to Dr. Peters for full accounts of the structure of two Indian rodent genera Nesokia* (== Spalacomys) and Platacanthomys* ; but of others, such as Golunda, Leggada and Vandelewria so little has hitherto been known that they are not even mentioned in Mr. Alston’s recent classification of the Glires.t
* Spalacomys indicus (= Nesokia Hardwickei of Jerdon, and perhaps of Gray) Abhandl. Kon. Akad. der. Wiss. Berlin, 1860, p. 189, Pl. II, fig. 1.
+ P.Z. 8.1865, p. 397, Pl. 20,
i 2.2. 8) 1876, 2.51:
Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XI:V1. Pt I]. lows, AT eT
Lie iB Ie Siar BY Ds Ua lee - 10 GOLUNDA ELLIOTT. chaumbur§ Lith:
i me ee ee ee
ee alll
1877. ] W. T. Blanford—On the Metdd Rat. 289
The genus Go/unda was originally proposed by Dr. J. E. Gray* for two species, G. Hilioti and G. meltada. 'The former was described in the paper mentioned above ; the latter is very imperfectly known. Mr. Blyth had no specimens of G‘. me/tada, and consequently could only copy the earlier descriptions in his memoir on the Rats and Mice of India.+ Dr. Jerdon, in the ‘Mammals of India’ only repeated the characters given by Sir W. Elliot, but he expressed a doubt whether the species ought to be included in the same group as G. Hilioti, as the physiognomy, character of the fur, and habits are distinct. I quite agree with Dr. Jerdon, and it appears to me that the characters of the skull and dentition fully confirm his suggestion.
For the original discovery of this species and of most of the MMuride inhabiting the plateau of Southern India we are indebted to Sir W. Elliot (at that time Mr. Elliot of the Madras Civil Service). The species was originally named by Gray{ Golunda meltada, the specific name being evi- dently a misreading or misprint for mettada. The Metad rat was again described by Sir W. Elliot§ himself under the name of Mus lanuginosus and an excellent account was given of its habits. Owing to the circumstance that a peculiar caste of natives, the Wadiaris|| or tank diggers of the Mahratta country, catch and eat rats of various kinds, and naturally have particular names for the different species, it is easier to obtain specimens, and, which is even more important, to identify them when obtained, than in the case of most Indian micro-mammals.
I am indebted to my friend the Rev. 8. Fairbank of Ahmednagar for an excellent series of the metdd rats, comprising five skins and five speci- mens in spirit, all obtained from the Wadari of the neighbourhood. The species appears much more abundant in the Ahmednagar district than the Legyade or the Golundi, although both occur and Mr. Fairbank has _pro- cured specimens for me. The original locality, Dharwar, is about 240 miles south of Ahmednagar.
As I have already stated, the species is not congeneric with Golunda Eillioti. The incisors are not grooved, the molars are like those of ordinary rats, and the palate is of the width usual in the family. I see no grounds for removing the species from the genus Jus.
The specific name is more difficult to decide. That meltadais a mis- take is clear, but it is I think better to retain the oldest name, merely correcting the spelling to mettada, than to adopt Sir W. Elliot’s term
* Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, 1837, p. 586.
+ J. A.S. B. 1868, XXXII, p. 352.
Bake Ce
§ Madras Jour. Lit. Sci., 1839, X, p. 212.
|| These people speak a dialect of Canarese and the names glven to the different rats are of Dravidian origin.
290 W. T. Blanford—On the Metad Rat. [No. 3,
lanuginosus, which, as its author himself pointed out to me, is not very appropriate, the fur being very soft but not woolly. Many naturalists in Germany refuse to employ “ barbaric” terms, but until the question of their use or disuse can be settled by general consent, it does not appear advisable to depart from established custom. If the views above urged be adopted, the following will be the synonymy of the present species.
Mvs METTADA.
Golunda meltada, Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat, Hist., I, p. 586, (1837).
Mus mettade, Elliot, Mad. Jour. Lit. Sci., X, p. 208, (1889).
Mus lanuginosus, Elliot, ib. p. 212, (1839).
Golunda meltada, Gray, Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., p. 118, (1848).
‘MW. meltada, Gray,’ Wagner, Schreber’s Siugth., Suppl. Pt. 3, p. 421, (18438).
‘ Golunda miltada, Gray,’ Blyth, J. A. 8. B. XXXII, p. 352, (1868).
‘ Mus meltada, Elliot,’ Fitzinger, Sitz. Kais, Acad. Wien., LVI, 1, p. 72, (1867).
Golunda meltada, Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 218, (1867).
Metid or Mettangandu of Wadari.
N. B.—Golunda newera, Kelaart, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, VIII, p- 839, (1851) was by Kelaart, on the authority of Blyth, (Prod. Faun. Zeyl. p- 67,) considered the same as the Metad, although it differs in having grooved incisors, and in colour. By Blyth it was subsequently considered identical with G. Hl/ioti, Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soe., p. 121.
Mus mettada has not hitherto, so far as I know, been recorded from any precise locality, except the Western Deccan ; it probably, however, is found in others parts of the Madras Presidency. Jerdon says it has only been found in Southern India.
Description taken from 5 dried skins and 5 specimens in spirit.— Colour above brown with a slight rufous tinge, below white, the two colours not sharply divided. Fur soft, glossy and rather dense, consisting of fine hairs which beneath the microscope are found to be slightly flat- tened and grooved. The hairs of the upper parts are very dark leaden grey, except near the ends, where they are light brown; black tipped hairs, a little longer than the rest, being mixed as usual with the fur on the back and face, but becoming fewer in number and gradually disappearing on the sides. On the breast and abdomen the fur is lighter grey at the base, white at the ends. The length of the ordinary hairs in the middle of the back is rather less than half an inch, (about 0°42,) the longer hairs
1877. | W. 'T. Blanford—On the Metid Rat. 291
being about half an inch long. The whiskers slightly exceed the head in length, most are black, some of those near the upper lip being grey or white as a general rule, though not invariably ; in one specimen, perhaps young, all are black.
The ears are very thin, rounded, subovate, nearly naked outside and inside, having only a few short hairs scattered over their surface.
The feet are very light brown above, the soles flesh-coloured, with a greyish tinge ; there are only five tubercles or pads, as a rule, on the hind foot, the outer hinder tubercle being absent or rudimentary, and the inner small: five nearly equidistant pads on the fore foot. The hallux of the fore foot is quite rudimentary, but has a small teguline nail, the other nails are compressed. The second digit is shorter than the fourth, the fifth terminates nearly on a line with the junction between the third and fourth. On the hind foot there is but little difference in the length of the three middle toes, the third is a little the longest, the other two nearly equal ; in individuals either may be slightly longer than the other ; the fifth is rather longer than the first, but neither, without its claw, extends so far as the divisions between the other toes.
The tail is shorter than the head and body together, it is of moderate thickness at the base, (the diameter is 0-2 inch in an adult male,) and tapers gradually to the point ; it is closely ringed with scales and thinly clad with short bristly hairs, which are blackish above, pale below.
In the female there are two pairs of pectoral and two of inguinal mam- mz, both of the latter far behind the anterior edge of the thigh, and un- usually close together, the anterior being, in one adult female, only a quarter of an inch from the posterior on the same side ; the pectoral mammez are, as in many mice and rats, one pair, in front, inside the shoulders, and the other pair behind the armpits.
I have extracted two skulls, one from an adult male in spirit, the other from the skin of a female. The general form differs but little from that of most species of Mus. The upper surface is slightly convex, the convexity being more pronounced on the nasal portion. The ante-orbital foramen is large, the zygomatic arch moderately stout. The incisive (anterior palatal) foramina are of great length, and extend back for some distance bstween the anterior molars. The bony palate between the molars is not nearly so narrow as in Golwnda Elliot, nor are the molars so broad. The latter ap- pear to differ in no respect from those of other species of Jus. The inei- sors in both jaws are deep orange, not sulcated in front ; those of the upper jaw nearly flat in front, those of the lower jaw convex.
The following dimensions are those of a male and female, both fully adult, preserved in spirit.
37
292 W. T. Blanford—Note on Golunda Elhoti. [No. 3
eo. in. in Total length from nose to end of tail, ...........csecceseeeeeeeee 9:2 8: Length of head and body from nose to anus, ..............000 5: 4°25 5» 4 OB Sail fe tectv eleose ~ sviehe sib 'vs ee lam lwrasiceens REE RRS Uebel a 4:2 3°75 », . Of ear, drom w0rificetccciieed decisis beds ehs oenee cee ae 0°75 em Breadth of ear dand lat? icc ebb ices col ie, eeece ee Peeeke eee er cee 0°62 O6 Length of hind foot (without claws),............:...ssesessseee ses 105 O89 » of fore foot ( a ) from behind proximal tu- bercle:to end ot marddle h08 i iocbon td ewes axon aerate teases 045 O4 | Longest whisker udorctites “old cimcatl ses Hs hte Cd th Cpa ORR ere meee ee 1:25 1:3
The following measurements are from the skull of an adult male, the specimen figured—
inch. metre
Length of skull from occipital plane to end of nasal bones, 1°38 0345 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arches, ..............cee0e0s 0°62 016 Length of suture between nasal bones, .............cecceeee ees 0-51 ‘013
Breadth of frontal bones between orbits, .............ee sees 0:22 0055 Length of anterior palatine foramina,..................cceseeees 032 008 Do; -Of wow ot apper mores. 8.6.2 oA 0:28 007
Breadth of bony palate between anterior upper molars, ... 0°12 003
. Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysis, ............... 0.75 ‘O175 Height of ditto to coronoid process, ..........cssseeeeees 0°42 0105 Length of row of lower molars, .., 004 Lads .cncones ot ee ‘006
Additional note on Golunda Ellioti (see J. A. 8. B,, 1876, Pt. II, p. 165).
During the past cold season I obtained several specimens of this rat in lower Sind. The following measurements, in inches, of 8 males and a female were taken upon the bodies when quite fresh.
Total length from nose to end of tail, ....,.... 102 -—— 9-4 9°7 Length from nose to anus, .,.....s.sce000s000¥s 6 6 55 5:2 Dow ok) Mail;!.0.0 det. Ligh a ee 42 —— B89* 45 Dow. @f ear-irom ores; \.vuwieheien: 0-7 075 065 0-68 Breadth of alo. laid flat, ccc BAe OO’ — 065 068 Hind foot (without claws), .................... 095 105 0O-9 1:05 Hore Zoot (itt) X) paceish weed ctiatie den ate 0-4: 042 045 0-42
The two first males and the female were fine specimens and fully adult. The tail of No. 2 was deficient and the ear much torn. All were brought to me by natives and said to be found amongst bushes. The tail in these
* Not quite perfect,
ft SS
1877. ] W. T. Blanford—Wote on Golunda Ellioti. 293
specimens is shorter in proportion to the body than in examples preserved in spirit.*
The fur is harsh. In the description previously given I omitted to mention that fine hairs are mixed with the coarse flattened and grooved piles which form the greater portion of the fur.
As the figure of the head which accompanied the previous paper (Vol. XLV, Pl. X.) was not very correct a fresh figure is added. It is taken from"another female. In males the head is still more bluff.
The following is the synonymy :
GoLuNDA ELLIort.
Golunda Elliott, Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, p. 386, (1837).
Mus Golundee, Elliot, Madras Jour. Lit. Sci., X, p. 208, (1839).
Mus hirsutus, Elliot, ib. p- 213, (1839). ‘M. Ellioti, Gray,’ Wagner, Schreber’s Saiugth. Supt., Part 3, p. 421, (1843).
Golunda Elliotz, Gray, Cat. Mam. Mus. Brit. Mus., p. 118, (1843).
Mus coffeus, Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeyl., p. 67, (1852).
Golunda Elliott and G. coffeus, Blyth, J. A. 8. B., XXXII, pp. 350, 351, (1863).
G. Elliott, Blyth, Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc., p. 121, (1863).
G. Ellioti, Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 212, (1867).
“ Mus Golunde, Elliot,” Fitzinger, Sitz. Kais. Ac. Wien, LVI, 1, p. 72, (1867).
Pelomys Watsoni, W. Blanf. Proc. A. S. B., 1876, p. 181.
Golunda Ellioti, W. Blanf. J. A. S. B., 1876, Vol. XLV, Pt. 2, p. 165,
Ph: X.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Head of Mus mettada. 2, 3, 4, Views of the skull. 6, Incisors, seen from the front. 6, molars of upper jaw, left side, double the natural size. 7, molars of lower jaw, left side. 8, right fore-foot. 9, right hind-foot.
Fig. 10. Head of Golunda Ellioti.
* The following are the measurements of Nos. 2, 3 and 4 of the above list after being preserved for four months in spirit.
2h 38h 42
Total length, eoeee eeseevees @aesee ee eee ee ee | fe 8-4 84
Nose GO ANUS, cece cove cccesn eves ceees Pushes vues cewenese oe O15 4:5 4:25
VU Pe vetavetah cles gle ete. 610 0/8 Chegeche eae gets @ eeccece e —— 39 4:16 Tail, eecvven oe ©8008 aeeee @eoaoseseovoeeeeree8 ee hed eat 6
Length of ear, eooeveoevee seeove8 esoevovee@ eee 0 2 @ ectreeoo ©eeee8 0 69 O66 id Breadth of ditto, eceese eee e ere e aces COOH Hees ee@eeeee eevee Sree oeg e Hind foot, aigere) 0.8 oe eee eee wees eee e seeee Pe ee eoee cence eee KOZ ct I
body, which has greatly di
necessity for a record of the con carcase is that of an animal freshly killed or of one preserved by any means, Measure-
ments of dried specimens are of course only a rough approximation.
294 Col. Keatinge—Record of the [No. 3,
XI.—Record of the Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam during the C.8. 1, V. C., Chief
10 a Time of Date. District. pécieaeeee 2nd May, 1874. | Shillong, Khasi Hills. 8 P.M. 13th June, 1874.) Tura, Garo Hills. 12.30 P.M. 13th do. Shillong, Khasi Hills. Midnight. 14th do. Cachar. 0.24 A. M. 16th do. Cherra Poonji, Khasi Hills. 8 Pp. M. 17th = do. Mangaldai, Darrang. 9.30 4 M. 6th July, 1874. | Shillong, Khasi Hills. 1.40 P. M. ord Augt. 1874. | Jorhat, Sibsagar. 11.30 P. M. 2nd Sept. 1874. | Shillong, Cherra Punji. 8.20 P. M. . 17th. . do, Darrang. 9.30 P. M. 20th = do. Nowgong. 4.52 P. M. 8th Nov. 1874. | Tura, Garo Hills, 3.15 P. M 23rd do. Tezpur, Darrang. oP. M. 6th Dec. 1874. | Tezpur, Darrang. 7 P.M. 18th do. Tura, Garo Hills. 3.55 A. Me Do. Shillong, Khasi Hills. 4.30 A, M, 26th = do. : fo 10.11 P. uM. eek 4 dos i Jowai, Khasi Hills. 1 [hig Do. Cachar. 10 P. M. 23rd Jan. 1875. | Goalpara. 10.15 P.M Do. Kamrup, Barpeta. 10.48 P. M. Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Jowai. 10.55 P. M. 24th = do. Do. do. 12.30 P. M 25th do. Do. Shillong. 1 Pi ae 7th Feb, 1875. Do. Shillong. 8.30 P. M. 11th June, 1875.) Sibsagar, Jorhat. 2.25 P. M. Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillone. 2.58 P. M.
ord Sept. 1875. | Kamrup, Barpeta. 8.57 A. M.
1877.]
Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 295
years 1874, 1875, 1876. Communicated by Cou. R. H. Kuatrnan,
Commissioner.
Duration.
4 or 5 seconds.
eerecee eorree eoveee
10 seconds. 30 seconds. 2 seconds.
15 seconds.
8 to 10 seconds.
40 seconds.
A few seconds.
A few seconds.
45 to 50 seconds.
4 seconds.
8 seconds. 8 seconds.
5 seconds. + minute. Not given. 2 seconds.
8 seconds. 2 seconds.
2 seconds.
10 seconds. 2 seconds.
40 seconds.
Extent of damage if any, and general Remarks.
No damage done. '
No damage done. The shock was a mild one.
No damage done.
No damage done.
No damage done.
No damage.
No damage done.
Very slight. No damage done.
No damage.
Slight shock.
Very distinct, but not severe ; accompanied by a rumbling noise.
No damage. Shock very slight.
The rumbling noise was the only indication that there was an earthquake.
No damage. Shock hardly perceptible; noise very dis- tinct. .
No damage. Shock slight.
No damage. Shock slight.
Slight. These shocks were not felt at Shillong or Cherra-
poonji.
Very slight.
No damage was caused. It had been rather close all day.
No damage done.
No damage done. The shock was a very slight one, and was felt only at Jowai.
No damage done. The shock was felt only at Jowai.
No damage done. The shock was slight, but was felt throughout the District.
No damage done. The shock was felt at Jowai and Shillong.
No damage done.
No damage done. Jowal.
Slight cracks in several of the arches of the court house and in two or three places in walls. The pucca temple in the Kirtanghur compound also cracked and the build- ings over the ghat there were quite demolished. No accidents to man or cattle.
The earthquake was a very slight one. The shock was felt at Shillong and
296 Col. Keatinge— Record of the [No. 3, ate Time of Date. District. Oneal 8rd Sept. 1875. | Nowgong. 9a.M Do. Sibsagar, Jorhat. 94.M Do. Darrang, Mangaldai. 9.15 A. Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. 9.26 A Do. Kamrup, Gauhati. 9.30 a Do. Cachar. 9.30 A Do, Darrang, Tezpur. 9.30 A Do. Sylhet. 9.30 A. M Do. N. Lakhimpur. 9.45 A Do. Lakhimpur, Jaipur. 9.45 A. M Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 9.45 A. M Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. About half-past 9 or 10 A. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 10 A. M. Do. Lakhimpur, Jaipur. 10 A. M. Do. Do. 10.15 A. M. Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 10.85 a. M. Do. Garo Hills. 10.53 A. M.
1877.]
Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 297
Duration.
———
About 30 seconds.
10 minutes.
About 60 seconds.
10 seconds. 80 seconds.
About 2 minutes. About 2 minutes. Not given. 3 minutes.
About 60 seconds. About 10 seconds.
About
a minute or a minute and
a half.
10 minutes.
Not given. Do.
About3 seconds.
80 seconds.
Extent of damage if any, and general Remarks,
The severest shock felt here since 1869. All of the publie buildings more or less damaged, with the exception of the ‘Treasury and Post office, which escaped.
No damage has been done as far as noticed. Besides the severest shock, lasting for 10 minutes, herein mentioned, there were many less severe shocks following.
The severest shock known; even more so than the earth- quake of 1869. The private room of the officer in the cutchery damaged ; walls cracked in 2 or 3 places. The private bungalow of the sub-divisional officer very much damaged ; every wall more or less injured. The shock was very violent.
Was felt throughout the district and caused damage to several houses at Shillong. :
Jail walls to south-west thrown down, and almost all other public buildings more or less injured.
No damage done, but there were some very smart shocks ; the water in ponds rose up to the banks, and it was some time before it settled down again.
All brick buildings in the station damaged, some severely.
None.
Most of the arches and posts over door-ways of all sub- divisional buildings cracked, and a good deal of plaster in other portions loosened.
None.
Two cracks caused In the Fort Tower wall. The first shock was a prolonged and severe one, though not se- vere enough to have caused much material damage.
None. The earthquake commenced with slight trembling of the earth, which was noticeable for a short time before the smarter shocks occurred, and was not preceded by a rumbling noise. The smarter shocks were sufficiently strong to knock down bottles standing on end or tables on other places.
It made several cracks in the Treasury walls; no other damage as yet known. From general opinion there has been no such earthquake for the last 7 years. ‘There were also two small shocks, one at about 103 a. M. and another about 11 A. M.
None. |
Do.
Do.
Very sharp shock but no damage done.
298 . Col. Keatinge—Record of the [No. 3,
Date. District. pre occurrence. 3rd Sept. 1875. | Kamrup, Barpeta. 8.55 P. M. Do. Sibsagar, Jorhat. 9 P. Me Do. North Lakhimpur. 9 P. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 9 P. M. Do. Garo Hills. 9.5 P. Me Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. 9.30 P. M. 4th Sept. 1875. | Kamrup, Gauhati. 2 A. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 3 A. M. Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 3.40 A. Me Do. Lakhimpur, Jaipur. 5 A. M. Do. Garo Hills. 5.15 a. M. Do. Nowgong. 5.30 A. M. Do. Kamrup, Barpeta. 5.22 A. M. ~ Do. Khasi Hills, Shillong. 5.55 A. M Do. Kamrup, Gauhati. 64.M Do. North Lakhimpur. 6 A. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 6 A. M. Do. Sylhet. 6 A. M Do. Cachar. 6 A.M Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 6.10 A. M. Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 6.30 A. M. Do. Sibsagar, Jorhat. 7 A OM. Do. Do. do. 4 P.M. Do. Nowgong. A.i2 P.M. Do. North Lakhimpur. 5.30 P. M. Do. Kamrup, Barpeta. 8.56 P. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 9 P. M. Do. Garo Hills, Tura. 9 P. M. Do. Nowgong. 9.5 P. M. Do. Goalpara. After 9 P. M. Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. 9.30 P. M. Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 9.30 P. M. Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. About 9.50 P. M Do. Kamrup, Gauhati. 10 Pp. M. 5th Sept. 1875. Do. do. 3.35 P. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 6. P. M. Do. Garo Hills, Tura. 6.19 P. M.
Do. Kamrup, Barpeta. 6.20 P. M.
Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam.
1877, ] 299 i Extent of damage if any, and general Duration. a od 5
10 seconds. None.
4: minutes. Do.
Not given. Do.
1 minute. A slight shock.
About 4+ minute.} None.
4a minute. Very slight shock.
2 or 3 seconds, | None.
2 minutes. Do. a slight shock.
10 seconds. No apparent damage done.
Not given. None.
About 1 minute.) No damage.
Not given. None.
6 seconds. Do. shock rather a sharp one.
2 seconds. The shock was felt at Shillong and Jowai.
5 or 6 seconds. | None.
= minute. Do. .
2 minutes. Heavy and durable shock. No damage has been reported.
Not given. None. A very slight oscillation.
About5seconds.| Only one shock ; very slight, inasmuch as the clocks were not stopped.
About3 seconds.) None. The shock was not a severe one ; 8 more shocks are said to have been felt during the night; one at 9 P. M., one about 12, and the third about 3 a. M.
10 seconds. None.
2 minutes, Do.
2 minutes. Do.
An instant. Do.
= minute. Do.
20 seconds. A mild shock.
3 minutes. No damage. <A heavy shock.
About 4 minute.) None.
30 seconds. None. A pretty smart shock.
About a minute.) Do. Slight shock.
About 4 seconds. About 20 seconds.
About a minute.
Very short.
4 or 5 seconds.
5 seconds. About ~
2 minutes, About
50 seconds.
38
Felt throughout the district. No apparent damage.
None. Slight shock. None. None.
A strong shock. No damage. _ None. Preceded by a rumbling sound.
A mild shock followed by a sharp one. No damage.
300 Col. Keatinge—Record of the ~ PNAS:
3 Time of
Date. LE occurrence. 5th Sept. 1875. | Kamrup, Gauhati. 6.30 P. M.
Do. Nowgong. 6.30 P. M.
Do. Darrang, Mangaldai. 6.35 P. M.
Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. 1.45 P. M.
Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 6.45 P. M.
Do. Goalpara. 6.45 P. M. .
Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. 6.45 P. M.
Do. Sylhet. 7 P.M.
Do. Sibsagar, Jorhat. 7 P.M.
Do. North Lakhimpur. 7 P.M.
Do. Cachar. 7 2. Map
Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 7.15 to 7.20,
Do. Nowgong. 7.15 P. M. 6th Sept. 1875. | Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. 7.30 P. M.
Do. Kamrup, Gauhati. 7.30 P. M. 7th Sept. 1875. | Khasi and Jaintea Hills. 3.30 A. M.
Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 3.45 A.M. 8th do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 12 P. M.
Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. 2 A. M.
Do. Kamrup, Barpeta. Past midnight. 9th do. Sibsagar. 1 a. M.
Do. Sibsagar, Jorhat. 1 A. ay
Do. Nowgong. 1.15 a. M,
Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 1.15 a. M.
Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills. 1.18 a. M,
Do. Kamrup, Gauhati. 1.20 a. M.
11th Sept. 1875.) Darrang, Tezpur. 3 A.M.
1877.] Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 301 Ta Extent of damage if any, and general Remarks. About None. 6 seconds. About Do. ‘This shock was not nearly so severe as that of the
30 seconds. Not given. About
2 minutes. 40 seconds. About a minute.
About 15 seconds. Not given. 5 minutes. + minute.
About a minute.
About 10 se- conds.
30 seconds.
2 seconds.
4: seconds.
2 seconds.
A few seconds.
8 minutes.
About a minute.
Not noted.
About 28 se- conds.
About 2. mi- nutes.
About 30 se- conds,
15 seconds. 2 seconds. Short.
10 to 15 seconds.
ord, but unlike that shock it was accompanied by a loud sound like the rumbling of distant thunder.
The shock lasted a long time, about 75 seconds, but fortu- nately it was not very severe.
None. ‘The shocks were somewhat smarter than the three next preceding occurrences.
No apparent damage.
No damage. The shocks were very slight, preceded by a slight rumbling noise.
The shock was of some violence, but caused no damage: it was felt throughout the district.
None.
Do.
Do.
No damage done.
The shock was a sharp one: about 9 Pv. mM. of Saturday the 4th, another shock is said to have been felt.
None. Attended with a distant rumbling noise like thunder.
The shock was felt only at Jowai.
None.
None. Only felt at Jowai.
A single smart shock unaccompanied by any noise.
A slight shock, no damage has been reported.
None but slight shocks,
No damage.
No damage reported. There was excessive heat on the day previous, the common thermometer rising to 94° and no rain.
No damage appears to have been done.
No damage done. This shock was fainter than either of the two others reported, and was unattended by any rumbling sound.
None apparently.
None.
More cracks in walls of Cutchery and much plaster dis- lodged. Record office slightly cracked, also Post Office and School house.
The shock was very distinct but not severe. done by it.
No damage
Col. Keatinge—Record of the
[No. 3,
Date.
12th Sept. 1875. Do.
22nd Sept. 1875.
23rd 24th
Do.
26th
District.
Darrang, Tezpur. Lakhimpur, Jaipur. Nowgong.
Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh.
| Sibsagar, Jorhat.
Sibsagar, Golaghat. Sibsagar, Jorhat. Nowgong.
Darrang, Tezpur.
Kamrup, Gauhati. ;
Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. Nowgong.
Kamrup, Gauhati.
Sibsagar, Golaghat,
Darrang, Tezpur.
Nowgong. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh Darrang, Tezpur.
Nowgong.
Darrang, Tezpur.
Darrang, Tezpur.
er
Time of occurrence.
11 a. M. 11.10 a.
11.10 a. M. Llib vAe 11.80 a. M.
1.40 a. M.
2 A. M.
11.30 P. mM. A few min- utes before midnight,
Midnight.
Do.
12.45 A. M. Between. 8 and 4 Aa. M.
+ to4a.M.
12.40 P. Mu.
2.75 A. M. 9.30 P. M. 2.30 A. M. 3.45 A. M.
a —=— ss
1877.]
Duration.
15 to 20 seconds. Unknown,
Abouf 6 se- conds.
2 seconds.
4 or 5 minutes.
10 seconds.
2 minutes.
5 seconds.
5 to 10 seconds.
5 to 1O seconds. About. 2 se- conds.
10 seconds. Not observed. 1 minute.
5 to 8 seconds.
80 seconds, A second.
10to12 seconds. 15 to 20 seconds.
8 to 5 seconds.
5 to 8 seconds.
Do.
A few seconds. Do. Do,
Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 303
Extent of damage if any, and general Remarks.
The shock was very distinct but not severe. No damage done by it.
No damage done. The shock was a sharp one. lars cannot be given.
None. Slght shock.
Particu-
None known.
No damage done.
Do. Slght shock.
No damage done.
None. Shock slight; morning warm, Temp. 85°: at time of earthquake, weather cloudy and temperature fell to 84°. ae
None. '
None. Slight and short.
The shock was very slight and felt at Shillong and Jowai.
None ; pretty sharp.
Slight and short. No damage.
A strong earthquake followed by many shocks.
A very sharp shock while it lasted, but did no damage.
Shock very slight; no damage done.
Nothing known, but no damage is likely to have occur- red.
No damage done, but the shock was a very smart one, and the usual rumbling noise that precedes the shock lasted longer than usual.
No damage done. This was however one of the severest of the minor shocks since the first great shock of 3rd instant. ,
Two very sharp and distinct shocks with an interval of 4 to 5 seconds between each. The shocks were not preceded by the usual rumbling sound, nor were the shocks as if the earth undulated wave-like, but each of the shocks was very sharp as if the earth was locally violently shaken. No damage done.
The shock was slight but marked and distinct ; no damage done.
Sharp shock, but no damage done.
Slight but distinct.
Do.
No damage. No rumbling noise preceded the shock,
which was slight but marked.
304: Col. Keatinge— Record of the | [No. 8,
De Time of Date. District. ose 26th Sept. 1875. Darrang, Tezpur. 9.45 P. M. 28th do. Do. About mid- night. 29th do. Do. 9.30 A. M. 4th Oct. 1875. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 11.55 4°83 23rd do. Kamrup, Barpeta. 10.12 P. M. 29th do. Goalpara. 9.30 P. M. 2nd Nov. 1875. | Goalpara, Dhubri. 4.30 A. M. ord do. Goalpara. 4A. M. Do. Nowgong. 4.55 A. M. Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 5.25 A. M. 6th do. Do. 8.5 P. M. 18th do. North Lakhimpur. 2.30 P. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat. 2.30 P. M. Do. Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 2.30 P. M. Do. Lakhimpur, Jaipur. 3 P.M. 24th do. ‘| Cachar. 8.15 P.M. Do. Garo Hills, Tura. 8.51 P. M. Do. Khasi and Jaintea Hills, Shillong. 9.10 P. M. 24th Dec. 1875.) Sibsagar, Golaghat. 9.30 P. M. Do. Darrang, Mangaldai. 9.30 P. M Do. North Lakhimpur. 9.55 P. M. Do. North Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 10 P. M. 5th Jany. 1876.) Darrang, Mangaldai. 1.15 P. M. No reports of this Harthquake 17th do, Lakhimpur, Dibrugarh. 10.30 PB. M. Do. North Lakhimpur. 11.30 P. M. No reports of this Harthquake 26th do. North Lakhimpur. 2.40 A. M. Do. Sibsagar, Golaghat, 3.30 A. M.
Do. Garo Hills, Tura. 3.5 A. M.
ee
1877. ] Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 305
Extent of damage if any, and general
Duration. Remarks.
es eS
A few seconds. | A very long rumbling noise preceded the shock, which was slight, but marked, and only lasted a few seconds, No damage.
5 to 10 seconds.) Slight. No damage.
10to 15 seconds.| Very marked and distinct, but not severe, and preceded by heavy rumbling noise. About 30 se-| No damage done. conds. About 5 seconds.| A very slight shock accompanied by rumbling noise. About 1 minute.} A slight shock preceded by a rumbling noise. No damage
done. Less than half aj Nil. minute. About 15. se-| A slight shock. conds. 15 seconds. None. 5 seconds. None.
10 +012 seconds.) No damage done, but shock very distinct and marked. 3 minutes. No damage.
5 seconds. Strong shock. No damage has been reported. 1 or 2 seconds. | None. A smart shock. 2 seconds. As most extraordinarily severe but brief shock. Only one
single motion was felt, but that was strong enough to erack an arch in this cutcherry and nearly to throw a gentleman staying here from his chair.
About $ minute.| A smart shock. No damage.
30 seconds. None. Shock was rather severe. 15 seconds. The shock was of some violence but caused no damage ; it was felt throughout the district.
10 seconds. Strong shock. No damage has been reported.
About 10 se-| No damage. A prolonged rumbling noise preceded the seconds. earthquake.
5 minutes. No damage.
10 seconds. No damage. The shock was rather severe.
5 to 8 seconds. | Slight, no damage. received from other districts.
2 seconds. Sharp shock, accompanied by a deep rumbling noise. No damage. 1 minute. No damage. received from other districts. 1 minute. No damage. 30 seconds. No damage. Strong shock.
About 1 minute.| No damage, oscillation gradually increased and then gradu- ally subsided. Preceded by a rumbling sound.
306 Col. Keatinge—Record of the | [No. 3,
Date. District.
26th Jan. 1876. | Gauhati, Kamrup.
Do. Khasi Hills, Shillong.
Do. "| Darrang, Tezpur.
Do. Nowgong.
Do. Sibsagar, Jorehat.
Do. Naga Hills, Samaguting.
Do. Garo Hills, Tura.
Do. Khasi Hills, Shillong.
28th _— do, Cachar.
Do. Naga Hills, Samaguting.
Do. Khasi Hills, Shillong.
Do. Garo Hills, Tura. Nowgong.
Do.
5th Aug. 1876. | Khasi Hills, Shillong.
13th Sept. 1876.) Nowgong. Do. Darrang, Tezpur.
Do. North Lakhimpur.
1st Oct. 1876. | Darrang, Tezpur.
Cachar. Khasi Hills, Shillong.
7th. 90; Do.
Time of occurrence.
3.15 "Ai 3.20 A.
BE
3.20 A.
et
3.50 A.
3 P. M. 3.40 P. 4.28 P. 4.45 P.
BBB
No other report of tlfis
8.15 A. M. 8.15 A. M. 8.30 A. M. 8.59 A. M. 9 A. M.
No other report of this 6.30 A. M.
No other report of this 1 A. M.
1 A. M. 9.30 A. M.
No other report of this
9.25 P. M.
No other
10.30 A. M. 10.30 a. mM.
No other
1877.] the Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 307
Extent of damage if any, and general
Duration. Remarks.
| OC v——-s s ————————_——————————— ———
About 1 minute.| No damage done. About 1 minute} Violent shock. Felt throughout district; a few houses in Shillong slightly cracked. More than ami-) Shock violent, but no damage was done. Preceded by a nute. rumbling sound.
30 ‘seconds. Violent shock. Kachari walls slightly cracked.
About 1 minute.| No damage. A few seconds, | Slight shock. No damage. 20 to 25 seconds.| Several sharp shocks, but no damage done.
2 seconds. Shock felt only at Shillong. No damage done. Earthquake received.
2 seconds. One slight shock.
2 seconds. Two slight shocks, unaccompanied by noise. No damage. 3 seconds. Shock felt throughout the district. No damage done.
1 minutes. Two severe shocks, preceded by a trembling motion which
gradually decreased. No damage. 20 to 30 seconds.| Very slight shock.
Harthquake received. 2 seconds. Very slight shock felt at Jowai and Shillong.
Earthquake received.
A few seconds. | A very slight shock.
2 seconds. A very slight shock.
30 seconds. No damage. ‘This shock is stated to have been felt by some persons in Dibrugarh, but the Deputy Commis- sioner did not feel it.
Earthquake received.
12 to 15 seconds.| No damage of any kind, but the shock was well defined, and
in jerks, not continuous.
report received.
2 seconds. A single slight shock. 2 seconds. No damage done. A slight shock felt throughout the district.
report of this Earthquake received. 39
308 Col. Keatinge— Record of [No. 3,
| ane RR SE SST EER SS A RTE SSS |
Ores: Time of Date. District. Gin 18th Nov. 1876. | Darrang, Tezpur. 10.35 A. M. 14th do. Do. 1.35 P. M. 12th Dec. 1876. | Khasi Hills, Shillong. 5.35 A. M. also at 6, and a
few “ tam nutes after ees
13th do. Goalpara. 4.15 A. M. Do. Goalpara, Dhubri. 5 A. M. Do. Nowgong. 5 A. M. Do. Cachar. 5.5 A. M. Do. Sylhet. 5.7 A. M Do. Garo Hills, Tura. 5.15 a. M. Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 5.40 a. M.
No report of this Earthquake received from Kamrup,
20th do. Cachar. 4.30 A. M. Do. Khasi Hills, Shillong. 4.45 A, M. 21st Dec. 1876, | Garo Hills, Tura. 4.45 A. M. Do. Sylhet. 4.45 A. M.
Do. Darrang, Tezpur. 5 A. M.
1877.] the Occurrence of Earthquakes in Assam. 809
Extent of damage if any and general
Duration. Remarks.
A few seconds. | Accompanied by a rumbling noise as of artillery waggons going over stony ground, slight, but distinct.
A few seconds. | Preceded by the usual rumbling noise. Slight, but dis- tinct, and felt by all.
2 minutes. The first two shocks were violent, the subsequent shocks were slight. No damage done.
15 seconds. No damage caused. Shock felt by the whole Station. About 1 minute.| Smart shock. - 10 seconds. No damage done. Shock distinctly perceptible.
5 seconds. Four or five smart shocks, Severe enough to extinguish a “ chiragh.”
Not stated. There were two shocks, one about half a minute after the other.
1} minutes. Preceded by a rumbling noise. No damage done.
1 minute. No damage done; the shock was severe and continuous,
in wavy motion, not in sharp short jerks, as in the bad earthquake of September 1875.
Sibsagar, Lakhimpur, Khasi Hills or Naga Hills.
2 seconds. 3 or 4 shocks. No damage done. 1-minute. Violent shock, but no damage done. 40 seconds. Slight shock.
10 to 12 seconds.| Sharp shock. No damage done.
a |
310 [No. 3,
XII.—Notes on a collection of Chiroptera from India and Burma, with descriptions of new species.—By G. E. Dozson, M. A.; M. B.;
F. L. 8S. &e. | (Received 30th October. Read 7th November, 1877.)
[Of the collections described in the following paper, only a portion of the speci-. mens from Sind were obtained by myself. The other Sind specimens were collected and given tome by Mr. H. E. Watson, For the Travancore collection I am indebt- ed to Col. R. H. Beddome, and the Burmese bats were obtained by Mr. Limborg in the neighbourhood of Moulmain.
W. T. Buanrorp. |
Mr. W. T. Blanford has very kindly sent to me for examination an interesting collection of Chiroptera consisting of specimens obtained in Sind, in the hills near Travancore, and in Burma; representing in all twelve species, whereof I find that two are undescribed.
I.—SPECIES FROM SIND. 1. Cynopterus marginatus. Pteropus marginatus, Geoffroy, Ann. du Museum, XIV, p. 97. This small species of frugivorous bat is generally distributed through- out India, but has not hitherto, so far as I know, been recorded from Sind.
2. Scotophilus Temminckit. Vespertilio Temminckit, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java, (1824), Exceedingly common in India. Specimens of this species are rarely absent from the smallest collections.
3. NScotophilus pallidus.
Scotophilus pallidus, Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 186, (1876).
The third specimen of this species as yet obtained. It agrees in structure and in measurements with the type specimen, but the colour of the fur is darker, being light chestnut brown above, and brownish buff be- neath, the base of the hairs on both surfaces pale buff,
Has. Near Shikarpur, Sind.
4. Vesperugo abramus.
Vespertilio abramus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. II, p. 282, (1835. - 41). One specimen of this widely distributed species.
ee ae ae
1877, | G. E. Dobson—Jndian and Burmese Chiroptera. 311
5. Vesperugo Kuhlit. Vespertilio Kuhlit, Natterer, Wetterau. Annal. IV, p. 58, (1817).
Specimens agreeing in the light colour of the fur with others pre- viously obtained by me from the sandy districts of Northern India, Has. Shikarpur, Sind.
6. Vesperugo (Vesperus) nasutus, n. sp.
Head flat, muzzle conical, the extremity projecting considerably be- yond the lower lip in front, as in the species of the genus Nyctinomus, ter- minated by the margins of the nostrils which open sublaterally ; ears shorter than the head, triangular, with rounded off tips ; the inner margin of the conch commences above the eye and does not form a distinct rounded lobe at its base, but is straight almost from the base to the tip of the ear ; the outer margin is also straight and terminates rather abruptly midway between the tragus and the angle of the mouth ; tragus much longer than broad, directed slightly inwards, reaching its greatest width about the mid- dle of the inner margin, outer margin convex with an ill-defined lobe near the base, inner margin slightly concave, tip subacutely pointed,
Tail almost wholly contained in the interfemoral membrane, the last rudimentary caudal vertebra alone free ; no post-calcaneal lobe ; wings from the base of the toes.
Fur short: above, pale yellowish brown; beneath, pale buff, almost white : membranes light brown traversed by numerous white reticulations.
The face is nearly naked in front of the eyes; a few hairs fringe the lips, and the under surface of the projecting extremity of the muzzle ; the wing and interfemoral membranes are almost naked.
Upper inner incisors moderately long and unicuspidate, outer incisors very short, but slightly exceeding the cingulum of the inner incisors in vertical extent: lower incisors trifid, crowded, placed across the direction of the jaws : the single upper premolar close to the canine as in V. serotinus ; the first lower premolar not half the second in vertical extent, with a pro- minent internal and anterior basal cusp.
Length, head and body 1”8: tail 17: head 0’"68 : ear 0’"6 ; tragus 0"25; forearm 1”45; thumb 0’25 ; third finger (metacarp. 13; 1st ph. 0°48 ; 2nd ph. 0”°7) : fourth finger (metacarp. 13 ; Ist ph. O"4; 2nd ph. 0’-4) ; fifth finger (metacarp. 13; 1st ph. 028; 2nd ph. 028) tibia 0'°55 ; foot 0”:28.
Has. Shikarpur, Sind,
II].—SprcrEs FROM TRAVANCORE. 1. Phyllorhina speoris. Vespertilio speoris, Schneider, Schreber, Saugeth. I, pl. 59B.
312 G. E. Dobson—IJndian and Burmese Chiroptera. [No. 3,
This species appears to be very generally distributed and in great abundance, in Southern India. Almost all collections from the Deccan con- tains examples of it. The presence of a small spine-like process at the commencement of the lower third of the outer margin of the ear-conch readily distinguishes the species from all other closely allied forms.
2. Phyllorhina fulva.
Hipposideros fulvus, Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. II, p. 592, (1838).
Almost as common in Southern India as the foregoing species, and very variable in the colour of its fur, in the attachment of the wing-mem- brane to the posterior extremities, and in the size of the ears.
3. Megaderma lyra.
Megaderma lyra, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. XV, p. 190, (1810).
This species may be considered characteristic of the Indian and Ceylonese subregions. Its place in Burma is taken by JZ. spasma, L. It is very generally distributed throughout the Indian Peninsula, inhabiting eaves, ruined buildings, and the roofs of houses.
4. WScotophilus Temmincki, Horsfield.
TI].—Specres From BuRMA. 1. Phyllorhina larvata.
Rhinolophus larvatus, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java, (1824).
Specimens agreeing in colour (bright chestnut) with others obtained at Prome, Upper Burma, by Dr. Anderson in 1868. Indian specimens of this species are darker coloured, and many have a bluish tinge.
Has. Moulmein.
2. Vesperugo (Hesperoptenus) Tickelli. Nycticejus Tickelli, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. XX, p. 157. Hitherto recorded from the Peninsula of India only. The next species is new and belongs to the same subgenus. Haz. Tenasserim.
3. Vesperugo (Hesperoptenus) Blanfordi, n. sp.
Head very flat and broad ; muzzle obtusely conical ; nostrils opening widely apart by semi-lunate apertures, the margins of which are level with the extremity of the muzzle : ears short, triangular in outline, with broadly rounded off tips ; upper half of the outer margin of the ear-conch straight, then convex, slightly concave opposite the base of the tragus, terminating abruptly in a deep lobe closer to the angle of the mouth than to the base
1877.] W. T. Blanford—Spiraculum Mastersi. 313
of the tragus ; tragus narrowest opposite the base of its inner margin, ex- panded above and curved inwards.
Thumb short with a very acute claw; @ broad adhesive cushion occupies the base of the inferior surface of the metacarpal bone and extends outwards and backwards upon the base of the metacarpal of the second finger.
Feet very small, the sole of the foot apparently adhesive but not expanded as in V. pachypus ; post-calcaneal lobe remarkably large, (pro- bably proportionately larger than in any other species of bat,) and broader than the foot, with a central cartilaginous prop: the extreme tip of the tail alone projecting.
Fur dark reddish-brown above, slightly paler beneath. Penis with a distinct bone, in shape quite similar to that of V. Tickelli, and with a similar prepuce.*
Dentition almost similar to that of V. Tickelli, the outer upper incisors are even smaller and placed more behind the inner incisors ; the inner incisors unicuspidate and very acutely pointed ; lower incisors trifid, and placed in the direction of the jaws; the single upper premolar close to the canine ; the first lower premolar with a very short and obtuse cusp, the second equals three-fourths the canine in vertical extent.
Length, head and body, 1”°75 ; tail 1’"1.; head 06 ; ear 0”-45 ; tragus 018 ; forearm 11 ; thumb 015 ; third finger (metacarpal 1”-0 ; 1st ph. 0-6 ; 2nd ph. 06) ; fourth finger (metacarp. 1”:0 ; 1st ph. 0’-53 ; 2nd ph. 0”:28) ; fifth finger (metacarp. 095 ; 1st ph. 0'°35 ; 2nd ph. 0:22) ; tibia 0-45 ; foot 0°25.
Has. ‘Tenasserim.
This species is about the size of Vesperugo (Vesperus) minutus. Temm. from South Africa, and is, therefore, one of the smallest species of the genus. It is not half the size of V. Zickelli, with which it agrees in other respects so closely. Its resemblance to that species in the position of the upper outer incisors, and in the form of the penis, which has a dis- tinct bone, is very remarkable.
a a a a a
XITI.—Deseription of Spiraculum Mastersii—_By W. T. BuanForp, Po. 8, oc.
The shell described below was collected with several others in 1860 by Mr. Masters in the hills south of the Assam Valley, not far from Golaghat. I described all the species, but the paper was never published. Some of
* See description of V, Tickelli in Monogr, Asiat. Chiropt. p, 114.
314 W. T. Blanford—Spiraculum Mastersi.
the specimens, however, have since been distributed with the names I gave originally, and the Spiraculum, which is the most remarkable and inter- esting of all the shells found, has been figured in the ‘ Conchologia Indica’ from a decorticated specimen. As no description of this curious form has ever been published, I give one.
This shell differs from all other known forms of Spiraculum by having the last whorl free and descending for a considerable distance, and by having, besides the sutural tube, a projection, frequently of a subtubular form, from the top of the peristome. ‘The species has some resemblance to Rhiostoma, and still more to Opisthoporus birostris.
SPIRACULUM MASTERSI. Syn. ‘ Pterocyclos (Sp.) Mastersi, Blanford, MS.,’ Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Tad. EL YS 1.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum., Supp. Tert. pp. 54, 386.
Testa latissime wmbilicata, depressa, epidermide crassiusculd, fusca, scabra, decussato-subcostulatd induta, atque liris tribus pilosis, wnd junta peripheriam, alterd supra, tertid infra, circumdata ; sub epidermide alba, fasciis angulatis transversis castaneis notata; linets incrementi confertis lirisque spiralibus minutis magis distantibus decussatim ornata. NSpira fere plana, apice viz emersé. Anfr. 5, rotundati, ultimus antice longe so- lutus, valde descendens, paulo ante solutionem tubulo brevi, curvato, pervio, longitudinaliter striato, ad anfr. penultimum excurrente, antice compresso, in rimam apertam intra anfractum ultimum desinente, postice tereti, extus patente, 6-8 mill. pone aperturam oriente, munitus. Apertura diagonalis, circularis ; peristoma incrassato-expansum, subduplex, superne im rostrum subtubuliforme, antice porrectum, excurrens. Operculum corneum, intus concavum, eatus convexun, marginibus anfractuum liberis lamelliferis. Diam. maj. peristomate incluso 24, min. 165, alt. 5, ap. diam. intus 6 mill.
Hab. in montibus Naga dictis, ad latus meridionale provinciz Assam, haud procul a Golaghat.
The figure in the Conchologia Indica represents a specimen completely divested of its epidermis and more brightly coloured than usual. The sub- tubular projection from the upper portion of the peristome is frequently much more developed than in the figure. The three hairy ridges on the epidermis surrounding the last whorl are only found in fresh well preserved specimens. In a drawing which I possess, made from a living individual, the hairs on these ridges are shewn to be arranged in tufts.
a ii i
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
——-—
Part II—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
No. IV.—1877.
XIV.—WNote on two Species of Asiatic Bears, the “ Mamh’’ of Balichistén and Ursus pruinosus, Blyth, of Tibet, and on an-apparently undescribed Fox from Balichistin—By W. T. Buanrorp, F. R. 8., &e.
(Received and Read Novr. 7th, 1877.)
For some years past I have endeavoured to obtain a specimen of the small bear, which is known to inhabit Baluchistan and the hilly regions of Western Sind. This bear is well known to residents in Sind by its Baluch name of “ Mamh” or “ Mum,” and individual animals have on rare occasions been found straying on to the alluvial flats of the Indus valley. I first heard of a dark-coloured bear in Western Baltichistan, when I accom- panied Major St. John on the Perso-Baluch boundary Survey in the year 1872, but neither at that time, nor in the course of several months spent in Sind in 1875-76-77, could I procure a skin for examination. I have seen fresh tracks of the animal in the Khirthar range in Western Sind, and not only I myself, but several friends have endeavoured to obtain a specimen. Not long since a discussion took place in the columns of the ‘Pioneer’ newspaper as to this animal, and it was suggested that it might be a baboon, and hinted that it must be amyth. The latter hypothesis appeared supported by the extraordinary tales told of the animal by the inhabitants of the country, such as their belief that, except in the presence of man, it always walks on its hind legs, and a still more remarkable tale, that all “ Mamhs” are females, that each seizes a man and forces him to cohabit with her, after laming him to prevent his escaping, the young be-
40
316 W. T. Blanford—On two Asiatic Bears [No. 4,
ing, of course, “ Mamhs” like the mother. Probably the folk lore of Baluchistan would furnish many other wonderful stories of the animal, if enquiry were made.
Quite recently my friend Major Mockler, the Political Agent at Gwa- dar on the Makran coast, who has very kindly been trying, for some time past, to procure this and other animals for me, obtained a skin from a Baluch chief, Mir Wajedad of Tamp, about 70 miles north of Gwadar. This skin, which I received a few days since, had unfortunately remained for two months at Gwadar during Major Mockler’s absence and without his knowing of its arrival, and much of the hair has consequently come off, but still there is abundance left to shew the characters of the fur. The skull is wanting, but the feet have been partly preserved.
From the circumstance that I was assured by all my native informants both in Sind and Baluchistan that the ‘‘ Mamh’’ was a black bear, I was rather inclined to anticipate that it might prove to be the common Indian sloth bear Ursus (Melursus) labiatus. We have no precise information as to the bears of Afghanistan, but Ursus isabellinus of the Western Hima- layas and U. syriacus which inhabits Persia are both pale coloured animals, and although the Indian bear is not, so far as Iam aware, known to occur within the Indus valley, or the desert tracts which bound that valley to the eastward, (it is mentioned by Stoliczka as a very rare straggler into the easternmost part of Cutch,) still it might of course be found in the Bali- chistan hills. A single glance at the skin sent by Major Mockler is how- ever sufficient to shew that it belongs to a very different animal from the sloth bear of India. The latter has long coarse black hair and very long claws ; in the Baltchistan skin the hair is brown, rather short, and moder- ately fine, and the claws are unusually small.
It is impossible to identify the Sind and Balichistan animal with the black Ursus torquatus (commonly but most improperly known as U. tibe- tanus) and the only remaining bears of western and central Asia are U. arctos, U. syriacus and U. isabellinus. It is still a moot point amongst naturalists how far these forms are distinguishable, but they all agree in being large bears, considerably exceeding U. labiatus in dimensions, whilst the skin from Baltchistan entirely bears out the statement made by various observers, and confirmed by all the information which I have been able to procure in Sind, that the “ Mamh” is an exceptionally small form of the genus. Even if the present specimen be immature, the tex- ture of the fur appears harsher, and the hairs shorter than in U. arctos and its allies, whilst the colour distinguishes the species from U. torquatus. There can I think be but little doubt that the present animal is unnamed ; it may be an exceptionally small race of U. arctos, but even in this case the difference is so great as to entitle the Balichistdn animal to a distinctive
i)
1877. | and a Balichistén Fox. 317
name. I propose therefore to call it, from the ancient name of the country it inhabits.
Ursus GEDROSIANUS, sp. nov.
Syn. U. sp. (7? Melursus labiatus) Zoology of Persia, p. 47.
Ursus minor, brunneus, torque pectorali albido, pilis breviusculis in- dutus, unguibus brevibus. Longitudo tota vix quinque pedes : wunguibus sin- gularibus in pede antico sesqui-pollicaribus.
The colouration is nearly uniform, being a dark rufous brown, much the same as the ordinary tint of European individuals of U. arctos. The shoulders and the outside of the limbs appear to be darker than the back, the belly paler. On the breast there is a narrow white semicircular collar, the ends of which are not prolonged upwards in front of the shoul- ders as in U. tsabellinus ; the muzzle is whitish and the extremity of the chin white. The ears are not preserved. The claws are dark coloured, (several have been lost,) the inner claw on the fore foot measures 1'6 inches in a straight line from base to tip, the second claw on the hind foot 1:25 in the same manner. The sole of the hind foot, somewhat dried and con- tracted of course, measures 7 inches, and the whole skin, which has been dressed, but apparently not stretched, is about 43 feet long from nose to rump.
The fur, though not very coarse, is harsh and stiff, the hair is about 2% inches long on the shoulders, but not more than 13 elsewhere. The hairs are rather thin, probably from the animal having been killed in the hot season. Major Mockler writes to me that he is endeavouring to pro- cure a better specimen and a skull, and I hope that it will be possible before long to give a more complete description of this bear and its affinities,
Concerning the range of U. Gedrosianus, it appears to be found throughout the hills of Balichistan to the foot of the Persian highlands. When travelling through western Balichistén in 1872, Major St. John learned that the pale coloured Syrian bear replaces the dark Balichistan animal near Bam inNarmashir. ‘To the west, as already noticed, the ‘Mambh’ is found in all the higher hills of western Sind, from the neighbourhood of the sea to the Bolan pass, and it probably occurs throughout Kelat. To the northward we know very little about bears ; none are mentioned by Hut- ton in his ‘ Rough notes on the Zoology of Candahar,’ J. A. 8S. B. XIV, p- 340, &c., and we have no precise information as to the kind which in- habits Afghanistan, except that Burnes (Cabool, p. 163), says it is of a reddish brown colour, which renders it possible that the species may be identical with that found in Baltchistan.
Before describing a fox, of which two specimens were sent by Majek Mockler with the skin just described, it may be as well to give a deserip-
318 W. T. Blanford—On two Asiatic Bears [No. 4,
tion of another imperfectly known species of bear, for the skin of which I am indebted to My. L. Mandelli. The skin was brought to Mr. Mandelli at Darjiling by a man who said that he had purchased it at Lhassa, and that the animal inhabited the plains in the neighbourhood of that city. I could find no description of this animal until Dr. Anderson called my attention to a notice by Mr. Blyth in the Society’s Journal fer 1853, Vol. XXII, p. 589, of an imperfect skin, supposed to be that of a variety of the Himalayan black bear (Ursus torquatus v. tibetanus) for which the name pruimosus was suggested, should the species prove distinct. Whilst I doubt whether a name thus bestowed has any claim to recognition, I shall retain the term proposed in the present case, as it appears unobjection- able. The specimen was briefly noticed in Blyth’s Catalogue of the Mam- malia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society, and in Jerdon’s ‘Mammals’, as the ‘Blue Bear’ of Tibet, a name under which the original specimen was sent by Dr. Campbell. The skin now received is perfect and in fair condition, but the greater part of the skull is wanting, only the jaws having been retained with the skin, and even of these the hinder teeth are defective. The animal was probably of considerable size, judging by the teeth, which are much larger than any in the skulls of U. csabellinus in the Museum, except in one case, of which more presently. It is manifest that the animal is distinguished by the characters of the fur, claws and dentition, from U. torquatus, and that it is in all probability closely allied to U. isabellinus, and consequently to the European bear, U. arctos.
URSUS PRUINOSUS.
Blyth, J. A. S. B., 1853, XXII, p. 589.
‘Blue Bear’ of Tibet; Blyth, Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soe., p. 76.—Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 71.
Ursus major, affinis U. isabellino, supra fusco-fulvus, pilis dorsalibus longiusculis, confertis, submoilibus, nigris, fulvo-terminatis, capite humeris- que fulvis, artubus ngris, unguibus pallidis fortibus.
The general colouration above is tawny brown, palest on the head and shoulders, darker on the back, where the hairs are black with tawny tips, and black on the limbs. The head is tawny, much of the same colour as Ursus isabellinus, a little darker and browner under the eyes and on the forehead: the ears have tufts of long hair mixed tawny and black. Be- hind the head the neck is rather darker, but on the upper part of the breast there is a broad pale tawny crescentic band, with the upper terminations prolonged upwards, in front of the shoulder, almost to the back, precisely as in U. isabellinus. In U. labiatus and U. torquatus the band is confined to the breast, and the same appears to be the case in U. Gedrosianus. The upper and hinder parts of the shoulders in U. prwinosus are covered with tawny
a
1877.] and a Balichistin Fox. 319
hairs about 35 to 4 inches long, whilst the interscapulary region, like the rest of the back, is clothed with black hairs, fulvous at the tips. The hair is moder- ately fine and about 8 inches long on the back. Apparently the animal when killed was about to lose its long winter coat, for the hair is much felted and matted together in places, and a short fine tawny hair is seen to be growing beneath. The hoary appearance given to the fur by the fulvous tips is extremely characteristic, but it may very possibly be less conspi- cuous at some seasons.
The claws are pale in colour, strong, and moderately curved, the first (and largest) claw on the fore foot measuring 2:2 inches in a straight line from insertion to tip, and 2°75 round the curve; the corresponding measurements of the first hind claw are 1°3 and 1°4 inches.
The animal is evidently old, several of the premolars have been lost, and the alveoli obliterated ; the molars are much worn. As already men- tioned the size of the teeth and especially of the molars is unusually large ; the canines appear very little larger than in U. labiatus. The posterior molar in the upper jaw is wanting on one side and imperfect on the other, it must be nearly 17 inches long and its anterior portion is 0°88 broad, the ante-penultimate (1st true molar) measures 0-9 inch in length by 0°72, the tooth anterior to this or hindmost premolar is 0°62 long. The three together when perfect must have measured nearly 3 inches in length. The 1st lower true molar measures 1:02 long by 0°53 broad, the second 1°05 by 0°63, the 38rd and hindmost 6°83 by 0:62.
Tt has already been mentioned that there is in the Society’s old col- lection, now in the Indian Museum, a very large bear’s skull attributed to Ursus isabellinus. The skull, No. 224, G. of Blyth’s Catalogue is called “Wnormous skull from Kashmir purchased 1858,” I was, I believe, with Mr. Blyth when he purchased this skull in the Calcutta Bazaar, at the shop of a dealer in all kinds of similar articles, where heads of various animals from very different parts of India were mixed together. Thus I remember myself purchasing on the same occasion an Ovis Hodgsoni skull and a fine frontlet of Cervus Duvaucelli ; one of course from Tibet origi- nally, the other from the plains of India. I should consequently attach no importance whatever to the supposed locality.
Now the teeth of this large bear’s skull resemble those in the jaws of Mr. Mandelli’s specimen of Ursus pruinosus so closely, that it is by no means improbable that both may have belonged to the same species. The former is larger than any other skull of Ursus isabellinus in the Museum and the molar teeth are unusually large, though still inferior in size to those of U. pruinosus. The following are a few dimensions :
Length from anterior edge of foramen magnum to end of premax- De anit selec nsnsdpin ela nalsedt oduens>ennaplons sab donleeihegas apkesvaniie clues 12°5
320 W. T. Blanford—On two Asiatie Bears [No. 4
Breadth across hinder portion of zygomatic arches, ..........cssceeeeses 8'8 Breadth of frontal bones between orbits, ......ccecccceecocsccsccdescosces 3:3 Breadth of palate between posterior molars, .......ccscvccsteccessessernee LD Length of 3 posterior molars in upper Jaw, .......scceececceccenceeseres 2:7 Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysis, ..........sssecceeeeeeeenes 9°8
The bears of India and the neighbouring regions, so far as known, now consist of the following species :
Ursus Malayanus. Malay Peninsula and Burma to Arakan.
U. torquatus. Forest region of the Himalayas, and, it is said, the hills South of Assam.
U. pruinosus. Plains of Eastern Tibet.
U. isabellinus. Western Himalayas, chiefly above the forests, un- known in Tibet, and even in the Upper Indus Valley, Ladakh, &e.
U. (Melursus) labiatus. Plains and hills of Peninsular India and Ceylon, extending, it is said, into the hills South of Assam.
U. Gedrosianus. Hills.of Western Sind.
Of the above U. pruinosus is the only species not found within Indian limits. The discovery that Ursus pruinosus is widely different from U. torquatus removes the last excuse for applying to the latter animal a name derived from a country in which no such species exists. The range of Ursus torquatus has now been fairly ascertained to be Cis- Himalayan in Southern Asia, although some naturalists refer bears from Japan and Eastern Siberia to the same species, and as the use of the speci- fic name Zvbetanus involves a serious error, some other term should be substituted.
Fortunately in this instance there is no need to suggest a new name, for Wagner,* in 1841, proposed to call this bear U. torquatus on the ground that the animal not being known in Tibet, the original name given by Cuvier was inappropriate. Wagner’s name was adopted by Schinz#, and sub- sequently by Dr. J. E. Grayt, who however appears to quote Schinz as its author. Mr. Blyth, in the ‘Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum Asiatic Society,’ p. 77, referred U. torquatus, Schinz, to U. labiatus, but this is evidently a mistake, as can be seen from Schinz’s description and from the facts mentioned above. It is probable that Mr. Blyth, who worked under the disadvantage of having a very imperfect scientific library at command, took the reference from some other authority.
No one can be more averse than I am in general to changing specific names, but I think, following the British Association rule, that a name
* Schreber, Saugethiere, Supplement band, II, p. 144. + Syn. Mam., I, p. 302. t P. Z.%., 1864, p. 688; Cat. Carn, Pach. Edent. Mam., Brit. Mus., 1869, p. 220.
1877. | and a Balichistin Fox. 321
should be altered when it involves serious error, that the change is justified in the present instance.
With the skin of Ursus Gedrosianus, Major Mockler sent to me two well-preserved skins and a perfect skeleton of a singularly small and very grey fox, with the following note : ‘I send two skins and a skeleton of the ‘ Poh’ which seems to be a very diminutive fox. They were shot by one of my ‘sepoys in the hills about 15 miles from Gwadar ; he sat up at night for ‘them over water, and threw about some dates and fish as bait.’
The ‘Poh’ appears to me to be the same as the small Bushire fox, which, in the Zoology of Persia,* I referred, with doubt, after examining a young living specimen at the Zoological Gardens in London, to Canis fame- licus,+ Rupp. That the present animal must however be distinct from that described by Riippell is, I think, shewn by the dimensions: in Cunis famelicus the length of the head is 5 inches 6 lines, (French measure = 5°85 English,) and the whole length from nose to end of tail 2 ft. 10 in. (about 3 feet English,) of which the tail is 1 ft. 2 in. (1 ft. 3 in. English). Now in the little Baluchistan fox, the skull is only about 33 inches long and the whole length of the skeleton 2 ft. 7 in. of which about 1 ft. 1 in. be- long to the tail. It is not clear whether Riippell in measuring the tail included the hair at the end, if he did, that would account for 2 or 8 in- ches of the length and the present animal would have a proportionally longer tail, but in any case, allowing for the probability that the measure- ments given in Riippell’s work are from a stuffed specimen, the difference in the size of the head is quite inconsistent with the identification of the Baluchistan animal with Canis famelicus. The colour moreover in the former is much greyer, and the chesnut dorsal stripe of C. famelicus wanting or very faintly represented. I propose to name the Baluchistan fox from its grey colour.
VULPES CANUS, sp. nov. ‘Vulpes famelicus ? Riipp.’ Eastern Persia, II, p. 41.
V. parvus, V. famelico affinis sed minor, magis griseus, atque fascia dorsali castaned fere vel omnino carens, capite nuchd tergoque anteriore in- terdum rufescentibus, dorso nigro-lavato, pilorum apicibus albis, abdomine albido, auriculis extus tsabellino-griseis, caudad pilis longis albidis supra posticeque nigro terminatis, indutd. Long. tota, pilis ad extremitatem caude inclusis, circa 33, caude 15, cranit 3'6, poll. angl.
The general colour is grey, blackish on the back and the upper por-
* Eastern Persia, Vol. I, p. 41. ¢ Riippell, Atlas, p. 15, Taf. 5,
322 W. T. Blanford—On two Astatie Bears [No. 4,
tion and end of the tail, the lower parts from the breast including the under surface of the tail white, the muzzle in front of the eyes dusky brown, sides of the head pale rufous, forehead more rufous, the hairs being brown at the base with scattered white tips, which are also found on the dusky muzzle.
The ears are grey outside with a slight rufescent tinge, white inside. In one specimen the ears are more dusky than in the other, which is shewn by the teeth of the skull to have been an aged animal. The hair of the body is soft and long, the longest hairs on the middle of the back being about 2 inches in length, with much fine under fur of a grey colour, dark ashy in one specimen, pale ashy in the other, the longer hairs on the back are black near the ends, the tips of many being white. On the anterior portion of the back in one specimen, the hairs are rufous between the grey base and the blackish tip, and the rufous colour extends along the back of the neck. This imperfectly marked rufous colour doubtless represents the chesnut stripe in V. famelicus. 'The gape and chin are dusky, the breast ashy grey, the abdomen white. The fore legs are pale rufescent in the older specimen, dusky grey in the younger, the hind legs rufous brown out- side in the one animal, dusky black in the other, the tail is very bushy, the hairs grey or white with long black ends above and at the tip, so that the tail appears blackish except below, where it is white or nearly white. The skins are too much stretched for their measurement to be of any use, except in the case of the tail, which measures 15 to 16 inches; of this the hairs at the end are about 24 in. The measurements above given are founded on the skeleton.
The skull, which, as already mentioned, is that of an aged animal, is very small and almost destitute of crests. The hinder portion of the brain pan is much rounded and the small occipital crest very low on the back of the head, being in fact about equally distant from the foramen magnum and the top of the skull. The following are measurements of this skull :
inches metre Length from occipital crest to anterior termina- . ion wor jpremaxallee: ce .nsesoe. oer ete eee 3.65 092 » irom anterior margin of foramen mag- MW TO 10 ., ©ossics kan chee eee oa es eee 3°35 O84 »» of suture between nasal bones, ............ 1:12 028 Breadth of nasal portion of skull at posterior ter- mination of prémaxille, o.oo... csegtness suis: 0:57 014 » of frontal region behind postorbital pro- GRABGS, © cece scsenkivacextchvente ee tee eee 0:73 ‘O18 »» Of brain case where widest across parietal POSION, nox vile 12s vse ve 5hp CONN On Mahan eenenee ES 14 » °025
99
of skull across zygomatic arches, .,....... 2°02 0505
| |
1877. | W. T. Blanford—On some Mammalia from Gilgit. 323
Length of bony palate from anterior termination 5
of premaxille to opening of posterior nares,
(measured to end of small posterior projec-
ting process in the middle of the palate,) ... 1:85 047 Breadth of bony palate between penultimate mo- fore Cist true molars; )). .. cde. ediadadiveesntes 0:47 012 Length of last upper premolar, ...............eceeee 0°38 ‘0095 mer ceatet molars 2. o.120s. Roads seute: caseut 0:26 "0065 MORE CM LG). 35 oii 2:1. Sedo ls keds ae nd tad veverd eet 0°37 009
Of the limb bones the humerus is 3:1 inches long, the radius 8, the femur 3°13, and the tibia 3°58.
P. S.—Since the preceding description of Ursus Gedrosianus was in type, Dr. Duke has written to the ‘ Pioneer’ to say that he has received two imperfect skins of a ‘ Mamh’ obtained near Quetta, and that they are black. It remains to be seen whether the black and brown bears of Balu- chistan are varieties or distinct. The former is more probable.
XV.—On an apparently new hare, and some other mammalia from Gilgit. —By W.T. Buanrorp, F. R. 8.
(Received and Read Novr. 7th, 1877.)
A small collection of mammals made in the course of last year by Cap- tain Biddulph in the extreme north-western part of Kashmir was left by him in the Indian Museum, with a request that I would examine the speci- mens. The skins comprise a fox, an otter, a hare, a Lagomys, and a mouse.
The fox appears to me to be probably a form of Vulpes montanus in summer dress. A similar specimen was obtained by Captain Biddulph in Kashghar and made over by himto Dr. Stoliczka. The fur is very short; there being, in fact, scarcely anything but the underfur left, and even that is thin. Under these conditions the colour differs widely from that of V. montanus in its winter garb, and most skins are taken when the fur is in fine con- dition. The specimen is from Hanza (probably a place of that name N.N. E. of Gilgit), and was obtained at an elevation of 8000 feet. Another precisely similar, except that the ears were less black, was also procured.
In the skin before me, the face is rufous, deepest in front of the eyes, the ears sooty black outside, the middle of the back ferruginous with a brown tinge from the under fur, a very distinct rufous cross band on the shoulders, so as to form a marked cross on the back, and the sides of the body very pale. Lower parts dirty white. Tail not full, very woolly, (asis the fur generally,) slightly rufous above, elsewhere dirty white mixed with
41
324 W. T. Blanford—On some Mammalia from Gilgit. [ No. 4,
black hairs, the tail-tip white. Legs rufous externally with dark hairs in- termixed.
The otter-skin unfortunately wants the skull, and it is impossible to determine it accurately. It has evidently belonged to a large form, ap- proaching Lutra vulgaris in size, but it is much paler in colour. The upper parts are somewhat light brown, the under fur being very pale whitish brown at the base, then rich wood-brown, rather rufous, with numerous longer hairs mixed, which have whitish tips, giving a pale speckled appear- ance to the fur. On the lower parts the under fur is white at the base, then light brown, with long white hairs intermixed, so that the general colour is slightly sullied white. The whiskers are white. Sides of the head below the ears and eyes, chin, and throat rather whiter than the breast and abdomen.
This animal may belong to the Central and Northern Asiatic species, referred by various naturalists to Z. vulgaris. The exact locality is not given, but the specimen was doubtless obtained on the upper Indus or one of its tributaries.
Of the mouse only a dried skin is preserved. The locality is marked ‘Hunza 8000 feet,’ and is probably the place already mentioned. I am unable to identify this skin with any known species: it closely resembles Mus Bactrianus, but appears distinguished by having the upper surface of the tail very much darker than the lower and by longer feet. The colour above is brown, below whitish, the tail dark brown above, pale isabelline below, feet whitish. The skin measures from nose to rump 2°6, tail very little above 2, tarsus without claws 0:75. I do not like to propose a new name on the amount of evidence before me. JZ. Bactrianus is said by Jerdon to have been sent from Kashmir, the only localities given by Blyth however are in the Panjab. I have since obtained this mouse from various parts of Sind, from Ajmere, where it has been found by Major St. John, and throughout many parts of Baluchistan and Southern Persia, It is possible that the Hanza mouse may be merely a variety.
The hare I am unable to identify with any known species and I there- fore propose to name it from its discoverer.
Lepvus BippULPHI, sp. nov.
L. minor, ad L. Tibetanum, L. Pamirensemque proaime accedens, su- pra pallide rufescens, pilorum apicibus nigris intermiatis, infra albus, caudé superne nigra, uropygio cum dorso concolore, auribus mediocribus, apicibus ad marginem nigris, collo pectoreque pallide rufescentibus ; vellere mollt, longiusculo, ad basin cinereo. Long. corii desiccati a rostro ad basin caude 19, caude cum pilis 4°5, tarsi 5, auris extus 4°25 poll. Angl.
1877. ] W. 'T. Blanford—On some Mammalia from Gilgit. 325
Hab. in Yassin (Gilgit) provineid ad Kashmir pertinente, ultra flumen Indum jacente.
The general colour above is rather pale rufous, with a dusky wash caused by the tips of the longer hairs being black. There does not appear, in the only skin I have examined, to be the grey rump of LZ. Pamirensis and several other Central Asiatic species. The forehead and central portion of the muzzle is pale rufescent grey, the hairs rufous ashy at the base, then brown, and isabelline at the tips. The sides of the head are paler, but a few black tips are found on the hairs of the cheeks. There is a pale ill- defined band on each side of the muzzle, including the eye. Whiskers black at the base, white towards the end ; some wholly white. Anterior portion of the ears outside nearly the same colour as the forehead, hair soft, not so dense and harsh as in L. Pamirensis, posterior portion of outer surface pale rufous, extreme tip of ear black outside, the black running about a third of the way down the posterior edge. Neck all round and breast pale rufous, hairs ashy at the base and pale tipped, except on the nape. Fur of body soft, on the hinder part of the back the hair is about 14 inches long, and consists of coarser piles mixed with fine woolly under fur. Throughout the dorsal portion the hair is ashy at the base, then isabelline, followed by a brown ring, the end being pale rufous, except in the longest hairs, which are tipped black. ‘Tail sooty black above. Limbs externally pale rufous. Underparts white.
The skull of Lepus Biddulphi differs from that of Z. Tibetanus in the following characters. The parietals are broader and flatter, the width of the frontals greater and they are somewhat more convex just behind the post-orbital processes. The nasals are truncated behind, the angle formed by the junction of the posterior and exterior margins being a right angle as in L. Stoliczkanus and L. Yarkandensis, differing in this respect from ZL. Tibe- tanus, L. Pamirensis, and L. hypsibius. The hinder extremities of the pre- maxille are parallel with the hinder margin of the nasals, the jugal is narrower vertically. The muzzle is less high and the whole skull flatter. The palatal opening is smaller and differently formed behind. The open- ing of the posterior nares is narrower. The lower jaw is much less high.
The nearest approach to the skull of Z. Biddulphi, amongst the species of which specimens are available for comparison, is made by the hare which inhabits the Karakash valley between Ladak and Yarkand. This species much resembles LZ. pallipes of Hodgson from the portion of Tibet north of Nepal and Sikkim. In the skull of the Karakash hare, however, the nasals extend backwards to some distance beyond the terminations of the premaxilla, the zygomatic arch is broader and more convex beneath, the postorbital processes are differently shaped and the whole skull larger.
326 W. T. Blanford—On some Mammalia from Gilgit. [No. 4,
The skull, extracted from the skin, is imperfect behind, and the length
cannot be measured. It was probably under 34 inches. The following are some of the dimensions:
Tn. Met. Length of suture between nasal bones,............ 1:23 031 Greatest breadth across hinder portion of zygo- mahieianches,. 2. <i. caekn bed en fen eueeien Nee 136 04 Breadth of brain case behind glenoid fossa, ... 1°17 029 Breadth of frontal region where narrowest be- hind post-orbital processes, ................65 0:57 ‘014 Breadth of nasals where widest near posterior HORNA MON ex citivai tt cid bees Swere tiie cet 0:62 016 5 ab anterior end, ....:sc-cx eck 0°51 013 Teach of bony palate behind anterior palatal TATE Fh aie bom ine eh cee civm nee br oe eRe Ae 0:25 006 Width of do. between anterior molars,............ 0-45 ‘O11 Length of zow upper molars, 5.64. 0fia teed ite es 0-61 015 5, of lower jaw from angle to symphysis,... 2:25 057 Reichs doivto Condy le. i413. essbusoaleesdne oats 132 ‘033
The ZLagomys I find somewhat difficult to determine. Captain Bid- dulpha has collected two specimens, one from the Gilgit district, obtained at an elevation of 10,000 feet, the other from the Kishengunga valley, at 7500 ft. On the whole these specimens appear to me to agree best with L. auritus, the species inhabiting the Indus valley in Ladak at moderate elevations, but the ears, so far as can be judged, are much smaller, scarcely exceeding in size those of LZ. Roylec. The dimensions however appear larger than those of Z. Roylet, and the fur is much longer and softer. The colouration of the upper parts is greyish brown, the face being rufous to a variable extent, and there being in both skins a marked rufous patch below the ears, (the glandular patch noticed in skins of some species of Lagomys by Dr. Giinther; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Septr. 1875, Ser. 4, Vol. XVI, p. 230,) though this is evidently a variable character, for whilst in one skin, and this has the forehead less rufous than the other, the patch below the ear is ferruginous, and the breast, shoulders and flanks rufous, in the other skin the tinge is much fainter and is confined to the sides of the neck. The lower parts are white, faintly tinged with rufous in one specimen, the blackish basal por- tion of the hair shewing conspicuously.
The skull is very near that of both Z. auritus and L. Roylec ; from that of the former it only differsin having the nasals a little broader behind, and the orbits a trifle smaller, and from that of the latter by
1877.] A. O. Hume—Wew Sheep from the Central Hills of Kelat. 327
similar small differences. Neither the external characters nor the skull agree with ZL. rufescens.
The following is a summarized list of the species above discussed : Vulpes montanus.
Lutra, either L. vulgaris, var. or an allied species.
Mus, probably new, allied to JZ. Bactrianus.
Lepus Biddulphi, sp. nov.
Lagomys auritus ? var.
Pe SS
XVI.—On a supposed new Sheep from the Central Hills of Kelat.—By A. O. Hume.
(Received 30th October; Read 7th November, 1877.) (With plate IV.)
I received last year from Major Sandeman, C. 8. I., Political Superin- tendent of Kelat, the head and horns of a sheep which he supposed to be the same as the oorial (Ovis cycloceros) and which had been obtained in the Hills above the Bolan pass.
Directly I saw these horns I was struck with their greater length and slenderness, and their peculiar twist, and after comparing them with two specimens of O. Vignei, and numerous specimens of O. cycloceros, and the description of O. Gmelini, the head appears to me to belong to a hitherto undescribed species.
In all these three species, as far as I can make out, each horn lies in one plane, whereas in the present species the horn twists out, in a capital S. fashion. There is in fact much the same difference between the horns of the present species and of O. cycloceros, that there is between those of O. Karelent, and O. Hodgson.
It seems to me not impossible that this species may be one at any rate of the wild stocks from which the domesticated breed originated.
I propose to name this sheep
OVIS BLANFORDI. | after my friend Mr. W. T. Blanford, our well known Zoologist and Geolo- gist. :
The following are the dimensions of the skull and horns with corre- sponding dimensions of those of a specimen of O. cycloceros, of apparently the same age, viz., about 8 years. In the case of each measurement, the dimension first given is that of O. Blanfordi.
398 TH. F. Blanford—Catalogque of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. (No. 4,
Length from the occipital crest to the end of the premaxil- aries, oo occ ies dexeced ss bebe espemmest ddan ohh eset tee aoe 10:25, 10°85 from the anterior border of the foramen magnum,... 9°85, 855 of the bony palate from the opening of the posterior
nares to the extremity of the premaxillaries, ......... 47, Ar5
» of the upper molar’ series, “12.00.00... 5).0-5 seer oose waren 2°6, 2°85 Breadth of palate between last molars,............+.sseeeeeeeeees 1:63, 1°69 », between anterior premolars,............-.--.seeeseeeoeee 1:15; ° aa
,. of the fossa between the pterygoid processes, ...... 05, 0°75 Greatest width of skull at posterior border of orbit, ......... 5'3, 5'°6 Length of horns along the curve, ..............sssseeeeeeeeeeeees 89°75, 295 Cireumference ob dibbo ab base, 20.22 50.2tsti cae sae cen eae eeber 9:0, 10 Width from tip to tip of horns in a straight line, ............ 16:5, 54 Greatest breadth of born ab base). 5.06 opi.cehes «oe wee vw scenes nee 2°25, 2°45 Greatest depth of horn at base, ..........1.sesseeseeseeeee ees eoe ens 3:25, 3:25 Width of forehead between orbits, .....s.....ch22.ceeponcsenctee 3°55 3°8
The lower part of the forehead at the nasal suture and the whole of the frontals are more raised and convex than in either O. eycloceros, or O, Vignei.
The frontal ridge between the bases of the horns is less developed in O. Blanfordi, and in this latter the posterior convex margin of the bony palate is differently shaped, being more pointed and not nearly semicircular as in O, cycloceros.
Although this was promised me, [ have not, I regret to say, as yet received any skin of this sheep; but I should hope that the dimensions above given, accompanied by an accurate drawing, would suffice to enable other observers to identify this supposed new species.
XVII.— Catalogue of the recorded Oyclones in the Bay of Bengal, up to the end of 1876, compiled by Hunry F. Buanrorp, Meteorological Re- porter to the Gevernment of India.
The following list was drawn up with a view to ascertaining with great- er accuracy than had previously been practicable, what is the distribution of cyclones at the different seasons of the year, and also what parts of the Bay are most liable to storms, in each season of the year. The general results arrived at on these heads have been announced in my lately publish- ed work “ The Indian Meteorologist’s Vade Mecum.”
1877.] H. FP, Blanford—Catalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. 829
The basis of the present catalogue has been furnished by the two lists published by Dr. Buist in Vols. xiiand xiv, of the Transactions of the Bom- bay Geographical Society, and that given by Mr. Piddington in the Sailor’s Horn Book,* accompanying a chart of the storm tracks. To these I have added a considerable number of storms, notices of which I have gathered from other sources, and also those recorded in recent years in the Reports of the Meteorological. Department. A few evident errors in Dr. Buist’s catalogues (possibly arising from misprints) have been corrected, and atten- tion has been drawn to some doubtful cases.
The several authorities referred to are designated in the Catalogue by the following symbols :
B.1. Buist’s first catalogue. Trans. Bombay Geog. Soc. Vol. xii. App. A. B. 11. = ditto second ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto x1y. | pi Ee P. 1-xxv. . Piddington’s Memoirs in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
PELE. ditto Sailor’s Horn Book of Storms,
AAR. Asiatic Annual register. .
©: Orme’s History of the Military transactions in Hindostan. C. Capper’s Winds and Monsoons.
HID. Horsburgh’s Indian Directory. Taylor’s Edit. 1874.
G. & T. Goldingham and Taylor. Madras Met. Register 1822-1843. SGMA. Surveyor General’s Meteor. Abstracts for Calcutta 1840-77. MJ. Madras Journal.
Ye Dr. Liebeg in the J. As. Soc. Bengal 1858.
PRS, Proc. Royal Soc. London.
BMR. Bengal Meteorological Reports.
G. & B. Gastrell and Blanford. Report on Calcutta Cyclone 1864. W. Rep. W. G. Willson’s Special Reports on Cyclones.
EK. Rep. J. Eliot’s ditto ditto ditto.
Auct. The Author from private notes.
AJ. Asiatic Journal.
i Col. Thuillier in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal. Vol. xvii. p. I.
* Also in Vol. xvi, part 2 of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
330 H. F. Blanford—Catalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. [No. 4,
ee No. | § | Days. Details of Storm. Authority. le
I |1787|Oct. | 7th |A violent earthquake and furious | PHB. p. 225. hurricane at the mouth of the Ganges ; reached 60 miles up the river. 20,000 craft of all descriptions destroyed. 300,000 people said to have perished in Lower Bengal or in the Gulf. The river rose 40 feet above its usual level.*
II |1747\Oct.| 2nd |Six French men of war blown out of Madras roads by a hur- ricane; one foundered and 4 dismasted. ‘Twenty other ves- sels driven ashore or lost at sea. Storm not felt at Pon- dicherry.
III |1749Apl.| 18th |A furious hurricane on the Coro- ‘mandel Coast. English camp at Porto Novo blown down. Two Indiamen stranded. The Apollo hospital ship, -Pem- broke 60 guns, and Namur 74 lost.
IV |1752,\Oct.| 31st |Violent hurricane on the coast of
Madras. Rain that fell conti-
unously for several days laid
the whole country under water.
V_ (1760 Dec. |31st &\Cyclone at Pondicherry during | O. C
a0
p. O77 dares
QO
ao
1761 Jan.| 1st the siege. Central calm pass- p: 58. ed over the town at midnight of New Year’s eve. VI (1763 Oct.| 21st | Madras. All vessels at anchor | C. p. 59
| in the roads lost. Oct.| 29th | Madras. Chatham Indiaman lost | C. p. 60. in the roads. Storm not felt at Pondicherry. VIII |1782,Oct.| 20th | Madras. More than one hun-| HID. | dred country vessels stranded. IX |1787 May|19th & Great storm and storm wave] AAR. A788. " 20th. | inundation at Coringa; pene-| PHB. p. 195. trated 20 miles inland. LEsti- | B. 1. mated that 20,000 souls and 500,000 cattle perished.
* These estimates are in all prebability greatly exaggerated, as will readily be believed by any person acquainted with the character of Indian statistics, even at the present day. The loss of life in the Backergunge cyclone of November 1876, was eventually found to be only about half the original estimate, although this latter was based on an actual enumeration of a certain number of ie and had been framed with comparative caution.
VII |1768
1877.] H. F. Blanford—Ontalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal.
331
Details of Storm.
IX |1789\Dec.| ? ? at Coringa. Accounts collect- ed by M. de la Place in 1840. [Perhaps the same as the pre- B.
ceding. H. F. X |1792)Oct. as esa Madras. No details given. 27th. XI {1797 June|18th to At Madras. No details. 20th. XII |1797\Nov.| ? (In north of Bay. Recorded by H. C.8. Minerva.
XIII [1800 0ct. | 19th. Furious hurricane and _ earth- quake at Ongole and Masuli- patam. Many houses at On- gole shaken down.
XIV |1800 Oct.) 28th. Hurricane at Coringa and Ma- sulipatam.
XV {1803 Dec.! 4th. |H. M.S. Centurion experienced
| a violent hurricane between Trincomalee and Madras.
XVI |1805|Jan.| 7th. |At Trincomalee and on Coroman- del Coast and across, penin- sula to Tellicherry on the Ma- labar Coast.
? 11805/Mar.| 16th. |Caleutta and Lower Bengal
[Doubtful if this were a cy- clone from the Bay. H. F. B.] XVII |1807/Dee. |10th &|Madras. The sea breached the fort 11th. | and walls of the Black town. Storm not felt to north of Pu- licat, nor at Pondicherry.
XVIIT|1808|Sept.|5th & Cyclone at Vizagapatam. 20
6th. country ships driven on shore.
12th. |Madras and South Coromandel Coast. Great loss of life and shipping. [Probably a mis- take, being a repetition of XVII H. F. BT.
XIX |1811|May| 8rd. |Madras. Destroyed nearly every vessel in the roads. Ninety na- tive vessels wrecked. The Dover frigate and store ship Manches- fer run ashore and wrecked.
XX |1818/Oct. |28rd &|Madras, Centre of cyclone pass-
24th. | ed over the town,
XXI aay 29th &|Madras [and Kistnapatam ? ]
30th.
42
? 11808'\Dec.
A great storm wave inundation
Authority.
PHB.
Buik
Bas
PHB.
Bly.
PHB. p. 226.
Bart PHB. HID.
AAR. 1808. Bark.
ir.
B. ir.
HID.
AAR. x. 129. AAR. x. 1538.
Balk
Ban: AJ. May 1819. B.1. PHB.p.55,
332 H. F. Blanford—Cataloque of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. [No. 4,
No.
——$_——
tH 3 7 ea
XXIT {1820} May
XXIII
XXIV
XXV XVI
~
XXVII
ae TT
XXIX
XXX
1822) June
1823) May
18238 1824
June June
1827| May
1830) May
1830
1831} Oct.
1831} Dec.
1832) May
1832) Aug.
Month.| Days.
|
Dec.
Details of Storm.
8th. |Madras and also on Malabar coast. Occasioned some loss of shipping south of Bombay. ? |Storm wave swept over Burisaland Backergunj. 50,000 souls said to have perished. Storm travel- led only 53 miles in 24 hours. 26th. |From the north of the Bay over Balasore. The Liverpool and Oracabessa storm. Six large
ships wrecked. Qnd. |Chittagong and Delta of Ganges. Sth. |Chittagong. Heavy inundations causing immense loss of life
and property.
7th to Madras. Several native vessels
10th. | driven on shore, and the David Scott parted her chain cables. Lowest bar. at Madras 29°76. 26th. |Cyclone apparently passed at sea northwards. A fresh or light gale at Calcutta. Lowest bar 29-008.
A gale of the most violent de- scription at Pondicherry and Cuddalore, whereby the stout- est trees were laid low, houses unroofed and many lives lost. At Madras, wind approached to a gale at 8 or 9 P. mM.
Balasore and Cuttack. Inunda- tion swept away 300 villages and at least 11,000 people. Fa- mine followed and total loss of life estimated at 50,000 souls.
Pondicherry and Cuddalore. Lasted a few hours only but fearfully destructive.
In Gangetic delta 8000 or 10,000 people drowned.
Furious hurricane at Calcutta. Bar. 28°8 [ not mentioned inCol. Thuillier’s list of storms at Calcutta ; possibly an error for that of 38rd August 1834. i Ps: |
2nd.
dlst.
6th.
21st. Ath.
Autho- rity.
BE PHB. p. 56, 95.
Bs ae PHEA ® 56.
Bia: PHB p- 56.
G. & T.
B. 4 PE B. p. 56. AJ.1832 & 1888,
Bit
Boa Ba
1877.] H. F. Blanford—Catalogue of Oyclones in the Bay of Bengal. 333
No. = |Month.| Days. Details of Storm. a
——-
XXXIII 1832) Oct. | 7th. |A fresh or light gale at Calcutta. |. XXXIV |1833} May | 21st. |At mouth of Hooghly. H. C. S. /TB. 1. Duke of York stranded ona |PHB p. paddy field 24 miles south of | 56, 273. Hidjillee. Bar. at Calcutta 29°032. Storm did not reach to Balasore. XXXV |1834} May P |At Khyouk Phyoo on Arakan |PHB, coast. XXXVI |1834; Aug. | 38rd. |At Calcutta blew a gale with in- |T. eessant rain. Bar. 29-028. | Rain 5:80 ins. XXXVIT |1886) Oct. | 830th. |Madras. Central calm passed |G & T. over the town and lasted a |B Tt. quarter of an hour. Lowest |PHB. p.
bar. 28°285. 56. XXXVIIT |1838} Oct. | 19th. |At Kedjiri in the Hoogly estuary.|T. 56. Bar. at Calcutta 29-398. PHB. p. XXXTX |1838) Nov. P |At Khyouk Phyoo. PEE. ps
XL |1839} June |8rd_ to/Traversed the top of the Bay |P. 1. [56. 5th. from ENE to WSW. ? [ This course seems very doubtful. On the data given, I should put the centre on the 3rd and 4th in positions very different from those adopted by Mr. Piddington. The course was more probably from SE to NW to near Pooree. Prof. Dove has been misled by the original error. See Klimat. Beitr. 1. puthay: HL, By XLI |1839] Sept. |19th to Passed northward across Sunder- |P. It. 21st. buns, between Calcutta and |'T. Burrisaul, to near Rungpore. Lowest bar. at Calcutta 29°200 with N. wind. XLII |1839| Nov. |12th to|Across the Bay from the Anda- |P. 11. 17th. | mans to Coringa. A_ storm |B. I. wave laid the shore 8 ft. under water. 70 vessels and 700 souls lost at sea. 6,000 said to have been drowned on shore.
XLIII |1840} April 27th to Andamans to the Orissa coast. |P. 11. May | Ist. Felt at Calcutta, where lowest |B. I. bar. was 29°42. Centre passed |T. 1.
just South of Pooree.
334 H. F. Blanford—Catalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. (No. 4,
No. 3 Itonth Days. Details of Storm. Autho- we rity.
ne | ee
XLIV (1840, May ? |Hurricane off Madras and South- |B. 1. ern coast. XLV ;1840) Nov. | 21st. |Tio the NE of Andamans. P.vae: XLVI |1841; May | 16th. |From the SW of the Anda- |P. v. mans to Madras. A lull in the |G. & T. middle of the storm at Madras |B. 1. Bar. 29-069. XLVII |1842) May 81st to\Great Calcutta eyclone on 8rd |P vu. T. June | 5th, June. ‘The most severe gale |SGMA. ever felt at Calcutta.” Bar. |B. 1. 28278. Centre passed over the city. . ond to|Across the north of the Bay, in |P rx. 5th, a NW direction to Cuttack. |B. 1 Also felt at Gya and Patna on the 6th. XLIX 1842, Oct. |22ndto/From the Andamans westward |P v1i1. Nov. | Ist. to Pondicherry and across In- |B £.- dia to the Arabian Sea. Thence westward to EH. Long. 60° a total course of 2000 miles. Average rate of travelling 12°4 miles per hour across the bay, and 5'6 miles afterwards. L |1843) May |19thto/From South of bay, NW to/|Px. 23rd.| Ongole. Bar. at Masulipatam 28:78. The place inundated by the sea. Bar. at Bombay fell 0:2 from 18th to 23rd. UI 1848) Nov. |28thto/From N. lat. 6° E. long. 90° in |P xt. Dec. | 2nd. | NW direction. Didnot reach land. Another storm simul- taneously in lat. 7°—8° and same long, south of the equator. LIT |1844; May | 11th. |Noakhally and Chittagong. P xan. LITT 1844) Aug. | 21st. |Blowing a gale at Calcutta from /T. 9 p. M. to the following morn- |SGMA. | ing. More than 12 ins. of rain fell. Bar. at sunset, be- fore the gale 29°350. [Not | mentioned by Piddington but appears to have been a cyclone. H, F. B.]
XLVITI |1842; Oc
oe
1877.] H. F. Blanford—Cataloque of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. 335
No. Month.| Days. Details of Storm. on
14th. | tered by the Briton and Run- nymede troop ships. Both dis- masted and thrown on Anda- mans. LV |1845) Nov. |29th to|/From South of bay, westward to |P. xrv. Dec. | 2nd. Ceylon. Centre passed near| B. 1. Batticuloa. On the 3rd a mag- netic storm observed at Bom- bay. LVI |1846) Sept. | 21st. |A gale at night at Calcutta. Bar.|T. at sunset before gale 29°475. |SGMA, LVII (1848) April | 28rd. |Violent hurricane off Ceylon, in |B. 1. which H. M. brig Jwmna was nearly lost. LVIII |1848) July | 15th. \Sandheads. Ship Nussur foun- |P. xxi. dered. LIX |1848) Oct. |12thto|In north of Bay where it was |P. xv1tt. 14th. | generated. Travelled NW to False Point. Centre passed over light-house. LX /|1849| May |12th to|Chittagong. Lowest (unsed) |P. xxrt. 13th.| Bar. 28°40. LXI |1849} Dec. | 10th. \Severe hurricane at Madras. |B. 1. Ships Lady Sale, Industry and Princess Royat lost. LXII |1850) April |23rd to\Cyclone formed to west of Nico- |P. xx. 28th. | bars passed northward to Ben- gal, between Midnapore and Calcutta and over Moorsheda- bad, on nearly the same track as that of 1864, but a little more westerly. LXIIT |1850) Nov. |17th to/In Andaman Sea. Formed east of P. xxtt. 19th. | Port Blairand travelled NNW. LXIV /|1850) Dec. | 4th. |Hurricane at Madras. Two ships |B. 1. and 18 country craft wrecked. |: : LXV |1851) April |30th to|From the NE of Ceylon to Madras P. xxt. May | 6th. | Passed to north of town. Low- IB. 1. est bar. 29°322 with wind from SW. | LXVI |1851) Oct. |20th to\In north of Bay. Centre passed |P. xxi. : 23rd.| over False Point light-house |B. 1. | and thence NE by N. in direction of Dacca. Lowest har. at False Point 28°21,
336 H. F. Blanford—Cataloque of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. [No. 4,
No.
LXVITI {1852
LXVIII |1853
LXIX |1854
LXX LXXI
1854 1855
1856 °
1856 1856
LXXII LXXIII
LXXIV |1857
LXXV |1858
LXXVIj\1858
LXXVITI/1858
LXXVIII/|1859
LXXIX |1859 LXXX |1859
Month.
May
Mar.
April |
Oct. May
May
Sept. Nov.
Oct. Nov.
April
May
Oct. April
June
July
Days. Details of Storm. a rity. 12th to From lat. 15° course due North |P. xxty. 15th. | to Sunderbuns. Centre passed |B. 1. 39 miles East of Calcutta. Two river steamers in Sunder- buns carried to middle of jun- gle. Much damage in Cal- cutta. 26thtoFurious hurricane in Southern |B. 1. 28th. | India. Some 50 vessels sunk or wrecked on the Coromandel coast, South of Madras. 21st to\A violent hurricane in Gulf of |P. xxv. 23rd.| Martaban and at Rangoon. Bie. 6th. Hurricane South of Ceylon. B. 1. 15th to Bay of Bengal between Burmah |B. 11. 29th. | and Madras. 14th. |In Bay of Bengal. [This rests |B. 11.
on Buist’s authority only. A |SGMA. gale is recorded at Calcutta on this day, but it was only a violent hail-storm. H. F. B.] 3rd. |Caleutta. Lowest bar. 29°156. 17th to|Bay of Bengal 5° to 20° North. 21st. | Felt at Madras. 28th to Off Ceylon. Central calm passed
2nd. | over Nellore. Many houses| MJ. and trees blown down. 1857. 9-10th.|From Andamans to Cape Negrais. |L. Much destruction at Henzada B. 11 and Rangoon, between which the centre passed. 15th to! Bay of Bengal across to Malabar B. 11 20th.| coast. Also Chittagong at Dacca. 25th &|At Calcutta. Lower bar. 29:291. B. m1. 26th. SGMA. 21st to|Bay of Bengal and also the An- B. 1. 27th.| daman Sea. Prevailed with MJ. Iv. greatest violence in the neigh- bourhood of Negapatam. 15 to 20 inches rain over Tanjore. 12th to| Bay of Bengal off Akyab. B. 1. 17th. 25th to\Caleutta. Lowest bar. 28°179. 'B. 11. 27th. | Incessant rain.
No thunder SGMA. or lightning, |
1877.] H. F. Blanford—Odatalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. 337
Month.) Days. Details of Storm. Autho-
Se
LXXXI1/1864) Oct. |\2nd to\/From NW of Andamans to Ben- |G. & B.
5th. | gal. Storm wave in Hooghly swept away 48,000 souls and upwards of 100,000 cattle. Nearly all the shipping in the river stranded. P. and O. mail steamers Bengal and Bentinck hulk landed high and dry on fields. All trees stripped of their leaves. Lowest bar. at Calcutta 28°570,
LXXXII/1864) Oct. | 25th. |North of Bay of Bengal. G. & B. LXXXITI /1864| Nov. | 5th. |Masulipatam Cyclone. G. & B. LXXXIV |1865} Nov. P 1K. of Ceylon. — G. & B.
LXXXV/1867) Sept. | 30th. |Vizagapatam Cyclone. Auct.
LXXXVI1/1867| Oct. (27th to|From near Nicobars to Bengal. |BMR. Nov. | 2nd. | Passed Hast of Calcutta over |PRS. Port Canning.
LXXXVII |1867| Nov. | 12th. |In north-east of bay. Auct. LXXXVIITI/1868} Nov. P |Cyclone at Alyab. Auct. LXXXIX |1869| May | 1st. In NE of Bay. Moulmein |BMR. steamer involved. 1869.
XC |1869) May |13thto|From Cape Negrais to NW |BMR.
17th. | across Bengal. 1869.
XCI/1869| June [5th to|North of Bay and across Bengal. |BMR.
10th. . 1869.
XCII 1869} Oct. |7th &From NE of bay, across Mid- |BMR.
Sth. | napore, Purulia and Gya to |1869.
Benares. XCIII/1870| Jan. |1l0th &|South of bay, midway between |BMR. 11th. | Ceylon and Nicobars, 1870. XCIV/1870| May | 30th. |In NE of bay. Encountered by |BMR. | steamer Mouwlmein. 1870. | XOV (1871)? © 'Near Pondicherry. BMR. . XCVI1(|1872) April |29th to\Severe cyclone passed over Mad- |1871.
May | 8rd. | vas. Formed about 7° 30’ N. |BMR. lat. Felt at Calicut and affec- |1872. ted the barometer at Bombay.
XCVII|L872) June |28thto|/A small storm generated in the |W. Rep. July | Ist. north of the bay passed over |BMR. Balasore. 1872. XCVIII |1872| Sept. | 11th. |A small local cyclone in NE of |BMR. Bay. 1872. XCIX |1872| Sept. |19th & From north of bay, northwards |BMR. 20th. | across Jessore. 1872. * C|1872) Oct. |24th toCyclone passed over Narcondam |BMR.
26th. | island levelling the forest. 1872.
338 H. F. Blanford—Catalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal. [No. 4,
Autho-
No. rity.
rn a SY pr
C1I|1873) Nov. | 8rd. |Severe cyclone encountered by |BMR. the Foam in N. lat. 15° 30’, EH. |1873. long. 85°.
Cyclone at Madras. Originated |BMR. about N. lat. 9°, E. long. 85°. |1874. Broke up before reaching land.
Small cyclone in NW of bay. BMR.
CI1I\1874; May rd _ to 5th.
CIII|1874| June |15th to
17th. 1874... CIV |1874; July |28th & An incipient cyclone in NW of |BMR. 29th. | bay. 1874.
CV |1874; Aug. jlst &Crossed the north of the bay |BMR. 2nd. | from near Akyab toWNW. — |1874. OVI/1874| Oct. |13th to Originated between 13° and 17° |W. Rep. 16th.| N. lat. Crossed to NW of |BMR. bay and passed over Midna- |1874. pore and Burdwan. Bar. at Sandheads in central calm
27°58. CVI1I 1874) Oct. |24th to Cyclone felt at Coconada. BMR. 26th. 1874, CVIII |1874| Nov. |lst &Second cyclone at Coconada. |BMR. 2nd. | Did not reach land. 1874. CIX 1874; Nov. |10th toEncountered by Meinam between |BMR. 12th. | lat. 17° and 19.° 1874. CX |1874| Dec. |L0th to/Storm in the South of the bay. /|BMR. 12th. 1874. CX1|1876} Oct. ‘5th to/Vizagapatam cyclone. Found |J.H. Rep.
8th. | to West of Andamans in N. lat. 15°, reached Vizagapatam on 8th and passed up the mar-
gin of Hast CXII |1876 Oct. |29th to/The Backerganj cyclone. Formed |J. EH. Rep. Nov. | ist. near Andamans and moved
north to mouth of Megna, the islands of which were swept by storm wave, and upwards of 100,000 people drowned.
1877.] "889
XVITI.—Memorandum on the diurnal Variation of Atmospheric Pressure at the Sandheads, by Cuas. Harpine, Esq., with a prefatory note by Henry F. Branrorp.
In the Society’s Journal, Part II, No. 1 of 1877, I published a short paper on the Variation of the Barometric Tides in connection with the Diur- nal Land and Sea-breezes, in which the diurnal variation of pressure over the Bay of Bengal between latitude 20° and the Sand-heads, in the month of January, was deduced from the ship observations recorded in the log-books collected by the London Meteorological Office. The method pursued in dealing with these observations was a very rough one, and by no means the best that might have been adopted; and I assumed (what I now admit was not justified) that the observations dealt with were sufficiently nu- merous to yield mean values for each hour of observation which should be comparable with each other.
A few weeks ago I received from Captain H. Toynbee, the Superinten- dent of Marine Meteorology in the London Meteorological Office, the following Memorandum, which was drawn up at his request by Mr. Chas. Harding, and as it furnishes an important correction to the results given in my paper above referred to, I have much satisfaction in communicating
it to the Society. Hy. By Bh
In glancing through Mr. Blanford’s paper on the Variation of the Barometric Tides in connection with diurnal land and sea-breezes I was much struck by the diagram on p. 48, which shows the afternoon minimum, deduced from the sea observations, to be considerably less marked than the morning minimum ; and from para. 2, p. 47, I gather that the pith of the paper depends greatly upon the shallowness of this afternoon minimum.
The discussion of the diurnal range of barometer observations at sea, in the neighbourhood of the equator, in the North Atlantic, (see Official No. 20, published by the Meteorological Office) in no way supports this excess of depression in the morning minimum, and the experience derived from that discussion has suggested to me a probable cause of much of the difference exhibited by Mr. Blanford.
I rather fail to reproduce the mean results given by Mr. Blanford, but T see sufficient to warrant me in inferring that whatever observations he has allowed to enter into the discussion have been summed up as follows: if the part of the ocean under discussion yielded sixty-four noon obser- vations, thirty-eight 4 Pp. M. observations, &c., the sixty-four noon observa- tions were meaned and the mean compared with the mean of the thirty-eight 4p. M. observations.
I have quite ignored that I might refer to the original logs, and have considered myself restricted to the observations as given in the “ Data
43,
340 Chas. Harding—Memorandum on the diurnal Variation of [No. 4,
Books” and have dealt with the observations obtained from that source in a manner which as far as I can see is open to very little objection, and which is probably the best possible method under the circumstances.
I have meaned all the noon observations for an absolute reading, and for the means of the other 4-hourly periods have worked on the absolute differences which are obtainable from the various observations recorded: for example, working all the obtainable differences of 4 P. mM. observations on noon observations for the same day, and finally meaning these differences, and applying the mean difference to the noon mean already obtained for a 4p. M. mean :—so on for all the other 4-hourly periods. The method has been to take noon as a centre and work on differences at each side of it. The midnight observation has thus been obtained, by working backwards and forwards from noon, and the difference of the two results is only "002 in.
The results for the 4-hourly periods are as follows, using all the sea data between 20° and 22° N. and 80° to 90° EH.
4a M. 8 A. M. Noon. 4p. M. SP. M. Midt. Mean. 29:996 30°056 30°04: 29:987 30°029 30:024 30 022
. , ; ; diff. from —'026 + 0384 +:019 —'035 + 007 +002 Daily M.
T have computed Bessel’s constants from the 4-hourly values, and the expression is as follows :— wv = 30°022 + -0186 sin (7. 15° + 320° 5’) + ‘0311 sin (nm. 30° + 160° 42’) + ‘0002 sin (7. 45° + 90°). From the constants, the following hourly values for the sea observations have been computed: they are given side by side with the hourly values of sea observations deduced by Mr. Blanford and with those of Calcutta.
Hour. Calcutta. Sea [C. H.] Sea [Mr. Blanford.] 30°011 30°022 380°022 Midt; ” + -003 + -002 + -016 ks SAE — ‘006 — ‘011 — ‘001 Ds — O15 — -023 — 021 Bees, — 021 — -028 ay ee — +024 — 026 — -042 oi os — ‘020 — ‘016 — ‘033 bs — -005 ‘000 — 013 : ae + -021 + -018 + -010 Se. + +050 + 034 + -028 Sas + 072 + 043 + +037 10 + -078 4+ -043 4 +035 PT ae + ‘062 + -035 + ‘024
ee ee
1877. | Atmospheric Pressure at the Sandheads. 341
Noon + +032 — 019 — oul 1P.M. — 002 ‘000 — 001 ee — 108t — 018 — -010 64, — 048 — -031 — ‘014 Aes, — 054 — 035 — 016 a", — 051 £2 oa) Jo Oke Gi 4 — 040 i — 014 mr, — 024 — -007 — -008 ... — -007 + -007 + -002 a + -006 + ‘O16 + O14 a) + 012 + ‘018 + -023 pea + 010 + 018 me 024
M. ana erm AE Sheree ee ESSE 2o2e0 ieee beases
06 Sao = Soc ueeaeeseee
-) Sis debs aes<neGGeseees OF A Ne er ppb cess: 2scneman dees a
Zs Soggeaceceeec aooe
ogee es aes
Thick fina-Baaith sats (0. EL.) ‘Thm. * |; do. (ior. Bi) Dotted ,, Calcutta.
I have worked the values of the 4-hourly periods for the belts of lati- tude, from 20° to 21° N. and 21° to 22° N., as well as the combined result,
‘consequently give them below.
4a.mM. 84a.mM. Noon. 4P.m. 8pP.m. Midt. Mean.
80:005 30°063 30047 29:991 30033 30025 30-027 ) a0 4, 942
= 02%, + 036 + “020. —-0386 + 006 — ‘002 { Day ean, § N. (21° to 22°
29:977 30:031 30:021 29-973 30-013 30-013 30-005 | N_ reject-
—-028 + -026 +016 —-032 + -008 + 008 {Bi | 0 Se ling —'158,
The main reasoning of Mr. Blanford’s paper is only affected in so far as the amount of difference, on which the reasoning is based, is considerably lessened.
I venture the above remarks as I gather from Mr. Blanford’s paper that he intends eventually dealing with the other months in a similar manner.
The results given by me have not been thoroughly checked for want of time.
London, 9th October, 1877. Cuar tes Harprna.
342 J. Wood-Mason— Notes on Phasmide. [No. 4,
X1IX.—Wotes on Phasmide.—By J. Woopv-Mason. (With Plates II and III.)
MENAKA SCABRIUSCULA. Bacillus scabriusculus, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B., 1878, Vol. xlii, pt. i, p. 55, pl. viii, fig. 1, 9. Stheneboea Brunnert, Stal, Recensis Orthopt. ITI, 1875, p. 69, @. Menaka scabriuscula, VWood-Mason, MS.
I have seen numerous examples of this species in boxes of insects from Silhet, the locality given by M. Stil for his species; but none of them differed sufficiently from those described by me to merit distinction even as a variety.
Tt is an insect with short and filiform antennz, and as it differs in this as well as other respects from all the forms with which it has been classed by M. Stal, I here introduce the new generic name that I had proposed for it.
LoncnopEs WESTWOODT.
Bacillus Westwoodi, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B., 1873, Vol. xlii, p. 51, pl. v, figs. 1, 2;P. A.S. B., 1873; p. 149; and Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., 1873, Vol. xii, p. 348.
Lonchodes Westwoodi, id., J. A. 8. B., 1875, Vol. xliv, p. 215, @.
Entoria spinicornis, Stil, Recensis Orthopt. III, 1875, p. 72.
M. Stal’s* Hntoria spinicornis from Silhet appears to me to be identi- eal with the species described by me from the Andamans. I have since found it in abundance in Calcutta, and have ascertained that it occurs also in Silhet and on Camorta Is., Nicobars.
I have made a number of interesting observations on its habits and anatomy which will be published in due course.
It lives on Streblus asper, a shrub or small tree which is indigenous wherever the insect is found.
Baorrar1a Surya, Pl. U1; Vig. 3, ¢. Bacteria Shiva, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, 1859, p. 32, pl. viii, fig. 6, 2. Has. Westwood gives “ North India” as the locality of the female preserved in the National Collection. Lt.-Col. Godwin-Austen has obtained
* T take this opportunity of thanking M. Stal for his friendly transmission of copies of all his memoirs on the Orthoptera, including his new ‘ Systema Phasmidarun’ which, on my return to India, I shall take an early opportunity of comparing with my 2wn materials.
1877. ] J. Wood-Mason—WNotes on Phasmide. 343
several specimens of both sexes at Shillong, in the North Khasi Hills, and has thus enabled us to give a more precise locality for the species,
I now give a figure of the male, which was unknown to Westwood, but am obliged to reserve my description of it for a future paper.
The species in both sexes runs so very close to a winged species (ap- parently a variety of Wecroscia Sparaxes, Westw.) from the same region that it now occurs to me that it may after all be nothing more than an apterous form of it.
BactTERIA SINKIEBENSIS, n. sp.
$ @. Differs from B. Sarawaka, Westw. 3 ¢ chiefly in the rela- tive proportions of the different parts of the body.
The following are the measurements of dried specimens of the male and female :— _
6. Total length 32 lines; head 1°75; proth. 1°75; mesoth. 8°75; metath. 4; abd. 13°25 + 3 = 16°25; antenne 28°5.
@. Total length 3 in. 6 lines; head 2°5 lines; proth. 2:25; mesoth 10°75; metath. 4°25; abd. 1855 + 3 = 21°5; antenne 31°25.
Has. Sinkieb (Sinkep?) Island, near Linga Island, off the N. E. coast of Sumatra, a male and a female taken 7m copula by my native collector.
LoncHoprs AvstEnt, Pl. III, Fig. 4, ¢. Wood-Mason, J. A. S. B., 1875, Vol. xliv, p. 216, ¢. Has. Dikrang valley, Assam. I have nothing to add to my original description.
RHAPHIDERUS CERBERUS.
Anisomorpha 2? Cerberus, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, p. 19, pl. I, fig. 6, ¢.
A spirit-specimen of the male, the only sex at present known, mea- sures :—
$. Total length 2 in. 2:25 lines; head 2°5 ; proth. 2; mesoth. 4°75 ; metath. 2°75 ; abd. 9°5 + 4°75 = 14°25 lines.
Has. Pusalava, Ceylon (A. Nevill).
I place the species provisionally in the genus Rhaphiderus, because it not nearly approaches &. scabrasus, with which it also agrees in its highly polished integument.
LONCHODES NEMATODES.
Phasma (Bacteria) nematodes, De Haan, Orthopt. Orient. p. 133, pl. xi, fig. 6, ¢, nom. pl. xiii, fig. 1, 9.
Lonchodes nematodes, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, p. 42, g only pl. v, figs’ i Qs
344 J. Wood-Mason—Notes on Phasmide. [No. 4,
Has. Buitenzorg in Java, and Sumatra (g De Haan) ; Singapore (g Westwood) ; and Perak, Malay Peninsula, whence I have just obtained for the Indian Museum a specimen of the male agreeing in every respect except size, as to which it is slightly inferior, with the specimen in the Bri- tish Museum from Singapore figured by Westwood ; it was purchased from a collection of insects formed by one of the medical officers attached to the Perak Expedition.
LONCHODES BREVIPES.
Lonchodes brevipes, G. R. Gray, Syn. Phasm. p. 19, ¢ - pterodactylus, id., op. cit. p. 19, 9.
Phasma (Bacteria) nodosum, De Haan, Orthopt. Orient. p. 133, pl. xi, fig. 8, @. as Sumatranum, id., op. cit. pl. xii, fig. 6, @.
Lonchodes brevipes, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, p. 36, & @. Br nodosus, id., op. cit. p. 37, g 9.
I have carefully examined and measured the typical specimens of Gray’s species preserved in the National Collection, but failed to detect the slight- est difference between them and De Haan’s species, of which a multitude of specimens of both sexes was obtained some years ago by my native col- lector at Johore* in the Malay Peninsula and on the island of Singapore immediately opposite. The specimens described by De Haan were from Sumatra, those by Gray from the Malabar Coast. I have also a specimen of the female presented to me by my late friend Dr. Stoliczka, which was said by him to have been brought from Java.
The following are the measurements of two of the typical specimens
* Similarly, the metallic coloured Mantis, of which my native collector obtained numerous examples at this same place, has proved identical with the species (Metalleu- tica splendida) described many years ago by Westwood from Malabar. The species, like so many other metallic insects (e. g., notably Chiloloba acuta, of which fiery red with all the fire of the opal, green, and blue specimens, with all connecting shades, can be collected at Sahibganj in a few minutes; Heterorrhina elegans, and other Cetoniide,) exhibits the phenomenon of dichroism, the blue (1. violacea) being structurally per- fectly indistinguishable from those that are green with coppery reflections (J. splendi- da). To place the matter beyond all doubt I submitted specimens of each form for comparison with the type to Professor Westwood, who also was unable to detect any difference between them save that of colour.
The larve are all coloured, as to their legs and bodies, like the blue form of the imago, thus exhibiting, as appears to me probable, an ancestral phase; and if this be so, then the dimorphism would in this case, at any rate, be interpretable as the reten- tion, throughout life, of larval, that is, ancestral, characters by certain individuals of both sexes; and this may be the true nature of dimorphism in insects in general. But we are as far as ever from understanding what profit or advantage it can be to a species to exist under two or more different forms.
1877.1 J. Wood-Mason—Noles on Phasmide. 345
preserved in the British Museum with Gray’s own names and the locality (Malabar) still attached to them :—
3. Total length 4 inches; head 1°75: prothorax 1°75: mesothorax; 13 ; metathorax 9:25 ; abdomen 17°75 + 5 = 22°75 (L. brevipes).
?. Total length 4 inches 9 lines; head 3; proth. 2:25 ; mesoth. 13:25 metath. 10°5 ; abdom. 22°5 + 6 = 28°5 (L. pterodactylus).
The following those of a male and a female from Johore and both pre- served in alcohol :—
g. Total length 4 in. 1'5 lines; head 1°75 ; proth. 2: mesoth. 13°25 ; metath. 10; abd. 18 + 4°75 = 22°75; antennz 28°25 lines.
@. Total length 5 in. 6:25 lines ; head 3; proth. 2°5 ; mesoth. 15:25 ; metath. 11°75 ; abd. 27 + 6°75 = 33°75; antennz 23°25 lines.
And the following those of the female from Java—also preserved in alcohol :—
?. Total length 4 in. 6 lines ; head 2°5; proth. 2°25 ; wesoth. 11 75; metath. 9°25 ; abd. 22°5 + 5°75 = 28°25; antennz 16:5 lines.
The males in this species have the metathorax curiously curved and in both sexes this segment is so articulated to the mesothorax on each side by interlocking processes as to be capable of movement upwards and forwards upon it through an are of fully 45°—peculiarities of structure which have not been met with by me in any other species of the family. The highly indurated condition of the whole thoracic integument is also exeeptional.
LONCHODES SPINICOLLIS.
Prisomera spinicollis, G. R. Gray, Syn. Phasmid., p. 16, 9. 5 spinicolle, Westwood, Monogr. Phasm., p. 47, 9. ? Lonchodes auscultator, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Vol. xxv, p. 334, 3. The following are the measurements of a spirit-specimen :—
@. Total length 4 in. 7:25 lines; head 2:5; proth. 2°25; mesoth. 12 ; metath. 95; abd. 23 + 6 (to end of supra-anal plate) = 29; antenne 30 lines.
Haz. Galagedara, near Kandy, Ceylon,* obtained by Mr. Hugh Ne- vill, of the Ceylon Civil Service.
-
* The importance of exact habitats for species from Ceylon and 8S. India cannot be too strongly insisted on: I have, from both countries, species which must have lived in open parched country with but a scant covering of vegetation like that around Bangalore, Madras, &c., and species which equally certainly are inseparable from the thickest and most luxuriant tropical vegetation, all marked with no more precise locality than ‘Ceylon’ or ‘8. India’ or ‘Madras.’ Animals localized in this unprecise manner are all valuable enough as specimens of the species to which they belong, but they have no higher value,
346 J. Wood-Mason— Notes on Phasmide. [No. 4,
The specimen agrees perfectly with the type in the British Museum, which however has lost the long and conspicuous supra-anal plate. There can hardly be a doubt that Bates’ ZL. auscultator is the male.
LONCHODES CRAWANGENSIS. Phasma Crawangense, De Haan, Orthopt. Orient. pl. xiii, fig. 1, 9 ; non pl. xi, fig. 6, 3. inte nematodes, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, p, 42, 2. A dried specimen of the female obtained by my native collector at Jo- hore in the Malay Peninsula measures :—
@. Total length 5 in. 2 lines; head 2; proth. 2:25; mesoth. 15; metath. 11:5; abd. 27°5 + 3°75 (to apex of lOth segment) = 31°25; antenne 26 lines.
An immature insect closely resembling the female in general structure, and doubtless the opposite sex of the species, was obtained by Mr. W. Davison at Pahpoon, N. of Moulmein: it measures :— .
g immature. Total length 2 in. 10°25 lines ; head 1°5 lines ; proth. 1:5 ; mesoth. 775; metath. 6; abd. 15 + 3:25 = 18:25; antenne 145.
PuHipaLtosoma ANNAMALAYANUM.
Phib. Annamalayanum, Wood-Mason, P. A.S. B., July, 1877, p. 161, 2.
?. Very closely allied to Phib. acanthopus, from which it differs in its stouter body, its shorter and thicker legs, and in the relative proportions of the different parts of the body, particularly the meso- and meta-thorax.
The following are the measurements of a spirit-specimen :—
Total length 8 inches 9 lines ; head 7 lines ; mesoth. 19; metath. 16; abd. 8 in. 6:75 lines + lin. 2°5 lines = 4 in. 9°25 lines; antenne 2 in. fore femur 2 in. 2 lines, tibia 2 in. 6 lines ; intermediate femur 1 in. 8 lines, tibia 1 in. 8 lines; posterior femur 1 in. 11 lines, tibia 2 in. 1 line.
A lamellar process rounded off at extremity at hinder end of sixth ven- tral segment of the abdomen.
Has. Annamallay forests, Southern India, a single specimen preserv- ed in spirits, obtained by Colonel R. C. Beddome, and Travancore Hills, a much mutilated dried example, presented to me by Mr. F. Day.
A characteristically Malayan form ; in which, as in Phib. virgea and in Phib. acanthopus, the female is perfectly apterous, the metanotum pro- per is much longer than the medial segment, and there is a process* at the hinder extremity of the sixth ventral segment of the abdomen; and which effects a sort of transition between its more immediate allies above-named and its more remote ones, Phib. Cantort and Phib. Westwoodi, in which
* Serving, possibly as actually in Necroscia sparaxes, &c., asa point dappui for the forceps of the male in copulation.
1877. ] J. Wood-Mason—Notes on Phasmide. 347
the female has minute scale-like rudiments of organs of flight, the metano- tum proper about equal to the medial segment, and the hinder extremity of the sixth ventral segment of the abdomen unarmed. In Phib. virgea $, as I have already pointed out (P.A.S. B., July 1877), the metathoracic and mesothoracic tubercles figured by Westwood are exceedingly minute rudiments of organs of flight ; and the same relation of length subsisting between the two divisions of the metathorax in Phib. acanthopus and Phib. Annamalayanum obtains in it (Phib. virgea, the male of which we know to be a wingless insect or practically so), I expect that the males of these two species with also prove to be apterous ; in which event, then the winged male ascribed to P. acanthopus by De Haan, and by Westwood following him, will belong to another species.
With the single exception of Lonchodes brevipes, this is the only spe- cies of Phasmide at present known to us from the Malabar Coast and from the hill-tops of Southern India!
Purpatosoma Westwoont, Pl. III, Fig. 1, 2.
Phib. Westwoodi, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B., 1875, Vol. xliv, part ii, p. 216, 9 ; P. A. 8. B., July 1877.
I have examined with Professor Westwood the typical specimens of P. Cantori preserved in the Hopeian collection at Oxford and I find that the insects have been legitimately united by their describer; the female hav- ing small equal blunt representatives of the conspicuous cephalic tubercles seen in the male ; these tubercles not having been represented by Professor Westwood in his figure of the former, I was led to suggest (Joc. supra. cit.) that P. Westwoodi, which had cephalic tubercles, and those of unequal size, might be the opposite sex of P. Oantori 3, the true female of which had been represented as having none. ‘These tubercles are in P. Oantori placed further forwards on the disk of the head than in the present species.
Lopaphus, (Westwood), W. M. Bacteria, Westwood (p.), Lonchodes, Westw. (p.), Lopaphus, Westw. (p.) Necroscia, Westw. (p.).
In J. A. S. B., Vol. XLIV, Part II, 1875, p. 217, I have described a remarkable insect, obtained by my native collector at Johore, as the female of Westwood’s Wecroscia Iolas, and pointed out the very close relationship of this species to Lopaphus brachypterus, Lonchodes porus, L. Bootanieus, and Bacteria Baucis, all of which should find a place in the same genus with it. :
M. C. Stil has described the same insect from a Malaccan specimen under the name Candaules Sparnius.
44
348 J. Wood-Mason—WNofes on Phasmide. [No. 4,
1. LopaAPHUS BRACHYPTERUS.
Phasma brachypterum, DeHaan, Orthopt. Orient., p. 125, pl. xiii, fig. 2, 9.
Lapaphus brachypterus, Westwood, Monogr. Phasm., p. 99, 2.
Has. A single specimen of the adult female was captured, with several larvee of the same sex, by my native collector at Johore in the Malay Penimsula ; Sumatra (DeHaan).
Well-developed organs of flight in both sexes.
2. Lopapuus Ionas, Pl. III, Fig. 2, ¢. Necroscia Iolas, Westwood, Monograph Phasmide, 1859, p. 145, pl. xix, fig. 2, ¢. Lopaphus Iolas, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B., 1875, Vol. xliv, pt. ii, p. 217, d 9.
Candaules Sparnius, Stal, Recens. Orthopt., III, p. 87, 2.
Has. Numerous males and females and larve captured at Johore by my native collector ; Malacca (¢ A. R. Wallace, 2 O. Stal). The typical specimen of the ate is now in the Hopeian Collection at Oxford.
Tolerably well-developed organs of flight in the male, but rudimental tegmina only in the female.
3. LopapHus PoRus. Lonchodes porus, Westwood, Monogr. Phasmida, 1859, p. 42, pl. vii, fig. 9, 3d. ” », Wood-Mason, P. A. S. B., 1877, p. 162, 3 2.
Has. Throughout the valley of the Houng-da-rau, Upper Tenasse- rim.
The male has minute rudiments of organs of flight, the only vestiges of which in the female are four minute yellowish spots.
4. Loprarnuus Booranicts, Pl. II, Fig. 1, &. Lonchodes Bootanicus, Westwood, Monograph of Phasmide, 1859, p. 48, pl. xxvi, Res. ee A male and a female from Sdmagtiting measure :—
3. Total length 3 inches 3°75 lines; head 1°5 ; proth. 1°75 ; mesoth. 9°75; metath. 4-75 ; abd. 18:25 + 3°75 = 22; antenne 3 inches 5 lines. (Type).
?. Total length 4 in. 0°5 line ; head 2°5 ; proth. 2°75 ; mesoth. 11°25 ; metath. 5:25; abd. 22 + 4-75 = 26°75 lines; antenne 3 inches 8 lines.
The typical specimen of the female in the India (formerly East India Company’s) Museum, 8. Kensington, a much shrivelled and mutilated in- sect, wanting the terminal segment of the abdomen, is rather larger and consequently proportionately slightly longer as to the mesothorax than the specimen of which the measurements are given above: in it the mesothorax and metathorax exactly measure 18°5 and 5°75 lines respectively.
1877. | J. Wood-Mason—Notes on Phasmide. 349
Haz. The only precise locality for the species which it is at present in my power to give is Samagtting, Naga Hills, whence specimens pre- served in alcohol have been sent to me by Captain J. Butler, and are now in the Indian Museum.
The organs of flight have entirely disappeared from this as well as from the following species.
5. Loparnus Bavcis, Pl. II, Fig. 2, 3. Bacteria Baucis, Westwood, Monogr. Phasmide, 1859, p. 21, pl. viii, fig. 8, 9. Lonchodes Baucis, Wood-Mason, /. s. cit.
Haz. Abundant in the neighbourhood of Sibsdgar, Assam, whence I have received numerous individuals of both sexes—dried as well as in alco- hol—from my valued correspondent, Mr. S. H. Peal, to whom I am also indebted for coloured sketches and much information respecting Phasmide and other Arthropods. And apparently throughout the N. E. frontier country. :
The accompanying figures were taken from one of the numerous speci- mens collected by Mr. Peal.
I have examined the typical specimen of the female preserved in the National Collection, and I find that the stiff brown bristles figured and de- scribed by Westwood as fringing the sides of the abdomen at its base are present on one side of the body only, that they have no organic connec- tion with the integument of the insect, and that some similar bristles lie scattered quite irregularly over the basal joints of the adjacent leg, like spelicans spilled upon a table; moreover, no trace of such setae is detecti- ble in a specimen of the same sex and species placed alongside of the type in the same drawer, nor in any one of the multitude of specimens in the Indian Museum. The sete, which are apparently of a vegetable nature, have evidently got jammed between the dorsal and ventral ares of the seg- ments as the membrane connecting these at the sides contracted in drying.
Necroscra Pratvusa. N. Phetusa, Westwood, Monogr. Phasmida, p. 187, pl. xxxviii, fig. 4, 3. N. Gargantua, id., op. cit., p. 130, pl. xxix, fig. 3, Q as male.
On my informing Professor Westwood that his V. Gargantua, which from the mutilated condition of the terminal segments of the abdomen and from the presence of ocelli he had felt compelled to describe as a male, was in reality of the opposite sex, he at once pointed out WV. Phetusa 3 as its true and legitimate partner.
Haz. A perfect specimen of the female, captured ‘by my native col- lector on Sinkieb Island, is in the Indian Museum. The typical specimens
850 J. Wood-Mason— Notes on Phasmide. [No. 4,
in the Hopeian collection at Oxford were both collected by Mr. A. R. Wal- lace, at Sarawak, in Borneo.
Obs. It is possible that the Sinkieb specimen, when actually compared with Westwood’s typical one, may turn out to differ in much the same manner as the species of Bacteria from the same island does from B. Sar- awaca, Westw.
NECROSCIA HILARIS. Phasma (Necroscia) hilare, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Entom. p. 77, pl. 38, fig. 1, 9 (Assam). Necroscia hilaris, id., Monogr. Phasmide, p.155, 9. rr Virbius, id., op. cit. p. 154, pl. xvi, fig. 2, g (Malacca).
The Indian Museum has long possessed numerous examples of WV. hila- vis & Q, both from Sikkim (Z. Mandelli) and from the neighbourhood of Sibstgar, Assam (S. H. Peal) ; but the identification of the male as WV. Virbius, Westw. was only recently made by Professor Westwood and myself while looking through the collection of Phasmide in the Oxford Museum.
Necroscia MENAKA. N. Menaka, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1877, Ser. 4, Vol. xx, p. 130, 9.
“9, Body elongate, stoutish, of tolerably uniform width throughout, Head large, oblong, parallel-sided ; vertex divided by three notches into four tubercles. Pronotum shorter and narrower than the head, flat, with a few minute granules. Mesothorax slightly tapering from the insertion of the legs forwards, granulate above and below and on the sides ; its dorsal are longitudinally carinate, granulate along the top of the ridge and at the edges. Abdomen tapering slightly from the base to the emarginate apex, which carries a longitudinally carinate semioval plate; its terminal seg- ments, dorsal and ventral, constructed much as in Wecroscia Salmanazar, N. maculicollis, and N. Sparazxes, in all three of which also the sixth ven- tral segment is furnished at its hinder extremity with a peculiarly shaped process, which serves as the point d’appui for the claspers of the male dur- ing copulation.* Legs long and stout ; the fore tibiz and the femora and the tibie of the two posterior pairs subtriquetrous and carinate along the middle of the under surface. Tegmina oval, with but a slight compressed — conical elevation of the carina. Wings reaching about to the end of the fifth abdominal segment ; the costal area luteous brown, like the body and legs ; the costal vein divided at the middle of its length, the two branches uniting again near the extremity ; posterior area milk-white, conspicuously
* A fact ascertained by actual observation in NV. maculicollis,
1877. ] J. Wood-Mason—Notes on Phasmide. 351
tessellated with dark smoky-quartz-colour, all the transverse veinlets being broadly and distinctly margined on each side with this colour.
“ Total length 8 inches 7 lines ; head 3°25 lines, prothorax 2°5, meso- thorax 7°25; abdomen 1 inch 8 lines + 4 = 2 inches; antenne 2 inches 5 lines; wings 1 inch 10 lines ; tegmina 5°5 lines; fore femur 12°75 lines, tibia 14°5, tarsus 6°75 ; intermediate femur 8°5 lines, tibia 9°5, tarsus 5; posterior femur 13°5 lines, tibia 14, tarsus 5°75.
“ Hab, Southern slopes of the Khasi hills.
“Closely allied to WV. Salmanazar, Westw. (Monogr. Phasm. p. 153, pl. xvi. fig. 6), ?, from the Philippines.”
A specimen marked ‘ Borneo’ is in the Hopeian collection at Oxford.
Puyitiium Westwoopt, Pl. III, Fig. 3, ¢.
P. Westwood, Wood-Mason, J. A. S. B., 1875, Vol. xliv, pt. ii, pp. 218-19, 3g, ? ES Co ea
I now give a figure of the male from the specimen obtained at Pah- poon by Mr. W. Davison, to whom I have since been indebted for a fine series of specimens of the same species all taken by him from one lime-tree at Malewoon in the Mergui District ; these differ from the typical ones only in their rather smaller size, and are of value in proving that I had correctly paired my insects on structural grounds alone. Amongst this series of spe- cimens are larve of the male, which shall be figured and described on a future occasion, as they show, in their lozenge-shaped abdomen, it is hard- ly doubtful, an ancestral phase of the species, and thus point to Ph. Gergon of the Philippines, which is lozenge-shaped as to the abdomen in the adults of both sexes.
1, PHYLLIUM LOBIVENTRE. Ph. lobiventre, Blanchard in Dumont d’Urville, Voy. au Pole Sud, Zoologie, iv, 359, Orthopt. pl. i, fig. 9, ¢. ae Westwood, Monogr. Phasmide, p.174 3 9, pl. xxxix, fig, 5, 9.
Chitoniscus lobiventre, Stal, Recensis Orthopt., IIT, p. 105, 2.
Has. I have just purchased a female of this species from the island of Viti Lebu; so that we now have both species of this section of the genus.
2. Puyttivum FEEJEANUM.
Ph. Feejeanum, Westwood, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 8rd Series, Proceedings, 4th April 1864, p. 17, d @.
Ph. Nove-britannie, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, 1877, Vol. xx, p. 76, 2.
While looking through the collection of Phasmide in the Oxford
Museum I met with the two sexes of an insect, to which no name had yet
352 J. Wood-Mason— Notes on Phasmide.
been affixed, but the female of which was clearly identical with one of those recently described by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ and which Prof. Westwood, who has since furnished me with the above re- ference, informed me was one of the types of a species described by him- self several years before.
Has. Fiji Islands (Westwood) ; and New Britain (J. W. MM. fide C. French).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. (N. B. All the figures are of the natural size except where the contrary is stated.)
Plate II.
Fig. 1. Lopaphus Bootanicus, Westw. d. 1a; The terminal segments of the ab- domen, from the side.
Fig. 2. Lopaphus Baucis, Westw. g. 2a; The terminal segments of the abdo- men, from the side.
Fig. 3. Bacteria Shiva, Westw. ¢. 3a; The terminal segments of the abdomen, from the side, enlarged: 34; the same, from above, enlarged.
Plate III.
Fig. 1. Phibalosoma Westwoodi, W.-M., 9, the head, from above. la; The same, from the right side. 14; the same, from the left. 1¢; the terminal segments | of the abdomen, from above. 1d; the same, from the side.
Fig. 2. Lopaphus Iolas, Westw. 2. 2a; the terminal segments of the abdo- men, from the side. 20; the same, from below.
Fig. 3. Phyllium Westwoodi, W.-M., 3. 8a; The terminal segments of the ab- domen, from above. 380; the same, from below.
Fig. 4. Lonchodes Austeni, W.-M., d. 4a; The terminal segments of the abdo- - men, from the side, enlarged. 44; the two hindermost divisions of the thorax with the abdomen, in profile, to show the dorsal spines.
PU, IL.
oc. Bengal. Vol XLVI. Pt J1,1877.
5
n.As.
MASON. Jour
De
(ah. dds del. J WM. direxit.
J.WOO
Beharc
: j b G r ‘
% : c ( 2 ro eS al i
1 ibe
| AG w
i)
"i
-_--_—
Ee aR 3
=e
SS PE
HAL,
(A
v7.
Behar lid ded, J WY car
A.O. HUME. Journ: As: Soc: Bengal: Vol: XLVI, Pt11.1877 PLATE
wee
OVIS BLANFORDI. J. Schaumbur é , Lith:
S. Sedgfiela imap
™
oy ee
mS Names of new genera and species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.
*Actinura Oglei, 42 Alyceeus amphora, 29 Ampullaria Theobaldi, 37 Asiatic Bears, 315 Assam Earthquakes, 294 Bacillus scabriusculus, 342
iy Westwoodi, 342 Bacteria Baucis, 347, 349
oA Sarawaka, 343
» Shiva, 342
Mg Sinkiebensis, 343 Barometric Tides, 45 oa goniomphalus, 29
a moreletiana, 29
= turrita, 29 Burmese Flora, 49 Candaules Sparnius, 347, 348 Canis famelicus, 321 Catalogue of Cyclones in the Bay of
Bengal up to 1876, 328 Cervus Duvaucelli, 319 Chiloloba acuta, 344 (n.)
*Chimarrogale, n. g., 262 Chitoniscus lobiventre, 351
*Corbicula Andersoniana, 41
- Lamarckiana, 40
* Yunnanensis, 40
*Crocidura Blanfordiu, 269
“i Blythii, 264
aoe Bidiana, 276 <r fulvocinerea, 263 Res PS Kingiana, 281
3 macrotis, 271 . ae Nilgirica, 274
Ss nitidofulva, 272 a Pealana, 267 sage pygmeoides, 279 Me rubicunda, 277 dap hee rubricosa, 280 Se5 Sindensis, 266 BR Stoliczkana, 270 ye subfulva, 278 #
a Travancorensis, 275
~
Cyclones, catalogue of, in the Bay of Bengal, 328 Cyclophorus fuleuratus, 28 is sublavigatus, 27 i zebrinus, 28 Cynopterus marginatus, 310 Ennea bicolor, 25 Entoria spinicornis, 342 *Glessula Blanfordiana, 26 . obtusa, 25 - pyramis, 26 4 subfusiformis, 26 Golunda Ellioti, 293 Helicarion gigas, 24 i magnificus, 24 + preestans, 25 #3 resplendens, 23 venustum, 24 Helix Andersoni, 17 » bolus, 22 re capitium, 21 », catostoma, 20 » delibrata, 21 » Huttoni, 20 5, Oldhami, 19 * 4, perplanata, 19 » Phayrei, 20 » scalpturita, 22 » similaris, 22 5, tapeina, 17 ee var. akoutongensis, 17 53 nS var. Bhamoensis, 18 i ‘5 var. rotatoria, 18 » trichotropis, 19 » 4oroaster, 22 Heterorrhina elegans, 344 (x.) Himalayan Glaciation, note on 11 Kangra Big Stones, 7 Lagomys, 323, 326
Az auritus, 326 ie rufescens, 327 Roylei, 326
* Lepus Biddulphi, 324 —
354 Index.
Ovis Gmelini, 327
* Lepus hypsibius, 325 Hodgsoni, 319, 327
* pallipes, 326 - » Pamirensis, 325 », Kareleni, 327 » Stoliczkanus, 325 » Vignei, 327, 328 » Tibetanus, 325 Paludina Bengalensis, 14, 32 Yarkandensis, 325 es Chinensis, 31 Limnza acuminata, 27 > dissimilis, 31 es Andersoniana, 26 ) os var. viridis, 31 . luteola, 27 Siamensis, 32 Yunnanensis, 26 *Paludomus Andersoniana, 35 Lonchodes auscultator, 345, 346 7 », var. Peguensis, 35 Austeni, 343 “4 ay Blanfordiana, 37
Burmanica, 36
Bootanicus, 347, 348 brevipes, 344 Crawangensis, 346 nematodes, 348, 346 nodosus, 344 porus, 347, 348 pterodactylus, 344 spinicollis, 345 Westwoodii, 342 Lopaphus, 347 Bs Baucis, 349 ‘ brachypterus, 347 Lutra vulgaris, 324 Mamh of Baluchistan, 315 *Margarya, n. gen., 30 55 melanioides, 30 Megaderma lyra, 312 Melania Irvavadica, 33 jugicostis, 33 Reevei, 34 5 5» var. imbricata, 34 scabra, 34 . tuberculata, 32 Menaka scabriuscula, 342 Metalleutica splendida, 344 (.) Mus Bactrianus, 324 » mettada, 290 *Mustela Stoliczkana, 260 Nanina arata, 15 attegia, 17 Barakporensis, 17 diplodon, 17 honesta, 16 hypoleuca, 16 pansa, 17 resplendens, 16 Necroscia Gargantua, 349 hilaris, 350 Tolas, 347, 348 maculicollis, 350 menaka, 350 phaetusa, 349 sparaxes, 343, 350 virbius, 350 Oorial, 327 *Ovis Blanfordi, 327, 328 » cycloceros, 327, 328
7 Baucis, 349 > 5
ornata, 35 regulata, 36
*Pellorneum pectoralis, 4]
Phasma (Bacteria) nematodes, 343 in nodosum, 344 brachypterum, 348 Crawangense, 346 (Necroscia) hilare, 350 » Sumatranum, 344 Phasmidz, notes on, 342 Phibalosoma acanthopus, 346 Annamalayanum, 346 Cantori, 346 virgea, 346 Westwoodi, 346, 347 Phyllium Feejeanum, 351 ’ Gorgon, 351 lobiventre, 351 Nove-britannie, 351 Westwoodi, 351 Phyllorhina fulva, 312 - larvata, 312 Planorbis compressus, 27 * exustus, 27 *Pomatorhinus stenorhynchus, 43 Prisomera spinicolle, 345 F spinicollis, 345 Pterocyclus Feddeni, 29 5 insignis, 29 Pupa coenopictus, 23 », insularis, 22 5, Salwiniana, 23 Rhaphiderus cerberus, 343 scabrosus, 348 Scotophilus pallidus, 3 10 Temmincki, 310 Spiraculum Andersoni, 38 ~Avanum, 28 - Mastersi, 313 *Soriculus gracilicauda, 282 Stenogyra gracilis, 25 Stheneboea Brunneri, 342 Streptaxis Theobaldi, 25 Succinea acuminata, 23 Trochomorpha percompressa, 16 *Unio Andersoniana, 40 », Bhamoensis, 39
Pe) 9 ”?
) ” ”?
Pb)
. :
*
*
*
Index. 35
Unio Bonneandi, 39
Burmanus, 38 Feddeni, 38 fragilis, 39 marginalis, 37
Bs var. corrianus, 38
pugio, 39
Ursus arctos, 316
Gedrosianus, 317, 320, 323 isabellinus, 316, 318, 320 Malayanus, 320
(Melursus) labiatus, 316, 318, 320 pruinosus, 315, 318, 319, 320 syriacus, 316
Ursus tibetanus, 316, 318 », torquatus, 316, 318, 320 *Veronicella, n. sp., 23 Birmanica, 23 _ Vesperugo Abramus, 310 ‘ Blanfordi, 312 _ Kuhli, 311 " nasutus, 311 a Tickelli, 312 * Vulpes canus, 321 », famelicus, 321 »» montanus, 323 Wardwan and Chinab Mammalia, 283
r : " ; , .
ES NEW SERIES. VOL. XLVI. No. CCVIII. | Re HOD ee eR Are ae a ee lee cn cae aie ge ee ter Oe oS TE EN
JOURNAL
OF THE
} ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
Vol. XLVI, Part II, No. I.—1877.
ae eee
o) EDITED BY JHE NaTuRAL flIsTORY p ECRETARY. opt (With two Woodcuts.) iat Aa TT MM 121 ELT RB re phe RES Ae es ** The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.”—Sir WinLIAM JONES. ** Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soe., to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India 3 or, Lon- don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 J 59, Ludgate Hill, : CALCUTTA: | PRINTED By (, PB, Lewis, Parrisr Mission PREss. : L374; i@ q - Pat, MAb a a Sa saad ar eee 0)
Issued May 12, 1877.
—_
OnE R. G. S, FZ. S, Eee a V.—Note on the Tee of the Barometrie ie i
N.B. _The title page, gis ete. to Vol separate ep pSr, in a i Low eye Orn ata é
a so ae 2 ~ " ay > iL x
~
‘ Gad ee pe ed Tae * ba. 2 ers 4 apni
ek vy / pee
+ 3 “ss
“ ep I pies wey” US
OT ee |) a een ee ce ee ? eT ws raed iat any jillan ees « : pte ote
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. I.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1876.
No. 1, (issued June 26th, 1876). On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy (with a Woodcut).—By Lovis Scuwenpier.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Steno- dactylus, and Trapelus (Pls. I and IT).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon region, and their Relation to Variations of the local Rainfall. By H. F, Buanrorp.—Deseription of a new Species of Phasmide (Pl. XI).—By J. Woop-Mason.— Description of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine Cat from Hastern Turkestan.— By W. T. Buanrorp.—Description of a new Species of Cetoniide.—By J. Woov-Mason.
No. 2, (issued August L8th, 1876). An Account of Experiments made én 1875 and 1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different methods of Reduction —By H. F. Bruanrorp.— List of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam, together with those obtained im the adjacent Darrang Terai (Pls. III and IV).— By H. H. Gopwin-Austen.—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian Desert with especial reference to the former Existence of the Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the Sand-hills—By W. T. Busanrorp.
No. 3, (issued November 14th, 1876). A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands (Pls. XII and XII1).—By S. Kurz.— Description of
~ Golunda Elhoti from Sind (Pl. X).—By W. T. Branrorp.—On the
Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pls. VII and VIII, A).—By H. H. Gopwiy-Austen.—Deseriptions of some new Land and Fresh-Water Shells from India and Burmah (Pl. XIV).—By W. TuEropatp.—De- scription of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genus Panesthia.— By J. Woop-Mason. ,
No. 4, (issued April 19th, 1877). Fifth List of Birds from the Hill Ranges of the North-Hast Frontier of India (Pls. V, VI, and IX).—By H. H. Gopwiy-Austen.— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur- mese Flora.—By S. Kurz.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedi- tion into the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pl. VIII).—By H. H. Gopwin- Austen.—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality of the two Semi-
diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure—By H. ¥. Buanrorp.— _ Oontributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Florain India. IL. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Ranigay Ooailfield,
collected by Mr. J. Woopn-Mason (Pls, XV—XXI).—By OrroKar PEISTMANTEL, ——
PUBLICATIONS
FOR SALE AT THE a oa rn ASIATIG SOCIETY OF BENGAL. ===]
No. 57, Park Street, Calcutta.
Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XVII (1s4s sg to 1848) ; Vols. XIX to XXL (1850 to 1852); Vols. XXVI, XXVIII (1857, 1858), and Vols. XXXIIT to XLIV, (1864. to We AS: apse wee
Asiatic eae from Vols. VI to- XII and Vols. XVIT to xx Rae, cach ayes vesereenreeeseencesseetrersensserisensetees 4
Ditto ditto Index, oc. see see sect wosecess Peer or
Catalogue of the Books and Maps. in the Library of tes ee PM ee. Suiciety 1SBGs seas silane cok oe Re say rr Pe)
of Sanskrit Books a NESS an Gi0toe..' vs este ces eee eee Beas h ha ae of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian, and i Ueda, wg ies sa er
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translatedinto English, with notes and
indexes, by H.° Blochmann,’M: Aste). oc. ne 'eswie cles ice el ene
The Prosody of the Persians. —By H. Blochmann, M. A.,....2.... Ee
The Tabaq&t-i-Nagiri. Translated by Major H. G. Raver ty, 8 fase., as
Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Hsq., B. C.8.,....200005 3
The Antiquities of Orissa, Vol. I.—By Rajendralala Mitra, Beem es
In the press and will be published in a ae dis ak UNDER SUPERVISION OF poe OR H. H. GODWIN- AUS!
REPRINT OF
JERDON’S BIRDS OF INDIA.
To which will be added his “ Supplementary Notes” to te aban published in the “ Ibis.” These extend the Catalogue of the Indian A fauna considerably to the Eastward of the Teesta and Brahmaputra Rive or the Eastern limit laid down in Dr. Jerdon’s original work, 3 Vols. 8y Rs. 82, (exclusive of packing and postage). ace
= As only a limited number of Miya will Pe printed, carly nits tion should be made to ae
12, Wiatenios ee Remittances to be made payable to Maneger, Aus sail be
Ceres FS Qy iy NEW SERIES. VOL. XLVI. No: COX mage 6b eg NINN INR ROP RPA as I PIP _— > )
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL
Vol, SV i Part tly No; 11.—1877,
JHE NaTuRaL ftisTORY PECRETARY,
Meco ont lou — Ee
7 mar z
WENG
mR «
_——Sk
=
AN
et a
=
} | | | | | | :
“‘ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.”—Sir Witiiam Jonsgs,
*,* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat, Soc., to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon- don, core of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill,
eee
CALCUTTA: |} Pamren ay ff Lawns, Parrisr Mission Press,
Be
» Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.—To Non-Subscribers,, Rs. 2 ‘ and in England 3s, 8d. (also exclusive of postage),
Issued July 30, 1877.
Ce ee | CONT EE bes --VL—Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese
& a Ss 5 S. Kunz, jophecaa leon say ban ewavbs cotspe eden
o6 tesee
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1876.
No. 1, (issued June 26th, 1876). On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy (with a Woodcut).—By Lovis ScHwEenpLER.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Steno- dactylus, and Trapelus (Pls. [and IJ).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On certain * protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon region, and their Relation to Variations of the local Rainfall—By H. F, Buanrorp.— Description of a new Species of Phasmide (Pl. XI).—By J. Woop-Mason.—Deseription of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine Cat from Hastern Turkestan — By W. T. Buanrorp.—Deseription of a new Species of “ctoniide.—By J. Woop-Mason.
No. 2, (issued August 18th, 1876). An Aceount of Experiments made an 1875 and 1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different methods of Reduction— By H. F. Buanrorp.— List of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assan, together with those obtained in the adjacent Darrang Terai (Pls. III and IV).—By H. H. Gopwin-AustEn.—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian Desert with especial reference to the former Existence of the Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the Sand-hills—By W. T. BuanForp.
No. 3, (issued November 14th, 1876). A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands (Pls. XII and XIII).—By S. Kurz.—Description of Golunda Hllioti from Sind (Pl. X).—By W. T. Branrorp.—On the Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pls. VII and VIII, A).— By H. H. Gopwry-Austen.—Deseriptions of some new Land and Fresh-Water Shells from India and Burmah (Pl. XIV).—By W. Turospatp.—De- scription of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genws Panesthia.— By J. Woop-Mason.
No. 4, (issued April 19th, 1877). Fifth List of Birds from the Hill Ranges of the North-East Frontier of India (Pls. V, VI, and IX).—By H. H. Gopwiy-Austen.—Oontributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur- mese Flora.—By 8. Kurz.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedi- tion wmto the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pl. VIII).—BSy H. H. Gopwiy- Austen.—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality of the two Semi-
diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure—By H. ¥. Buayrorp.—
Contributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. I. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Ranigany Ooalfield, collected by Mr. J. Woop-Mason (Pls, XV—XXI).—By OrtokaRr FEISTMANTEL,
cs
PUBLICATIONS
FOR SALE AT THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
No. 57, Park Street, Calcutta.
BS. AS, Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XVII (1848 © to 1848) ; Vols. XIX to XXIT (1850 to 1852) ; Vols. XXVI, XXVII (1857, 1858), and Vols. XX XIII to XLIV, (1864 to 1875). | Asiatic Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols. XVII to 6 ¢ Gach diss cute ceede cere abi cele eE RS Oth es same Gece Ditto ditto “Index, oe sce oak ca ok aha ee ee Saale ea Catalogue of the Botks and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic Society, L856, ce cerececcscceeecaecuarecceressececresee of Sanskrit Books and MSS. in Gitt0,. serv sverscesecevens —— of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian, and Urdu,......:... The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translated into English, with notes and indexes, by H. Blochmann, M.A. 20... sews eabete ese tian The Pr osody of the Persians.—By H. Blochmann, M. A.,,........ The Tabaqgat-i-Nagiri. Translated by Major H. G, Raverty, 8 fasc., Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., B. C.S.,.......... The Antiquities of Orissa, Vol. I.—By Rajendralala The. yy
=a]
ie
OAD HRW OH
Vit ne
yd
Coe GVO
([- SOR OR” OW OES oie 2 2:
Now Ready.
PAS Soa eee ee a ee e WS. et
UNDER SUPERVISION OF MAJOR H. H. ee
REPRINT OF
JERDON’S BIRDS OF INDIA.
To which have been added his “‘ Supplementary Notes’ in the abies
work, published in the “Ibis.” These extend the Catalogue of the Indian — PRET SES considerably to the Hastward of the Teesta and Brahmaputra. oe Rivers, or the Eastern limit laid down in Dr. Jerdon’ s Bekok bins Zz 3 Vols. 8vo., Rs. 82, (exclusive of packing and postage).
&& As only a limited number of copies have been printed early upp
eation should be made to
par gS NEW SERIES. VOL. XLVI. No. CCXII, Re aps (Rha appear RR con faa cae ae eg ee Os Pe a
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
Vol. XLVI, Part II, No. IIIl.—1877.
EDITED BY
JHE NATURAL ftIsTORY PECRETARY.
= Sn —— SAV fire la Bly ais SOCIETY CALC UTTA==—_2>=
“ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits df Asia: and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.” —Siy WILLIAM JONES,
*,* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc., ~ to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon- don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 J 59, Ludgate Hill.
ett
CALCUTTA:
PRINTED BY [, f. Lewis, PaPrisT Mission PRESS.
Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.——To Non-Subscribers, Rs. 2 Price in England 3s, 8d. (also exclusive of postage),
Issued Dec. 27, 1877.
Se
CONTENTS. |
VIII. As Feaeeeo are some new ere little known Asittio Shre the Indian Museum, Cee, We ice J OHN ee ee Hee oni i ee
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. 1.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1876.
No. 1, (issued June 26th, 1876). On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy (with a Woodcut).—By Louis ScHwenpLEer.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Steno- dactylus, and Trapelus (Pls. I and IT).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon region, and their feelation to Variations of the local Rainfall By H. F. BianrorD.— Description of a new Species of Phasmide (Pl. XI).—By J. Woop-Mason.— Description of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine Cat from Eastern Turkestan. By W. 'T. Buanrorp.—Description of a new Species of Cetonide.— By J. Woopn-Mason. .
No. 2, (issued August 18th, 1876). An Account of Experiments made im 1875 and 1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different methods of Reduction.— By H. F. Buanrorp.— List of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam, together with those obtained im the adjacent Darrang Terai (Pls. III and IV).—By H. H. Gopwin-Austen.—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian Desert with especial reference to the former Existence of the Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the Sand-hills— By W. 'T. BuaNnForp.
No. 3, (issued November 14th, 1876). A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands (Pls. XII and XJIT).— By 8. Kurz—Description of Golunda Ellioti from Sind (Pl. X).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On the Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pls. VII and VIII, A).— By H. H. Gopwin-Austen.—Descriptions of some new Land and Fresh-Water Shells from India and Burmah (Pl. XIV).—By W. THrosaty.—De- scription of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genus Panesthia.—By J. Woop-Mason. | .
No. 4, (issued April 19th, 1877). Fifth List of Birds from the Hill
Ranges of the North-Hast Frontier of India (Pls. V, VI, and IX).—By H. H. Gopwin-Austen.—Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur- mese Flora.—By S. Kurz.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedi- tion into the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pl. VIII).—By H. H. Gopwiy- AustEen.—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality of the two Semi- diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure—By H. F. Bousnrorp.— Contributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. I. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Ranigany Coalfield, collected by Mr. J. Woop-Mason (Pls XV—XXI).—By Orrokar FEISTMANTEL. .
PUBLICATIONS
FOR SALE AT THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
No. 57, Park Street, Calcutta.
Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XVII (1848 — to 1848) ; Vols. XIX to XXII (1850 to 1852); Vols. XXVI, XXVIII (1857, 1858), and Vols. XXXIIT to XLIV, (1864 to 1875).
Asiatic Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols. XVII to ca Se ee nr tac eR I |
Ditho ditto Index, ....icoces sens Geese unper ee eke ae ee
Catalogue of the Books and Maps in the Library of the eae
Society, EBSG, 5.775 Sw o'orard be vv Skee alo gee te otis Me ere oa ere
of Sanskrit Books and MSS. in ditto,....c.ccccccscvceces of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian, and Urdu,..........
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translated into English, with notes and a sts
indexes, by H. Biochmann, M. A., seen ce soneeeeteeeeeee | 12 4
The Prosody of the Persians.—By H. Blochmann, M. A.,........ 5 0
The Tabaqat-i-Nagiri. Translated by Major H. G. Raverty, 8 fasc., a i
Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., B. C.S.,.....0000. 8
The Antiquities of Orissa, Vol. I. —By Réjeudraléla pee ‘atts eae
Be? Lee a Ue
\e
ie
‘Now Ready.
— UNDER gle Siikert aos OF MAJOR H. H. - GODWIN-AU
- REPRINT OF
JERDON’S BIRDS OF INDIA,
To which have been added his “ Supplementary Notes’ to + work, published in the “ Ibis.” These extend the Catalogue of th Avifauna considerably to the Hastward of the Teesta and Bra Rivers, or the Eastern limit laid down in Dr. Jerdon’ Ss. ane 3 Vols. 8vo., Rs. 32, (exclusive of packing and postage).
&< As only a limited number of copies pave Pee pent, me cation should be made to i
i” SS eee eres eeeneeeetesenenenenensene eerie NEW SERIES. VOL. XLVI. No. CCXYV. Dap ec Roc yr Rees Os Pe Re Pe eee eta eg OOD PI
JOURNAL
OF THE
-ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
vol SEVIS Part I, No. 1V.—i1877.
EDITED BY
J HE Natura ftisTORY J ECRETARY.
—s sini =) =, =)
RCA Sic eee SS ===
/ | | Sed = eS |
= —— = — Ne oe a TTA
** The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.”—Sir WitLiam JonsEs.
*#,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat, Soc., _to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India ; or, mn Lon- _ ~don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 J 59, Ludgate Hill. —
—— Oe eee ee ee lee le_eee eee ee
CALCUTTA: 2
PRINTED BY f, PB, LEwis, ‘BAPTIST Mission PRESS.
ovale
>
Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.—To N on-Subscribers, Rs. 2,
‘Issued April 20, 1878.
| CONTENTS. | e os
-
XV.—On an ini new Hare, and some a ica 2 Gilgit.— By Week Buanrorp, F. R. S, ia
eee O. Hume, C. ee 7 ‘Hevea XVII —- Catalogue of the recorded gcc in ‘the ee % Z jaa
praise at the Swhdhoade “By Cras. Hanne &
prefatory note by Henry F. BLANFORD, .........0+ XIX.—Wotes on Phasmide.—By J. Woon-Masox, . rash Index to Vol. ALY Part Il, for 1877, areas
rt
3
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. Il.) OF THE
—SOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1876.
No. 1, (issued June 26th, 1876). On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy (with a Woodcut).—By Lovis Scuwenpier.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Steno- dactylus, and 'Trapelus (Pls. I and IJ).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon region, and their Relation to Variations of the local Rainfall.icBy H. F. Bianrorp.—Deseription of a new Species of Phasmide (Pl. XI).—By J. Woop-Mason.— Description of Felis Shawiana, a@ new Lyncine Cat from Hastern Turkestan. By W. 'T. Buanrorp.—Description of a new Species of Cetoniide.—By J. Woov-Mason.
- No. 2, Gssued August 18th, 1876). An Account of Experiments made am 1875 and 1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different methods of Reduction— By H. ¥. Buanrorp.— List of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assan, together with those obtained in the adjacent Darrang Terai (Pls. III and IV).— By H. H. Gopwin-Austen.—On the Physical Geography of the
Great Indian Desert with especial reference to the former Existence of the. Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the - Sand-hills—By W. T. Buanrorp.
No. 3, (issued November 14th, 1876). A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands (Pls. XII and XIIT).—By 8. Kurz.— Description of Golunda Ellioti from Sind (Pl. X).—By W. T. Buanrorp.—On the Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam (Pls. VII and VIII, A).—By H. H. Gopwiy-Austen.—Descriptions of some new Land and Fresh-Water Shells from India and Burmah (Pl. XIV).—By W. TuEopatp.—De- scription of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genus Panesthia.— By J. Woop-Mason.
No. 4, (issued April 19th, 1877). Fifth List of Birds from the Hill Ranges of the North-East Frontier of India (Pls. V, VI, and IX).—By H. H. Gopwin-Auvsten.—Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur- mese Klora.—By 8. Kurz.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedi- tion into the Dafia Hills, Assam (Pl. VIII).—By H. H. Gopwin- Avusten.—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality of the two Semi- diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure—By H. F. Buanrorp.— Contributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. I. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Raniganj Coalfield, collected by Mr. J. Woon-Mason (Pls) XVY—XXI).— By OrroKar FEISTMANTEL.
PUBLICATIONS -
-ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, ee Street, Calcutta,
ed é Re Gt Sie ae re ee a + < 3 4
Journal, Asiatic Sociét , Bengal, from Vols. XII to XVII (1843 Doe to 1848) ; Vols. XIX to XXII (1850 to 1852) ; Vols, AX eee AXVIT (1857, 1858), and Vols. XXXIITI to XLTV, (1864.a90 coe 1875). ;
Asiatic Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vials SEV bE
iciah Sige ORE fal neN ss Ditto ditto, Index Rebdb aiangatead eee eae ge 7s Catalogue of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic aie Society, 1856,..., (seein k vee.
of Sanskrit Books and MSS. in ditt a
‘stan, and Urdu,..,... ae |
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translated into English, with notes and. = indexes, by H. Blochmann, M. A ge eas tts ea owes sg ee
The Prosody of the Persians.—By H, Blochmann, M. A. es
PEM CeCe ees . ‘ Dif 5
erty, 8 fase...
ae ae A Me Yay tae
Mitra, ie
7 pe ee A
Translated by Major H. G. Ray _ Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., B. . §
—by Raj endralala
Now Leady.
UNDER SUPERVISION OF MAJOR H. #. GODWIN-AUSTEN
¢) BEPB ENT OR 157 655 ga 3 ie
j ne r eae
JERDON’S BIRDS OF INDIA,
_To which have been added his « Supplementary Notes” to the
work, published in the “ [bis.” These extend the Catalogue of the ]
Avifauna considerably to the Eastward of the Teesta and Br: Rivers, or the Eastern limit ] ne
aid down in Dr. J erdon’s orig: 3 Vols. 8vo., Rs. 32, (exclusive of packing and postage). lage
7.
_ & As only a limited number of copies have been printed, “ _ ¢ation should be made to Pee ee
| Pe | el ay 12, Waterloo Stree Remittances to be made payable to Manager, Agra Bank, «
x
s
=
phe rae nae YS *
*
. . . .
CALIF ACAD OF SCIENCES LIBRARY
m 3 1853 10006
4711
we